Fsi SpanishBasicCourse Volume1 StudentText PDF

SPANISH
BASIC COURSE
UNITS 1 - 15
Hosted for free on livelingua.com

SPOKEN SPANISH PREFACE
Forei n Service Instttute - S anish Basic Course was first printed in 1957. The Foreign Service
Institute Schoo of anpua~es wo d have preferred to revise the text for this second printinr, but the
requirements of day to day training have forced a postponement of the task. The revisions contemplated
~~~d have affected primarily the pedapogical design rather than the analysis of Spanish structure. In
any case the book remains thoroughly useful and useable.
This book was prepared specifically to train officers of the Forei?n Service and of other United
States Government agencies who are involved in foreign affairs and who need to learn to speak Spanish.
The course is designed to be taught by a native speaker of Spanish who has received training
specifically in the use of such materials and who teaches under the supervision of a scientific linguist.
Spanish classes at the Foreign Service Institute normally contain six students who receive six hours of
class drill daily and are expected to do at least two hours a day of preparation, mostly practice with
tapes. With this schedule average ~tudents at the Institute require approximately two to two and a half
days to assimilate one Unit thoroughly. The Institute believes that the text can be useful in other
teaching contexts, with the important provisos that the instruction be carefully supervised by an expe-
rienced professional person, preferably with training in linpuistics, and that full use be required of
the tapes.
The tape recordings which accompany this text are not available
from either the Government Printinr Gffice or the Foreirn Service
Institute. Inquiries reEarding tapes should be addressed to:
Canter for Applied Linguistics
1346 Connecticut Avenue, N. \..
Washington 6, D. C.
0.1

PRrFACE SPOKEN SPANISH
The text and accompanying tape recordings are also used in part-time training pr0Rrams in Washington
and overseas. Although they are not designed for this purpose, they are also used occasionally for indi-
vidual self-study.
This manual has been prepared and reviewed by members of fifteen different Spanish-speaking countries
representinp- every major dialect area of the Hispanic world. W'lile it is broadly representative of general
Latin-American Spanish, it is readily adaptable to any particular area.
Foreign Service Institute - Spanish Basic Course was originally prepared by the Spanish starf of the
Foreign- Service Institute und~r the supervision of the linguists whose names appear on the title page. In
addition the followinp members of the Spanish sta!f have made special contributions to the book:
Linguistic sta!f:
Jack L. Ulsh
Richard Beym
Dorothy Rauscher
Instructional star!:
Guillermo Segreda
Hugo Montero U.
0.2

SPOKEN SPANISH INTRODUCTION
The materials in this book have been developed to present Spanish as a spoken Ianguage, and the skills of
understanding and speaking are accordingly emphasized. The method of presentation will likely be new to stu-
dents acquainted with more traditional methods of language teaching. In order to understand the materials, one
must first understand the method upon which they are buiIt.
Method of Teaching
The method is known as GUIIED IMITATION. It may appear to be new, but actually it has been used by a con-
siderable number of teachers for many years, though its greatest popularity has come since the second World War.
Its goal 1s to teach one to speak easily, fluently, with very little accent, and to do this without c'Onscious
effort, just as one speaks his own language without conscious effort.
There are two very important aspects of this method. First, learning a relatively small body of material
so well that it requires very Iittle effort to produce it. This is OVERLEARNING. If a student overleans every
dialog and drill as he goes through this book, he will almost certainly experience rapid progress in learning
the language.
The second aspect is learning to authentically manipulate the sounds, sequences, and patterns of the lan-
guage. The important implication here is the reaIity of both the model and the imitation. The model (teacher,
recording, etc.) must provide Spanish as people reaIIy speak it in actual conversations, and the student must be
helped to an accurate imitation. Above all, the normal tempo of pronunciation must be the classroom standard;
slowing down is, in this context, distortion.
The complete course consists of sixty units, each requiring sorne ten cIass and Iaboratory hours plus out-
side study to master. The course 1s a six-hundred-hours course which may be studied intensively over a period
of about six months, or may be spread at the rate of a unit a week over a period of sixty weeks (four college
semesters). Either a native speaker or a teacher with very little accent in his Spanish is necessary as the
model for imitation.
Pronunciation
The first two units are focused pr1marily on pronunciation problems. Drills on other aspects of the lan-
guage are deliberately postponed because of the importance of developing good pronunciation habits from the very
beginning of the course. Pronunciation is extremely importante It is the basis of all real fluency. A person
is readily able to understand anyth1ng he can meaningfully say himself, if the correlation between the way he
heara it and the way he says it is reasonably similar. Probably the more similar, the greater the ease of com-
prehension.
0.3

INTRODUCTION SPOKEN SPANISH
The basis of the student's imitation is of course the teacher, whose pronunciation, if he is a native
speaker of an acceptable dialect of his own country, is the ultimate source of authority. The fundamental
classroom procedure for learning new material throughout this book (except the reading materials) is repetition
by the student in direct immediate imitation after the teacher. The imitative repetition may at first be done
in chorus after the teacher, and subsequently by each individual, or it may be individualized from the start.
In either case the student should wait for the teacher's modelo Imitating after another student too frequently
results in compounding the errors of both. If a person is fortunate enough to begin studying a second language
before the age of eight or ten, the powers of imitation are normally sufficient to insure excellent results in
pronunciation without resorting to technical explanations of what happens to various parts of the vocal appara-
tus. If occasionally an individual has managed to retain this gift that all of us had in childhood, so much
the better, but most adults need more specific guidance based on an awareness of the particular problems of
producing particular sounds. The drills and explanations in the first two units are devoted to the specific
problems an English speaker with his English habits of pronunciation will have in accurately imitating the
sounds and sequences of sounds of Spanish.
Aids to Listening
If speakers of English were not so highly literate, it might be possible to teach effectively without ref-
erence to any written symbolization, but most students are much more comfortable if some kind of representation
of what they are imitating is also available for visual reference. There is, of course, a traditional writing
system for Spanish which is used in all parts of the Spanish speaking world. It is a very adequate system for
its purpose, which might be stated as providing visual cues for persons who already speak the language. For
pedagogical purposes, a respelling, or phonetic representation of Spanish is also provided as a means of re-
minding the student of important features of the pronunciation which the traditional spelling system does not
provide, such as significant sound distinctions, word groupings, intonation patterns, etc. The phonetic sym-
bolization may at first look unfamiliar and somewhat foreboding, but this very unfamiliarity is a healthy re-
minder that none of the English sounds (which are so easily associated with the familiar letters of the alpha-
bet) are exact duplications of the Spanish sounds to be mastered. This is also, of course, true in the re-
spelling when familiar symbols are used: the appearance of the letter t does not mean the familiar English t-
sound is indicated. -
The intonations are marked in the respelling by a system of dots and accents placed at relative heights
over the vowels. The patterns recorded in this way are not necessarily the only possibilities in spoken Spanish,
but they are all normal patterns which have been thoroughly and widely tested.
0.4

The symbolization in the respel11ng will allow for a consistent interpretation of the pronunciation of
any dialect area of the Spanish speaking world. For example, the Iftl symbol is to be interpreted as a sound
similar to the 's' of 'sink' in Spanish America, but as the 'th' of 'think' in Central Spain. other regional
pronunciat10n features are similarly marked.
The acquisition of a good pronunciation 1s first of all the result of careful listening and imitation plus
whatever help can be obtained from initial pronunciation drills and description, and from the cues provided for
continuing reference by the aids to listening. It is well to remember that a sizeable investment in pronunciation
practice early in the course will pay handsome dividends later; correct pronunciation safely relegated to habit
leaves one's full attention available for other problems of learning the language.
Every unit (after the first two) is organized in the same way: part one is the basic dialog with a few
pertinent notes; part two is grammar drills and discussion; part three is a set of recombination narratives and
dialogues; part four, beginning in Unit 16, is readings.
Basic Dialogs
Tne basic dialogs are the core of each unit. These dialogs are recreations of the real situations a stu-
dent is most likely to encounter, and the vocabulary and sentences are those he is most likely to need. The
dialogs are set in a mythical country called Surlandia, which is descr1bed as a typical Latin American republic,
insofar as it is possible to extract common features from so diverse an area. To further provide information
in context, many of the notes suggest regional differences in both the language and the culture that will be
encountered in various areas of Latin America and in Spain.
In the first part of the book new vocabularly is introduced mainly in the basic dialogs. Occasionally, in
the illustrations of grammar points, new words are introduced in order to fill out patterns needed to do the
exercises. New words are always clearly indicated by placing them on a line themselves, indented between the
lines that are complete sentences. Since each new word is introduced in this fashion only once, the student
should take pains to be sure he learns each word as it is presented. Careful pains have been taken to see that
each word introduced will reappear many times later in the course, to help the student assimilate each word in
a variety of contexts.
The student should very carefully learn both the literal meanings of each individual word or phrase that is
given on an indented line and the meaning that appears in the full sentences. It should not be cause for con-
cern if the meaning in context is strikingly different from the literal meaning. In the construction of each
dialog, the Spanish was written first, and the corresponding English is its closest equivalent and not a literal
translation. It is therefore not at all surprising if the Spanish does not seem to 'follow' the English.
0.5

INTRODUCTION SPOKEN SPANISH
The student should learn the basic dialogs by heart. If they are committed perfectly to rote memory, the
drills will go easily and rapidly. Roughly half of the estimated ten hours that are spent in class on each
unit should normally be devoted to the basic dialogs.
Drills and Grammar
Each unit can in some ways be likened to a musical theme with variations. The basic dialogs are the theme,
and the drills provide the variations. Patterns of the structure of the language which have been learned in the
basic sentences are expanded and manipulated in the drills.
There are four kinds of drills in each unit (three befare Ubit 6). Of these, two are designed to system-
atically vary selected basic sentences within the structure and vocabulary the student has already learned. And
two are oriented toward the structure of the language to provide a systematic coverage of all important patterns.
All of these drills are planned to be easily and rapidly answered. They can be done orally and w1 th only
the teacher's book open. The method of conducting the drill is clearly shown by the format of the text, and all
answers are available for the teacher's convenience and for the student to refer to when studying outside of
class. If a drill is found to be hard, the difficulty probably reflects inadequacy in the mastery of the dia-
loga and earlier drills. The drills are not problems to be worked out like mathematics, and the ability to do
them, not to figure them, is indicated by the nature of the course. There are no tricks in them, and they are
not intended as tests.
Pattern drills are presented in a format which provides both practice and explanation. First appears a
presentation of the pattern to be drilled, then various kinds of drills, and finally a more detailed discussion
of the pattern.
The presentation consists of a listing of basic sentences (and a few new sentences when necessary) which
illustrate the grammar point to be drilled. Then there is an extrapolation which shows the relationships in-
volved in the pattern in a two-dimensional chart, which is further explained by a short note or two. This pre-
sentation should provide sufficient clues to enable the student to understand and use the pattern correctly in
the drills that follow.
These drills are mainly exercises making substitutions, responses, and translations, highlighting the
grammar points covered. They are devised for oral answers to oral stimuli.
After the drills there is a more detailed discussion of the pattern drilled. These descriptions are
written in a condensed and somewhat technical fashion. While an effort was made to keep these discussions
0.6

clear and readable, it has to be recognized that a description of a language is a technical subject, and sim-
plification can only be attained by sacrificing accuracy or at a cost of a great many more words than space
allows. The student who works through these discussions by a careful reading will find that he is acquiring a
set of analytical tools that will be useful throughout the remainder of his career of interest in language.
The student may notice slight differences in the respelling used in the aids to listening and in the gram-
mar charts and discussions. The respelling useful as a guide to pronunciation for an English speaking student,
records more details than a respelling to be used in grammar discussions where comparisons are made bet~een
Spanish forros, not between English and Spanish pronunciation.
Conversation
The conversation section of each unit is designed to help bridge the gap between the more or less mechanical
stimulus-response activity of the drills and the skill of free conversation which is the ultimate aim of the
course. These recombination monologues and dialogs extend the abilities of the student into ever more natural
situations. The narrative is sn anecdote type description of an event or situation which isthen'recast as a
directed dialog in which the teacher acts as a prompter for students who take the parts as the actcrs. The promp-
ter gradually withdraws his help so that in the end the conversation is carried on freely.
Readings
Beginning with unit 16 reading materials are introduced for outside pr~paration with perhaps some classroom
discussion of the questions provided. These readings can also be used to provide content information for oral
surmnaries.
Up through unit 30 the readings tell s continued story about an American family living in Surlandia, ex-
panding on matters of interest hinted at in the basic dialogs. These require no new vocabularly except for easy
and obvious cognate loan words that can readily be guessed. From unit 31 through 60 the readings are much longer
and do introduce a considerable number of new words. This vocabulary is introduced through basic sentences which
summarize the content of the following reading.
The readings are designed to provide information of interest and value about the culture which the Spanish
language reflects and to provide insight into the practical problems an American is likely to encounter in ad-
justing to life in a Hispanic area.
0.7

SPOKEN SPANISH CONTENTS
Table of Contents
1.1 Basie Sentenees - Useful phrases ................................................ 1.1
1.2 Dr"i11s in pronuneiation ............................................................. 1.6
1.21 Vowe1 eontrast in weak-stressed syl1ab1es ........................................ 1.6
1.22 The stress system in Spanish ..................................................... 1-16
1.23 The intonation system in Spanish ................................................. 1-23
2.1 Basie sentenees - Usefu1 phrases ................................................... 2.1

2.2 Dr"i11s on pronuneiation ........................................................... 2.8
2.21 Typiea1 errors from Eng1ish vowe
influenee in similar-sounding words .............................................. 2.8
2.22 Voieed stop eonsonants ............................................................ 2.10
2.23 Vibrants /r/ and /rr/ in Spanish .................................................. 2.15
2.24 Vowel nuclei in Spanish ............................................. 2.18
2.25 I..a.tera1 /1/ in Spanish ........................................................... 2.20
2.26 Voiceless stops .......................................................... 2.21
2.27 Voieeless spirants ............................................................... 2.23
2.28 Nasals and palatals ...................................................... 2.27
2.29 Conclusion ........................................... 2.31
2.3 Dr"il1s and gr8.IIlIIlB.r ................................................................ 2.32
2.31 Pa t tern dri lIs ................................................................. 2.32
2.31.1 Some demonstratives ................................................................ 2.32
2.1 Basie sentenees - White's arrival in Surlandia ...................................... 3.1

3.2 Ilrills and gr8.IIlIIlB.r ................................................................ 3.8
3.21 Pattern drills .................................................................... 3.8
3.21.1 Gender of singular nouns and adjeetives ............................................ 3.8
3.22 Replaeement drills ................................................................ 3.19
3.23 Variation drills ............................................................ 3.26
3.3 Conversation stimu1us ............................. ~ .............................. 3.31
4.1 Basie sentenees - White meets Mo1ina at the Embassy ............................... 4.1
4.2 Dr"i11s and grammar ................................................................. 4.8
4.21 Pattern dr111s ............................................................ 4.8
4.21.1 Number in nouns and adjeetives ................................................... 4.8
4.21.2 The irregular verb / e str/ ...................................................... 4.16
4.22 Rep1aeement dri11s . 4.28
0.9

CONTENTS SPOKEN SPANISH
4.23 Variation ~ills ...................................................

4.3 Conversation stimulus ......................................................
5.1 Basie sentenees - White' s first day at work ........................... 5.1

5.2 Dr-ills and granunar ............................................................ 5.5
5.21 Pattern ~ills ................................... 5.5
5.21.1 The irregular verb / sr/ ....................................................... 5.5
5.22 Replaeement ~i lIs ............................................................... 5.15
5.23 Variation ~ills ............................. 5.21
5.3 Conversation stimulus ............................... 5.26
6.1 Basie sentenees - White and Malina have luneh together ........................... 6.1
6.2 Dr-ills and gr8JIlIIlar ........................................................... 6.6
6.21 Pattern ~111s ............................................. 6.6
6.21.1 Present tense forms of regular / -r/ verbs ...................................... 6.6
6.22 Replaeement ~ills ........................................................ 6.19
6.23 Variation ~ills ................................................. 6.25
6.24 Review ~ill - Use of definite artie1es with tit1es ...................... 6.29
6.3 Conversation stimulus ..................................................... 6.30
7.1 Basie sentenees - White and Molina look for an apartment ............................ 7.1
7.2 Dr-i 118 and granunar .................................................................. 7.6
7.21 Pattern ~ills ............................................................... 7.6
7.21.1 Present tense forros of regular /-r/ verbs ........................................ 7.6
7.21.2 The demonstratives / ste, se, akl/ ............................................. 7.14
7.22 Rep1aeement ~ills ......................................................... 7.28
7.23 Variation ~ills ......................................................... 7.34
7.24 Review ~ill - The distribution of /sr/ - estr/ .................................. 7.39
7.3 Conversation stimulus ........................................................ 7.40
8.1 Basie sentenees - Molina tel1s White about his neighbors' apartment ............... 8.1
8.2 Dr-ills and graIIJIllar ....................................................... 8.6
8.21 Pattern drills . 8.6
8.21.1 Present tense forros of regular /r/ verbs ......................................... 8.6
8.21.2 Tb.e obligatory eontraetions .................................................. 8.15
8.22 Replaeement drills ................................................................. 8.22
8.23 Variation ~ills .............................................................. 8.28
8.24 Review drill - Noun-adjeetive agreement ........................................... 8.34
8.3 Conversation stimu1us .............................................................. 8.36
0.10

SPOKEN SPANISH CONTENTS
9.1 Basie sentenees - White goes to Molina's apartment ........................... 9.1

9.2 D:rills and grammar .......................................................... 9.6
921 Pattern drills ................................. 9.6
9.21.1 The irregular verb labrl and regular I-dol forms:
in the present perfeet eonstruetion ................................. 9.6
9.21.2 Possessives - ful1 forms ........................................................ 9.19
9.22 Replaeement drills .............................................................. " 9.33
9.23 Variation drill . 9.39
9.24 Review drill - Adjeetive position.......................................... 9.45
9.3 Conversation stimulus ..................................................... 9.47
10.1 Basie sentenees - Molina explains where he sends his laundry ................... 10.1
10.2 D:rills and gra.IIlIIlB.r ........................................................... 10.6
10.21 Pattern dril1s ................................................................ 10.6
10.21.1 Personal Ial .. . 10.6
10.21.2 Di.rect elitic pronouns .......................................... 10.15
10.21.3 I -dol forms funetioning as modifiers ........................... 10.27
10.22 Replacement drills .............................................. 10.32
10.23 Variation drills . 10.38
10.24 Review drill - Theme elass in present tense forms ........................ 10.42
10.3 Conversation stimulus ........................................................ 10.43
11.1 Basie sentenees - White interviews a maid................................ 11.1

11.2 D:rills and graIImlar .... 11.5
11.21 Pattern drills ................................................................ 11.5
11.21.1 Possessives - shortened forms ................................................... 11.5
11.21.2 The negative partiele wi th verbs ............................... , .......... 11.15
11.22 Replacement dril1s ............................................................. 11.20
11.23 Variation dril1s ............................................................ 11.26
11.24 Review drill - Unemphatie 'sorne, any' from English............................ 11.32
11.3 Conversation stimulus .................................. 11.33
12.1 Basie sentences - No water in Whitets apartment ................................ 12.1
12.2 D:ril1s and grarnmar ............................................................. 12.6
12.21 Pattern drills ..................................................... 12.6
12.21.1 Subjeet pronouns .............................................................. 12.6
12.21.2 Pronouns after phrase relators .............................................. 12.11
12.21.3 Components of l)hrases .......................................................... 12.17
12.21.4 Statement intonation patterns - Normal and eontrastive statements ............ 12.21
0.11

CONTENTS SPOKEN SPANISH
12.22 Replaeement drills ......................................................... 12.33

12.23 Variati on dri11s ................................................................. 12.39
12.24 Review dril1 - Adjeetive agreement in remote position ............................. 12.45
12.3 Conversation stimu1us .............................................................. 12.45
13.1 Basie sentenees - White and Mo1ina go to a party ..................................... 13.1
13.2 Drills and granlIDar .............................................................. 13.5
1321 Pattern drills ................................................................... 13.5
13.21.1 /-- ndo/ forms and the present progressive eontruetion ............................ 13.5
13.21.2 Possessive eonstruetions wi th /de/ ................................................ 13.15
13.21.3 Nomina1ized possessive eonstruetions ............................................... 13.21
13.21.4 Question intonation patterns - lnformation questions .............................. 13.27
13.22 Rep1aeement dri1ls ................................................................. 13.33
13.23 Variation drills ........................................................... 13.39
13.24 Review dri11 - P1aeement of negative partie1e ........................................ 13.45
13.3 Conversation stiJnulus . 13.46
14.1 Basie sentenees - Co1one1 Harris talks about his fami1y's arrival .................. 14.1
14.2 Dri11s and grarnrnar .................................................................. 14.7
14.21 Pattern dri11s .................................................................... 14.7
14.21.1 Present tense forms of the irregular verbs /ir, dar, ber/ ........................ 14.7
14.21.2 The periphrastie future eonstruetion ........................................... 14.18
14.21.3 Question intonation patterns - Yes-no questions .................................... 14.26
14.23 Variation drills .................................................................. 14.37
14.24 Review dri11 - Theme e1ass in /-do/ forros of verbs .................................. 14.43
14.3 Conversation stimulus .............................................................. 14.44
15.1 Basie sentenees - Mrs. Harris goes through eustoms .................................. 15.1
15.2 Drills and grarnrnar ................................................................... 15.5
15.21 Pattern dri11s ...................................................................... 15.5
15.21.1 lndireet e1itic pronouns - one objeet ................................................ 15.5
15.21.2 lndireet elitic pronouns - two objeets .............................................. 15.11
15.21.3 Question intonation patterns - Yes questions ....................................... 15.23
15.22 Replaeement drills ................................................................ 15.27
15.23 Variation drills .................................................................. 15.33
15.24 Review dri11 - Possessive eonstructions ........................................... 15.38
15.3 Conversation stimu1us . 15.39
Al Appendix l .......................................................................... Al.l
Al.1 Vocabulary ........................................................... Al.l
Al.2 Index ............................................................................. AI.39
0.12

SPOKEN SPANISH UNITl
1.1 BASIC SENTENCES. Useful phraaes.
ENGLISH SPELLING AID TO LISTENING SPANISH SPELLING
, ,
Good morning. bwenozd"1s.l. Buenos das.
, ,
Good morning, sir.

bwenozd1aslseQy6rt Buenos das, seor.
, ,
Good afternoon, ma-am..

bwenastardslseQy6rat Buenes tardes, seora.
, ,
Good evening, miss.

bwenaznocheslseQybrta~ Buenas noches, seorita.
,
how komo
,
+ cmo
are (to be)

" .(.
esta +estar est (estar)
,
you stet1' .. usted
, ,
~ow are you? kom2estal,!std ... C6mo est usted?
, ,
(1) am (lo he) ~stoy'' Astar'' estoy (esta-)
,
well byeh'' bien
,
thanu grayas.J gracias
,
and 1'' y
, ,
I'm fine. thanb. How are you? est6ybyeQlgryasl*ustedt Estoy bien, gracias. y l1Sted?
UNO 1.1

UNIT 1 SPOKEN SPANISH
,
very muy~ muy
,
Very well, thanks. mybyelJlgriys~ Muy bien, gracias
,
helIo, hi 01~ hola
,
what such ke-tl~ qu tal
, ,
HU How goes it? (1) 01'' ketl+ Hola! Qu tal?
(it) goes (to gol va (ir)
to ron (it) goes le va
How are ron getting along?

, ..
komoleb'' Cmo le va?
,
Fine, thanks. byelJlgrys'' Bien, gracias.
with con
,
the permission ~1-perm1.s6'' el permiso
,
(2)
Excuse me. kampirm1s6.1. Con permis o.
,
no, not nd.l. no
Certainly.
, .
komon6'' Cmo no.
, ,
excuse (to excuse) dispens'~ dlsp'nsar~ dispense (dispensar)
,
(3)
Excuse me. dispenseme.l- Dispnseme
1.2

SPOKEN SPANISH UNIT i
, ,
it (1) regret (to regret, to feel) lo-syent~ sentir~ lo siento (sentir)
,
much, lots, too much mucho ~ mucho
I'm very sorry.

,
losyentom6cho .J.
. Lo siento mucho.
That's okay. Est bien.
,
many (f.pI.) (4) muchas ~ muchas
, .
Thanks a loto muchaZ9Xys'' Muchas gracias.
of, from de
,
nothing nad.J. nada
,
You're welcome. dena4a~ De nada.
there is, there are (there to be) hay (haber)
Don't give it a thought. (5)

,
n~ay4ek~
. .. No hay de qu~
, ,
(1) want (to want) kyero.J. kreor.J. quiero (querer>
,
to present presntar.J. presentar
,
to present to you presentarle ~ presentarle
1.3

,
to a~ a
,
the (m. sg.) e1. ~ el
,
to the a1. ~ al
, ., ,
l'd like to present Mr. Molina kyerolprAsentarl,lals~Qy6rm611n.~ Quiero presentarle al seor
to you. Molina.
the <E.sg.) la
, . , ,
l' d like to present Mrs. Molina kyerolpr~sentarl~lalasQy6ra~mo11na~ Quiero presentarle a la seora
to you. de Molina.
,
tbe pleasure ~l-gust.J. el gusto
,
Glad to meet you. mch6gust ~ Mucho gusto.
, , ,
equally (equal) igwalment6~ 19wal~ igualmente (igual)
, ,
Same here, thanks. 19walment6 Igryas~ Igualmente, gracias.
, ,
enchanted (to enchant) eIJkntatt ~ eI)kantar~ encantado (enoantar)
,
to meet, get acquainted, to know knoer~ conocer
,
to meet you (L) k6n6erlA ~ conocerla
1.4 CUATRO

SBOKEN SPANISH UNIT 1
Delighted to meet you. (6)

, .
eijkanta~oI4ek6n~erla~
,
Encantado de conocerla.
to meet you (m.) conocerlo
, . ,
Glad to meet you. (6) m6chogustoI4kono~erlo~ Mucho gusto de conocerlo.
Goodbye. Adi6s~
,
until asta~ hasta
tomorrow maana
See you tomorrow. Has ta maana.
,
then, later lwego~ luego
,
So long. astlweg6 ~ Hasta luego.
1.10 Notes on the basic sentences
(1) /la ~ k~tl ~ / Hola! Qu tal? is a greeting generally used with a person whom you already know more than casually,
and who occupies a status approximately equivalent to yours.
(2) /kompermso ~ / Con permiso is used to excuse yourself when, for example, you are on an elevator and need to squeeze
between other people who are in front of you in order to get out; or, when you want to excuse yourself from a group you are talking
with. It is not ordinarily interchangeable with /d~sp~nseme ~ / dispnseme.
CINCO 1.5

(3) Id1Spnseme ~ / dispnseme is used as apology for a minor breach of etiquette, to interrupt a conversation to ask about some-
thing, etc.
(4) Note that /mchas~/ mucha:; 'many' is simply the feminine plural of a word /mcho / mucho 'Illuch' that you also met
in the phrase /mchogs to~ / mucho gusto. The /-S/ is the plural part, while the I-al before the /-5/
is the feminine marker.
(5) /nQydek~ / No hay de qu is used when the other person thanlcs you for some smaU favor YOB have done for him; it is about
the same as /denda~ I De nada.
(6) / enkant do I d ekono ~r1 aV Encantado de conocerla is regularly used only when you are introduced to a woman (if you
are aman). If you are a woman, a different form is used and you should not learn this sentence to use yourself. Imchogsto I
d ekono ir lo / Mucho gusto de conocerlo is what you say (if you are aman) to another man, or else just the short form
/muchogsto'' / Mucho gusto. In Spain, instead of /-10/ you say /-1 e/.
1.2 DRILLS ON PRONUNCIATION
1.21 V'owel contrasts in weak-etressed syllables
In learning the basic 'sentences in the first section of this unit, you should have been repeatedly corrected for your pronunciation of the
underlined vowels in snch phrases as these:
, . /
1. bwen2zd'~as~ -- -A-
,
2. sbQyor , -~
, .
3. bwen,-stardes~ -A- -~
,
4. seQyorA -e-- -A
1.6 SEIS

SPOKEN SPANISH UNIT 1
,
5.
, .
bwenaznoch~s'' -1-
,
6. gra~yAs'' -A-
,
7. dispensem!'' -1- --e
,
8. mchlizg;ra~yAs'' -li- -A-
l- ..
,
9. pri,sentarl! + -e-- --e
,
10. m61J.nA ., --6- --A
11. " +
stAmQyanA -A- -- -A
,
12. stAlwegQ + -A- -6
It is perfectly normal for you to have trouhle with these vowels, because, as the dots over them indicate, theyare all under weak stress
in positions where such vowels do n,ot occur unJer weak stress in, English.
While it is normal to Make these mistakes at first, teey eonstitute a ve" serious error which must be corrected early in your efforts to
form Spanish habits of pronunciation. The following lists are for the purpose o helping you to master these vowels uruler weak stress. They
are arranged in pairs of words such that the on,l., difference bet\\een the members of each pair is in the pronunciation of one \\eak-stressed
vowel: such a pair of words is caBed a min,imally contrasting pairo
Practice repeating these after your instructor until you can make the contrast easily, just as he does, and inaist that he continue
practicing them with you until they do come easily.
SIETE 1.7

UNIT 1 :SPUK~N ~y Al'U:'
1.21.1 Exerc~ses on m~n~mal vowel contrasts under weak stress

lal and lel ~n contrast under weak stress
, ,
p!loh'' pldn ..
, , , ,
sap .. sap! .. fatal.'' fetal. ..
, , , ,
lot .. lot! + tA~y~Or .t. teQY1I ~
, , , ,
mes!s
,
+ mes!s
,
+ p!p~t6 ~
,
p!pJ. t6
,
+
boch!.J.
,
boch!+
,
dd'~t
,
+ dcdJ. t.J.
,
t~nt! ., t~nt .J. skupa .. skup~''
, , , ,
chJ.ncha ~ ~6ket! .t. okete .t.
. , , ,
kortA .. kort .. lumbr! .t. alumbrf, ~
, ,
sobras .. sobr~s+
,
besa-r ..
, , ,
mnaor .. birretA .. birret! ..
,
mf,choh + , ,
pastoras ., pastores +
, , , ,
tchoh ..
,
t!chdn .,
,
markadq + mrkad ..
p~nai. .. p~naJ. ..
, ,
prtg.es!s ..
1.8
OCHO

/a/ and /1/ 1n contrast under weak stress

, , , ,
libar ~ libar '" p!Qyal ~ piQyaJ. ~
, , , ,
pAtoh ~ piton ~ mls~tA~ mis~tA ~
, , , ,
nA~ar ~ ni.d'ar ~ lAtera ~ literA ~
, , ,. ,
matad' ~ mita-d' + sAlero ~ silero ~
, , , ,
chArlar ~ chirlar ~ pAket ~ piket ~
, , , ,
pln~d'n+ pin~o-n ~ fAharon ~ fiharon +
, , , ,
pasando + pisandO ~ m(l)~.!d:or+ m(l)~idor~
/a/ and /0/ 1n contrast under weak stress

, , , ,
ara l aro ~ kubl+ kubo.J..
, , , ,
tl. ~ tl.~ + koka + kok~''
~
, , ,
~er!l ~er6 ~ kara~ kar''
, , , ,
pesa ~ pes6'" para+ par6+
, , , ,
pasa + pasQ. ... ch:Ln! ... ch:Ln6 ...
, , , ,
malA ... mal.Q. ~ kanta ... kanto ...
, , , ,
mes!~ meso ... mant!+ manto +
, , , ,
ma~!+ ma~.Q.
.. ~orr!~ ~orro ..
, ,
bola + bolo ...
NUEVE 1.9
UNIT1 SPOKEN SPANISH
, , , ,
santi. .. sant6 .. derech .. drech.Q. ..
, , , ,
swegr .. swegro .. ~igarr.i .. ig.arr ..
, ,
negri ~ negro ..
, , , ,
palma .. palmo .. ~apata .. ~pato ..
, , , ,
pasta .. past .. rmani + erman.Q. +
, , , ,
trompa + trompo + mimosa .. mimoso ..
, , , ,
rrema .. rremo ~ parehil .. pareho +
, , - , ,
kobra + kobr.Q. .. marei .. mreQ. ..
, , , ,
nyet .. nyet + t~rnera .. ternero ..
, , ,
1ndya+
,
1ndyo ...
,
~eres! +
kalo'i:.J. kldr +
, , , ,
espos + sposo .. lakoniki ., lakoniko ..
lal and lul 1n contrast under weak stress

, , , ,
pahar .. phr + lanero .. lUnero''
, , , ,
tardn + turdn .. kar.kas ., k.9.r akas ..
, , , ,
sab1<! ., Sb1<!O + bX'rJ.ta ., brr1ta +
, , , ,
p,ip1t + pyP1ta + pargJ.ta + prg.J.t +
1.10
DIEZ

, , , ,
mla~b ... mula~o ... kaQya<t6 k!Qyad" ..
, , , ,
kln1t + kn1t .. mar~yan '".. mr~yano +
, , , ,
lan1ti .. ln1ta ... palit!e~ ... plid'ee, ..
, , , ,
ma11tiA ... m011ta ...
-
matad'or'" mYtd'o-z. ...
/e/ and /1/ 1n contrast under weak stress

, , , ,
pna-r + pinaer + pesad'6 .. pisa<1o ...
, , , ,
pton .. piton ... perJ.t ... pir1t ..
, , , ,
ploh'' piloh ... psad .. pisad ..
, , , ,
taloh + tilo-n ... psarn .. pisar6n ..
, , , ,
rr,ima-r ... rrima-r'" me(l)!lr ... ml(l)~ar ...
, , , ,
msera ... misera'" pADY1ta .. piQY1ta'"
/e/ and /0/ 1n contrast under weak stress

, , , ,
pase + paso ... pepe .. pepo .J.
, , , ,
tom ... tomo ... t1re .. t1ro ...
, , , ,
fume ... fumo .. kab! + kab6 ..
, , , ,
b1ne ... b1no .J. b1b! .J. b1b6.J.
ONCE
1.11

, , , ,
leche .. lecho .. lesyoh .. lsyoh ..
, , , ,
trahA .. traho .. mesJ.ta .. m2lJ.t ..
, , , ,
dehe .. deho .. blJ.t .. bl1t ..
, , , ,
teh .. teha .. btado .. botado ..
, , , ,
kyeri .. kyero .. psada .. posada ..
, , , ,
peyne .. peyno .. rmJ.t .. rmJ. t ..
, , , ,
kobre .. kobro .. grrJ.t .. gorrl.ta ...
, , , ,
kante .. kanto .. konteste .. kntest ..
, , , ,
(l)yebe .. (l)!lebo .. ternero .. tornero ..
, , ,
mand .. mand .. ~~rrJ. t ..
, , ,
kambyo .. kbmforme .. komform ..
, , , ,
kompre .. kompro .. klJ.pse .. klJ.ps ..
, , , ,
plar'' polar .. trabaha .. trabah.Q., ..
, , ,
mntoh .. m.Qntoh .. prjpsi,yoh ..
lel and lul 1n contrast under weak st+ess

,
t!mor ..
, , , ,
le'lar .. lg.ar .. lechoh .. lchoh ..
, , , ,
lechar .. lchar .. festl.h .. fstJ.h ..
1.12 DOCE

, , , ,
s~kyoh .. suk~yoh .. pnsad" .. ptin~a'd ..
, ,
tnder .. tunder
, , ,
mesJ.t .. pcher .. pcher ..
, ,
lelJ.to .. perJ.t ..
, , ,
~erkad~ .. srkac1'o .. rrtJ.n ..
, ,
terkJ.to ..
- tYrkJ.to ..
/J./ and /0/ J.n contrast under weak stress

, , ,
timo .. tmd .. mirad"
, , ,
fig.oh .. fog.oh .. pik1.to''
, , ~
lisa-r .. pisada .. posad -1-

,
trJ. t .
, ,
misyoh .. 6hJ.t ..
, ,
iml.to .. omJ.t6 ..
, ,
tint l.simo .. tntJ.sim ..
/J./ and /u/ J.n contrast under weak stress

,
lig.a-r ..
, ,
miro-n .. mron ..
TRECE 1.13

UNIr 1 SPOKEN SPANISH
, , ,
pnoh + chinchero .. chnchero ..
, , , ,
pint'r + punta-r ~ ni40s + nJd"os .,
, , , ,
fisyon + fsydh + pid'yendo + pydyend +
, , ,
fi;rJh1r + f;rJhJ.r + rrumJ.t ~
, , ,
ms1ta + mirahas murahes .,
, , , ,
imJ. t + mJ. t6 + pntada pnta4''
, , ,
millo t + rrikJ.t rrukJ.ta+
, ,
lnos brlado~ +
, ,
tiner + tianer6 pyr~ta ~
, , , ,
filera + fuler linars + lnars''
,
~irkJ. te +
/0/ and /u/ J.n contrast under weak stress

, , , ,
t2P + tyPe + omJ. t + umJ. t +
, ,
b6kaOl + bkaJ.. +
, , , ,
olate + late + plmero ., plmer .,
, ,
rr6kJ.ta + rrk1t .,
1.14
CATORCE

, , ~
,
stana'' ~tana'' m.Qtila-r'' auitila-r''
, , , ,
prJ.to~ purJ.to,, Aksax4. Ikusax''
1.21.2 Discussion of minimal vowel contrasts under weak stress
English s peakers of c ourse aIso distinguish words in this same JIlinimal way - pit, pet, pat, pot, pUlt~ pUl, f<r example-but.only rarely
under weak stress. That is, English has similar differen ces only in syllables that are noticeably louder than any of the Spanish syllables
you have been practicing. The underlined vowels in the following English words are a11 the same vowel sound in actual speech, no matter
how they are s pelled.
presl.dent precedent bottQ.ffi plot'~m ward~n pard2.n
They would not be the same in Spanish.
By careful repetition of these Spanish words after a native speaker, and by observing closely the point of difference between each pair,
y ou can be~in to hear and, having heard, to imitate differences of a type and frequency that are quite strange to an English speaker's way of
talkin~.
In learning the basic sentences you were probably also corrected fOl' placing too much stress on sorne syllables, too Httle stress on
others. There are only two levels of stress in Spanish (English has four, as we will discover). These two levels are indicated in the 'Aids
to Listening' by an acule accent / ' / over the vowels that: have louder stress and a dot /. / over the vowels that have, softer stress. We will
call these STRONG STRESS and WEAK STRESS.
QUINCE 1.15

1.22 The stress system in Spanish
There are two things that are important about stress. One is to get the two stresses placed on the right syllables. The other is to make
each o them the right strength. Let us examine these two aspects one at a time.
The followmg pairs of word:s differ only in the placement o stress, and, as you can see, the difference in meaning that results is considerable.
1.22.1 Exercises on minimal stress contrasts

, ,
1 . estA 'thlS' ~sta '15'
, ,
2 0 l!Jgl~s II grelos iI)glEis 'Engllsh'
, ,
3. peso 'monet.ary un1t' peso 'he weJ.ghedO
, ,
40 pern 'balto perno.t, ,a k~nd of wJ.ne
, ,
50 p~k6 'peak' piko 'he stung D
, ,
6 o bald~ Vbucket' bAlde,J. , 1 cr1ppled'
, ,
7 llbroi 'book' librooi 'he freed 9
, ,
8. arA 'altar' arao 'he w:tll deO
, ,
9. abr~ topen' ~braO 'there w~ll be'
1.22.2 Discussion of minimal stress contrasts
In short, you can be rather drastically misundel(stood if you Iail to place the stresses correctly when you speak. This, of course,is aIse uue in
EngHsh, but not so obviously true in view of the greater complexity oI the English stress system. We have in English also a fair number of items
which can have the stresses arranged in more than one way:
, , , ,
addressi or Addressi Caribben+ or CrJ.bbean~
1.16 DIECISEIS

SPOKEN SPANISH UNIr 1
, , , , ,
Chl.ln ~ or Chile'n ~ New Orl'ns~ or N~w 6rlelns''
Since we do not have as many nice neat minimal pairs in English as there are in Spanisb (like / 'sta - /est4/>, we may at
first he deceived into thinking that Spanish uses stress in a way that English does nol, but this is not lrue.
The other important thing to learn in drilling on stress is to stress syllables with the right amount of force or strength. It is at this point
tbat the four s-tresses of English interfere with tbe two atresses of Spanisb. Let us first learn what tbe four stresses of Englisb are. Listen to
yourse lf ~ay this pbrase:
elevator - operator.
Which syllable is loudest? el- in elevator. Let us indicate this by writing an acute accent over the.!J
levator aperator.
Which syllable is next loudest? .QE.- in aperatar. We'll write it with a circumf1ex accent
~levator eperator.
Then we can heer that - vat - and - rat- are about equally loud~ but softer tban .Q.Q.-, so we will write a grave accent:
levator 8perator
DIECISIETE 1.17

UNIr 1 SPOKEN SPANlSH
The syllables that ~ left over are the weakest, so we write:
In doing this we have marked four levels of 'stress, which we can IabeI:
prl.mary secondary ~-
tert1ary weak ~- Or- e- "o r
This represests a great many djfferent levem of stress, but ever)!' Ea&llh speaker (native) uses all four quitf.. regularly and uncoDSciouely
every time he makes an utterance.
Now, how do these four English stresses affect your Spanish? If we remember that Spanish only has TWO stresses, then it seems likely that
you will get your FOUR mixed up with these two, with the resultthat you will put too much stress on some syllables, not enoogh on others. The
c orrespondence between the English suesses and those of Spanish is roughly this:
Engll.sh Spanl.sh
/'1
Prl.mary
Secondary I~I
} Strong 1'1
Tertl.ary 1'1
Weak Ivl } Weak I ./
1.18 OIECIOCHO

Let us look back now at the basic sentences and see if any of the difficulties you had with them can be traced to this difference
between the two languages.
RIGHT yam PROBABLE ERROR

, ,
1. kemprm1S0 k~mprml.so
, ,
2. dispensem dispensm~
, ,
3. presentarle presntarl
, . . . ,
4. lseQyora~emoln laseQyorademoll.n
, ,
5. i9walmnte~ igwlmente
, ,
6. Dkntado~ e~kntado
, ,
7. astmQyan~ ~stmQyana~
Now because we consider this a very impcrtant point indeed, and because it is a point which is rarely drilled elsewhere, we have put
together the fol1owing long list, arranged according to the number of syllables and placement of stress. Until you can say these using only
the two stresses that are marked instead of the four of English you cannot expect to go on and learn complex utterances successfully. Time
spent practicing these, therefore, will be very well spent.
1.22.3 Exercises on contrasting stress patterns

, ,
--=-4. .:..-..
, ,
rroh.l. komo
, ,
much~ gust~
, ,
tanto bweno
, ,
ast.!. lweg.!.
, , ,
donde.!. frass fumr
DIECINUEVE 1.19

, , , ,
fumo l abrA .1- pAsaer+ fAbor +
, ,
lbr1r + perdon +
, , ,
taksi .1- d~J.r .1- biste
, , , ,
aQYO .1- ~el .1- ~yd'a-d .1- tAmbyen
, , , ,
tarde .1- erka + srb1-r + ~erraar
, , ,
- -- - +I -- -.. - TI --- -

- I
.....
, ,
rrapid6 .1- trabahA +
, , ,
lastima .1- saludos + rayo-n
, ,
fosfor .1- ~ntnder +
, ,
syentse .1- spAQyol+
, ,
deheme + ~wtobu-s ..
, , ,
uniko + molestA sta~yoh +
, , ,
barbAr6 .1- skuch kbraoh .1-
, , ,
medik6 .1- bentan saldaer +
, ,
tnyerk61s .1- minutos
~
, , ,
saba<t6 tiketes .1- k6noeer +
, , ,
entim6 .1- ~~ntabos .1- para9-wa"y {
1.20 VEINTE

SPOKEN SPANISH UNIr 1
, , ,
saIJ::!che + b6lets rqway .,
, , ,
ultim sabems ~ sAlbAdor .,
, .,
proksim ., kontestar .,
, _
,
__
_ TI , ., _
_
_
_'_ T
- - - -

+ 'I
--
- - I
, , , ,
dJ.g.ame16 + tlefn ., t~leQ..ramA ., trAbAhAr .,
, , , ,
prestese16 + simpatik6 ., inmd'yata ., kAswAlid: id .,
, , , ,
tomsl
,
+ de~J.d'as
,
+ dsped'~<!as ., liberaiyn .,
, ,
trayg.aml ., maqn1fik ., absOlut l bilid'ad ..
, , , ,
beAsl ., mchJ.sim ., sfi~yente ~ k6mnikr~
, , , ,
kwentml0 ., prposit6 ., presentarle ., ferrkarrfl+
, , , ,
dandm16 ., fAnatik ~ seQy6rJ. ta ~ mentalid'd' ..
, , , ,
byendsel + prdonme + kon6yend ., ag.rikl tr .1-
, , , ,
kamby~m16 ., Al t 1ffietr6 .,
,
ad'elante .,
,
nt6nA~yOn
,
+
s~ksl ., fi~urs ., demAsyad' ., IJk6n trari .,
, , ,
mw~bAs16 ., AmerikA ., panrama ., kAminare .,
, , , ,
subAmlAs ., milesim6 ., mon6qramA ., AmAri~ar ",
, , , ,
komAsl6 ., tAnt1sim6 + entend1d' ., amane~er ",
, , , ,
buskAm16 + bw~n1:S.imO ., kmfndJ.d6 ., failitr .,
VEINTIUNO 1.21

UNITl SPOKEN SPANISH
, , ,

- - - --+I
- --

--+ 1
----- ..
- I
, , ,
kon~yendose-l- presentayones.J. ntryrid:a-d-l-
, , ,
erkandos-l- mrikano.J. psteryoridad.J.
, , ,
priyos~simo.J. lbrtory.J. kristali~iyoh.l-
, , ,
presentand61.J. kmbersa.iyons.J. k6mnikyoh.J.
, , ,
primr~simo.J. konsrbtory.J. nynlidad.J.
, ,
eI)kontrandl.J. rgmnt~yoh.l-
, ,

- - - - -- +
I
-------.
I
, , , ,
henrali~iyon.J. espiylii ~yoh.J. institynlidad.l- dzntrli~~yoh+
, , , ,
idntifik~yoh.J. dekontmina~yn+ impresy6nbilidad.J. impersnaliiiyn.J.
, , , ,
natr 1ii a ~ yoh.J. rresponsbilidad+ konstityonalidad.J. agrikltriiaiyon.J.
, , , ,
rrkapitl~yon.J. rrespetbilidd.J. sperntrlidad.J. amerikni~yon+
, , , ,
kapi tliiaiyoh.l- irrglridad.l- deskpitliayon.J. sprlimentyn.J.
, , , ,
-

- - -
- I
+' -----.
I
, , , , , , , ,
igwalment.J. ktwalment.J. hnralment.l- mteryalment.J.
, , , , , , , ,
swalment.J. kordyalment.J. literalment.J. lsQyorkarter+
1.22 VEINTIDOS

, , , , ,, , ,
seQyorkarter seQyorkastr6 AlsQyorkastr6 espe~yalment
, , , , , , ,,
dktorkamp~s As J.ch!le nmoralmente lklornegro
, , , , , , , ,
kolorberd"e AO)abyen imfrmalment elsQyorharg.As~
1.22.4 Discussion of contrasting stress patterns

y ou probably noticed, in listemng to and imltating these iterns, that they seem to be pronounced {aster than English words of similar
length. Actually they are not, but there is a big difference in rhytlun which makes it seem that they are. This difference in rhythm can be
indicated something like this, using longer lines to indicate longer syllables and shorter lines to indicate shorter syllables:
English Speaker
Spanis h Speaker
Thus the Spanish way is to make every syllable almost equally long, giving a rnachine~nn effect, whereas the English way is to make
the louder sy Hables longer. The two languages divide up their time differently.
1.23 The intonation system of Spanish
Up to this point we have discussed two errors you were corrected for in learning the basic sentences: UNSTRESSED VOWELS and
SYLLABLE STRESS. The third problem which occurs from the very beginning and will be with yon to mar your Spanish for a very long time
is INTONATION: the rise and faH of the pitch of the voice. We have indicated this by placing our accent marks at three different heights
over the vowe h
Low pitch: directly over the vowel /l3. 6/
VEINTITRES 1.23

UNIr 1 SPOKEN SPANISH
,
Middle pitch: one s pace aboye the vowel la 01
,

High pitch: two spaces aboye the vowel la 01
, ,

All three in sequence look like this: lA a al 14 a al
r hese are analogous to steps io a musical scale:

8 J Jj
In addition to these various levels 01 piteh, there may be a slight rise It l o r a slight fall I .. I after the last piteh, (JI' it may remain
level I ,I .
Now let us retum to the basie sentenees and see what you were eorrected on.
RIGHT YOUR PROBABLE ERROR

., ,.. . ,,
bwenOz~1sJseQy6r ~ Isel)yor t
, . , .., .
1. bwenozd18S
. ,
,
, . , ..., .
bwenastar~eslsAQy6r4~ bwenastardeslseQyorat
, . ,
2.
a. bwenaznochesJsQy6ritl ~ bwenazn~chesJseQyor1ta t
, . , , .
4. komgesta~st~4 ~ komQesta~st4 ~
, ,
5. mybyeij]gr,yAs
, .. muybyeIJlgr!iyAs t
, ..
,
6. komoleb komoleba ~
,
7. komon6
. ~
, ' .
komon ~
1.24 vmmCUATRO

SPOKEN SPANISH UNITl
8.
,
muchazgr'yAs
.
~
,
muchazgrayAs ~
.

denMA t
, . n~ay4ek
, . t
10. noayc!ek ~
" , , ;,
11. iqwalmente 19,ryAs ... i<,wAlment6IqryAs t
,

ac!Yos t
,
,

13. astamaQyana + astamaQyana t
,
,
14. as tAlweg.6 + astalweg.o t
It will be evident to you that aH of the rnistaken patterns of the right-hand colurnn aboye -are attributable to sorne very cornrnon pattern
that such utterances have in English. A few of the cornrnon non-Spanish interference patterns that English sets up are these:
, ,
, ~
1. Good morn~ng IB~ll t 5. GoOd bye t
, , 1\ ,

2. F~ne I thanks t 6. Good bye t
, ,
3.
A
How are you +
A
7 Many thnks +
, ,
ydu +
~
4. How are
V'EINTICINCO 1.25

UNll' 1 SPOKEN SPANISH
The only way to get these (and other) Engliah patterus out af-your'way in talking Spanish is by the correet repetition of Spanish patterns
s o often that they automatically replace the English OBes when they are supposed too The following exercise is directed toward that ende
1.23.1 &ercises on eontrasting intonation patterns
,
1. bengak ,J.
. Group 1
, .. All o a 'fall1ng ' pattern
, .
2. klarokes1,J.
sonlastr's,J.
3.
, .. ,
4.
5.
,.
~e9R-en.abyon''
nolokr'6 ,J.
,
6. nomeimp6rtA,J.
,
~
7. byenemaQynA,J.
..
, .
8. O}Jegomar1,J.
.,
, .
9. Ak:1.sebyll ,J.
, .
10.. kom.2est ,J.
~
, . .
11. dondest
12. komoleb ,J.
, .
,
14. kelepsA ,J.
.
13. kyene(s) s6n ,J.
, .
15. kwand~g''
1.26 VEINTISEIS

,
16. kwantokwsta ~
.
, .
17. kekommos ..
, .
18. d~dondes6n ..
,
parActondebn J.
.
19.
,
porkesefw''
.
20.
,
p6rkwantotymp6''
.
21.
22.
,
akwantoestmos .1-
.
"
, ,
1. y,aseba t
.
, ..
,
Group 2
All of a 'r1s1ng' pattern
2. kyerekafe t
, . ..
,
3. bJ.llOkon.ustecrt
,. ,
4. komyeron~a t
, . ,. ...---------/
5. tyen~uniap1~ t
,. ,.
sebakonm1g,o t
6.
, ,.
7. le~stomar1a t
.
, ,.
8. le~o~ldyaryo t
, ., .
9. tyenenptro t
, .,
10. lpsolaleche t
.
VEINT!SIETE 1.27

UNIT 1
, ,.. SPOKEN SPANISH
trahosukarro t
11.
, . .
,
12. legustasutrabaho t
,
1. gra~yas IseQy6r ..
, Group 3
2. mybye~lgr~yas'' All endJ.ng J.n a low level pattern
,
3. sJ.lseQy6ra ~
,
4. nolseQyorita''
,
5. n~ayl6mbr ~
, _ _fil~)
6. be~glmaria ~
,
7. nolmchazgryas ..
,
8. nobyen~lent6nes ~
,
sJ.lpap ~
,
10. nolmam ~
,
11. adyoslseQy6res ..
,
12. astamaQyanalseQy6rs ..
1.28
VEINTIOCHO

2.1 BASIC SENTENCES. Useful phrases.
ENGLISH SPELLING AID TO USTENING SPANISH SPELLING
ahcad, forward "

ad:lante+ adelante
,
Come on in. adelant+ Adelante!
, ,
seat (to seat) syente~ sentr + siente (sentar)
, ,
seat yourself (to seat oneself) syentse+ sentarse~ sintese (sentarse)
Sit down. Si~ntese.
, ,
(you) have (to have) tyene+ tener+ tiene (tener)
, ,
a, an (one) un+ un+ un (uno)
the pencil el lpiz
l' ,
Do you have a pencil? tyen~unlapl. + Tiene un lpiz?
, ,
(I) have (to have) teI)go+ tener ~
No, 1 don't. No, no tengo.
yes s
UNO 2.1

Yes, 1 do. S, s tengo.
, ,
repeat (to repeat) rrp1ta~ rrepetir+ repita (repetir)
Say it again. Repita.
, ,
translate (to translate) tradu~k~ trad~ir~ traduzca (traducir)
Translate. Traduzca.
,
another otra+ otra
,
the time la-be~+ la vez
,
again 6 tr a-b e~ + otra vez
,
for pdr+ por
the favor el favor

,
please por-fabdr+ por favor
, .,
Again, please. otrabei/pbrfab6r+ Otra vez, por favor.
,
the pardon el-perdn+ el perdn
, ,
(you) say (to say) d1ie+ de~J.r+ dice (decir)
, ,.,.,
Excuse me, what did you say? (1) per~dn~ komodJ.i~ustedt Perdn. Cmo dice usted?
give (to give) d (dar)
to me me
2.2 DOS

,
the pen la-plumA.l. la pluma
, ..
Give me the pene demelaplma+ D~me la pluma.
, ,
pass (to pass, to hand) pas+ pas ar+ pase (pasar)
,
pass me pasm+ pseme
,
the hook el-lJ.oro+ ellihro
, ..
Pass me the hook. pasemeQ)lbr+ Peme el libro.
is (to he) es (ser)
that eso
,
What's that? kes.so.t. Qu es eso?
this esto
,
the ashtray l-ieniiero+ el cenicero
, ,
This is an ashtray" est~lespniniier+ Esto es un cenicero"
, ,
wants (to want) kyer+ kre"r.l. quiere (querer)
,
to say di J.r decir
,
(it) means kyr-dJ.r+ quiere decir
TRES 2.3

, ,.." ..
What does cenicero mean? kekyerectelr/enliro+ Qu'; quiere decir cenicero?
,
, . , .
It means ashtray. kyereaeilrlreshtryi Quiere decir ashtray.
, ,
says itself, is said (to say) s--dl~~ di lr~ se dice (decir)
,
in eh~ en
,
the Spanish el--espQyol+ el espaol
,
How do you say table in Spanish?
, .. . ,
komosedlielteyb~1Ien~spaQy61~ Cmo se dice table en espaol?
,
the table la--mes~ la mesa
,
y ou say mesa. (2)
, .
sd:lelmesai Se dice mesa.
the English el ingls

,
the chair l-slQ:Y~ la silla
, .. ~ .
How do you say silla in English? komosealielsla~~l~~gls~ Cmo se dice silla en ingls?
, .
y ou say chair. sec11ielchehri Se dice chair.
where dnde
,
the embassy l~--embahacl~ la embajada
,
American merikani americana
2.4 CUATRO

SPOKEN SPANISH UNIT2
, -, , - - -
Where's the American Embaasy? dondestall~mbahadamer1kn~ D6nde estA la Embajada Americana?
the bathroom el bao
, -, ,
Where's the bathroom? dondestal~lbaQyb~ Dnde est el bao?
there ah
at, to a
,
the leEt l~-ikyer<!a~ la izquierda
, ,
There to the leEt. a1IalRikyerda~ Ahi a la izquierda.
,
the right la-drecha~ la derecha
, ,
There to the right. a1Jalactrecha~ Ah a la derecha_
, ,
There straight ahead. 1laetlant~ Ah ade lante.
, ,
take, carry (to take) O~ebe~ O~bar~ lleve (llevar)
,
take us O~ebnbs~ llvenos
the center (of town) el centro
Take us downtown.
, -. .
royebenoslalntrb~ Llvenos al centro_
, ,
are (to be) stah~ sta-r.t. estn (estar)
CINCO 2.5

the (m_ pie) los
Where 're the books?

, - ,
dondestanlloz11brs+
. D6nde estn los libros?
,
take me Q~ebm+ llveme
,
the hotel l-te-l+ el hotel
Take me to the hotel_

,.
~ebem~lalotl+
-- LIveme al hotel_
(it ) goes down (to go down) sube (subir)
or o
, ,
(it) goes down (to go down) bah+ baha-r+ baja (bajar)
, -
Going up or down? (3) subeobha+ Sube o baja?
"
,
how much kwanto cunto
,
How much is it? kwantos+
,. Cunto es?
, ,
one un.i. uno six seVs+ seis
~
,
two dos.i. dos seven syet+ siete
, ,
three tres.i. tres eight och6+ ocho
, ,
four kwatro cuatro nine nwebe+ nueve
, ,
five ~I)ko.i. cinco ten dye-i+ diez
2.6 SEIS

, ,
eleveo on~e~ once fifteen kln~e~ quince
, ,
twelve do~e~ doce sixteeo dye!iiseys'' diecis~is
, ,
thirteeo tre~e~ trece twenty beynte~ veinte
, ,
fourteen kator~e+ catorce twenty-one bynti.uno+ veintiuno
2.10 Notes on the hasic sentences
(1) Iostead of using the entire phrase 'What did you say?', The Spanish speaker frequently uses only the first word,i.e. /k6mot / '
just as we may say ooly 'What?'
(2) Note that here, aod io the other phrases ahoye and helow which also have the form /se\iiie~ / io them, that the idea of
'someone' actually sayng the word is not given: rather, the word says itself, which makes this coostruction impersonal, and
which is translated ioto English as 'is said' or 'you say'. The Spaoish construction used is the reflexve constructioo, which
will he e xamined in detail in Unit 24.
(3) More literally, 'Does it (the elevator) go up or does it go down?'
SIETE 2.7

2.2 DRILLS ON PRONUNCIATION
In the first unit we exarnined the vowels under weak stress, the stress system, the intonation systern, and the resulting rhythmic effect.
Before going on to an exarnination of consonants, and vowels under strong stress, notice in the lists below how in wards which sound familiar,
you are Hable to rnake sorne rather serious mistakes because of the very fami liarity of the words.
2.21 Typical errars frorn English vowel influence in sirnilar-sounding wards.
CORRECT YOUR PROBABLE ERROR FAMILIAR ENGLISH ENGlJSH SPELLJNG

PRONUNCIATION
, , ,
afi~J.n.J. afis.J. - ~fis'' office
, ,
doktor'' dktor.J. doctor
, , ,
oportnidd.J. .ID> rtunid a-a'' ~partuwn~tiy'' opportunity
, , ,
kOI)greso.J. kIJgreso'' ka1)gr!:s.J. congress
, , ,
kmfren~y'' kamferen~y'' kanfar~ns'' conference
, , ,
tropikl.J. tr!pikl'' trap~kal'' tropical
, , ,
tomika'' t'mik'' tamik-l- atomic
, , ,
6ndurs-l- andurAs.!. handur~s-l- Honduras
, , ,
kombers aiyoh'' kambersa~yoh.J. kanvrseyS'in.J. conversation
, , ,
spi ta-l.J. aspita-l'' haspitil.J. hospital
, , ,
kontrat.J. kantrato.J. kantralkt.J. contract
, ,
pOsJ.bl'' pasibil.J. possible
2.8
OCHO

, , ,
bmbar~e~ bambarc!e6~ b~mba rdmint ~ b ombardme nt
, , ,
pront~ prnt~ prantaw~ pronto
, , ,
prokslma~ praksima~ ~praksim~t~ approximate
, , ,
fosfr6~ fsfr6~ fasf~r~s'' phosphorous
, , , ,
kost'' kast~ kast~ - k~st~ cost
, , ,
blaI)ka~ bl;eI)ki'' bla!~k~ blank
, , ,
kansas~ k~ns!s'' ka!nziz~ Kansas
, , ,
pas~ p~s~~ pa!S~ pass
, , ,
klase~ kla!s~~ klals'' class
, , ,
grayas gr~iyis~ gr;es'' grass
, , ,
lastim~ l;estimi~ l~st~ last
, , ,
~spaQydl+ ~SP~QYoi. sp~ni'' Spanish
, , ,
bslut~ ~bs~lut~~ ~bs~luwt~ absolute
From these examples it is no doubt clear that many words which look easy, because they seem very much like English w<rds, are in
fact the most misleading because of their similarity. H you are alert to the possibility of this error, however, it is a relatively easy one to
correcto
NUEVE 2.9

2.22 Voiced stop consonants
2.22.1 Idl in Spanish
The problero that arises froro Idl is that it has two varieties of pronunciation which are, froro the point of view of English
speakers, actually different sounds; but froro the point of view of Spanish speakers, they are one and the same sound.
How can there be such a difference in point of view? A sound is, one would think, either the saroe as another or it isnte But
this is an instance where the ~comroon sense' viewpoint does not hold. Froro infancy speakers of Spanish are taught to ignore the dif-
ference between [d J and [d J. English speakers are taught to respect that difference hut ignore others (such as the puff of air that
comes after the Ip/of pill hut does not come after the Ipl of spill).
The symhol [d] represents the initial sound of English den, do, die, dare, etc., but the tip of the tongue actually touches
the hack side of the upper teeth when this sound is produced in Spanish, whereas in English it tanches somewhat fW'ther back.
The symbol [d] represents the initial sound of English then, thee, the, those, that, there, etc., or the middle sound of
either, mother, other, father, etc., or the final sonnd of lathe, bathe. However, it must he distinguished carefully from the other sound
which English writes with th, the initial sound of thin, thiek, thistle, or the middle sound of ether, Ethel, or the final sound oC bath.
This other sonnd is written [i] in this hook, and it has no connection with I dt
Examples of the two Idl sounds are helow.
, ,
dad:6+ ~4ond.t.
,
de<to+
,
solda<to+
, ,
ddos+ tildad:o+
, ,
gwardado+ d~zdeQyado.t.
, ,
kardad"o.t. d~zctichado''
2.10 DIEZ

SPOKEN SPA1'lISH UNIT 2
y ou will of comse notice that both kinds of / d / appear here, and wonder how you can tell which variety to expect. The rule is
reasonably clear and consistent, though in sorne dialect areas, slight variations may occur:
pause /n/ /1/ /J,/ /t/ vowels /y/ /w/ other consonants
[d] appears after x x x x x
[a] appears after x x x x
The real importance o producing the .right variety of / d/ at the rght time hecomes evident upon examinar.ion o the contrasts
helow, where the use of [d] instead of [a] in the left-hand column will cause the word to he misinterpreted as heing the one in the
right-hand column.
2.22.11 Exercise on / d / and / r / between vowels
, , , ,
acta'' orl.J. p1ctA.J. p1rAJ,
, , , ,
t046.a. tor6~ 1046.1- lor~.I-
, , , ,
ka4A~ karA.I- ko46'' kor6.l-
, , # ,
se4A'' sera'' mu46.l- mur&''
, , , ,
mo46'' mor6'" a4AJ, ara'"
, ,
Rl14l~ m1rl.l-
2.11

2.22.2 Ibl in Spanish
The problem of Ibl is similar to that of Id/. There are two varieties which are the same from the Spanish point of view but
noticeably different from the English point of vew.
The symbol [b] represents the initial sound of English words like be e, bUl, buy, bo"ow, the middle sound in baby, tabby, tubby,
the final sound in tub, hub, rub, {lub.
The symbol [b ] represents a sound which does not exist in English. It is produced by bringing the lips close to each other, but
not allowing them to touch, so that the air passes through them with a slight friction noise. The result sounds like a cross between a b, v,
and w. The easiest way to learn to produce it is to start out as though to make a [b ] in a word like about, but not allow the lips to touch
so that the resulting sound is v.like in character (but remember that it is not a v).
Examples of [b ] and [b ] follow:
,
silbab
,
nrbaba~
, ,
~mbaba ezbo~aba~
, ,
kmbyab zbobb''
2.12 DOCE

pause /m/ Ji/

~t /.~/ /t/ vowels v ,iN.. other consonan'~s

I
I
lb] appoars 0.fter x x x x

I
x
[b] appears after ~ x x x
To make a mistake in the production of /b/ is not as serious as with the / d/, but errors can lead to misunderstanding. More
important, there is no v sound in Spanish, even though it is in the writing system. The Spanish sound which Americans mar hear as v in a
word like Havana is actually the [bJ sound.
2.22.3 / g/ io Spaoish
The problem of /9/ is similar to that of /d/ and Ib/. There are two varieties which are the same from the Spanish point of
view but noticeably different from the English poiot of view.
The symbol [9] represents the initial sound of English words like go, get, got, guess, the middle sound in ago, again., the final
sound in t~, tag, tog.
The symbol [g.J represents a sound which is heard only rarely in English, in a word like sugar. lt is produced by raising the back
part of the tongue up towards the roof of the mouth as though to make a [g ]but without allowing the tongue to touch, so that the air is free to
pass through with a slight friction noise.
TRECE 2.13

Examples ol [g ] and [g] lollow:
, ,
galgo-l. stgalg6-1.
, ,
gag-l. elgago-l.
, ,
gregoryo-l. lagr9ant~
, ,
gager-l. lgorgA.J.
, ,
griI)gad'o-l. ezgregoryo
, ,
agI)grenars~-I. zgger-l.
As with / d/ and /b/, the distrihution ol the two varieties of / g/ is lairly clear and consistent:
pause [ 1)] /1/ /~/ /t/ vowels y w other consonants
[9] appears after x x x x x
[9J appears after x x x x

-
To make a mistale in the proouction of / g/ is not serious, hut unless you learn to produce the [9] variety you ~ill find that it is
difficult to identy \\hen you are listening to a Spanish speaker. So for the purpose of con prehension it is worth the trouble to master it.
2.14
CATORCE

2.23 Vibrants I r/ and I rr / in Spanish
Even though we write these sounds with the letter T" the student should take special nole of the very important fact that these
/r/-sounds do not even vaguely resemble the / r /-sounds that occur in most varieties of English. Any attempt to transfer one's
English I r lover into Spamsh will result in utter failure to produce a satisfactory imitation of the Spanish sound.
You hay<, a}r~ady (2.22.10 gOIle through a session of drill-wcrk on the difference between / r / and the variety of I d/
that appears between vowel-eontrasts like [tet!] .. [tr!]. Now it is necessary to distinguish this SAl.1&gle / r / (the one
which is so much like English tt or d or dd in words like Betty, cottage, lettuee, better, wader, waiteT, shutter, shudder) from the
double / rr l. I rrl is a rapid trill of the tongue-t:p, and it can usually be learned only by careful imitation.
The The following drili
js to help you hear and learn to reproduce the difference between the two kinds o / r l.
2.23.1 Exercise on IrI and Irrl between vowels
, ,
per6.1. perr6''
, ,
kar6J. karr6.1.
, ,
par~ parrA'"
, ,
barA.!. barrA'"
, ,
kor6.s. korr6''
, ,
~er6.J. ~err6''
, ,
y.ero.J. y.err6''
, ,
foro.J. forr6.!.
, ,
fyero.!. fyerr6.a.
, ,
amar.!. lmarr.J.
2.15

I
Not only is the Spanish I r quite different from the English r when it occurs between vowels, as in the preceding drill; it is also quite
different in association with consonants. Take the Spanish word [trde~ ] for example. Your first attempt wiH probably sound something
like the English words tar day. If you will try to make it sound more like totter-they (spoken rapidly), you will come pretty close to the Spanish
pronunc iation.
The following drill will allow you to practice I r / i n aH combinations with other consonants.
2.23.2 Excercise on Irl before and after consonants
, , , ,
pront~ kwerp~ grand~ marg~
, , , ,
prl.m6~ torpe~ frl.~ mrfl.l~
, , , ,
tres~ kart~ fra5~ perfl.l~
, , ,
trat~ pwert~ farsa~
, , ,
krud~ ierka~ J.r5~
, , ,
kre~ park arhntl.n~
, , ,
brsl.l~ arbl srhyo~
, , ,
broma~ - kurb drmi
, , ,
drama~ tard~ arm~
, , ,
drog gward~ byernes
, , ,
graiys gr9ant~ orn~
2.16 DIECISEIS

Whenever / r / occurs at the very end of an utteranee (not the end of a word, hut the end just hefore pause), and especially
when that final syllable is a stressed syllable, it has a different pronunciation from what is heard elsewhereo lt is more like /rr/,
hut the vocal cords do not vibrate during ito The effeet is almost like combining /r/ with /s/ except that the tongue -tip remains
up at the end. This sound can he practiced by imitation o the following words.
2.23.3 Exercise on Spanish IrI at the end o an utterance
,
s~Qyor~
, ,
Ablar~ nakar~
,
et~r~
,
kan!lr~
, ,
rreb61ber+ rrebolber+
,
martir+
In the preceding pages the gross differences in the pronunciation of sounds that are similar in Spanish and English have heen
illustrated aBd discussed. These are the differenees' which if unmastered will cause great diffieulty and misunderstanding in an attempt
to communicate in Spanish, and their mastery is therefore of the utmost importanee to a student. However, there are other pronunciation
features that should be understood and learned, to reduce the 'gringo accent' that will inevitably distraet the listener's attention and
thus impair the eommunication efficiencyo The following lists of similar sounding words pronounced by a Spanish speaker and an English
speaker respeetively will illustrate important differeBces in the pronunciation of what might be considered the same vowels. Note espe-
cially that the English vowels seem to he more prolonged, more drawn out, and especially note that they do not ,seem to maintain the same
quality from the beginning to the end of the vowel, whereas the Spanish vowel does.
DIECISIETE 2.17

2.24 Vowel nuclei in Spanish
2.24.1 English /ey/ and Spanish/e/

day
Kay
say
bay
Fay
May
lay
2.24.2 E.1isIa /owl ud Spush /0/
DO
low
yoe
,
SO 501
2.18 DIECIOCHO

2.24;3 EaglisL /1Y/ and Spaniah / ~/
me
tea
,
see 51...
Lee
Dee
kaee
2.24;4 Euglish /uw/ .DeI Spaa.1t ul

,
too tU...
,
sue SU...
,
peell ptf.l-
,
eoo ku...
,
Loo bu.l.
,
moo mu''
DIECINUEVE 2.19

Generally if you are imitating a native or near-native pronunciation at full normal colloquial speed, errors of the type illustrated aboye
are not likely to be obtrusive. Probably the most important detail to lemember is to say words which rontain these vowels without allowing the
quality to change in the course of producing them. For /u/ and /0/, this means rounding the lips during the production of the preceding
consonant so that the lips are properly rounded in anticipation of the rounding required for the vowel.
2.25 Lateral -/1/ in Spanish
/1/ in English is a sound that is produced by raising the tip of the tongue up to touch the roof ol the mouth in such a way
that the air column is forced to pass around either side of it: tms way o producing a sound is called lateral (Le. 'side') articulation.
In Spanish, the /1/ is actually a laterally-released [d], and it has a very different sound from the English /1/. If you will try
to follow by manipulating yotr oV/n tongue, a technical description wHI be helpful: produce a [d ] as in the word did. Notice that to make the
[d], you release the whole tip of the tongue so that the air can flo'W suddenly out Beross the top of jt. Now instead of releasing the entire tongue
downward, keep the tip locked in its [d ] position at the end of the word did but release the air through one side as though you were going lo- say
the word diddle, but without lowering the back part of the tongue as you would in diddle. If you have followed these instructions, you are producing
a Spanish /1/.
Compare the following pairs which are approximately alike except for the /1/ -sounds and try to imitate the difference.
2.25.1 Exercise on Spanish /1/

, , ,
feel fl.-l dell del~ coal ko'1
, , ,
hotel otel~ tall tal~ tool tul
,
el e1
2.20 VEINTE

2.26 Voiceless stops
2.26.1 I pI in Spanish
It was mentioned earlier that in English there are at least two conspicuously different Idnds of p-sounds: the p of pin, pUl, which
has the puf of air called aspiration, and the p of spin, spill, which has no aspiration.
The Spanish Ipl is always produced without aspiration. One way for an American to get at the mastery of it is by thinking of
an s before Spanish words that begin with Ipl in order to transfer the English pattern of producing unaspirated p after s.
The fol1owing list will give yon a hasis for comparing the p-sound in the two languages and learning to reproduce the difference.
2.26.11 Exercise on Spanish /pl
pace
Peru
,
pawn pan~
,
par par~
,
pore por~
,
pone pon
,
pooh pu~
,
plan plah~
VEINTIUNO 2.21

2.26.2 /t/ in Spanish
The /t/ problem is Hite the Ip/ problem: in English it is aspirated, in Spanish it is not. In addition, the tongue touches a point
tbat is more forward in the mouth to p-oduce a Spanish /t/: it literally touches the back side of the upper teeth, which it does not do in English.
2.26.21 Exercise on Spanish /t/

,
tea t1.-~
,
ten te-n-l.
,
toss ta-s-l.
,
taboo tabu-.!.
2.26.3 /k/ in Spanish
H yon have mastered /pl and /t/, /k/ will he a breeze since it involves again the aspiration probler.l.
2.26.31 Exercise on Spanish /k/

,
kilo kJ.lo-l.
,
Kay ke--l.
,
call ka-l.!.
,
can ka-o.!.
,
cafe kAfe- J.
2.22

2.27 Voiceless spirants
2.27.1 / s/ in Spanish
Spanish has an [S] and a [Z ] ,but unlike English they are considered as variants of a single sound, / S/ . That is to say, two
Spanish words are never distinguished solely by the difference [S-Z ] as are the English words 'seal and 'zeal'. Note the following pairs
of words in Spanish which have partIy similar sequences of sounds.
2.27.11 Exercise on the distrihution of the variants of / S /
,
esposo~
,
rrazgar~
,
espelta~
, ,
azn~ ask+
, ,
m~zmo+ mJ.sto+
,
h~gaer~
, ,
dzttQyaer.J. desteQyir.J.
, ,
dizgusto+ diskurs.J.
, , ,
dezd:e~ dest~ (de ,. est)
, ,
ezd.J. (ez d)
2.27.12 Discussion of the distrihution of the variants of / S /
You will notice that the [z ] occurs in Spanish only in a syllahle-final position hefore a voiced consonant, namely [b, d, g,
m, n, 1, rJ. Anywhere else, [s] occurs, except hefore semi-vowels /y/ and/w/ where both [s] and [z ] occur, depending on
VElNTrrRES 2.23

whether the syllable begins with the /5/ or with the semivowel. Since there is no choice on the part o the speaker-only one or the other
occurs in aoy given situation, but not both-they are not in contrast and belong to only one basic sound unit, /5/.
But in sorne dialects and styles of speaking Spani~hf another variety of [S] occurs. Note these pronunciations of some Caribbean
and South American dlalects.
,
bwena noche h .,
'h
, eh' h
komoe
,.. tau,. t''
, h
keora
,.. ,. ,.
The / S / is not dropped entirely in these dialects. Actually there are sorne rather complex differences in distribution rom one
dialect to another, so that Argentineans may say that Chileans 'eat their s's't, and Colombians will say the Argentineans eat their s's,
and so on, without any of these stereotypes reflecting the facts. Thus, for example, sinee the Chileans use the [h] variety of /51 in
aH syllable-final occurrences, they are accused of eating their s's by Argentineans who use the [h] variety only in those syllable - final
ocurrences that are foHowed by a syllable which begins with a consonant. Such details are not pertinent to the development of your pronun..
ciation, since in any case you should imitate your instructor's pronunciation. But you may hear other varieties sorne day, and it is well to
understand the patterns they follow. Remember that in no dialect does the syllable-initial / S/ appear as [h] .
VEIN'FICUATRO

There are certain groups of words in which the / S / will bother you more than elsewhere, because the words sound familiar and lead
you back nto English / z/ -channels. Such are the words listed below.
2.27.13 Typical errors from English / Z / -influence on Spanish / S /
CORRECT YOUR PROBABLE ERROR FAMILIAR ENGLISH ENGLISH SPELLING

, , PRONUNCIATION
,
kansas-!. kanzas'' ka!nzis ., Kansas
, , ,
imflwen~'' imflwenza.t. !nflwenz~-!. influenza
, ,
bn~iwela'' ven~zwela'' Venezuela
, , ,
~ksamen~s-!. g~amenes-!. gza!inz -!. exams
, , ,
rrad'n.t. rrzoo.t. r1yzi n .t. reason
, ,
dihisyon.t. dibi~yd'n-!. division
, , ,
prposito.t. prpo~it6-!. prapaz1~in'' proposition
, , ,
prsic!ent-!. pr!ittent~'' prezidint-!. president
, , ,
prsent'' pr.!ent~.t. priyzent-!. present
,
prezint-!. present
, , ,
prsnt~yons'' pr~~entyonl!s'' pr~zintey~in'' presentation
, , ,
bisita-r-!. bizita-r.t. v1zit-!. visit
, , ,
sntarros.t. sntrrozA.t. s~nt~ rowz~-!. Santa Rosa
, ,
rr6zll.ndA.t. rowza11nd~-!. Rosalinda
VEINTICINCO 2.25

2.27.14 American Spanish / S I and Castilian /'i/

In Castilian Spanish, a dialect used in some areas of Spain, but having a prestige status that far outweighs ita geographical distribution,
the sounds / S / and / ~ / are dUferent. The / S / is pronounced with the tongue tip raised toward the top of the mouth, so that an effect
likE" a very slight lisp s noticeable. The / ~ / is pronounced something like the tA of the English word tlain. Thus words like the fol1owing,
which are alike in other dialects, are distinguished in Castilian Spanish.
, , , ,
kasa~ ka*la las~ la~~
, , , ,
as~ ai'" masa~ ma~a''
, , , ,
peses'' pe~As'' losa'' lOfia''
, , , ,
kser'' k~er'' pas'' pa~6''
, , , ,
pOS'' POfi~ asa~ a~a~
This distinction can be ignored by anyone who expects lo use Spanish amoag speakers of American Spanish dialects.
2.27.2 /h/ in Spanish
Another consonant that maro an American accent is the /h/. The followiag lists of similar soundiag words pronoUDced by an
English speaker and a Spanish speaker will illustrate the difference between English A and Spanisb /h/ .
2.27.21 Exercise on Spanish /h/ ,
heater h1ra~
,
hurrah hrar''
,
holly hal.J.
,
hotter hara.J.
,
h008egow h~gaet''
2.26 VEINTISEIS
,
Hilda hl.ldA~
junta
aha
Mohican
2.27.22 DiscU8sion of Spanish /h/

When you produce h in English your tongue is relaxed and low in your mouth, so that you merely breathe easily across it befare
beginning the vowel that follows. For a Spanish /h/, the tongue must be tenser and higher in the mouth, near the roof but not touching
it, so that more friction noise is created when air is forced pasto It is especially difficult fer an English speaker to produce Spanish /h/
between vowels and after a stressed syllable as in /m~hl.ko.t. d~heme/, etc. Though always stronp;er than English h Spanish
/h/ carries more or less friction noise depending on the area of the Spanish speaking world. Listen carefully and imitate what you hear
to the best of yo1ll' ability.
2.28 Nasals and palatals
2.28.1 /n/ in Spanish

Spanish /n/ differs from English n in that it is usualIy produced against the back of the upper teeth, instead o on the guro ridge
aboye the teeth. ID this respect it is similar to Spanish /t/ and / d/ The correct articulation o /n/ is not too difficult for English
speakers, but there are a couple of combinations of /n/ plus another CODsonant that create problems.
2.28.11 The cluster / n t / in Spanish
quantity
,
Tonto tant~
,
lentH lente~
2.27
VEINTISIETE
,
canto kantb~
,
antidote antJ.d'to
,
Tantalus tant16
,
pinto pJ.nt
,
junta hunt
, ,
Santa Mnica sant-monikA-!.
The close yoking of n t in English in words like the ones aboye, especially when not pronounced slowly and in expressions like '1 wanta',
does not happen in the pronun~ion of Spanish In ti ,
where the Inl
is clearly resonated through the nose before the Itl
begins.
2.28.2 IQY land Iny lin Spanish

Speakers from practically aH dialect areas can, when they try, make a difference between forms with /QY/ and those with /ny/ . It
seems, however, that this difference is unimportant from the point of view of its limited usefulness, since the distinction is frequently obscured at
normal utterance speed. It is somewhat like the difference between medial tt and dd after stress in words like shutter and shudder: the difference
is there, and we can make it if we try to, but we usually do noto In the hierarchy of importance of the various details of learning Spanish pronuncia-
tion, this is one of the lasto
2.28.21 English InJ.Y/ , /nyl and Spanish /QY/, /nyl

1. 3
, ,
uranium raQYo rany
,
lineal lJ.Qy~
, ,
matrimonial mOQYo mtrimony6
2.28 VEINTIOCHO

, ,
Antonio 6toryo.l. Antony.l.
, ,
linear vineyard la--!>1QyA~ IAb10yA~
, ,
minion ffi1QY.l. ffi1ny
, ,
onion de-moQYo~ demonyo~
, ,
Hispania spaQyA~ ispanyA
, ,
Hispaniola ~spaQyola ispAnyola~
, ,
canyon skaQY~ Askany
, ,
annuaI aQYo~ herany~
, ,
pinion, pii10n piQYoo+ opioyoh~
The English and Spanish pronunciations of /0/ and /y/ together (columns 2 and 4) do not sound alike largely he cause in
English, the syllahle division is after the /n/, but in Spanish it is befare the /0/. Column 3 realIy hardly needs to be given except
that purists would be uncomfortable if we failed to indicate that the contrast can he, and sometimes is, made.
2.28.3 /1 Y/ , /O)y/,. and / y/in Spanish
2.28.31 English /Iiy/, /Iy/ and Spanish /Iy/, /Q)y/, and /y/
, , ,
Balearic dahlia baIyA'' ba~a~ ba~A''
, , ,
polio pavillion poly'' poO}JO'' pO~O~
, , ,
alias stallion aIyas'' aO~as a!; as~
VEINTINUEVE 2.29

, , ,
malleable Amelia amalya~ . ('\1 ao ~
ama." ama~a~
, , ,
oleo collier olyo~ oO~o~ o~6~
, , ,
O
oleography goliard olyaOr~ 60)~aOr O!:l a r~
, ,
Ilion million J.1yoh~ miQ~oon~ mi-y.~
, ,
alien billion ely6~ eO~
, ,
Quintilian quintillion f:Lly6~ fJ.Q~o~
The preceding lists are not so much fer dri1l as for i1lustration of an important and widespread dialect difference. To distinguish
the important dialect difference, the [1] of the forms in colurnn four is placed in parenthesis, /O)y/ ,since it drops in a1l dialects
except in sorne parts of Castile in Spain, in upland Colombia, Ecuador, Bolivia, Paraguay, and a few other areas. In rnost of these dialects
the minimal difference between /1Y/ and /0Jy/ (the similar forms in columns 3 and 4) can be made, but has the same limited usefulness
as the /ny/ -/QY/ distinction. For a1l the other dialect areas, the similar forms of columns 4 and 5 are not distinguished; both have
the [~] variant of / y/ , described be lowo
2028.4 /y/ in Spanish
/y/ has two variants which are obvious to the English ear because they are like two entirely separate sounds in English. We write
these variants with [y] for the one that is the y's of rea, res, bar, bur, rache, etco, and with [~J for the one that varies a1l the way from
[ y] to (J) as in judge. In the English words below, either of the two words on each line begins with a sound that is equa1ly likely to occur
in the Spanish iterns of the right-hand column.
2.28.41 English y and j and Spanish (y]

,
yes Jess ~eso~
,
yellow jello ~e16''
2.30 TREINTA

,
yah jaw ~a~
,
yoe Joe ~O~
,
uke juke ~U9t
,
yearn germ ~erno~
,
yabber jabber ~abAt
,
yea jay ye~
In Spanish these are variants of the same sound. It often puzzles an Engliah speaker to hear both variants because he does not
know which one to imitate. Actually both Spanish varianta may be used by a single speaker. The significant difference in English ia no
longer significant, and you must learn to ignore it.
Not a11 /y/ 's in Spanish can be pronounced both ways: only those WhlCh are ayllable initial, and especially those which are
utterance initial. Another way o saying this is that Spanish [y] will appear at the end of a word or before or after consonants within a
word, prettY much like the English y. In other positions the Spanish /y/ varies from a [y], to sounds English speakers would inter-
pret as the z in azure or the j of judge. As you have probably noticed, we have transcribed this latter variant as [y], to distinguish it
from the [y] which cannot be pronounced like English j.
2.29 Conclus ion
There are, be it admitted, other difficulties in the pronunciation 01 Spanish than those which have been pointed out here. One is
the handling o juncture - that is, the way words run together in a sequence. We call attention to this by the way in which we transcribe
utterances in the text (without spaces separating words). Anolher is the problem of pronouncing various unfamiliar consonant sequences
like /bw/, /trw/, /yw/ etc. These we are inclined to leave to the correction of the pronunciation of complete phrases as they
happen to turn up - not on the assumption that they are less important, but because there are no drills which will help the student learn
them except repetition o the utterances themselves. If the student has learned to make aH the contrasts describ~d in the foregoing material,
and to avoid the most serious pitfaUs that have also been described, he is weH on his way toward accurate pronunciation o Spanish and
should find that mastery of the ulterances comes much easier than it otherwise would.
TREINTA Y UNO 2.31

2.3 DRILLS AND GRAMMAR
2.31 Pattern drills
2.31.1 Sorne dernonstratives
A. . of pattern (I)
Presentatlon
lLLUSTRATIONS
,
1 kes.s.J. Qu es eso?
, ,
2 estle~n~eni~ero.J. Esto es un cenicero.
,
What's this? 3 kes.sto.J. Qu es esto?
,
a, an (f.) un.J. una
, ,
That's a chair. 4 es~lspnaS1~a~ Eso es una silla.
(1) The 'presentation of pattern' is a device that will be used here and in subsequent pattern drills to briefly explain the grammar
principIes and chart the illustrative forms that make up the pattern. It will usuaUy consist of three parts: illustrations, extrapolation, and
notes.
The illustrations are a group of sentences, sorne of which have previously appeared as basic sentences and sorne of which have noto
New sentences can be identified by the appearance of an English translation in the left hand column. These 'structural filler' sentences con..
tain forms needed to fiU out the pattern of the point being drilled and should be memorized just as basic sentences. In these sentences the
forms to be drilled are underlined or italicized.
The extrapolation is an arrangement of the forms to be drilled that shows the relationships between these forms. These relation-
ships are analytically 'extrapolated' and shown in a chart for the benefit of those who can grasp the relationships more easily when the; are
presented visually in a spacial configuration.
The noteli, when they occur, are designed to very briefly explain the extrapolation.
A fuller discussion of the pattern is presented after the drills in section 8, entitled 'discussion of pattern'. Further explanation
and cCXTelation with other grammar points can be Iound in the appendix.
2.32 TREINTA Y DOS

,
That's good. 5 esoezbwn
,. Esa es bueno.
,
Translate this. 6 trat!u~k~stb'' Traduzca esta.
,
Repeat that. 7 rrep1t~sb Repita esa.
EXTRAPOLA TION
sto th1S
so that
NOTES
a. English 'this' and 'that' can sometimes be translated
/ sto/ and /so/ in Spanish.
2.31.11 Response drill (1)
(1) This and subsequent response drills are made up of four groups of questions which are designed to elicit answers that require the use
of the grammar point previously illustrated, but at the same time to insure answers that are completely natural in their most probable contexts. The
four groups are: (1) choice questions, which normally require full sentence replies. (2) Information questions, the answers to which are listed and
can be given satta vace just before the questions. These will also normally require full senlence replies. (3) Yes-no questions to be answered
'no'. The correct answer is listed and can be given satta vace just before the questions. These too will normally require full sentence replies.
(4) Yes-no questions to be answered 'yes'. These will normally require just / s / or a partial sentence reply.
The student's cue for the kind of answer he should give is the presence or absence of a satta vace prompting before the question and whether
the question has an intonation ending with a / / or /t /. The first and second groups end with / / and require answers which are chosen by the
student in group one and suggested satta vace by the instructor in group two. The third and fourth groups end with /t / and require /n6 / with a
correction which is given satto voce by the instructor in group three and /5 /with or without additional elaboration, usually in the form of a partial
sentence, in group four.
The student should not need to look at the materials to do this drill orally.
TREINTA Y TRES 2.33

UNrr 2 SPOKEN SPANISH
lladel Problem:
,. ,.
1 &~est2esp'Qyo1121~g16s~
, ,
( el,entro.J.] 2 kes.6so.J.
,
[ nsyetA.J.]
,.,
3 As..es.t2unwebe1
.
, , .
4 As.es.ountres t
"
Model Aua~r:
, ,
1 esot 6sAsplQyol~
, ,
2 esot 6sAltentr6.J.
, , ,
3 estot nd~6~nsyete~
, , ,
4 estot s i'' ,~ntres~
Model Problem:
1 Ea eato eapalol o ..Ja?

(el celltro) 2 Qu ea eso?
(- aiete) 3 Ea eato UD BlIeve?
4 Ea eso UD trea?
Model A_wer:
1 Eso? Ea ea..aol.
2 Eso? Es el ceBtro.
3 Esto? No, ea _ alete.
4 Esto? Si, es UD trea.
TBElNTA Y CUATRO

,. .. , . ,
~estQunlapl~1Qunaplma~ esot -s..unapluma.J.
1
, .., . .. ,. ,
estot s.unmesa.J.
2 ~est~unasl~a1QunamsA.J.
, , , . ,
3 ke~sto~ esot s;n11bro.J.
[n11bro+]
, , , . ,
[n~nlerb.J.J 4 ke~s6'' estot ~uneni~er6+
, , .. ,. , ., ,
estot no1s~nlapi~+
[nlapi+] 5 ~~es~unaplumat
, ,. ". ,., ,
[nplum.J.J 6 eaestQunlapl~t esot no+s~nplum~
, .., ,., ,
esot s11~nbtl.J.
7 es.es~unotel t
,. , . ,., ,
esot si+~neni~ero.J.
8 eaest~un~enl~erot
9
, ..' .
s.esQunaslC1)jat
, ., ,
estot si.J.spns1illy.J.
1 Es esto un lpiz o UDa pluma? Eso? Es una pluma.

2 Es esto una silla o una mesa? Esto? Es una mesa.
(un libro) 3 Qu es esto? Eso? Es un libro.
(un cenicero) Qu es eso? Esto? Es un cenicero.
(un lpiz) "

5 Es eso una pluma? Esto? No, es un l&piz.
(una pluma) 6 Es esto un lpiz? Eso? No, es una pluma.
7 Es eso un hotel? Eso? Si, es un hotel.

8 Es esto un cenicero? Eso? Si, es un cenicero.
9 Es eso una silla? Esto? Si, es una silla.
TREINTA Y CINCO 2.35

2.31.12 Translation drill (1)
, ,
1 That's good. eSQlezbwn~ Eso es bueno.
2 This isn't Spanish.

, . ". .
estoln~es~spaQy61~ Esto no es espaol.
." ,
3 How's that going? ketallbas6~ Qu tal va eso?
,
4 What's that? kes.sb~ Qu es eso?
,
5 What's this? kes.st Qu es esto?
, .
6 That's too mucho es~ezmcho Eso es mucho.
, , , ,
7 1 don't want that until nokyerQesQlstamaQyana~ No quiero eso hasta maana.
tomorrow.
, ,.
e 1 want that later. kyerS?esollwg~ Quiero eso luego.
, ."
9 1 regret this very muc h. syentomuch~lst6~ Siento mucho esto.
, ." ,
lO This is going very well. estobalmuybyn Esto va muy bien.
,. ,
11 The young lady wants this. laseQyor1talkyersto~ La seorita quiere esto.
(1) Translate the English sentences to Spanish. The student should cover the Spanish answers while doing this drill orally.
2.36 TREINTA Y SEIS

B. ' 'f
DISCUSSlon o pattern (1)
Basically, / so/ is used to refer to ,an object which is relatively nearer the person being addressed than it is to the person
speaking, whereas /sto/ refers to an object relatively neare!" to the person speaking. Roughly, then, they correspond to the English
words that and this, but in Spanish the ending /-0/ on these two words indicates that th: speaker does not know what the Spanish word
for the object is (as when asking the question 'What is this?'), or that the speaker 1.S aIlswering a question in which /sto/ or /so/
is used, or that the speaker s referring to a 5ituation or set of circumstances instead of to an object(as in /~sQesbwno"'.1.
Otherwise the speaker would choose these forms with other endings, which will be presented in Unit 7.
(1) This and subsequent discussions of pattern are not designed for use in the classroom. They are explanations of the structural
patterns of the drills for the orientation of students who feel that such explanations are helpful to their eHorts to master the langua~e. Class-
room time should be reserved for drilling the language itself, leaving grammar explanations largely for home study or special grammar seSSlons
af the cIass.
TREINTA Y SIETE 2.37

3.1 BASIC SENTENCES. White's arrival in Surlandia.
John White, an American arriving fOl' the first time in Surlandia, a country south of the United States, has been met at the airport aDel
seen through customs to his hotel by American friends. They leave him at the hotel, were he checks in at the desk and then is accompanied
to his room by the porter carrying his bags. He arrives in the room.
to you le
, ,
(it) pleases, is pleasing (to please) gust~ gstaer.l. gusta (gustar)
to you is pleasing le gusta

,
the room el-kwart~ el cuarto
Por1er , . , . Mozo
Do you like the room? (1) legust~elkwartot Le gusta el cuarto?
,
to me is pleasing me--gusta~ me gusta
IVAite , , IVAite
Yes, 1 do. S 1' mg U S t ~ S, me gusta.
, ,
(you) want (to waDt) kyere~ krex.l. quiere (querer)
the water el agua (f.)
mineral
, . .. mineral
soda water agwa-m~nerl agua mineral
UNO 3.1

Porter ( , . , , ..., Mozo

Do you want soda water? 2) kyer~ustectlagwam1nera11 Quiere usted agua mineral?
, ,
rise, bring up (to go up) subaJ Sb~r~ suba (subir)
it la (.)
,
.. (3)
brmg lt up to me subamela~ sbamela
later despus
White , , White
Yes. Bring it up to me later. s~i submelaldespws~ S. Sbamela despus.
, ,
(you) need (to need) ne~slt~ ne~sitar~ necesita (necesitar)
,
anything, something a190~ algo
else ms
, .
anything else algo-ms~ algo ms
Porter ,. ., Mozo
Do you need anything else? ne~es1talaomast Necesita algo ms?
,
(4)
near ~erk~ cerca
,
near to ~erk--de~ cerca de
here aqu
3.2 DOS

White , , , .. ...
,. IVhite
Ves, Is the American Embassy' si stalembaha~amer~kanal Si. Est la Embajada Ameri-
near here? cana cerca de aqu?

,
far lehs lejos
,
the avenue l~-abn~d"a la avenida
,
Columbus koloh Coln
Porter , , , Mozo
No. It's quite a distance. n estalehs No. Est lejos.
,. ..
On Columbus avenue. enlben~~al~eko16n~ En la avenida de Coln.
that que
. h ., (5) hay que

t here 1S t at, 1t s necessary
to take tomar
,
the taxi l-taksi.f. el taxi
, ., .
ayketomaruntksi.f.
.
It's necessary to take a taxi. Hay que tomar un taxi.
IVhite , , IVhite
Thanks. Here you are. 9ra~yaS'' ak1ty~ne~ Gracias. Aqui tiene.
Porter , . Mozo
Thank you very much, sir. mucha z gryaslseQy6r.f. Muchas gracias, seor.
the elevator el ascensor
TRES 3.3

SPOKEN SPANISH
UNIT S
, ... .
bahfenelas (~ensort
,
Baja en el ascensor?
fue yoa goiag dowD in tbe e levator?
,
or~ ahora
now ,
m1zm6~
same
, .
aora~zm6''
mismo
ahora mismo
right now
, ,. fhite
"mte si~ aoramzm6~ Si, ahora mismo.
Yes. Right now.
la caja
the box, the cuhier'a desk
, . ,.
dondestalakha~ D6nde est la caja?
Where's the cashier's desk?
, ,
first primer~ prlmer6~ primer (primero)
,
the floor el-p~sb~ el piso
,
the entrance l~-entrad"a~ la entrada
Porter , , Mozo
On the first floor to tlle right Inl.lprimerpsQI illcterecha Icte1lentrctl'' En el p.oimer piso, a la derecha
of the entrance. de la entrada.
(Mr. White goes down on the elevatar and ap to lbe cubier's window.)
, ,
(you) can (to be able) pwe<!e~ p6d'er~ paede (poder)
,
to change, exchange kambyr~ cambiar
,
to change fOl' me kambyarm~~ cambiarme
CUATRO
3.4

SPOKEN SPANlSH UNIT 3
,
some, a few uns'' unos
,
the dollar ~l-dolr.l- el dlar
,
some dollars n oz-d olre s'' unos dlares
IV/aite
Can you change a few don. . f. me?
, . ,
pwe4e'kmbyarmt'~n6z401are51
, -. )f/aite
Puede cambiarme unos dl.ea?
Cashier , , Cajero
Yes. How many? 51-+ kwantos Si. Cuntos?
,
how, at what a-komo+ a cmo
,
the change, exchange el-kamby6.t. el cambio
IV hite , ,., White

Ten. What's the rate o exchaoge? dye'' akomo~stal~lkmby6.t. Diez. A cmo est el cambio?
,
the bill el-biO~ete el billete
,
the bilIs 16z-bi('r~etes+ los billetes
,
the check el-cheke el cheque
Cashier ,. . Cajero
In bilIs or in a check? AmbiC',yetes IQenchk.l- En billetes o en cheque?
,
this est+ este
,
traveler byahero'' viajero
J' /aite , - ,.
estecheke'hyah6r6~
. IV/aite
This trave ler'. check. Este cheque v.iajero.
CINCO 3.5

,
then enton~s'' entonces
Casbier , .. Cajero
Five to one, then. a~1~koporn~lent6nies~ A cinco por uno, entonces.
it lo (m.)
, . .
komoloky~re~
How do you want it? Cmo lo quiere?
the coin, the change la moneda
Vlhite , . .
,. ,.. White
Eight in bilIs and two in change. ochQemb1Q~etestidos"enmoneta~ Ocho en billetes y dos en
moneda.
, ,
(it) costs (to cost) kwesta+ kostar~ cuesta (costar)
, . , . , , ...
How much does a taxi to the kwantokwest~untaks~lal~embaha4amer1kna~ Cunto cuesta un taxi a la
American Embassy cost? Embajada Americana?
,
the peso l-peso+ el peso
,
the pesos los-pesos~ los pesos
,
less menos~ menos
3.6 SEIS

Cashier , Cajero
Two pesos more Ol' less. dospsz Im~mns~ Dos pesos ms o menos.
for, in exchange fOl' por

,
the information 1 a-im f rmA i yon la informacin
WAite , . , IfAite
Thanks for the information. graiyas Iprl~imf6rma~yon Gracias por la informacin.
(1) As can be seen by comparing the literal translation in the build-up with the free translation given in this sentence, there is simply
not any literal way to equate the English idea of 'liking' something with a word in Spanish which takes an object as the English word like
does. Rather, one has to say that the object which he likes is 'pleasing' to him. Thus '1 like it' becomes 'It's pleasing to me'.
(2) Agua mineral, which literally means 'mineral water', may be carbonated 'soda water' or it may simply be purified drinking water.
The terms used for purified drinking water differ from one area to another. Sometimes such water is called by the trade name of the company
that distributes it, such as 'Agua Gitig' in Ecuador, or 'Agua Chuqtiitanta' in Peru. At other times it is called agua cristal. At any rate,
one should be certain that he finds out what to ask for, since the public water supply is safe in only a ver y few places in the Spanish-speaking
world.
(3) The forms /me/
and /la/ in the utterance /sbamela/ are called clitic pronouns, or, for short, just clitics. They will
be discussed in detail beginning with Unit 10.
(4) Note that the word /~rka/ 'near' modifies a verb, but does not function as a phrase relator. The English word near, however,
functions in both capacities. That is, in English we can say 'He didn't even get near' or 'He didn't even get near the house.' The Spanish
equivalent of near is /~rka/, in the first example, but /~rkal plus del,'near of, near to', in the second.
(5) This idiom is especially useful to bear in mind. It is the equivalent of several English expressions. The closest is 'It is necessary
to.. .', but the most frequent is 'Y ou've got to .. .' or 'Y ou have to.. .' or 'Ya gotta .. .', in all three of which the you. does not refer to you
personally, but really means something like 'Qne should.. .' or 'One ought to.. '.
SIETE 3.7

3.21 Pattern drills
3.21.1 Gender o singular nouns and adjectivee
Presentation o pattern
lLLUSTRATIONS
,. .
1. pasem~erol1br+ Pseme el libro.
, ..
2. demelaplmA+ Dme la pluma.
, , .
3. tyen~unlap~t Tiene un lpiz?
, .. ,.
Do you have a pen? 4. tyen~unaplumat Tiene una pluma?
, .
5. muchogsto+ Mucho gusto.
, ,
(it) has (to have) tyen.J.. tener.J.. tiene (tener)
, ., , .
6. tyenemuchagwat Tiene mucha agua?
, .
,. .
7. este~hekebyahro+ Este cheque viajero.
, ., ,.
8. dondestall~embahadamer1kn+ Dnde est la Embajada
Americana?
EXTRAPOLA TION
Masculine Feminine
artiele noun artiele noun
Definite el lbro la msa 'the'
Indefinite un lbro una msa 'a(n)'
3.8 OCHO

Gender fOl'DlS 01 adjectives Masculine Feminine
O ........ a
........ e
........ e
NOTES
a. A11 Spanish nouns can be divided into two groups, or subclasses, ca11ed 'masculine' and 'feminine'.
b. Spanish articles, like many other Spanish adjectives, have distinct masculine and feminine forms.
c. The masculine form of adjectives appears only with masculine nouns, the feminine form with feminine nouns.
d. Many Spanish adjectives have gender marking endings (distinct masculine and feminineforms/mcho - mcha/); others,
primarily those ending in /-e/or in a consonant /minerl, trs, sy~te/t etc.), do not have different endings
when used with masculine or feminine nouns.
3 2111
' , dr'll
Substltutlon - Item s ub"
I (1), stItutlon
Model Problem:
AID TO LISTENING SPANISH SPELLING

, ..
es t~es.unlpi~.J. Esto es un lpiz.
..
_______ ~en1ro.J. _ _ _ _ cenicero.
Mode 1 Answer:
, .. ..
est~e~unien1ro.J. Esto es un cenicero.
(1) This and subsequent substitution dri11s are designed to elicit !rom the student slight variations on ~iven sentences. These variations
concern the structural relationships within the grammar point being drilled, such as the agreement between articles and nouns in the present dri11.
The model problem and answer are given only this once. A11 subsequent substitution dri11s are to be carried out in the same way.
The student should nol need to look at the materials to do this drill orally. Both the Aids too Listening and the Spanish Spelling are given
for a11 dri11s (on top haH and bottom half of page, respectively); they are for the instructor to use in class and for the student to use in home study:
not in class.
NUEVE 3.9

1
, .. .
es~eaunaplma
. , .
otl e s o,. e S.U not 1
----- . , .
_ _ _ _bl0\Jte eSQes.umbl0)jt
m~sa
, .
----....; esoes.unams
,
,.
..
A
-----11bro e s o,. e s.un 1 f bro

, ...,.
2 ~~estounabenl~at
,.
., . , ...,.
-----moneaat
, .
SEstounamoneaa1
,
,.
. , .
s.estouI)kwartot
-----'kwarto1
, . ,
,.
.., .
_ _ _ _s lQ:Y a t s.es tounas 10\J.a1
, . ,
,.
. ,.
_ _ _ _ es 01 ~p. s.es toumo
,. es o t .
1 Eso es una pluma.

hote 1. un bote 1.
----
_ _ _ _ billete.
Es o
Eso
es
es un billete.
_ _ _ _ mesa. Eso es una mesa.
----libro. Eso es un libro.
2 Es esto una avenida?

moneda? Es esto una moneda?
cuarto? Es esto un cuarto?
silla? Es esto una silla?
peso? Es esto un peso?
3.10 DIEZ

, . , .
3 dondestallakha~
_____seQy6r~
. , ., .
dondestal~lseQy6r~
. . , . , .. .
_________seQyorfta~ dondestallaseQyorfta~
. . , . , . .
dondestall~embahaa~
-----embahaa~
. . , . , . .
_ _ _ _a,s(i)ens6r~ dondesta I ~las(~ ens6r~
, . . .
graiyas Iporlaplma~
4
, . .. ..
___________ienl~~rO~ gra~yaslporelienl~~r
. . . ,. . . . .
____________lmformaiy6n graiyaslporl~lmformaiy6n~
, .
___________ lpi~~ gra~yaslpor~lpii~
, . ..
____________ chk graiYoslporelchk~
3 Dnde est la caja?

seor? Dnde est el seor?
seorita? Dnde est la seorita?
Embajada? Dnde est la Embajada?
ascensor? Dnde est el ascensor?
4 Grac ias por la pI urna.

_____ cenIcero. Grac ias por el cenicero.
_____ informacin. Grac ias por la inf ormac in.
_____ lpiz. Grac ias por e 1 lpiz.
_____ cheque Gracias por el cheque.
ONCE 3.11

, ,
5 a~ ~ s t a ~ 1 gw
___ seQy6ra~
. , "..
a~~stalaseQy6r
, ,.
___ msa a~estalamsa+
. ,
n
, .
___ entrda~ a~~stal~entrda
, ,
___ tksi a:Lestaeltksi+
n "
, ., , ...
6 dondestallaseQyoramer~kna~
, , ."
dondestal~lseQyoramer:Lkn+
, .
seQyor ~
, . , . , , ...
seQy6r~ta dondestallasQyr~tamer~kna~
,

, ." , . ..
tel dondestalelbtelamer:Lkn+
, . , ., , . n
~. .
mneeta ~ dondestallamnedamer~kna
5 Ah est e 1 agua.
_ _ _ _ seora. Ah est la seora.
_ _ _ _ mesa. Ah est la mesa.
_ _ _ _ entrada. Ah est la entrada.
- -_ _ taxi. Ah est e 1 taxi.
6 Dnde est la seora americana?
seor ? Dnde est el seor americano?
seorita ? Dnde est la seorita americana?
hotel ? Dnde est el hotel americano?
moneda ? Dnde est la moneda americana?

3.12 DOCE

, , ,.
a~~stallm1zmas~A+
7
_____
.. , , ,...
!ien~!iro+ a1~stal~lm1zm0!ien1!ir~
, , ,.
_______ plma~ 1~stallm1zmaplma~
____________ seQy6r+
. , , ,..
1~stal~lm1zmoseQy6r~
.
____________seQy6r+
, ,
~~stallm1zmaseQy6r+
,..
, , , .
1~stal~lotrochke+
8
.
_ _ _ _ _ entrd"a.1-
, , , .
a1~stall~otr~entrda+
__________tksi+
, , . ,
1estalelotrotksi+
, ,
n
, . "
_______ms a+ 1~staJl~otrams+
, , , .
_ _ _ _ _ _ libr.1- 1~stal~lotrolibro+
7 Ah est la misma silla.

_ _ _ _ _ _ cenicero. Ah est el mismo cenicero.
_ _ _ _ _ _ pluma. Ah est la misma pluma.
_ _ _ _ _ _ seor. Ah est el mismo seor.
_ _ _ _ _ _ seora. Ah est la misma seora.
8 Ah est el otro cheque.

_ _ _ _ _ entrada. Ah est la otra entrada.
_ _ _ _ _ taxi. Ah est e l otro taxi.
_ _ _ _ _ _ mesa. Ah est la otra mesa.
_ _ _ _ _ libro. Ah est el otro libro.
TRECE 3.13

, , .
tyen~lnaplumabwna+
9
, . , , .
lap1~ + tyen~lnlap1~bwno+
, , ,.
S1r~a + tyen~ InaS10~abwn+
, , ,.
11bro + tyen~ln11brobwn6+
, . , , .
mesa -1- tyen xlnamesabwn-1-
, . , , .
10 teD9oltrezd1azms-1-
, . , . , , .
__________tardez_+ teD9oltrestaraezms-1-
,. . , . , .
,.
_ _ _ _ b10~etez _+ telJgo Itrezb1C~etezms+
,
_____ nochez __+
. , . , , .
teD9oltreznochezms+
,
_ _ _ _ _ d olarez.-+
.. , . , ,. .
teDgoltrez~olarezms+
9 Tiene una pluma buena.

_ _ _ lpiz _ _ o Tiene un lpiz bueno.
_ _ _ silla _ _ o
Tiene un libro bueno.
_ _ _ mesa _ _
Tiene una mesa buena.
10 Tengo tres das ms.

__________ tardes __ Tengo tres tardes ms.
______ billetes_. Tengo tres billetes ms.
___________ noches __
Tengo tres noches ms.
____________dlares__
Tengo tres dlares ms.
3.14 CATORCE

11
,. ,
tyenel1~konochezms~
., .
,
_____ d1az
. ,. , .,.
tyenel1~kod1aZms~
,
________tardez
,. , . .
,
~ tyenel1~kotardezms~
,. . , . , .. , .
_______ b1CQletez _ tyene I1IJkob1C~etezms~
,
________dolarez
.. ,. , . , . .
~ tyenel1~kOdOlarezms
3.21.12 Response drill
, ., , . . . ,
estal~entra~~laladerechat~alR1ky~r~a stla~recha
1
, . ,. .. ,
kyer~unlap1t2unaplma kyr2naplum~
2
, . , . . ,
3 kyer~un11brot2unchke~ kyrQnchek
11 Tiene cinco noches ms.

_ _ _ _ dias _ _
Tiene cinco das ms.
_ _ _ _ tardes _ _
Tiene cinco tardes ms.
_ _ _ _billetes_.
Tiene cinco billetes ms.
_ _ _ _ dlares_.
Tiene cinco dlares ms.
1 Est la entrada a la derecha o a la izquierda? Est a la derecha.

2 Quiere un lpiz o una pluma? Quiero una pluma.
3 Quiere un libro o un cheque? Quiero un cheque.
QUINCE
3.15

4
. , . ,..
, -
tyen~umb~CIMetet Qunamontt+ t~I)gQnamoned+
,
5
,. - . , .-.
~ayunseQyortQunaseQy6r+
,
ynasertyora+
, , . ,- , .
[nplkwarto] 6 dondestalasQMa+ s t aen.e lkwr t 0+
, " - - ~ - "- , ,
[en~lientroJ 7 dond~ayunptl+ ayunptellen~lientro+
, , - ,- , ,
[lpluma] 8 legust~eO)lapJ.it no+ megstlplum+
, , - -, , . , , , ,
[n~lientroJ 9 stalaseQyorldmol~nak~t no+ estal~n~lientro+
[nlapiiJ
,
10
" .
tyen~unaplumat
,
no tI)9Qnlapii+
,
, - , . , ,
11 lgust~elientrot si+ mgstmucho+
, - - , - , , ,
12 estalaseQyorak~t s).-+ s~estk+
13
, -
ayunamesa~t
. , ., , ,
ro
s).-+ s~y+
4 Tiene un billete o una moneda? Tengo una moneda.

5 Ah hay un seor o una seora? Hay una seora.
(en el cuarto) 6 Dnde est la silla? Est en el cuarto.
(en el centro) 7 Dnde hay un hotel? Hay un hotel 'n el centro.
(la pluma) 8 Le gusta el lpiz? No, me gusta la pluma.
(en el celltro) 9 Est la seora de Molina aqui? No, est en el centro.
(un lpiz) 10 Tiene una pluma? No, tengo un lpiz.
11 Le gusta el centro? S, me gusta mucho.
12 Est la seora aqu? S, s est aqu.
13 Hay una mesa ah? S,shay.
3.16
DIECISEIS
3.21.13 Translation drill

, ....
1. That's a coin. esS?e9.unamOnd~~ Eso es una moneda.
, ,
no.1- stbnQes lmbiO~te~ No, esto no es un billete.
2. No, this is not a bill.
, , ..
3. The young lady is at the lseQy6rlt~lesta~nl~embah~a~ La seorita est en la
Embassy.
, .. , . embajada.
4. Do yu want a chair? kyer~unas lC~J at Quiere una silla?

,. , .
5. Do you have the check or not? tyenelchek~ton6~ Tiene el cheque o no?
, . , .
6. The teller's window is to the left. lakah~lestal~lkyrdai La caja est a la izquierda.
,. , "
7. The Embassy is not far from here. 1~embha~alno~staleh6zla~3~! La embajada no esta lejos de
aqu.
,. .. , ,
8. I want you to meet a young lady. kyeropresentarl~I~6n~seQy6rlt~ Quiero presentarle a una sefiorita.
,., , . .
9. Do you like Columbus Avenue? lesusta/labenleakolon1 Le gusta la Avenida Coln?
, , . .
10. The bathroom is to the right. elbaQYRI~stalaQerch El bao est a la derecha.
, . , .
1I. I have a room in the hotel. teI)9S?uIJkvartS? I en.elotl~ Tengo un cuarto en el hotel.
, . ,.
12. Do you want a peDcil? kyer~unlapl~t Quiere un lpiz?
, , .
13. Do you need a pen? ne~eslt~unaplumat Necesita una pluma?
, , ..
14. Where's there a chair? dond~ay lunas iC~~a~
, ., .. , . .Dnde hay una silla?
15. Is the hotel downtown? esta~lotellenel~entrot Est el hotel en el centro?
DIECISIETE 3.17

B Discussion of pattern
In Spanish there is a large elass of words to which the label noun can be applied. A noun can be identied by the fact that it can have
endings added to it to change its reference from one to more than one (as explained in Unit 4) and by the fact that it belongs to one 01 two sub
elasses, called masculine and feminine. While a noun can change for number, it has only one gender or the olher, which is inherent and does
nol change. The terms masculine and feminine are convenient but more or less arbitrary tags to represent grammatical categories and have
nolhing to do with gender or sex in the real w<X'ld. Nouns that have appeared so far inelude /el-gsto, el-lpl., la-b,
el-libro, el~enl.ro, el-espaQy61, la~~a, la-embahda, el-bQYo, el~ntro, el-otl,
el-kwrto, el-gwa, la-abenda, el-tksl., el-as(~ens6r, la-kha, el-pso, la-entrda,
el~hke, el-d61ar, el-kmbyo, el-bl.~Yte, la-monda, la-l.mformay6n/.
You will notice that the word /el/ or the word /la/ precedes each noun. These are the singular forms of the definite artiele: lel/
is masculine, and /la/ is feminine. When memorizing each noun it is well to memorize its gender at the same time. Usually this can be done
by memorizing the appropriate f<X'm of the definite artiele with the noun. ( / e l-gw a/
is an exception, since it is actually feminine.) The
words /el/ and /la/, called definite anides, are usually the equivalent of English 'the'. The words /un/ and /una/, called
indefinite articles, are usually the equivalent of English 'a' <X' 'an'.
The artieles, and other adjectives which change for gender, must appear in the same gender category as the noun with which they are
assoc iated. This is called gender agreement, and the associated adjective is said to agree with the noun. Thus adjectives differ from nouns in
having two gender forms in <X'der to agree with nouns from either subelass.
There are two subelasses of adjectives those which show a gender change, and those fer which distinct gender forms are only potential. In
certain circumstances the latter subelass can show a change (see Unit 39 for a discussion of diminutives) but usually they have the same endings for
masculine or feminine agreement. Usually the forros which change have a final /-0/ for masculine and -al for feminine forms, though sometimes
the masculine form may end in a consonant, as/espaQy6l- espaQy61a, l.ngls -l.nglsa/when these are used as adjectives.
Other adjectives, like /minerl, sys, syte/, which end in /-e/ or in a consonant do nol change. Thus:
mcho~sto
mnos:-gsto mno~-l.mformay6n
Note that in Spanish adjectives usually follow the noun modified: /embahda-amerikna, chke-byahro/ etc.
Some adjectives, like the artieles / el, la/, etc. always precede : Il~-abenda, d6s-ps osi , etc. These are usualIy 'number'
or 'limiting' adjectives. Some adjectives, however, may follow or precede the nouh: !plma-bwna, bwna-plma/.
3.18 DIECIOCHO

3.22 Replacement drills (1)
Mode 1 Problem:
'"
tyn~nlapl~t
.
'"
___-..lplumat
kyr~ t
Model Answer:
, .
tyn~napluma1
, .
kYr~naplumat
Model Problem:
Tiene un lpiz?
pluma?
Quiere ?
Model Answer:
Tiene una pluma?

Quiere una pluma?
(1) This and subsequent replacement drills are designed as a fast moving substitution-type drill on selected basic sentences, with the
substitutions occurring in different parts of the sentence, each being a single change -plus any obligatory associated change(s)- o the sentence
immediately preceding.
The student should not need to look at the materials to do this drill orally.
DIECINUEVE 3.19

" . ,
A komoestaustctt
,.
.. ....
. ..
,
~omo~stallaseQy6ra
1 laseQy6r+
. ". " .
komo~stal~lseQy6r
2 seQy6r+
3
"
donde
" ." .
dondestal~lseQy6r
. . , . , .. .
4 seQyortA dondestallaseQyort
, . ". , .. .
5 komo komo~stallaseQyort
" ,." "
6 ~lseQyorhwyt+ komo~stal~lseQyorhwyt+
"
" ., ,
7 donde dondestal~lseQyorhwyt+
A Cmo est usted?
1 la seora? Cmo est la sefi ora?

2 seor? Cmo est el sefior?
3 Dnde ? Dnde est el seor?
4 seorita? Dnde est la seftorita?
5 Cmo ? Cmo est la seorita?
6 el Sr. White? Cmo est el Sr. White?
7 Dnde ? Dnde est el Sr. White?
3.20 VEINTE

SPOKEN SPANISH UNrr 3
B
, . ,
kyer~ustedlagwam1neralt
" ... ,
, ., , . , , .,
kyer~ustedlalgomast
1
. . algomast
, , , ..
, , , .,
kyerelseQyorhwaytlalgomast
elseQyorhwaytl t
2
, , .. , , , .,
3 n~es~tR t neis1t~elseQyorhwaytlalgornas1
,
____usted t
, . , , .,
n~s1t~usteQlalgomast
4
,
__________algot
. , . , , .
n~s~t~ustedlalgo1
5
, , . , , .
d1i~---- t d~i~ustedlalgot
6
, . , ., , .
d1i~ustedlbwnoz~~ast
7 -----_ .....bwnozct1ast
B Quiere usted agua mlOeral?
1 algo ms? Quiere usted algo ms?

2 _ - el Sr. White ? Quiere el Sr. White algo ms?
3 Necesita ? Necesita el Sr. White algo ms?
4 _ - usted ? Necesita usted algo ms?
5 algo? Necesita usted algo?
6 Dice ? Dice usted algo?
7 'buenos das'? Dice usted 'huenos das'?
VEINTIUNO 3.21

, , .,
e n~s~t~lalgomast
_____uno __t
, . , ,.,
1 n~es~t~lunomast
, , ,.,
2 tyen~ t tyen~lunomast
, ,. , ,
3 _____ ooz_ _t tyene Ictozmast
4 kyere
, . t
,. , ,
kyereldozmast
.
_________ menost
, ,. , ,.
5 kyerelctozmenost
, , , ,.
6 ay t ayetozmenost
, , ".
7 _____trez __t ayltrezmenost
e Necesita algo ms?

1 uno _ _ ? Necesita uno ms?
2 Tiene ? Tiene uno ms?
3 dos _ _ ? Tiene dos ms?
4 Quiere ? Quiere dos ms?
5 menos? Quiere dos menos?
6 Hay ? Hay dos menos?
7 tres ? Hay tres menos?
3.22 VEINTIDOS

D
, ,.. ... ,. '
~stall~embaha4amer1kanal~rka~~ak1t
, . , ., ... ,. ,
1 ___ ~lotel------_-_-t estal~lotelamer1kanoli~rkad~ak1t
, , .,., ,
2 _______1~gles t estal~lote11~glesl~~rkad~ak1t
, .,., ,
3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ l~hoz t estal~lote11~glesll~hozd~ak1t
, , .,., ,
4 <t~A1 t stal~lote11~glesll~hzd~1t
., . t
, .. , .,. ,
___l~embahad'a, -- stall~embahad~1~glesall~hzd~a11
5
________espaQYola.-----t
. , . , .. , ..
stall~embahad~espaQyolallnz~~a1t
,. ,
6
. , , .,. . , ,
7 otel t stal~lotelespaQyolllhozd~a~t
D Est la Embajada Americana cerca de aqu?
1 ---el Hotel ? Est el Hotel Americano cerca de aqu?

2 ingls ? Est el Hotel Ingls cerca de aqu?
3 lejos_? Est el Hotel Ingls lejos de aqu?
4' de ah? Est el Hotel Ingls lejos de ah?
5 ---la Embajada ? Est la Embajada Inglesa lejos de ah?
6 Espaola ? Est la Embajada Espaola lejos de ah?
7 _ e l Hotel.-. ? Est el Hotel Espaol lejos de ah?
VEINTITRES

, , .
E dondestalakha~
. , . , .
1 ot~l dondestaelot~l+
, . ,..
,..
.
2 seQy6ra+ dondestalaseQy6ra~
, ,. ,..
3 komo ~ komo~stalaseQy6r+
. ,. ,
4 ustc!~ komo~stalJstd"+
". ,
hwn komoestahwn+
5
,

, .
,...
,
donde dondestahwn+
6
. , . , .
7 l~entr<1a+ dondestal~entrda~
E Dnde est la caja?
1 hotel? Dnde est el hotel?
2 seora'? Dnde est la seora?

3 Cmo ? Cmo est la seora?
4 usted? Cmo est usted?
s Juan? Cmo est Juan?

6 Dnde ? Dnde est Juan?
7 la entrada? Dnde est la entrada?
VEINTICUATRO

, ..
kOr:l0 lokyret
F
, ..
d"~t komolod1~e
, . . . .
1
. . komolone~es1ta
ne~esta+
. .
2
, , .
donde + dondeloneiest+
..
3
, ,
4 k6lJke {- k6Dkelone~est
,
5 kyr+

k6I)kelokyret
, .
6
,
donde
dondelokyr
,
7 tyne dondelotyne
F Cmo lo quiere?
1 _ _ _ dice? Cmo lo dice?

2 necesita? Cmo lo necesita?
3 Dnde ? Dnde lo necesita?

4 Con qu ? Con qu lo necesita?
5 quiere? C on qu lo quiere?
6 Dnde ? Dnde lo quiere?
7 tiene? Dnde lo tiene?
VEINTICINCO 3.25

3.23 . . dn11 s (1)

VanatlOn
, . .
A demelaplma~ Dme la pluma.
, .
1 Give me the book. demeQ)lbrb~ Dme el libro.
, . . .
2 Pass me the peno pasemelaplma+ Pseme la pluma.
, ..
3 Give us the book. denos.ea)lbro~ Dnos e 1 libro.
, .
4 Give us that. denos.s6+ Dnos eso.
, ...
5 Take us downtown. Q~ebenospl~ntrb~ Llvenos al centro.
,. .
6 Take me downtown. O~ebem~al~ntro~ Llveme al centro.
, .
7 Take me to the hotel. (l)~ebem~alotl~ Llveme al hotel.
(1) This and subsequent variation drills consist of translations of sentences similar to and within the basic structural rame o
selected basic sentences.
The student should cover the Spanish answers while doing this drill orally.
3.26 VEINTISEIS

,. .
8 lgust~elkwrtot Le gusta el cuarto?
1 Do you Hke the book?

, .
lgus t~a:D11brot
, . Le gusta el libro?
, ..,
2 Do you Hke the hotel? le9ust~elote11 Le gusta el hotel?
, . . .,.
lgustalRembahada1
3 Do you like the Embassy? Le gusta la embajada?
, ...,.
4 Do you Hke the avenue? lgustalaben1da1 Le gusta la avenida?
, .,
5 Do you Hice (the) Spanish? legustRelespaQyolt Le gusta el espaol?
, ,
6 Do you Hke (the) English? lgust~ell.I)91est Le gusta el ingls?
, ... . , . . , .
1 Do you Hice (the) Miss MoliDa? lgustalaseQyorl.tamo11na1 Le gusta la seiorita Molina?
, ,
e nd'J. estal~hos''
, ,
1 No, it's near. no- esta~rka+ No, est cerca.
,
no
, .
estala<!er~ch
.
2 No, it's 10 the rigk. No, est a la derecha.
, , .
no stalil.~kyrda''
3 No, t'. to the left. No, est a la izquierda.
, , .
4 No, it'. up ahead. no"l estad:elnt No, est adelaDte.

UNIT 3 SPOKEN SPANlSH
, ,.
5 Yes, it's at the entrance. si~ ~stalaentrd~
,.. S, est a la entrada.
, ,
6 Ves, it's here. S l~ stak 1~ S, est aqu.
7 Ves, it's there. S, est ah.
, . ., . , .
D ayketomarluntaks~t Hay que tornar un taxi?
, .. , . , .
1 Is it necessary to take a room? ayketomarluDkwartot Hay que tomar un cuarto?
, .., ..
. ,
2 Is it necessary to take the ayketomar !elas (~) ensort Hay que tomar el ascensoc?
elevator?
, .., , . ,
3 ls it necessary to take anything ayketomarlalgomast Hay que tomar algo ms?
else?
, .
., ,.
4 Is it necessary to say that? aykec!eilr/esot Hay que decir eso?
, . .., ,.
5 ls it necessary to translate that? aykGtradU~lrlesot Hay que traducir eso?
, ..
, ,. .
6 Is it necessary to cash a check? aykekambyarluncheket Hay que cambiar un cheque?
, ,.. , . . ,.
7 Is it necessary to have ayketenerlchekezbyaherost Hay que tener cheques viajeros?
traveler's checks?
3.28 VEINTIOCHO

SPOKEN SPANISH UNlT 3
, .. , ,.,.
E pwe~elkambyarm~Jestecheket Puede cambiarme este cheque?
, .. , , .. ,.
1 Can you break this bill far me? pwedelkambyarm~lesteb1Q~etet Puede cambiarme este billete?
,. . , ".
2 Can you change one dollar pweaelkambyarm~lundolar1 Puede cambiarme un dlar?
for me?
,. . ,.
, . .
3 Can you change the pen for me? pwe6elkambyarmellaplumat Puede cambiarme la pluma?
,. ., ..,
4 Can you take me to the hotel? pwede IO)~ebarm~ Ialotel t Puede llevarme al hotel?
, ... , .. ,.,.
5 Can you introduce Mr. Molina pwe~elpresentarm~lalseQyormo11nat Puede presentarme al seor Molina?
to me?
,. ., ,.
6 Can you tell me that? pwede/deilrm~lesot Puede de c irme es o ?
,. ..,
,.
7 Can you repeat that for me? pweoelrrepet1rm~lesot Puede repetirme eso?
,
, . , , ...
F kwantokwest~untaks*lal~mbaha~amer1kna Cunto cuesta un taxi a la Embajada
Americana?
1 How much does a taxi to the

, , . ,
kwantokwest~untaks*'al~embahada
,
Cunto cuesta un taxi a la Embajada?
Embassy cost?
,
, ., ,
2 How much does a taxi to the kwantokwest~untaks*lltel~ Cunto cuesta un taxi al hotel?
hotel cost?
VEINTINUEVE 3.29

, , . , .
, .
kwantokwestRuntakslalabn1~ako16n~ Cunto cuesta un taxi a la
3 How much does a taxi to
Columbus Avenue cost? Avenida Coln?
, , ., ,
4 How much does a taxi kwantokwestRuntaks*lalientr6~ Cunto cuesta UD taxi al ceatro?
downtown cost?
, , .
5 How much does the book kwantokwestR~11br6~ Cunto cuesta el libro?
cost?
, , .
kwantokwest~elkw~rt~
6 How much does the room cost? Cunto cuesta el cuarto?
, ,
7 How much does it cost? kwantokwest Cunto cuesta?
3.30 TIlONTA

3.3 CONVERSATION STlMULUS (1)
NARRArlVE 1
" , ,.
1 Mr. White is at the C olumbus elsQyorhwaytlestal~n~16telko16n~ El Sr. White est en el Hotel Coln.
Hotel.
2 He has a room there.

,.
tyen~uDkwart9Ia
~
Tiene un cuarto ah.
, .
3 He likes his room. le9ust~lelkwrt6~ Le gusta el cuarto.
(1) This and subsequent conversation stimuli are designed to help bridge the gap between pattern-drill sentence practice and actual con-
versation. They are divided into one, two, or more combinations of narratives and dialogs. The narrative part is a translation drill of sen-
tences in a sequence context, whichsetsthe stage for the dialog following. The dialog is elicited from the participants by the teacher, acting as
a prompter for players who have not learned the ir lines very we 11. He tells each what he should say (until such time as the lines are memorized),
making sure that the participants address each other, talk naturally and meani ngfully, and fully understand what they are saying.
The student should cover the Spanish answers while doing the narratives orally. He should not need to look at the materials to do the
dialogs orally.
The following expressions are necessary for the prompting or direction of the dialogs.
, ..
Tell him (that) ... d 19 ale Ike Dgale que ...
Answer him (that) ... knt~st~l~lke Contstele que ...
, ..
Ask him if. .. preg.untele I si Pregntele si
,r
Tell him again (that)... rrepltale/ke Reptale que ...
TREINTA Y UNO 3.31

, ,
4 He needs s omething. n~esltalg Necesita algo.
, .. ,
5 He needs to c hange a n~s1takambyarl Necesita cambiar un billete de
twenty dollar bill. ,. , . veinte dlares.
mbiQ~_ete Ictbeyntect61ars~
~ . ,..
6 The cashier's desk is to lakah~~staladerch La caja est a la derecha.
the right.
DIALOG 1
,
, .
Juan, dgale 'buenos das' a bwen07d13s IsQy6rta~ Juan: Buenos das,'seorita.
la seorita.
,
, .
Srta., contstele 'buenos das' bwenozd13S IseQy6rhw&yt~ Srta.: Buenos das, Sr. White.
al Sr. White y pregntele si le , . , .
gusta el cuarto. lgust~elkwartot Le gusta el cuarto?
, ,-
Juan, contstele que s, que le s 1-.1- mgustamchb Igrvas Juan: S, me gusta mucho, gracias.
gusta mucho, y que gracias.
, ,
Srta., pregntele si necesita algo. n~esltalgot Srta.: Necesita algo?
, ,.., , .
Juan, dgale que s, que Ud. qui~re si~ kyerokambyarlmbi~etel Juan: S, quiero cambiar un billete
cambiar un billete de veinte d- , , . ,-
- de veinte dlares. Dnde
lares. Pregntele que dnde est dbeynte~61ars+ dondestalakhi est la caja?
la caja.
3.32 TREINTA Y DOS

, ,
Srta., dgale que est ah, a la sta1laladrech~ Srta.: Est ah, a la derecha.
derecha.
, .
Juan, dgale que muchas gracias. mu eh a zg r y as ~ Juan: Muchas gracias.
NARRATWE 2
,
1 He goes there. ba:~ Va ah.
, ., ,.
2 The rate of exc hange is lkamby~estal~trespor6no~ El cambio est a tres por uno.
three to one.
, ..
, ,
3 He wants to change twenty kyerekambyarlbeynted61ares+ Quiere cambiar veinte dlares.
dollars.
, ..
,.
4 And how does he want it? ikomolokyeret y cmo lo quiere?
,. ,
, . , .
5 He wants two twenties and kyereldozaebeynt~lidozdeQyi+ Quiere dos de veinte y dos de
two tenso diez.
TREINTA Y TRES 3.33

D/ALOG 2
, ,.,
Juan, d ~ale al cajero que dispense~ akomol~sta~lkmbyb~ Juan: Dispense, a cmo est
dispense y pre~ntele que el cambio?
a cmo est e 1 cambio.
, .
Cajero, c ontste le que est a sttresporno~ Caj: Est a tres por uno.
tres por uno.
, .. , , .. ,.
Juan, pregntele si puede cambiarle pwedekambyarmesteb10~etet Juan: Puede camb iarme este
este billete. billete?
,
Cajero, pregntele que de dek\"Janto~s~ ". Caj: De cunto es?
cunto es.
, .
Juan, contstele que es de ~zQebeynted61ares~ Juan: Es de veinte dlares.
veinte dlares.
,.
k6nmuchogsto~ komoloky6r6~
, ..
Cajero, dgale que con mucho Caj: Con mucho gusto. Cmo
gusto, y pregntele que cmo lo quiere?
lo quiere.
, ., .
dozdebeyntetidozdedy~lpOrfab6r
, .
Juan, dgale que dos de veinte Juan: Dos de veinte y dos de
y dos de diez, por favor. diez, por favor.
, . ,
Cajero, contstele que cmo no, komon6~ ak1tyn6~ Caj: Cmo no, aqu tiene.
que aqu tiene.
3.34 TREINTA Y CUATRO

NARRAT/VE 3
, .
1 He goes to the American blaembhctarnrikanalentksi+
~ ~
Va a la Embajada Americana en
Embass y in a tax i. taxi.
, ., ,
2 The Embassy isn't faro l~embah ad ano ~ s t alh os.l- La Embajada no est lejos.
, , ..
3 It's on Columbus Avenue. estal~nlbenldako16n.l- Est en la Avenida Coln.
, . , , .
4 The taxi costs two and a eltaksllkwstalaozbeyntl~1~ko+ El taxi cuesta dos veinticinco.
quarter.
D/ALOG 3
, . . . ~ .
Juan, digale al chofer que lo Quebeme)laembahadamerlkna+
~ n ,.
Juan: Llveme a la Embajada
lleve a la Embajada Americana. Americana.
, ,.,.
Chofer, dgale que perdn, que preton.l- kornodliet Chof: Perdn, cmo dice?
cmo dice.
,
,
Juan, reptale que a la Embajada alaembhd amr ikan
n
L
Juan: A la Embajada Americana.
Americana, y pregntele si est 'o ,. .,
muy lejos de aqu. estamuylehoz IQ~aklt Est muy lejos de aqu?
Chofer, contstele que no mucho,

, " '" .
nomchb.l- est~nlz.ben~d:akoln+
. Chof: No mucho, est en la
~
que est en la Avenida Coln. Avenida Coln.
TREINTA Y CINC O 3.35

,
Juan, pregntele que cunto es. kwanto~s~
,. Juan: Cunto es?
, , .
dozbeynt1!i1IJko,J.
Chofer, dgale que dos veinticinco. Chot: Dos veinticinco.
, ,
Juan, dgale que aqu tiene, que k1tyne gra!iyls~ Juan: Aqu tiene, gracias.
gracias.
, . . ,
Chofer, dgale que gracias a l. graiyaa~ustedlseQy6r~ Chof: Gracias a usted, seflor.
TREINTA Y SEIS

4.1 BASIC SENTENCES. White meets Molina at the Embassy.
Mr. White arrives at the Embassy by taxi and pays the driver.
(1) OVie (to owe) debo (deber)
to you (1) owe le debo
White
How much do 1 oV/e you?
, ..
kwantoledbb''
White
Cunto le debo?
(they) are (to be) son (ser)

,
the chauffeur l-chfr~ el chofer
Taxi Driver
It's four pesos.
" , .
sOI)kwatropsos''
Chofer de taxi
Son cuatro pesos.
J ,
(they) told, said ho tell, to say) (1) diheron~ dJ.r~ dijeron (decir)
~
to me (they) told m-diheron~ me dijeron
they would be (to be) seran (ser)
"hite ( ) , , . White
At the hotel they told me it'd be two. 2 e~eltellmedihero~lk EQ el hotel me dijeron que
,. seran dos.
srJ.and6s''
UNO 4.1

, ,
(1) give (to give) ddy+ dr+ doy (dar)
,
'
to you (1) glve
(3) le--doy+ le doy
the tip la propina
, , .. .
ledoytr~s+
rn give you three. One for a tipo , unodepropina+ Le doy tres. Uno de propina.
good, OK bweno+ bueno

Taxi dnver , , ehofer de tqxi
O.K. Thank you, sir. bwen+ gra~yaslsQy6r~ Bueno, gracias, seor.
(Mr. White enters the Embassy and goes to the Administrative Office. He is taken to the consular section where he is going to work and
introduced to one of the young local employees with whom he is going to be associated.)
Administrative officer (4) , .,. , ... , Oficial administrativo

Mr. Molina, this is Mr. White. seQyormol~na1 estes~lseQyorhwyt+ Seor Molina, ste es el seor
White.
(he) goes (to go) va (ir)
to work trabajar
,
we, us nosotr6s~ nosotros
, .. ,
He is going to work with uso batrabahar I k o (n) nos 6trbs~ Va a trabajar con nosotros.
so much tanto
(5)
to k now h1m conocerlo
4.2 DOS

SPOKEN SPANIlH UNIT 4
1I0Hna
1'. ver, Slad to bow yo., Mr. White.
, .
., ... .
tantogustotaekono,'r16Is6Qy6rhw'yt~
MoliruJ
Tanto gusto de cODocerlo, selor
White.
miDe mio
"fAite
The pleasure's miDe.
, .
61gust2ezmb.&.
"hite
El gusto es mio.
,
since dezct6'' desde
,
when kwand'' cuando
Molina , ., Molina
How long have you been here? d6z46kwand2lestak'' Desde c uatndo est aqu?
yesterday ayer
White "hite
Since yesterday. Desde ayer.
,
such ta1A tal
,
how, how goes it ke-tl'' qut! tal
,
the trip el-byahlt'&' el viaje
Molina , , . Molina
HoY/ was the trip? ketalelbyhe Qu tal el viaje?
TRES 4.3

,
excellent eks{~ lent-l. excelente
White , White
Excellent. k S (~lent'' Excelente.
,
the movemenl el-mbimyent,l. el movimiento
,
the section la-sk~yoh'' la secci6n
consular consular
, , ... , ,.,
Is there much activity in the aylmuchomob1myentQlnlsek~y6Q'k6nslarak~tHay mucho movimiento en la sec-
consular section here? cin consular aqu?
,
almost kasi'' casi
,
always syempr siempre
, ,
(we) are (to be) estamos.!. sta-r estamos (estar)
, ,
busy (te occupy) kpads'' kpr+ ocupados (ocupar)
,
Malina , ,. ,.. Malin.a
Yeso We're almost always si,l. ksisyemprestamozlmuyokupdos'' S. Casi siempre estamos muy
very busy. ocupados.
, ,
(you) speak (to speak) ablA.I. ablar.l. hahla (hablar)
,
White , . ,. Ifhite
Do you speak English, ~d". Molina? abl~usted1~gleslsQy6rmoln'' Habla usted ingMs, seor Molina?
4.4 CUATRO
, ,
(1) speak (to speak) abl abla-r.J. hablo (hablar)
,
liule poko poco
,
a liule um-poko+ un poco
Molina , , . Molina
Yeso 1 speak a Hule. 51+ abl~ump6k S, hablo un poco.
,
but per+ pero
, ,
(you) must, ought (must, ought) deb deber+ debe (deber)
to practice practicar
/ ,. .
per~ustedf~ebeprakt1karlelespaQYo~+
., .. . ,
But you ought to practice Y01D.' Pero usted debe practicar el
Spanish. espaol.
,
the purpose el-proposito el prop6sito
,
by the way a-proposit a prop6sito
, ,
(you) pronounce (to pronounce) pronunya pronnyar+ pronunc ia (pronunciar)
, ,
(you) learned (to learn) (6) aprndyo1 aprndr~ aprendi6 (aprender)
,
By the way. prposit A prop6sito.
, ,. ,
You speak it and pronounce it 12abl~lilopr6nun~yalmuyhy~n'' Lo habla y lo pronuncia muy
very well. bien.
, . . .
Where did you learn it? donde12aprendy.J, Dnde lo aprendi?
CINCO 4.5
UNlT 4 SPOKEN SPANlSH
,
the school li-skwela~ la escuela
,
the language, tongue l-lelJgw.l. la lengua
,. e
schoolof languages eskwela-4e-16lJgws~ escuela de lenguas

,
!he slate l-estad'b~ el estado
, ,
united (to unite) (Jn14'6'' n1er-l. unido (unir)
,
the United Statea 16s~st4'6s~n14'6s~ los Estados Unid.
rlte
At a language achool ia the
,.
~RfASkw61l4'lelJgwaslln16~'sa4'o~un4'6s
, .. t'laite
En UDa escuela de lenguas eB
Statea. los Estados Uaidos.
,
the thing ll-kosl~ la cosa
, ,
d1g'' d, 1-r''
aay (to aay) (7)
BOl to me .ay
, .
n o-1De-d' 191''
diga (dec ir)
no me diga
lIolina ,. ,., .. ,. lIolilllJ
ADOlher thi.. DOD't caU me otrak6s~ nome41gafseQyormolnl'' Otra cosa. No me diga _ _
Mr. MoliDa. Mola.
my (mine) mi (mto)
the Dame el nombre

, . .
minombreshos6''
My lUlDIe ia J oe. Mi 1IOIIlbre es Jos.
oh ah
the miDe elmlo

Wte
Oh. All right. ttiae ia J.....
, ~
1 muyby'n~
. ,
.lm12eshwnl
',"e
Ala. muy bieD. El mlo ea JUD.
SEIS

(1) /d~hron/ dijeron is a Past 1 tense form of a fairly irregular type which will not be drilled in detail until Unit 23.
(2) Notice that in the English translation the word /ke / 'that' is left untranslated, even though we can also say 'They told me that
it'd be two.' This omission in English is very common, but it never happens in Spanish. While there will be drills on this matter later in this
text, it would be well for the student to fix in his mind here and now the fact that the verb /de~ir/ 'to say, to tell' always requires /ke/
'that' after it if there is another verb being introduced by it.
(3) Notice that the word /le/ le is '(to) you' in the context of the complete utterance. Formal usage in contexts that mean 'you' is
actually the same as in those that mean 'him, her'. The sentence / led 6y tr S ~ / le doy tres can be translated either '1'11 give you three',
'1'11 give him three', or '1'11 give her three', and only the context will distinguish which translation is appropriate.
(4) Que of the very common uses of the definite article in Spanish where it is never used in English is in talking about a person whose
name is cited with /sery6r/ or /seQyor tal or /sery6ra/: 'The Mister White', 'The Mrs. Smith', etc.
(5) The form /10/ lo which appears here in the literal meaning 'him', but referring to the person being addressed (that is, 'you'-
see note (3) aboye), often has the form / le / le in Spain. For this reason a person who plans to go to Spain should practice saying
/konorle/ conocerle as well as /konOirlo/conlPcerlo. We will not bother to point out this difference throughout this book, since
the teacher can readily point out which form he himself uses ( / le/ or /10/ ), and that is the one the student should imitate. It may be
noted here that the difference between Spain and Latin America on this point is easily stated by rule: the form /le/ is used in Latin America
only as an indirect elitic form but in Spain it occurs also as the direct clitic form if the reference is to a male human being where /10/ would
be used in Latin America.
(6) / aprendy6/ aprendi is a regular Past 1 tense form which will be drilled in Unit 17.
(7) The form / dig a/ diga is a cornmand form which will be drilled, along with others of the type, in Unt 27. As in the present sentence,
t can be used with the meaning 'call'.
SIETE 4.7

4.21 Pattern drills
4.21.1 Number in nouns and adjectives
A. Presentation of pattern
ILLUSTRATIONS
, ...
Hand me the books . 1 pasemelozlbrs Pseme los libros.
, ..
Give me the pens. 2 demelasplmas Dme las plumas.
, . , , ..
3 pwe~elkambyarm~lnzdolares1 Puede cambiarme unos
d&lares ')
,
Give me sorne pens. 4 demeunasolmAst
~ -- D me unas pl zunas.
, . ,
5 bwenozdlaslseQy6r~
Buenos das, seor.
, .
6 bwenaznochslsQyrta~ Buenas noches, seorita.
, .
7 muchaz9rjyaslsQyr~ Muchas gracias, seor.
4.8 OCHO

EXTRAPOLA TION
Nouns and adjectives
singular plural
..........vowel ..........vowel -s
.....consonant .....consonant -es
Partially irregular patterns o artic les
Indefinite articles Definite articles
sg pI sg pI
ro un unos ID el lQ.s
f una unas f la las
NOTES
a. Spanish nouns, Hice English nouns, have different forms in the pi_al.
b. Spanish adjectives, unlike 8":08t English adjectives, also have diffeJ'ent forms in the pl1D'8l.
NUEVE 4.9

4 o.
21 11 SubStltutlOD drll
o o
1 - Domb er Sah . (1)
StltutlOD
Model Problem:
, ,
k11ynbtelbwn6l
Mode I Answer:
, , .
ak1lyn6&btelezbwnsl
,.
t~lJg2naplumSleks(we16ntAl
. , ..
t~lJg2nasplumas.eks(~ elntes''
.
1
, . , .
2 tynelm1zmolibr'' ty~n16zm1zmoz11brbs''
, ., . , . ., .
3 kyer2elotr~61rt kyerolo~otroz461arest
Model Problem:
Aqu hay UD hotel bueno.
Mode 1 Answer:
Aqu hay unos hoteles bueDos.
1 Tengo una pluma exceleDte. Tengo unas plumas excelentes.

2 TieDe el mismo libro. Tiene los mismos libros o
3 Quiero el otro dllar. Quiero los otros dlares.
(1) Nurnher substtution involves a change between singular aod plural forms. In the present drilI these forms are nouns; change the
singular nouns (and any associated adjectives> to plural and plural nouJlS (with any associated adjectives) to singular.
DIEZ
,.
4 t~ng2nchekebyah~ro~
. ,. .
tngQn6schekezbyahrbs~
, . , . . , . , .. .
5 ablolk6nlseQyor1t~espaQy61a~ ablo Ikonla(s) se12yr1 tas.espaQy61s~
, ..,. , .. ".
6 neies1tiunamesabw~na~ ne~es1tiunazmesazbw~ns~
,. ,.
7 ablalk6nelm1zm2amer1kn~~
.. , . ,. ...
ablalkon16zm1zmo~amer1knos~
4 Tengo un cheque viajero. Tengo unos cheques viajeros.

S Hablo con la seorita espaola. Hablo con las seoritas espaolas.
6 Necesita una mesa buena. Necesita unas mesas buenas.
7 Habla con el mismo americano. Habla con los mismos americanos.
ONCE 4.11

4.2L12 Response drill
1
"
kyrepokagw~tomcha~
. ,
kyrpok
, ., , , .. .. , ,
2 abl~uste~lknlm1zmoseQyortokon~tr~ ablolknklm1zmb~
, . , .. ,
3 tyn~lotraplum~tolam!zm tl)gotr
, . . , . ,
4 hliustdlmuch2eSpaQyolfop6k~ blpok
, . , . .. , ,
5 tyn~lotroz11brostolozmzms~ teI)gollbzm1zms''
, , ., , . . , . . ,
[nlientro] 6 dondestallsQyr1tiespaQy61 lsQyr1t~espaQyolilst~n
,
l~entr~
, , ., , ... , a ,
[nlmes] 7 dondestallamonedamer1kn lmndmrikan'esta~nlam~s''
1 Quiere poca agua o mucha? Quiero poca.

2 Habla Ud. con el mismo seor o con otro? Hablo con el mismo.
3 Tiene otra pluma o la misma? Tengo otra.
4 Habla usted mucho espaolo poco? Hablo poco.
5 Tiene otros libros o los mismos? Tengo los mismos.
(en el centro) 6 Dnde est la seorta espaola? La seorita espaola est en el centro.
(en la mesa) 7 Dnde est la moneda americana? La moneda americana est en la mesa.
4.12 DOCE

,
[aki~ ]
, .,
8 dondestal~11brobw'n6~
,. . ,,
SDl1brbbwen2Iestak!~
, , . , , .. ,. , , . , ..
, . , , ., .
[k6nl(s) seQyoras~] 9 abliuste~lkon16(~seQyorea1ijglesest no~ ablo Iknla(s) seQyora5.1ijgl'sls~
, , ,
[elm~zmo] 10 tyen~ustedlotrol~brot no~ t~ijg~~lm1zm~
,
[poko~]
, . , , . . ,
11 abl~ustedlmuchQespaQyolt
,
no~
,
blopok''
, , ..,. ,. ., "
12 aylmucho~otelezbwenoslak1t si~ ymuchs~
. ", .. , . ,., ,
13 tyen~almuchazmonedaslam~rikanast si ty~nemuchas~
, , ... , , ,
14 aylmuchomob~myentQlenlask~y6ij si~ ymucho''
,
konslart
,
1S ne~es1t~ln6schkezbyahero5t
, . "
5i~ ne~51t~ns''
(aqu) 8 Dnde est el libro bueno? El libro bueno est aqu.
(con las seoras) 9 Habla usted con los seores ingleses? No, hablo con las seoras inglesas.
(el mismo) 10 Tiene usted otro libro? No, tengo el mismo.
(poco) 11 Habla usted mucho espaol? N~ hablo poco.
12 Hay muchos hoteles buenos aqu? S, hay muchos.

13 Tiene ella muchas monedas americanas? S, tiene muchas.
14 Hay mucho movimiento en la seccin consular? S, hay mucho.
15 Necesita unos cheques vajeros? S, necesito unos.
TRECE 4.13
, .. ,.
1 There 're many good aklylmucha~eskwelazbwns~ Aqu hay muchas escuelas
schools here. buenas.
; ~ ,.-
2 There's an excellent aJ.ay ln~eskwel~eks (~elnte.l- Ahl hay una escuela
school there. excelente.
, '/. '..
3 I always speak with syempr~ablolkbnlizmlzma(~seQy6rs~ Siempre hablo con las mismas
the same ladies. seoras.
' ,1 , , .
4 Can you change sonle pwe~ekambyarm~ln~zmneda~amerlkanast Puede cambiarme unas

American coins for me? monedas americanas?
".,.. .,.,
5 1 haven't got the other note~gollb~otrozdolaresla6ri No tengo los otros dlares
dollars now. ahora.
, ,.. .
6 I have very few bilis. tDglmuypokozbJ.~~~ts.l- Tengo muy pocos billetes.
,. ,.
7 Hand me another penc i1. pasem~lotrolpi~~ Pseme otro lpiz.
",. ".
8 Give me the other checks. demello~otroschkes.l- Dme los otros cheques.
9 1 always leave good tips.

,; "" , "
syempre~oylprplnazbwnas Siempre doy propinas buenas.
4.14 CATORCE

. of pattera (1)
B n18e_10D
Both English and Spanish use the cODcept of number, which distiDguishes Ofle (singular) from more than Ofle (plural). English nouns
regularly add an ending for plural forms, e.g., the endings of the words 'cat!., dog!, hors~', the particular ending that appears depending on
what sound the singular form ends with. In Spanish the plural eDding aIso depends on the last 80und of the singular lorm, though witl~ a dif-
ferent formula: words ending with a vowel add /-S/, with a conSODant, /-es/, as /msa - msa~ otl- otl,W .
Adjectives in English do not usually change in form when modifying plural nouos: 'the hoy - the hoys, good book - good books'.
However, the indefinite article ~ (a special kind of adjective) can appear only with singular DOUDS: 'a boy' but 'some boys'; and tbe dernon-
stratives (another special kind of adjective, often used wben pointing) genuinely change wheD modying plural nouns: 'this bo)' - these boys,
that book - those booo'.
Almost all Sanish adjectives change forms for siDgular and plmal in the same way nouns do; that is, add /-S/ if tbe word ends
in a vowel, /-eS/ if in a consonant.
The patterns of pluralization ol the articles {the special adjectives, equivalent to 'a, an, sorne, the' in EDglish, used before Douns to
limit tbeir application, definitely or iDdefinitely} are slightly irregular. Tbe irregularities are cbarted iD tbe presentatioD 01 panern that began
tMs section- witb irregular elements underliDed.
(1) T.re 8ft lTeplar far..... See .ppeDdix lar presentatioD of them.
QUINCE
4.15
4.21.2 The irregular verb / es tr/

ILLUSTRATIONS
,
1 stoybyfjlgr~yas Estoy bien, gracias.
yo
, , ..
I'm in the bathroom. 2 ~o~stoylen~lbQY Yo estoy en el bao.
you (fam.) t6
, ,
(you) are (to be) es tas es tar ests (estar)
, , .
Howare you? 3 komoestast+ Cmo ests t?
"'---
, , .
4 komoestaustd+ Cmo est usted?
'" '"
l
, , .
How is he? 5 komoestal Cmo est l?
"'--
,
she eC~a+ ella
, . ,
How is she? 6 kom~estaQ~a Cmo est ella?
, ,. ,.. .
7 ksisyemprestamoz ImuyokupdS~ Casi siempre estamos muy
ocupados.
, ,
(you) are (pi.) (to be) estah estar estn (estar)
4.16 DIECISEIS

,
you (pI.) steds~ ustedes
, . , .
kom2estanPst~des~ Cmo es tn ustedes?
How are you all? 8
,
they (m.) eQ}JS~ ellos
, . ,
How are they? 9 kom2estan.~os~ Cmo estn ellos?
EXTRAPOLA TION
sg pi
1st person est6y estmos
2nd person
familiar
ests
2nd person
formal
est estn
3rd person
NOTES
a. Spanish verbs change to agree with their subject for singular and plural, for first person (1), second
person (you), and third person (he or anything else).
b. Second person is further distinguished for familiar or formal.
c. Second person formal and third person take the same verb forro in the singular; all second and third
person take the same forro in the plural.
DIECISIETE 4.17

UNO' 4 SPOKEN SPANISH
4.21.21 SubatitutiOll drilla - Dumber aubetilutioa
i!odel Problem :
, ....
stamo~en~lot'l~
Model Answer:
, .
estoyen.elot~lt
, ,
1 estanA~ ~sta~
, . ,
2 star~ozbyn~ estoyby,"~
Model Problem :
Estamos en el hotel.
Model Answer:
Estoy en el Letel
1 F.tlfn ah. Est' 1.

2 Estamos hieL Estoy Liea.
4.11
DIECIOCHO
SPOKEN SPANISH tJNIT 4
, ,
3 estmbyenlki estbyen I~k
,
4 stal~nl~eskw~l~ st~nl~nl~~skw~la
/ . . . ". . . .
estamoslenl~embahda~
5 stoylenl~embahda~
, , , ,
6 no~staby~nla1 no~stambynl
;.. .. , .. .
7 stamoslenel~~ntro estoyen.el~ntr+
3 Est&n bien aqu. Est bien aqu.
4 Est en la escuela. Estn en la escuela.
5 Estoy en la Embajada. Estamos en la Embajada.
6 No est bien ah. No estn bien ah.
7 Estamos en el centro. Estoy en e l centro.
DIECINUEVE 4.19

Person - number substitution
Model Prob lem:

, .,.
~ntonYQlesta~n~l~ntr~
stedes ~
~,'iodel Answer:
,
es tan1en..e lin tro4-
,
1 ~6~sty ImuYbyn.~k.}
,
~l~y g. .} st Imuyby~n.ak1~
,
nos6trs .} stmoz Imuybynakl~
,
stnlmuybynak~
,
s td ~ estlmuybynakl~
~1odel Problem:
Antonio est en el centro.

Ustedes
------
Model Ans\',-er:
Estn en el centro.
1 Yo estoy muy bien aqu~.

Est muy bien aqu.
Alicia
Nosotros ------ _
Estamos muy bien aqu.
Estn muy bien aqu.
Alicia y Antonio _
Est muy bien aqu.
Usted
------ VEINTE
4.20
/ / *
pahl~lesta~nl~embahda~
2
~o
,
.t.
,..
estoyenl~embahd~
. .
ntony~
,
.t.
,
sta~nl~embahda~
..
, . ,. .. .
loseQyores .t. estanenl~embahda
, , ..
lsQyor1t~---------_.t. esta~nl~embahd
, ., ,..O'. '1
11iya*~ol~stamo~en~lot~1~
3
,
.t.
, . .. .
.
~o
stoyen,elot~l..
, ..
stedes .t.
, . ..
estanenelot~l.t.
, ,
elkantony2 .t.
, . ..
estanenelot~l''
, , .. .
eIDJ~, --.. estaenelotl.t.
n
2 P ah lo est en la Embajada.
y0 _ Estoy en la Embajada.
Antonio Est en la Embajada.
- - - - - -_-
Los seores Estn en la Embajada.
La seorita, _ Est en la Embajada.
3 Alicia y yo estamos en el hotel.

y0 _
Estoy en el hote 1.
Ustedes _ Estn en el hotel.
El y Antonio _ Estn en el hotel.
EHa _ Est en el hotel.
VEINTIUNO 4.21

1..21.22 Response drill
. . ,
, ,
1 estalaseQyor~lnAlotelt
. . . ,
~enl~embahd~ st~nl~mbahad~
, . . ". ,.
2 stanlozblO~eteslkltQa~
,. ,. , .
3 stan~stedeslnl~skwelat
,
oen.elotl~
,. S t m s.n 1 ~ s kwe1 .t.
".. .. ".. , ,
4 stanlo(s)seQyores /aklt stnnl~entr~
~ en.e1 ~ n tr.t.
, , . , ,
[byn.l- ] 5 komoestaustet.t.
,.. ,. st6ybyeQ'griyas~
, , - , .. ,
[en.elientro.t. ] 6 dondesta~lotl~ st~n.lientr.t.
, , lO , .. ,
[oye-n.!. ] 7 komQestan~stds~ stmzbyeQlgriyas.!-
1 Est la seora en el hotel o en la Embajada? Est en la Embajada_

2 Estn los billetes aqu o ah? Estn aqu.
3 Estn Uds. en la escuela o en el hotel? Estamos en la escuela.
4 Estn los seores aqu o en el centro? Estn en el centro.
(bien) 5 Cmo est usted? Estoy bien. Grac ias.

(en el centro) 6 Dnde est el hotel? Est en el centro.
(bien) 7 Cmo estn ustedes? Estamos hien. Gracias.
4.22 VEINTIDOS

SPOKEN SPANISH U~Ir 4
, 7 .",. , ., ", , ,
[erka~] 8 ~stalRembahc~allehozdel~entrot no' est~erka+
, , . . ,. , , ,
[en~lentr~] 9 s tanlo(s) seQyores IakJ. t n01 estnenlientr~
, ,. , , ,/
[nl~mbahada~] 10 ~staustedlnh16telt
,. noi st6ynl~mbahada
,,,. '''' , ,
11 sta~azlbyenak1t s11 stnmuybyn+
,. ,. , , ,
12 estanuste~eslkupadost s11 stmzmuylkpdosi
" , . , ,
13 sta~stedlkpadot sJ.1 estymuylkpd
(cerca) 8 Est la Embajada lejos del centro? No, est cerca.

(en el centro) 9 Estn los seores aqu? No, estn en el centro.
(en la Embajada) 10 Est usted en el hotel? No, estoy en la Embajada.
11 Estn ellas bien aqu 1? S, estn muy bien.

12 Estn ustedes oc upados? S, estamos muy ocupados.
13 Est usted ocupado? S, estoy muy ocupado.
VEINTITRES 4.23


. . ,,. .
loz11broslestanenlams~
1 The books are on the taLle. Los libros estn en la mesa.
, .
estamoslenUnbtelllehoz~~ak1~
"..
2 We're in a hotel a long way Estamos en un hotel lejos de aqu.
from here.
, .
kom2esta~std~
,
3 How are you? Cmo esta{ usted?
" ,
estausted/6kpadot
.
4 Are you Dusy? ,.. Est usted ocupado?
, . , .
5 The elevator is to the left. elas(~ensorlestal~1~kyrd+ El ascensor est a la izquierda.
, , . .
6 Where's the cashier? dondestallakh+ Dnde est la caja?
, "
7 Columbus Ave nue is very near lben1dklonfestmuy~erka/d~k+ La Avenida Coln est muy cerca
here. de aqu.
8 They're very busy.

, . . .
eOOyoslstnmuyokupds~
,
Ellos estn muy ocupados.
, , . , , .
9 Good evening. How are you? bwenaznochs+ komoestaust~+
,.. ,.. Buenas noches. C6mo est usted?
VEINTICUATRO

B. Discussion of pattern
The following discussion needs the prior c1arification of two concepts:
verb - a word identified in English by the endings it can occur with, as: 'work, work~, work~, work~', oc sorne internal modification,
as: 'sing, sing~, s~ng, s!!ng, sing!.!!g.' Spanish verbs are similarly identified by comparable (though more numerous and complex)
endings and changes. Verbs in English and Spanish commonally express action, occurrence, etc.
pronoun_ one o a relatively small group o words which contain the categories o person, number, and case. The following chart lists
the English pronouns which can occur as subjects of verbs:
sp; pi
we
1st person 1 (you and I)
(Bill and I)
you
2nd person you (you and he)
(you amI Bill)
he they
she {he and she}
3rd person
it (Bill and he)
(the book) (the books)
VEINTICINCO 4.25

The concept of person exists in English pronouns, but has a very limited application to English verbs. Most verbs in English occur with
an ending in what might be called the 3rd person singular forms: '1 hit - he hits, I dig - he digs, I miss - he misses'. In Spanish there are usually
five (1) widely used forms, which accompany and agree with different pronoun suhjects, showing person and nurnher distinctions. The following chart
gives examples of these forms, with the verb / e s tr/ .
-
y6 est6y nos6tros estmos
t ests
ustd ustdes
l est Q)yos estn
(~~ya Q)yas
Second and third person verb forms are identical, except that the concept of familiarity makes a distinction between second person singular
familiar and second person singular formal forms. In Spanish, two persons addressing each other will select one of two suhject pronouns, i.e./US td/
or/ t;' Automatically, the accompanying verb will take specific endings depending on which pronoun has been selected. Thus, the sentence 'How
are you?' can be translated either as /k mS?-es t~s td~ / or ;K 6ms<-es ts-t+ /
This selection involves a pattern of personal relationships which is by no means simple or even the sam~ throughout the Spanish speaking
world. Furthermore, it implies that the speaker must select one set of forms or the other when addressin#?; another individual depending on their
personal relationship. For the sake of brevity, the distinctions involved have been termed formal /us t'd/and familiar/t/, and in general way
correspond to the usage of 'Sir' or 'Mister' and first names in English. However, the Spanish and English usa~es do not correlate one hundred per
cent, and in Spanish there is a finer gradation from formality to familiarity in which both the selection of/US ted/or /t/ and the use of titles, first
names, and last names play an important parto Thus, in greeting Mr. Juan Molina, there are the following possibilities:
Cmo est usted, seor Molina? Cmo est usted, Juan?

Cmo est usted, Molina? Cmo ests t, Juan?
(1) Two other forms exist: /bos 6tros/ ,a 2nd person familiar plural form, is still used in parts of Spain, though considered archaic
in other dialect areas; and /b6s/, a 2nd person familiar singular form, used in sorne areas in place of or alongside /t/, the more common formo
80th /bos 6tros/ and /"065; require separate and distinct equivalent verb forms. See Appendix.
4.26 VEINTISEIS

It does Mt follow that in his answer to a greeting, Mr. Molina is automatically going to use the sarne set of forms selected by the first speaker.
For the status of personal relationships between two individuals depends on such factors as their diEEerence in age, period of mutual acquaintance,
sex, rank, and Eamily relatiooship.
There are no rules of thumb which can guide the student in his selection of usted or trE forms. Rather, it is a question of feeling for
differences which he will develop as he adjusts to the cultural patterns of the individuals in any specific Spanish spealcing area.
Spanish verbs, unlike English (except in the case of commands), can appear with no accompanying prODoun or noun subject with
no loss of meaning content, Le., they contain their pronominal reference. Indeed they most frequently do appear alone, unless the pronouns
are present for special empilas is or contrast or unless (as is p08sibIe with 3rd person forms) the context does nol make the reference elear.
Thus the following translation correlations are usuaUy correcto
/est6y/ 1 am jy6 est6y/ I am
ests/ 10U are /t ests/ YOI& are
/e3t/ he(she)is(y. are) /l est/ leis
/estmos/ we are /nos6tros estmos/ we are
/estn/ they(you)are /(l'yos estn/ cAeyare
rhe verb / e s t r/ has certain irreRularities in ita pattern, name Iy tite addition 01 /-y/ to the first person singular form and
tbe occurrence ol. stress on the endinWl ol all sinRula!' and second - third_person pI. .l forma. These irregularities wiU become more obvious
by contrast with tite regular pattern which wiU Le presented in Unit 6 ..
VEIN'I1SIETE

SPOKEN SPANISH
, .
sijkwatrosenyor!ts~
, .. .
s.unas eQyor ta.l.
, .
s.unseQy6r~
,
snochoseQy6res.l.
.
,
snochod61res~
, .
d~bochod61rs~
, .
tijgochod61rs~
A Son cuatro pesos.
1 seoritas. Son cuatro seoritas.
2 una Es una seorita.
3 seor. Es un seor.
4 --S}cho Son ocho seoresv
5 dlares. Son ocho dlares.
6 Debo Debo ocho dlares.
7 Tengo Tengo ocho dlares.
4.28
VEINTIOCHO

, .,
B dzdkwand~lestak1~
, .,
sta-------+ stkwand2lestakI+
1
_ _ _ _estamos_+
, . , .,..
stkwand2lestamoaakI+
2
_____________okupd'os~
.. , .,...
stakwand~lestamoaokupdos+
3
, .,...
d~zdkwand~lestamoaokupd'os+
4 d~zd'
---------~
, . . , .,. , ..
nloaestado~unid'6s~ d~zd'ekwand2Iestamoslnloastad'oaunid'6s+
5
---------
, , ., , ..
_ _ _ _estoy + d~zdkwand2Iestoylnl~estadoaund6s+
6
, . ~
, ., ,
dzdkwand2Iestal~nloastadoaun1dos+
..
7
----- esta
-------------
B Desde cm1ndo est aqu?

1 Hasta ? Hasta cundo est aqu?
2 estamos_ _ ? Hasta cundo estamos aqu?
3 ocupados? Hasta cundo estamos ocupados?
4 Desde ? Desde cundo estamos ocupados?
5 en los Estados Unidos? Desde cundo estamos en los

Estados Unidos?
6 estoy ? Desde cundo estoy en los

Estados Unidos?
7 est ? Desde cundo est en los

Estados Unidos?
VEINTINUEVE 4.29

e
, , ... ,
aymucholrnob1myent2Inlas6k~yo~konsulart
, .. ,
1
. ,
akJ.t
, , . .., .,
aymucholrnob1rny ent21ak1t
, . , , . ,. .,
t ayrnuchaslkosaslakJ.t
2 kosas
. .
,
aorat
, , ,
ayrnuchaslkosaslaorat
, I
3
, . , ,. , .. .
,
t
4 _pokas
.aJ.f, aypokas Ikosas laorat
, ,. , ..
,
aypokas IkosasjaJ.t
5
,
t
, ,. , .. ,
aypokozllJ.broslaJ.1
6 lJ.bros
,
mesas
. t
, ,. , ..
,
aypokazlmesaslaJ.t
7
e Hay mucho movimiento en la Seccin Consular?
1 aqu? Hay mucho movimiento aqu?

2 cosas ? Hay muchas cosas aqu?
3 ahora? Hay muchas cosas ahora?
4 _ _ pocas ? Hay pocas cosas ahora?
5 ah? Hay pocas cosas ah?
6 libros ? Hay pocos libros ah?
7 mesas ? Hay pocas mesas ah?
4.30 TREINTA

, ,
D s~1 ksi5yempr~lstmo5pkp~6s
, ,
1 ak~ s1.~ ksisyempr~ Iestmos.ak+
, ,
si~ ksisyempr~l5t6yak+
2
,
__nzbeies
est6y +
, , .
s+ nzbe~eslest6yk+
3 +
, , .
kpdO+ 511 nazbeieslest6yokupd+
4
, . , , .
5 _trzbeies + si+ 6trazbeieslst6yokpdO+
,.
estamos +
, , .
si+ 6trzbe~eslestmoshkpds+
6
, , ,
7 _ksisyempr~ + s+ ksisyempr~lstmshkpds+
D S, casi siempre estamos ocupados.
1 aquo S, casi siempre estamos aqu.

2 est0f. _ S, casi siempre estoy aqu.
3 _ _unas veces _ S, unas veces estoy aqu.
4 ocupadoo S~ unas veces estoy ocupado.
5 _ _otras veces _ S, otras veces estoy ocupado.
6 estamos _ S, otras veces estamos ocupados.
7 _ _casi siempre _ Si~ casi siempre estamos ocupados.
TREINTA Y UNO 4.31

, ,.. , , .,. .
E abl~usted1~gles IseQyormo11nat
, o , . , .
1 s t ~stdiDgleslseQyormo11na1
, . ,. . , .,.
2 amrikano I 1 6~stdmerikanolseQyormo11na1
. .,. ,. . ..,..,.
3 seQyor1ta------t ~~stdmerikanalseQyor1tamo11na1
, . ,. o . , . . , .
4 spAQyolal t ~stdespaQyolalseQyor1tamo11na1
, , . , .. , . , .. ". .
5 abl~ -_---_---t abl~ustedespaQyollseQyor1tamo11nat
, , ., , ' '0
6 }lO t ablo~o~spaQyollseQyorltamo11na1
, , o o , " . o ,
7 byen 1 1 ablo~obyenlseQyor1tamollna1
E~ Habla usted ingls, seor MoliDa?
1 Es ? Es usted ingls, Sr. Molina?

2 americano ? Es usted americano, Sr. Molina?
3 . seorita__ ? Es usted americana, Srta. Molina?
4 espaola ? Es usted espaola, Srta. Molina?
5 Habla ? Habla usted espaol, Srta. Molina?
6 _ _ yo .? Hablo yo espaol, Srta. Molina?
7 bien ? IlaLlo yo bien, Srta. Molina?
4.32
TREINTA Y na;

, .
F minombreshos
. , ..
1 J.I)gls~ minombres.1I)gls~
, .
ste minombres.st
2
, , .
3 lJ.bron - mi11br2es.st~
. . , .. .
eks (i) e ln t mi11br~es.eks(~
4
,

, . .. elnt
,
5 _ll.bros miz lJ.bro(s) s on~k(~ elnts~
, . .
6 bwns mizllbro(s) sombwns
, .
,. .
mi s p luma (s) s ombwn s ~
7 ----plumas
F Mi nombre es Jos.
1 ingls. Mi nombre es ingls.

2 ste. Mi nombre es ste.
3 -libro Mi libro es ste.
ti excelente. Mi libro es excelente.
S -libros Mis libros son excelentes.
6 buenos. Mis libros son buenos.
7 plumas Mis plumas son buenas.
TREINTA Y TRES

4.23 Variation drills

,
A kWantoled"b~ Cunto le debo?
, .
1 What do 1 owe you? kele~b~ Qu le debo?
2 What are you telling him? Qu le dice?
, ..
3 What did they tell him? kelet!l.hrn~ Qu le dijeron?
, .. .
4 When did they teIl him? kwandole~l.hrn~ Cundo le dijeron?
~ ...
5 Where did they tell him? dondeledl.hrn.l. Dnde le dijeron?
, ...
komoledlhrn~
6 How did they tell him? Cmo le dijeron?
, ..
7 How is he getting along? komoleb~ Cmo le va?
, ,.. .
B l~6ytres~ uno4epropna~ Le doy tres, uno de propina.
, ,..
1 Dere are four, two f a tipo led6ykwatr~ dozdeprop1na~ Le doy cuatro, dos de propina.
, ,.
2 lIere are t wenty, ten lar a tipo l~6ybeYJlt~ dye~4epropfna~ Le doy veinte, diez de propina.
, ,..
3 Here are ten, five f a tipo ld6ydye~~ i1~kodepropina~ Le doy diez, cinco de propina.
TRE~TTA Y CUATRO
4 Here are eleven, one for a tip.

, , .. .
l~6yonie~ uno~eprop1n~ Le doy once, uno de propina.
, , .. .
5 Here's a dollar and no tipo led6yund61ar~ na~a~eprop1na~ Le doy un d61ar, nada de propina.
, , .. .
6 Here's this, that's far a tipo ld6yest6~ esodeprop1na~ Le doy sto, eso de propina.
, , .
7 I'll give you this, not that. led6yest~ eson6 Le doy esto, eso no.
,
e btrbaharlk6(~ns6trs~ Va a trabajar con nosotros.
,
1 He 's going to work with you aIl. btrbharlknst~des~ Va a trabajar con ustedes.
,
2 She's going lo work here. btrabaharlak~ Va a trabajar aqu.
,
3 She's going to speak Spanish. bblrlespl2ydl~ Va a hab lar es pa 01.
4 He's going to learn English.

"
bprndrliD9 1s Va a aprender ingls.
,
5 He's going to say something. bde1rlg Va a decir algo.
,
6 She's going to translate the name. btradi1rllnombr~~ Va a traducir el nombre.
, ..
7 You're going lo be very busy. b~strJmuyokup46~ Va a estar muy ocupado.

, , .
D 511 ~~abl~ump6ko~ S, yo hablo un poco.
, '.
1 Ves, I speak a loto 5i~ ~2ablomch S, yo hablo mucho.
, ".
2 Ves, you speak more. 5i stedablams~ S, usted habla ms.
, " .
si elablam6ns~
3 Yes, he speaks less. S, l habla menos.
, , .
4 Yes, 1 have five dollars. si ~6tQg~lQkoa61res~ S, yo tengo cinc o dlares.
, "
si stedtyenekne
.
5 Ves, you have fiEteen. S, usted tiene quince.
, ,., .
6 No, 1 don't have mucho no1 ~onoteQgomcho~ No, yo no tengo mucho.
, . , .
7 No, 1 don't owe mucho no1 ~onodebomch No, yo no debo mucho.
, ,
E pr~steldbepraktikrlel~spaQydl~ Pero usted debe practicar el
espaol.
, ,
1 But you ought to ractice pr2steldbeprktikrleliDgls~ Pero usted debe practicar el
English. ingls.
, ,
2 But you ought to say pr2steldbe~elrlgo Pero usted debe dec ir algo.
something.
, ,
3 But Jau ought to take a pr~steldbet6mrlntaksi Pero usted debe tomar un taxi.
taxi.
4.36 TREINTA Y SEIS

, ,
4 But you ought to speak less. pr~steldb~ablarmns Pero usted debe hahlar menos.
, ,
5 But you ought to speak more. pr~stel~b~blarms Pero usted debe hablar ms.
, ,
6 But you ought to go to the prQsteldb~rll~mbhada Pero usted dehe ir a la Embajada.
Embassy.
, ,
7 But you ought to go up in the pr~ste /dbsbr Inlas(~)nsor~ Pero usted dehe suhir en el
elevator. ascensor.
,. , ., . ,
F otrak6s~ nomed19alseQy6rmolln~ Otra cosa, no me diga Sr. Molina.
,. , . ,
7
1 Another thing, don t tell me otrak6s~ nome~lg~so~ Otra cosa, no me diga eso.
tha1.
,. ,.. ,
7
2 Another thing, don t repeat otrak6s~ nomerreplt~so Otra cosa, no me repita eso.
that to me.
,. ,.. ,
3 Another thing, don t 7
otrak6s~ nometradu~k~s Otra cosa, no me traduzca eso.
translate that for me.
,. , . ~ .
7
4 Another thing, don t give otrak6s nomedepropn~ Otra cosa, no me d propina.
me a tipo
,. , . , .
5 Another thing, don't pass otrak6s-!. 11011epaseO)lt>ro~ Otra cosa, no me pase e l libro.
me the book.
TREINTA Y SIETE. 4.37

Ul'Hl 4 SPOKEN SPANISH
,. ,.,. .
6 Another thing, don't take otrak6s~ nome~eD~alot~l'' Otra cosa, no me lleve al hotel.
me to the hotel.
,. ,.,...
7 Another thing, don't take otrak6sa~ nomeQ~eb~al~embah5da~ Otra c osa, no me lleve a la
me to the Embassy. Embajada.
4.3 CONVERSATION STIMULUS
NARRATWE 1
, ,
1 Mr. Smith and Mr. White are elsQy6rsrnl~l*elseQy6rhwaytl El Sr. Smith y el Sr. "hite estn
at the Embassy. ,
estnAnlaemb~ha~~
".
e n la Embajada.
, ,
2 MI'. Smith wants him to meet els~Qy6rsml~lkyrepr6sntarl~lil El Sr. Smith quiere presentarle al
MI'. Molina. , .
sQyormoln~~ Sr. Molina.
., "
3 Mr. White speaks Spanish lsety6rhwayt Iblariluybyen I El Sr. White habla muy bien
very well.
espaol.
, ,
4 He learned it in school. l~prendyol~nl~eskwela Lo aprendi en la escuela.
,,, ,
5 Mr. Molina speaks Enp;lish a elseQy6rm611n~labl~iDglesl El Sr. Molina habla ingls un
littie, not mucho ,
mpk6nomch6~ poco, no mucho.
4.38
TREINTA Y OCHO

DIALOG 1
, , ,
Sr. Smith, dgale a Juan que Ud. hwan~ kyrpresentarl~llseQy6rmlln~ Smith: Juan, quiero presentarle
quiere presentarle al Sr. al Sr. Molina.
Molina.
, - ,-
Jos~, dle su nombre -Jos Molina- hsemoln~ muchogst~ Jos: Jos Molina, mucho gusto.
y dgale que mucho gusto.
,
igwalm~nt~ J~hwayt~
" ..
Juan, dgale que igualmente y dle
su nombre -John White. , .
~1~eIJnlnspQy61~
komose
,
hwant
Juan: Igualme nte, J ohn White.
Pregntele que cmo se dice Cmo se dice 6John' en

John en espaol, que si Juan. espaol?, Juan?
" ".,
Jos, dgale que s, que Juan y slhwa-n-l. stedabla Imuybyn I Jos: S, Juan. Usted habla muy
dgale que l habla muy bien el espaol_
bien el espaol. lspQy61~
, -
Juan, dgale que muchas gracias. 2uchazgr~ysJ, Juan: Muchas gracias.
, . . .
Jos~, pregntele que dnde lo ondel~aprendy6J, Jos~: Dnde lo aprendi?
aprendi.
, .
Juan, dgale que en la escuela. enl~skwela *ust~~ Juan: En la escuela. Y usted
Pregntele si l habla , - , habla ingls?
ingl~s. aDl~lI)glest
,
Jos, contstele que Ud. habla un bl~mpoklnomsJ, Jos: Hablo un poco, no mis.
poco, no ms.
4.39
TREINTA Y NUEVE

Ul~11 4 SPOKEN SPANISH
NARRAT/VE 2
,. " , .
1 John's heen here since yesterday. hwanestak1Idezd~a~r~ Juan est aqui desde ayer.
, .
., , ., .
2 He's going lo work in the Consular batrahahar(enlsekyoijkonsulr Va a traba jar en la Seccin
Section. Consular.
,
3 The Consular Section is on the lsekiy6~k6nsularl La Secc i60 r. onsular est en el
main floor. ,
est~nelprimerp1s primer piso.
, t:
4 It's to tlle right of the entrance estl~erechaldel~entrda Est a la derecha de la entrada.
, , ..
5 Most of the time they ~ re very hus}' ksisyempr~lestnmuyokupdsl Casi siempre estn muy ocupados
in the Consular Section.
nlasekiy6~knslr~ en la Seccin Consular.
, - , , .
6 But right now there sn't much pr~a6ram1zmofn~aymucho Pero ahora mismo no hay mucho
doing there. ..
mob~mynt~'1 movimiento ah 1.
D/ALOG 2
, -,
Jos, pregntele al Sr. White que desde d~zdekwand~lestak1IseQy6rhwyt Jos: Desde cundo est aqu i ,
cuando est aqu? Sr. White?
, . ,. , .
Juan, dgale que no le diga 'Sr. White', nomed1ga/seQyorhwyt Juan: No me diga 'Sr. White'.
que le diga 'John' o 'Juan'. , ,
dgamja-n !hwn Dgame 'John' o Juan'.
4.40
CUARENTA

Jos, dlgale que est bien, y Jos: Est bien, Juan. Desde
otra vez pre~ntele que desde cundo est aqu?
cundo est aqu?
Juan, dgale que desde ayer. dzd~~r Juan: Desde ayer.
, 11
Jos, dlgale que a Ud. le di- mdiheroDlkbtrabahrlk6~nsotrbs~ Jos: Me dijeron que va a trabajar
jeron que l va a trabajar con nosotros.
con ustedes.
, ~ .
Juan, dgale que s, y preg.n- si+ dondest !laSel(iy6I;Knslr+ Juan: S. Dnde est la Seccin
tele que dnde est la Sec- Consular?
c ibn C ons ular .
, ,
Jos, dlgale que en el primer piso, n.l:)rimerps~ aladrecha Jos~: En el primer piso, a la
a la derecha de la entrada. . .
aelaentret-i
,. derecha de la entrada.
, ~ 11 ~ ,
Juan, pregntele si hay mucho ayimuchomoblmyentQla1~orat Juan: Hay mucho movilTliento

movimiento ah ahora. ah~ ahora?
, " . .
Jos, contstele que casi siempre ksisyempr~lstmozlmuyoku~dsi Jos: Casi siempre estamos muy
uetedes estn muy ocupados, pero '",. , , ... ocupados, pero ahora mismo
que ahora mismo no hay mucho pr2aoramlzmotn~aymuchomoblmynt~ no hay mucho movimiento.
movimiento.
4.41
CUARENTA Y UNO

5.1 BASIC SENTENCES. White's first day at work.
In their office, John White and Jos Molina begin to get better acquainted.
to be ser
your (yours) su (suyo)

,
the desk l-eskri toryo.&. e 1 escritorio
Molina , ~ .. , , Molina
John, this is going to be your desk. hwan.l- estebaserls~skritoryb Juan, ste va a ser su escritorio.
, ,
whatever kwlkyr kwalkyer cualquier (cualquiera)
, ,
that (you) may need (to need)
(O k-n~s~te ne~sitar.l- que necesite (necesitar)
, ,
notify (to notify) b~s.l- bisar avise (avisar)
,
notify me ab~sm.l- avseme
, ,. ...,. ,
Whatever you need, let me know. kwalkyerkosalkene~es~tetab1sme Cualquier cosa que necesite, avseme.
, ,
very much (much) mch~simos~ much muchsimos (mucho)
White , , .. White
O. K. Thanks a lote muybyn mCh1s~mazgr~ys~ Muy bien. Muchisimas gracias.
UNO 5.1

,
the part lA-part''' la parte
Malina ,. . , .. Malina
What part of the States are you d~keparte /etlos.stal'tos.unos les.std-!- De qu parte de los Estados
from? Unidos es usted?
(1) am (to be) soy (ser)
White , , , White
rm from San Francisco, soyldsmfrnilSklkalifornya~ Soy de San Francisco,
Californiac California.
Where are you from?

. ".
!US tede<1nds-!- y usted, de dnde es?
Malina Malina
rm from heleo Soy de aqu.
(you) carne (to come) vino (venir)

,
the family 1 -famJ.ly-!- la familia
" o , ,
Did you come with your family? bJ.nQustedlkonsufam11yat Vino usted con su familia?
,
bachelor soltero-!- soltero
White , " White

No~ rm a bacheloro no+ s6y /sol ter6~ No, s oy s olteroc
, "
married (to marry) kasado+ kasar+ casado (casar)
DOS

What about you? Are you married?

,
*st~~ ~sksa~ot
, . y usted, es casado?
,
also, too tambyen~ tambin
Malina , , Mall.na
No, I'm a bachelor, too. n01 s6yslter6ftmby~n~ No, soy soltero tambin.
the hour la hora
White White
What time is it? Qu hora es?
,
the quarter l-kwarto~ el cuarto
Malina , . , 4
Malina
It's a quarter to twelve. s6nlaz~o~elmenoskwrt~ Son las doce menos cuarto.
,
it is that es-k+ es que
already ya
,
the hunger l-ambri e 1 hambre (E)
, ".
to be hungry tner-ambr.l. tener hambre
, "".-
Are you hun~f) aIready? eslkyatyen~ambret Es que ya tiene hambre?
,
enough, quite (a bit) bstant~ Lastante
good buen (bueno)

,
the restaurant l-rrst6rah~ el restorn
TRES 5.3

White , , ,., White

Ves, quite hungryo Is there a good si~ bastant~ ayumbwen S, bastanteo Hay un buen
e e' , e e,
restaurant near here ? rre5toranlerka~~ak~t restorn cerca de aqu?
,
the turn l-t>wel tA~ la vuelta
,
around the c orner -lA-bweltA.t. a la vuelta
,
cheap, inexpensive bratb~ barato
Malina
Ves, tiJere's one around the corner
, ,
511 y6nQllbweltal
. Malina
S, hay uno a la vuelta
, e
that's good and inexpensive. kzbwenQ1brt6~ que es bueno y barato.

, ,
(we) can (to be able) p6demos.t. p6d:er~ podemos (poder)
,
to lunch Almraer.f. almorzar
,
together hunt6s~ juntos
, ,
(it) seeJTIS tto seem) pre~~ preer.f. parece (parecer)
,
to you lit) seems le-pAre.f. le parece
, e. . ,
We can have lunch togethero p6~emo~almorarfh6nt6s~ Podemos almorzar juntos.
, o ,
00 K with you? lpareet>yent Le parece bien?
let's go, we go (to go) vamos (ir)
White
Sure Let's goc
, .
komon6~ bams~
, White
e Cmo no. Vamos o
504
CUATRO

(1) /neieste/neeesite is an example of a verb form which has no exact equivalent in English. Forros of this type are called 'subjunctive.'
The particular use of a subjunctive construction illustrated in the present sentence will be drilled in Unit 40. Subjunctive forms will be designated
in English by the translation device 'that (you) may '
5.21.1 Pattern drills
5.21.1 The irregular verh /sr/

A. Presentation of paUern
lLLUSTRATIONS
, ,
1 n01 s6yslter No, soy soltero.
, ,
(you) are (tobe) eres ser eres (ser)
, ,
And you, are you married? 2 itui ~reskasadot y t, eres casado?
, , .
.-._- -- ._-------- 3 *ste~ ~skasaoot y usted, es casado?
4 min~mbr~~h~s Mi nombre es Jos.
(we) are (to be) somos (ser)

, ,
5 no S 6m6(s) S l teros
No, we're single. No, somos solteros.
(you) (pI.) are (lo be) son (ser)
CINCO 5.5

, , .
And are yon aH married? 6 *ste~s~ s6~kasartost y ustedes, son casados?
, . , .
7 snllaz~o~emenoskwrto~ Son las doce menos cuarto.
EXTRAPOLA TION
sg pl
1 s6y s6mos
2 fam res
,
2-3 for es s6n
NOTES
a. Spanish has two verbs which translate English ato be':

/estr/, presented in Unit 4, and /sr/, presented
in this unit.
5.6 SEIS

5.21.11 Suhstitution drills
Number substitution
, ,
1 s6yamerikano s6ms.merikans~
, ,
2 s6I)kasad"os ~sksado
, ,
3 S 6m6(s) S O1te l' S ~ s6yslter~
, ,
4 s6ndek1.~
,. ~z<1eak1.~
,.
, ,
5 zd"klifornya~ s6ndekalifornya~
, ,
6 s6yd~ak1 s6mzd~ak1.~
, ,
7 ~s.amerikan~ s6n.amerikans~
1 Soy amerioano. Somos americanos.

2 Son casados. Es casado.
3 Somos solteros. Soy soltero.
4 Son de aqul. Es de aqu.
5 Es de CalifOl"nia. Son de California.

6 Soy de aqu. Somos de aqu.
7 Es americano. Son arner icanos.
S.7
SIETE

Pcrson - nu:nh5r 's.mstitution
, . .
1 antonvoez~echil~
, ~
soyd'echl1et
,
p ab1 2 ~
" .
azdechle
,.
antonyol*1liya_.
ti
_
"
sondechle~
.
, .
sted eZaechle~
2
" .
,. ,
nosotro(s) somos Imerikans
,
alliY~
" .. . ')
as,Zlmer l.{dna+
1 ' 1
, . , ,. ..
son.amerlkns~
ustedes
---------i
1 Antonio es de Chile.
Yo Soy de Chile.
Pablo Es de Chile.
Antonio y Alicia_. Son de Chile.
Usted Es de Chile.
2 Nosotros somos americanos.
Es americana.
Alicia
Son americanos.
Ustedes
5.8
OCHO
~o
,

, ...
soyamerJ.kno,,
, . , . . .
e~os sonamerJ.knos
' . . ~
3 ~lJ.)yge(s) soltera
, . , , . .
pablQl~o .t- s omo(s) soltros''
, ,
el.antonyo .f.
, .
sonsolt~rs''
, . , .
eCOJa .f. e (s) soltr.f.
,
..
, .
H-O soysolt~r6''
Yo Soy americano.
Ellos Son americanos.
3 Alicia es soltera.
Pablo y yo Somos soheros.
El y Antonio Son s oheros.
Ella Es soltera.
Yo Soy sohero.
NUEVE 5.9
5.21 . 12 Response drilI

,
1 alJ.iy~e(5)
. . , ..
501 ter~t Oka5~d~
,
(s) slter+
2 e~ustdamerikanotQespaQy6l~
~. . . ,
s6yamrikano~
, ....
,. ,
3 son.OO~Ozd:chJ.l~t od:elos.es tado5. s6nldelo~estdoaUn1~OS~
.
unidos.!.
, , .,.
4 dd:ondeso~std:es+
; . ,
[l~estd:6anJ.~os] somozldelosAstdoan1dos+
, , ,
[smfran~J.sko] 5 dedondes.us td+ s6ydesmfrn~J.sko+
, ,
'"
[ launa] 6 k~or~s+ ezl~una+
,
[kalifornya]
"
7 dekeparte~~~
. zc1"eklifornya+
l'
1 AHc ia es s oltera o casada? Es soltera.

2 Es usted americano o espaol? Soy americano.
3 Son ellos de Chile o de los Son de los Estados Unidos.
Estados Unidos?
(los Estados Unidos) 4 De dnde 'son ustedes? Somos de los Estados Unidos.
(San Francisco) 5 De dnde es usted? Soy de San Francisco.
(la una) 6 Qu hora es? Es la una.
(Californi::l ) 7 De que parte es ella? Es de California.
5.10
DIEZ
, , .
,. , ,
[los.estds.. nldos] es.eldechl.let nd~ ~zde16s.estd6sUnl.ds~
,
8
,. ,. , . , ,
[lazdoie] 9 s6nlazdo~elmenoskwartot nd~ s6nlzdo~e~
, , . ,. , .f
[ksad] 10 s~stedsolterot nd~ s6yksad6~

, ,. ,. . . , ,
[am~rlkan6s] 11 s6~stedes lespaQyolest n01 s6mo~merikans~
, .,. , ,
~2 s~stedkasadot Sl.~ s6yksado~
, ....,. , ,
13 s6nBO~os~merl.kanost si+ s6Qmerikanos~
(los Estados Unidos) 8 Es l de Chile? No, es de los Estados Unidos.

(las 12) 9 Son las doce menos cuarto? No, son las doce.
(casado) 10 Es usted soltero? No, soy casado.
(americanos) 11 Son ustedes espaoles? No, somos americanos.
12 Es usted casado? S, soy casado.

13 Son ellos americanos ? S, son americaDos.
ONCE 5.11

, . ,
1 We're from San Francisco. somoz Idsmfran1Skb+ Somos de San Francisco.
,
2 She's married, too. OO~~eskasadaltambyn Ella es casada tambin.
3 The hotels are excellent.

,. .. .
los"bteles Ison,.eks(i>elntes+ Los hoteles son excelentes.
4 Where's the lady from?

" ...
d~kepart~lezlaseQy6ra+ De qu parte es la seora?
, ..
5 Where 're you from? ded:ondes.us td:+ De dnde es usted?
, ..
6 My name is Pancho. minombrespnch6~ Mi nombre es Pancho.
, ...
7 I'm (an) American. soyamer1kno+ Soy americano.
, .
8 How much is the tip? kwant~ezlapropna~ Cunto es la propina?
, . , . .
9 They're from the Consular eQMOS Is6ndelasek~yoDkonsulr+ Ellos son de la seccin consular.
Section.
, ..
lO When is the trip? kwand~e~elbyhe+ Cundo es el viaje?
, .
11 The pleasure is mine. elgustQezmi+ El gusto es mo.
,
12 We 're married, too. s6m6sksa~os'tambyn+ Somos casados tambin.
13 The restaurants are not

,.
lzrrestoraneslsombarts+
" .
Los restoranes son baratos.
expensive.
5.12 DOCE
The verb /sr/ is highly irregular in the present tense, as will be seen by comparing it to regular verb patterns presented in Unit 7.
Both /estr/ and /sr/ translate the English verb 'be'. They are not, however, equivalente Rather they divide an area of
meaning which is included in the content of a single English concept, named by the verb 'be'. Therefore a confusion between the two
cannot be thought of as a relatively minor mistake simply because they express aspects of what is considered 'the same thing' in English;
in Spanish /sr/ and /estr/ are as genuinely different as any other two verbs, and the use of one when the other is expected is
painfully obvious.
The difference between /sr/ and /estr/ can perhaps best be generalized by other English concepts: /sr/ is the link
of identity, (the essential, inherent or permanent), / e s t r/ the link of association, (the casual, accidental or temporary). This generaliza-
tion is more useful descriptively in sorne cases than in others. Thus when a noun follows the linking verb to express complete identity,/sr/
is always selected:
J ohn is m}'" brother.
When an adjective follows the linking verb, one has to decide whether the link of identity or the link of association is appropriate.
The choice may often seem quite arbitrary to Americans, but when identity is involved ( / sr/) ,there seems to be a more inherent con-
nection between the noun and the quality; when association :s involved ( / e str/) , the connection is more or less ine idental.
Thus even though /sr/ and /estr/ appear in utterances which show no other difference, the two utterances will never have
the same 'meanmg'. If a person describes a house with an adjective like pretty, saying 'The house is pretty', he cannot, in Spanish, express
only this much of the idea. He must also say ether that the house is intrinsically pretty,
/lak~s~lesbon!ta~/
or that it presents an unusually attractive appearance on a specific occasion (1ooks pretty),
/laks~lestbonta~/
There s no way to make the mcomplete statement (from the Spanish point of view) that the house 'is' pretty; additional refinements in meaning
are oblgatory in the choice of /sr/ or /estr/ Through this choice the Spanish speaker indicates the circumstances he considers
"dentity and distinguishes them from those he considers association.
5..13
TRECE

The distinction is, to be sme, forced by the structure of the language (the divided linking verb), but it is no less real to the speaker of
Spanish, who never hesitates to select the correct forme lt is only the American, whose background lacks the experience of making a meaning
distinction, nonsignificant in English but highly significant in Spanish, who experiences a confusion between the two forms. In a very real
sense, using /Sr/and /estr/ correctly involves an entire way of life, and an American seeking proficiency in spoken Spanish needs
to acquire a 'feel' for the distinction by making a large number of sentences his own through memorization in meaningf ul contexts.
When a verb modifier appears with the linking verb, assoc iation is generally se lected (/e s tr/ ), though not exclusively. Notice
the following contrasts, most of which are illustrated in basic sentences:
/estr/ association / S r/ identity
/k6mQestmara~/ How's Mary? /km9smara.J. What's Mary like?
/d6ndests~esp6s6.J./ Where's your husband? /ded6nd(s) s\.1esp6so.J. / Where's yom husband from?
/d6ndestlafysta.J./ Where's the party? /d6ndslafysta.J./ Where's the party being held?
Other c1assifications and examples can be found in the appendix.
5.14 CATORCE

5.22 Replacement dril..
" ., ,
A dkeparteI4~16~est4o~n1~bsl~~std+
_______________
, '/ . ,
~}J.6s+
d~keparteld16sAstd6s~n1d6sls6nAO~bs+
_____________s + " . ,
dkeparte ld"16s.stds.n1dos Is.~l+
, ". ,
________kli f orny ~, + dkepartelrtkaliforny~ls.~l+
". ,
dkeparteldkalifornyals6nl(~sQy6ras+
, .,
ddondeson Il(s} s~Qy6rs+
,
_ _ _ _- st~d+ d40nde,.. les.st~d+
,
____________s6moz ~ d4ondls6mznos6tros+
A De qu parte de los Estados Unidos es usted?
1 ell08? De que parte de los Estados Unidos son ellos?

2 ea~? De qu parte de los Estados Unidos es l?
3 ..--;Calornia ~_? De qu parte de Calornia es l?
4 ~ ~-=-=-las seoras? De qu parte de Calornia son las seoras?
5 _dnde -.? De d6nde son las seoras?
6 usted? De dnde es usted?
7 somos _ _-J? De dnde somos DOS otros ?
5.15
QUINCE

,. . .., .
B b1nolkonsufam11yat

______ffil. t
,. . .., .
b1no/konm1fam11yat
1
,
2 baha
. t
,. . .., .
bahajkonm1fam11ya1
,. . .., .
la t bahalkonlafam11yat
3
'-----
., . ,. . . .,.
4 fam1lyast
. ,
seQyort
,. .. .
bahalkonlasfam11yast
bahalkonelseQyort
,
5
, . ,. .. . ,
trabahalkon~lseQyor1
,. . . . ,.
6 trbaha t
los trbaha Ikonlo(s} seQyorest
7
---t
B Vino con su familia?
1 mI ? Vino con mi familia?

2 Baja ? Baja con mi familia?
3 la ? Baja con la familia?
4 familias? Baja con las familias?
5 seor __? Baja con el seor?
6 Trabaja 2 Trabaja con el seor?
7 los_? Trabaja con los seores?
5.16
DIECISEIS

, ,
e no s6ys61ter''
, ,
1 _s6mos .. no'' s6mo(s) s6lter6s''
, , ,
2 ~1l)k6'' no'' s6mos(w 1IJkb''
~ ,
3 _s6n .. nd'' S6n1I)k6''
", , ,
4 _bwenAsl no'' s6mbwenas''
, , ,
5 mas~ no'' s6nmas''
, ,
..
6
-'v no''
,
~ymas''
,
7 _kyro_'' no'' ky~rmas''
C No, 80Y 80ltero.
1 _80mos _ _ No, somos solter

2 cinco. No, 8om. cinco.
3 _son _ _-" No, 80n cinco.
" buenas_ No, son buenas.

5 ~_
No, 80n ms.
6 _hay _ No, hay ms.
7 _quiero_ No, quiero m.
DIECISIETE 5.17

, , .
D *std~ skasadot , , .
s6~ ~stedes~s6~kasadost
1
,
t
. , , .
~stedes~s6ns61terost
2
,
solterost
, , .
--e)y~ le<'l~~(s) solterat
3 t , , .
i~o'' s6yslterot
4 s6y
,
t
. , , .
*~as''s6nslterast
5
,
solterast
, , .
inosotrbs~s6m6(s) solterost
6 _nosotros
,
t
. , , .
7 ___________ amrikanost inosotrbs~s6m~amrikanost
D Y usted, es casado?
1 son _ _ ? y ustedes, son casados?

2 _solteros? y ustedes, son solteros?
3 _ella, ? y ella, es soltera?
4 soy ? y yo, soy soltero?
5 _ solteras? y ellas, son solteras?
6 _nosotros ? y nos otros, s omos solteros?
7 _ americanos ? y nosotros, somos americanos?
5.18 DIECIOCHO

, ". . ."
E aylnrr~stbranl~erkad~ak~t
, " ".. ,
1 btel t aylnptell~erkad~ak~t
, , , ..,. ,..,
_muchos t ay Imuchos.oteles I() erka<1~ak1 t
2
.aben1das
., . ,
ay
, ...,. ,..,
Imuchas.aben~das I() erkad~ak1 t
3
.,t , , ... ". " ,..
4 a1t ay Imuchas.aben1d" as I() erkad~a~t
5 _ _ bstantes
,
t
,
ay
" ... ". ,..,
/bstantes.abenl.etas 1(~erkad~aJ.t
, , ,.". .. ,,
taks1S Ibstantestaks1S 1(~~rkad~a1t
6
. t .,. ay
" ,.,. ,....".
7 l~embahadat ay Ibstantestaksl.s I(werkadel~embaha<:tat
E Hay un restorn cerca de aqu?
1 _hotel ? Hay un hote 1 cerca de aqu?

2 _ muchos ? Hay muchos hote les cerca de aqu?
3 i. avenidas ? Hay muchas avenidas cerca de aqu.?
4 ah!? Hay muchas avenidas cerca de ah?
5 -bastantes ? Hay bastantes avenidas cerca de ah ?
6 ' taxis ? Hay bastantes taxis cerca de ah 1?
7 la Embajada? Hay bastantes taxis cerca de la Embajada?
5.19
DIECINUEVE
UNIT 5 SPOKEN SPNISH
, ,
F pbdemosllm6r~arlhntos~
1 trah~~~
, .
podemoslalmor~arlotrab~~~
,
, , ,
2 kyerS? ~ kyer2Ialm6r~arlotrab~~~
, , ,
J.r ~ ky~r2J.rltrah~~
3
. , , .
4 a!~ kyer2J.ra~
, , "'.
5 pwed~ ~ pwe<!~J.ra~
, , .
6 tamby~n~ pwe<!~l.rltamby~n~
, 11 ,
7 neies1t~ .t. neieSl.tiJ.rltambyn~
F Podemos almorzar juntos.
1 otra vez. Podemos almorzar otra vez.

2 Quiero Quiero almorzar otra vez.
3 _ir Quiero ir otra vez.
4 ah. Quiero ir ah .
5 Puede_. Puede ir ah .
6 tambin. Puede ir tamhin.
7 Necesita Necesita ir tambin.
5.20
VEINTE
5.23 Variation drilIs
, ,
A lst~~ de~ond~s~ y usted, de dnde es?
, ,
1 And where's the gentleman *elsQyr~ dedonds~ y el seor, de dnde es?
from?
, .. ,
2 And where's Mrs. Molina ilAs~Qyoramolfn~ d~dond~s~ y la seora Molina, de dnde es?
from?
, ,
3 And where's the taxi ,.lelch6frdetaksi~ dedond~s y el chofer de~taxi, de dnde es?
driver from?
, ,
4 And where's the waiter from? *elmoi dedonds y el mozo, de dnde es?
, ,
5 And where's the cashier from? lelkahero
,. dedonds y el cajero, de dnde es?
, .. ,.
6 And where're John and Joseph ihwanlhos dedondes6n~ y Juan y Jos, de dnde son?
from?
, ,.
7 And where're the Molinas from? ilzmllna ddondes6n y los Molina, de dnde son?
5.21
VEINTIUNO
~ ,
B s6y~esamfrani1sk6Iklifornya~ Soy de San Francisco, California.
, ~
1 I'm from the United States. soyldelo~estdo~n1dos~ Soy de los Estados Unidos.
,
2 I'm from Florida. s6ydeflor1da~ Soy de Florida.
,
3 I'm from here. s6Yd~aki~ Soy de aqu.
,
4 I'm a bachelor. s6ysolter~ Soy soltero.
,
5 I'm a taxi driver. s6ych6f~rdtaksi~ Soy chofer de taxi.
,
6 We're married. s6moskasad"6s~ Somos casados.
,
7 We 're s ingle. S 6m6(s) S lterbs.J. Somos solteros.
Qu hora es?
1 What day is it? Qu da es?
2 What language is it? Qu lengua es?
5.22
VEINTIDOS

, ,
3 What hote l is it? k~otelsJ. Qu hotel es ?
, ,
4' Wbat sc Lool is it? keskwel~s~ Qu escuela es?
, ,
5 What tables are they? kemesa(s) s6n-l. Qu mesas son?
, ,
6 What books are they? ke11bro(s) s6n-l. Qu libros son?
, ,
7 What (kind of a) thing is it? kekosis~ Qu cosa es?
, , . .
D s6nllzdo~emenoskwrt6'' Son las doce menos cuerlo.
1 It'a (ifteen to twelve. 56nllaz~o~emenosk!nie~

~ .". Son las doce menos quince.
,
56nlla~on~emenozdyi~
.".
2 It's ten to eleven. Son las once menos diez.
, ...
3 lt-s twenty to seven. s6nll(~syetemenozb'ynt6'' Son las siete menos veinte.
4 h's five lo nine.

, , . .
56n )lznwebemeno(s) ~1!Jkb-l. Son las nueve menos cinco.
, .,.
5 h's a quarter lo eight. s6nlla~ochomenoskw&rtb'' Son las ocho menos cuarto.
VEINTlTRES

,
6 It's su. s6n )lA(s) se\ts'' Son las seis.
7 It's one. Es la una.
, , , .
E Yatyen~ambret Ya tiene hambre?
, ,. . ,..
~atyenelloz401arest
1 Have you got the dollars already ? Ya tiene los dlares?
2 Have you got the check already?

, , . ,.
~atyen~lelcheket Ya tiene el cheque?
, , . ,.
~atyen~luijkwartot
3 Has she got a room alr.eady? Ya tiene un cuarto?
, , ..,.
4 Has she got atable already? ~atyen~lunamesat Ya tiene una mesa?
5 Has he got twenty dollars

, ,. .. ,
~atyenelbeynte~olares1
.,
Ya tiene veinte d61ares?
already?
, ..,
6 Does he have a hotel? tyen~unJ)telt Tiene un hotel?
, . , .
7 Does he Lave a taxi? tyen~untaks~ t Tiene un taxi?
5.24
VEINTICUATRO
F
" ,. ,.
si~ yun2lalabweltalkezbwen21bart6~
. S, hay uno a la vueha que es bueno
y barato.
, , , ,
1 Ves, there's one here that's s11 yun~1k1Ikzmuybw~not S, hay uno aqu que es muy bueno.
very good.
~ " ,
2 Ves, there's one here that's S1-+ yun~ I Ak1 Ikes.eks (~elent~ S, hay uno aqu que es excelente.
excel1ent.
, ,., ,. ,
3 Ves, there's one there, but it 511 yun~la1Ip~r6kwestamucho~ S, hay uno ah, pero cuesta mucho.
costs a loto
"
si~ yun2Ienl~~mbahadalpr2
, .
4 Ves, there's one at the Embassy
but it's busy. , .
staQkupdo''
S, hay uno en la Embajada pero
est ocupado.
" , ,.
5 Ves, there's one on the first si~ yun~lnAlprimerp1sol S, hay uno en el primer piso
floor who is an American. ,
kes..merikan~ que es americano.
6 No, there's not another one to , "

the left. n'' n2ayotr2Ial~iky~rda'' No, no hay otro a la izquierda.
, "
7 No, there's not another school noi n2ayotr~'eskw~ldel~~9ws~ No, no hay otra escuela de lenguas.
o Ianguages.
VEINTICINCO 5.25

NARRATWE 1
, ,..
1 1t's almost twelve o'dock. s oI)kas :Llaz<!6~~'' Son casi las doce.
"
2 J ose i~ going to uve lunch

, , .
h6selbalmoriarlkoI)hwn~
, . Jos va a almorzar con Juan.
with John.
, , ,. ,
3 John isn't very hungry. hwanlnotyenelmuchmbr~ Juan no tiene mucha hambre.
, . ., ..
4 There ' s a good res taurant ymbwenrrestoranlalabwltA~ Hay un buen restorAn a la
around the e orner. vuelta.
5 The restaurant is quite

,
lrrestoranlAzbastantebarto
,. . El restorAn es bastante
inexpensive. barato.
DIALOG 1
" ., ,
Jos, preg6ntele a Juan si nohalmorarlhwant Jos: No va a almorzar,
no va a almorzar. Juan?
" ., ,
Juan, contstele que Ud. no tiene noteI)gomuchmbre~ k~or~s~ Juan: No tengo mucha
mucha hambre y pregntele que qu~ hambre. Qu
hora es. hora es?
5.26
VEINTISEIS

, ,..
so~kas11azdSe~
,
pbdemos
. Jos: Son casi las doce. Podemos
. .
Jos, dgale que son casi las
doce, y pregntele si pueden , , almorzar juntos?
almorzar juntos. almorar Ihuntos t
, , ,.
Juan, contstele que muy bien, que muyby~m~bam6s+ a~onde Juan: Muy bien, vamos. A d6nde
vayan, y pre~ntele que adnde ., . podemos ir?
pueden ir. poetemosr+
,
albwelta+ ylm
Jos, dgale que a la vuelta, que
hay un buen restorn ah. , ., .
bwenrrestoranla+
Jos: A la vuelta. Hay un buen
restorn ah.
Juan, preguntele si es barato.

, ,
ezbaratot
. . Juan: Es bal'ato?
Jos, dgale que s, que es bastante

,
si~ ~zbastantebart6~
,. . Jos: Sl, es bastante barato.
barato.
NARRArlVE 2
, . ., ,...
1 Carmen del Valle is in the restaurant. karmendelbaO>&~lesta~nelrrestorn'' Carmen del Valle est en el restorn.
, ,.
2 J ohn wants to meet her. hwa~kyerekono~rla~ Juan quiere conocerla.
, ., ~..
3 She is at atable on the lelt. ~Restal~nunamesalR1~kyr4a~ Ella est en una mesa a la izquierda.
4 Carmen speaks English very well.

, .
karmenlblRi~glezlmuyby6n~
"
Carmen habla ingls muy bien.
VEINTISIETE 5.27

, ,
lQaprndyol~nlReskwel Lo aprendi en la escuela,
5 She learned it in school, in
the States. , ..
en16~stado~un1dos~ en los Estados Unidos.
D/ALOG 2
, . ,. ,
a1~stalkarmendelb~e+
, . . ., .
Jos, dgale a Juan que ah est Jos', Ah est Carmen del Valle.
Carmen del Valle. Pregntele
s i quiere conoe erla. kyerekono~erlat Quiere conocerla?
, ".
Juan, _contstele que s, que c6mo S1~ k6m6no1 dondest+ Juan: S, cmo no. Dnde est?
no. Pregntele que dnde est.
, ,
Jos, dgale que est ah a la est11lRi~kyerda~ Jos: Est& ah, a la izquierda.
izquierda.
, . , , .
Juan, pregDtele a Jos si Carmen abl~1~gleskarment Juan: Habla ingMs Carmen?
hab la ingls .
" ,
si~ 12blamuybyn~ lQprendyol
Jos, contstele que s, que lo habla
muy bien, que lo aprendi6 en los
Estados Unidos en la escuela.
. . , ,
~n16~stado~un1doslenl~eskwel+
Jos~: S, lo habla muy bien. Lo
aprendi en los Estados

Unidos en la escuela.
5.28 VEINTIOCHO

NARRATWE 3
1 J ohn is de lighted to
,
hwanlsttijkanta~ol~~kn6,era
, . , . JuaD est eDcantado de CODocer
meet Carmen.
krmeo.J. a Carmen.
, . ., .., ,
2 He talks with her iD ahlalkonl~~e~~glestilwe9~ Habla con ella eD iDgls y luego
English and then in
Spanish. ~n;sp;Qy61'' eD espaol.
, ,. ,
3 He says that he is froro eld1ielk~z~ekallfornya.J. El dice que es de Calornia.
California.
~ , .
4 No, he isn't from SaD n01 ln~ez~esamfransko'' No, l no es de San FraDcisco,
Francisco, he's from ,
San Diego. zdsndyeg,6.J. es de San Diego.
5 He arrived yesterday. ViDo ayer.
, , .. ..
nob1nokonlafam11ya.J.
6 He didD't come with his No vino con la familia.
family.
,
7 Be's siDgle. (s) S bl terb.J. Es soltero.
VEINTINUEVE 5.29

UNIT 5 SPOKEN SHANlSH
V/ALOG 3
, ,
Jos, dgale hola a Cumen y ollkrmen~ ketl~ Jos: Hola, Carmen, qu 'tal?
pregntele que qu tal.
, ,
Carmen, dgale hola tamhi~n y olalh6s~~ ketl~ komoleb~ Carmen: Hola, Jos~ qu~ tal?
pregntele que qu~ tal, que Cmo le va?
cmo le va.
, .
Jos, contstele que bastante bien, bastantehY~ijlgriyas~ JaseS, Bastante bien, 81'aoias
que grao ias, y d gale que quiere , ,...,
presentaJle al Sr. While, Juan White. karmen~ kyeropresentarl~1 Cumen, quiero pllesentarle
. . , ,
alseQyorhwvt~ hwaijhw~yt~ al Sr. White, Juan White.
, .,
Carmen, digale a Juan que :muoho muchOQust6lseQy6r~ Carmen: Muoho gusto, seor.
gusto.
, ...,
Juan, dgale a la seorita que ijkanta~odekonoierllseQyor!ta~ Juan~ Encantado de oonocella,
encantado de conocerla. seorita.
, . , ".
Jos, pregntele a Carmen si podemosllrn6r$arlkonste~lkarment Jos~: Podemos almol2lar :con
pueden almorzar con ella. usted, Carmen?
, , , ,
Carmen, cont~stele que s, cmo no, s1i k6monol eijkntada~ syentns~ Carmen: S, cmo no, encantada.
que encantada. Dgales a los dos Si~ntense.
que se sienten.
Jose, dgale a Carmen que Juan es

,. ...
hwanezdeka11f6rnylkrm6n~ J08~: Juan es de California,
de California. Carmen.
THEIN'nA

SROKEN SBANISH UNIT 5
, , ., .
Carmen, dgale que dispense, que dispens~ komod1~et Carmen: Dispense, c6mo dice?
c6mo dice.
,. ...
Jos, reptale que Juan es de kehwanez~eka11f6rnya~ Jos: Que Juan es de Calcrnia.
Calif<rnia.
Carmen, diga ah, s? y pregn-

" ,
als1t dkeprte~
,
desamfrn1Skot
. Carmen: Ah, s? De qu parte?
tele a Juan que de qu parte, De San Francisco?
si de San Francisco.
, ,
Juan, contstele que lno, que Ud. n01 s6y4esandyeg6~ Juan: No, soy de San Die80.
6S de San Diego.
., .
CMmen, p.eg.ntele que cundo kwandob1n~ Carmen: Cundo vino?
vino.
Juan, oontstele que ayer. Juan: Ayer.
,. . .., .
Carmen, pregntele si vino b1nolkonlafam11yat CMmen: ViDO OQD la familia?
con la familia.
, ,., .. ,
Juan, oontstele que no, que Ud. no~ ~onoteijgofamlya~ s6ysblter~ Juan: No, yo no tengo familia,
no tiene familia, que _ sohero. soy soltero.
TREINTA Y UNO 5.31

6.1 BASIC SENTENCES. White and Molina have lunch together.
J ohn White and J ose Molina enter the restamant.
there (in that place) all

, ,
empty (to vacate, empty) d~sbkupad6~ ds6kupar~ desocupado (desocupar)
Jose Molina Jos Molina

There's an empty table over there.
"
~1aylunmslrts6kp~~ All hay una mesa desocupada.
to seat sentar
ourselves nos
, ,
to seat ourselves (to seat oneself, sAntarnbs~ sntars~ sentarnos (sentarse)
to sit down)
John White , ... John White

Let's sit down. bamos.as en trnos ~ Vamos a sentarnos.
, ,
let's see (to see) bAambs~ ber~ veamos (ver)
,
the menu el-menti~ el men
Jose Molina , .. . Jos Molina

Let's see the menu. bamos.e lmen~ Veamos el men.
, ,
(you) wish (to wish) desen~ dsar~ desean (desear)
UNO 6.1

Waiter , .
,. . Mesero
What will Y08 have, gentlemeD? ke4esean~stdeS'SeQy6res~ Qu deseaD ustedes, sdores?
the sandwich el sandwich

,
the ham el-hamoh~ el jamn
Jo/m White John White

1 want a ham sandwich. Yo quiero un sandwich de jamll.
,
the salad l~-ensalada~ la ensalada
,
the lettuce l-lechug.J. la lechuga
,
the tomato el-tOmate.J. el tomate
Alao a lettuce and to...to salad. Tambin ensalada de lechuga y tomate.
the beer la cerveza
, ..
ADd a beer. lo una ~ e rt) ~ a.J. y .Da cerveza.
to me a mi
, ,
bring (to bring) trayqa.J. trieor-l. traiga (traer)
,
bring me traygme~ tr ig ame
6.2 DOS

the soup l~op-l.

la sopa
,
the vegetable la-lc;umb~-l. la legumbre
,
the chop la-chletil-l. la chuleta
,
the porle, pig 11eret el cerdo
,
the wine l-bl.[lo'" el vino
Jose Molina los Moli1l4

Bring me vegetable soup, pOl'k chope
and wine. (1) , . A mi trigame sopa de legumbres,
chuletas de cerdo y vino.
chltzrt~er~Ql.bno'"
,
the dessert l-postr'" el postre
of (f 01') dessert "

di!-postr de postre
(you) want (to want) ky~rn kr~r'" quieren (querer)
Ifaiter Mesero
What'll you have fOl' dessert? De postre, qu quieren?
the pie el pastel

,
the apple l-mfm~ana la manzana
There's some apple pie, that's very good. Hay un pastel de manzana que es muy
bueno.
, ,
(we) try (to try, to taste) probamos prbbar'" probamos (probar)
John Jfhite , . John Ifhite

Shall we try it? loprbbamost Lo probamos?
TRES

UNlT 6 SPOKEN SPANISH
, ,
(I) have (to have) e'~ ate'r~ he (haber)
, ,
eaten (to eal) kom~d"o~ kome'r~ comido (comer)
(2)
,
(I) have eaten -kom~d"~ he comido
Jose Molina , , Jos Molina

I've alrea3y had it. It's excellent. ~o~alQekomdo~ ezbw~n~ Yo ya lo he comido. Es bueno.
,
for para~ para
Bring us both sorne. Traiga para los dos.
if si
,
to treat trata'r~ tratar
~.. ,
ourselves (we) treat of you (to n6s-tratamoz-de-t~ tratarse-d~ nos tratamos de t (tratarse de)
address as)
What do you say if we just use 't'? (3) Qu le parece si nos tratamos de t?
, ,
(you) have (to have) tyens.!. tEme'r~ tienes (tener)
the reason la razn
John White ,.. , John White

y ou're right. Good idea. tyenezrra6n{ muyby~n~ Tienes razn. Muy bien.
(you) go (to go) vas (ir)
6.4 CUATRO

,
to live bi.bir~ vivir
lose Molina los Molina

Are you going to live at the hotel? Vas a vivir en el hotel?
, ,
(I) think (to think) pyens~ pensar'' pienso (pensar)
,
to look for (4) bskar~ buscar
,
the apartment el-aprtament'' el apartamento
loAn )fAite loAn )fAite

No, 1 plan to look lar an apartment. No, pienso buscar un apartamento.
easy fcil
,
to find eI)k6ntrar~ encontrar
la it easy to find one bere ? ;sf~~~lldeI)kntrrk~t Es f'cH de encontrar aqui?

, ,
(I) believe (lo believe) kre~ kr~er~ creo (creer)
lose Molina ~ los Molina

1 tbink 80. ~okr;'kes1 Yo creo que si.
, ,
(you fam.) want (to want) kyers kerer~ quieres (querer)
,
you, to you (fam) t te
, ,
(I) can (lo be able) pwed'b~ pd'er puedo (poder)
to belp ayudar
, ,
H you want,l can belp you. sikyerest~oltepw~~dar~ Si quieres, yo te puedo arad
,
the cbeck, tbe bill
, l~went~ la cuenta
,
"aiter! the cbeck. mo~'' lkwent~ Mozol La cuenta.
CINCO 6.5

(1) The Spanish equivalent of 'bring me' in this sentence is [amil tr~ygame] a m trigame 'to me bring me'. The reason why a m is resent is to indicate
contrast with what the other person is having. This is shown in English by extra stress on the word me, but in Spanish one cannot make the contrast by placing stress on the
me of [trygame ]
(2) Note that there are two verbs meaning 'have' in Spanish. You have already had tener, which means 'have' in the sense of 'possess'. Thisnew verb, haber,
means 'have' the auxiliary verb form in verb constructions like 'have gone, have been,' etc. Constructions with haber will be drilled and explained in detail in Unit 9.
(3) This is the first occurrence in the dialogs of the use ol the verb and pronoun forlOS that are ordinarily caBed the familiar forms. They are in contrast with the
formal forms tl&at go with the pronouns usted and ustedes. As explained in Unit 4, the problem of when to use t and when to use usted is a very complex one indeed, and you
should observe throughout a11 the remainder of the text which people use the t forlOS with each other and which ones use usted.
(4) Notice that the single word [buskr] buscar means 'to look for', not just 'to look' - that is, no preposition is needed to translate the 'for' part of 'look for'.
6.2 DRILLS ANO GRAMMAR
6.21 Pattern drills
6.21.1 Preaent tense fOl'lll8 of relalar /-r/ yerba
A. Preaentation of pattern
lLLUSTRATIONS
, , .
1 S J..J. ab19ump6k6.J. Si, Wlo UD poco.
, .
I ('ll) be lp Y01&. 2 ~ot~a~tt6~ Yo te ayUllo.
..
,
Do you apeak Englieb? 3 ablas.1l)glest
, . ...
., .
Ale Y01& lookiDIJ lar 8n 8partment? 4 buskas lun~partamentot
SEIS

SPOKEN SPANlSH UNrr6
, ,.,
5 abl~uste~1~glest Habla uated iagl_?
6 nies1talgomast
" ., Necesita algo mis?
John worlcs with us. Juao ,rabaja con nosotros.
., ~.
8 nostrtamozdetut Nos 'ratamos de 't'?
, ,..
Yes, we speak a Hule. 9 si blamos~mp6k Si, Iwb lamos un poc o.
, ,. . , .
10 kedeseanpsteds IsQy6res Qu desean ustedes, .elore.?
,. ,..
The gentlemen take a taxi. 11 16(s)seQyores Itomanuntksi Los seores toman uo taxi.
, . , .
The ladies practice a lote 12 l(~sQyoraslprkt1kanmch Las seoras practican mucho.
EXTRAPOLATION
sg pI
1 -O -mos
2 (am -as
2_3 -a -an
NOTES
a. Spanish regular verbs can be grouped iolo tAerne classes. Which set o( endings a verb takes depends on which theme c .... the verb beloag_ tOe
b. Regular /-r/ verbs bave the tbeme lal recurring in the eodings o( aIl present tense forms except 1 sg.
SIETE

6.21.11 Substitution drilIs - number substitution
,. ,
trabaholnweb~6rs~
1
, . , . .
2 ablan.espaQy61~ abl~espaQy61~
,
3 n6n~es~ta(~nda~ n6ne~s1tan~''
, . trbahomch~
,
,., .. , ., .
notrabahan.al~ notrabaha1~
6
" . , ., .
neiesitamo~otro11br''
7 ne~is1totro11br~
1 Trabajo nueve horas. Trabajam08 nueve baraa.

2 Hablan espaol. Habla espalol.
3 No necesitan nada. No necesita nada.
4 Trabajamos mucho. Trabajo mucho.
S Hablan ingls. Habla iDRls.
6 No trabajan ah.
7 Necesito otro libro.
No trabaja aM.
Neceeitamoe otro .0.
6.8 OCHO

SPOKEN SPANISH UNlT 6
P. . . - D. . . . . s"titutioa
, . ..,..
1 nosotrostrabahamo~ak1~ , .
l trbahQak1l
~o\.(,
,
, ..
trbahan.ak1~
a11~ya1antonyo
,
l , .
el trabahak1~
l , ..
ste~es ~ trbahan.ak!~
2 ~2b16p~k2~SP~Qy61~
~~2,
blp~kQ~SP~Qy61~
antonY2~p~bl~ blampk2~SP~Qy61~
yOI _ Trabajo aqul.
Alicia Y Aatoaio_. TrabajaD aqul.

El _ Trabaja aqul.
Ustede:1IIl.8 _ TrabajaD aq.
2 Yo hahlo poco espaloL
Ella. _ Babia poco espalol.
AatODio 1 Pablo.- 1Iabla. poco espalo!.

UNIT 6
SPOKEN SPANISB
11~Y~1~O~
. "
~
, . .
ablm6spok2espaQy61~
, . .
ste~ ~ blapokQespaQy61~
,. , . .
3 11~yaln6ne~es1tapermis6~
---
,
~o ~ n6ne~es1toperms6~
,
nsotroz ~ n6ne~esitamosperms6~
,
ef"~az + n6ne~es1tamperms6~
" .
ste~ez ~ n6ne~es1tampermisb
Alicia y yo _ Hablamos poco espalol.

Usted _ Habla poco espalol.
3 A licia no necesita permiso.
y 0. _
No necesito permiso.
Nosotros No necesitamos permiso.
Ellas _
No necesitan permiso.
Ustedes _ No necesitan permiso.
6.10
DIEZ

,
1 trab~h~st~a~k~tQ~Dka11f6rnYl trbhQk1''
2 ~bl~n~st~d~zby;nl~1~sp~Qy~ltQ~1~~91s+ ablmzby~nleli~91~s+
,
3 trb~h~ll~nl~mb~h~~~t~k~ trabhk1'~
,
4 ne~es~t~~st~~I~nl~p~itQ~n~plm+ neiestQunplumal
, ,
[espQyo'l'' ] 5 k~~blim I0ys.kl bln. s pQYo1.''
, ,
[k1'' ] 6 d~nd~tr~b~hQlstal trbhQkil
,
7 k~~bl~lustjk~ blQespaQyo"l''
1 Trabaja usted aqu o en California? Trabajo aqu.

2 Hablan ustedes bien el espaolo el ingls? Hablamos bien el ingls.
3 Trabaja l en la Embajada o aqu? Trabaja aqu.
4 Necesita usted un lpiz o una pluma? Necesito una pluma.
(espaol) 5 Qu hablan ellos aqu? Hablan espaol.

(aqu) 6 Dnde trabaja us~ed? Trabajo aqu.
(espaol) 7 Qu habla usted aqu? Hablo espa6ol.
ONCE 6.11

,
[seys] 8 kw~nt~s;ras /trabahmoznos6tr6s
, , ,
[ S J.a~ as ] 9 n~es~t~~st~d~ZIm~7m~s~st no+ ne~s i tm6zm (s) s l.Q~ s.&.
, , , ,
[ akl. ] 10 trbah~eleI)kall.fornyat n+ trbhakl.+
, , . , , .. . ~
, ,
[ iI)g 1es ] 11 abl~ustedbyenlelespaQyolt n+ b16by~~liI)gles+
12 si.&. st~d~slblnespQy61.&.
~ . , . , . , ,
13 trbahusteobastantet si1 trbhbbstante+
(seis) 8 Cuntas hc:ras trabajamos nosotros? Trabajamos seis horas.
(smas) 9 Necesitan ustedes ms mesas? No, necesitamos ms sillas.

(aqu) 10 Trabaja l en California? No, trabaja aqu.
(ingls) II Habla usted bien el espaol? No, hablo bien el ingls.
12 Hablamos l y yo espaol? S, ustedes hablan espaol.

13 Trabaja usted bastante? S, trabajo bastante.
6.12 DOCE

1 1 don't pronounce very well. No pronuncio muy bien.
, ,..
2 We don't speak much Spanish. nQablamoz !muchQespaQy61+ No hablamos mucho espaol.
, . .. ., . ,
3 When do you aH need the desk? kwandone~esl. tan,ustelies 1eleskritoryo+ Cundo necesitan ustedes el escritorio?
4 Sbe doesn't need anything no.. Ella no necesita nada ahora.
5 1 always take a taxi. Siempre tomo un taxi.
6 Where do you work? Dnde trabaja usted?
7 Do you all speak Spanish? Hablan ustedes espaol?
8 1 haven't worked sDce yesterclay. No trabajo desde ayer.
9 Do 1 pronounce well? Pronuncio yo bien?
, ,..
10 We'll cash the checks later. despwes Ikmbyamo71oschks+ Despus cambiamos los cheques.
11 They almost always speak in SpanisL. Ellos casi siempre hablan en espaol.
TRECE 6.13

UNJT 6 SPOKEN SPANISH
, . , . .
12 We work in a language school. trabhamos ln~nskweladelDgwas~ Trabajamos en una escuela de lenguas.
13 Do you speak Spanish? Habla usted espaol?
Determining which verbs are regular and which are irregular in a language like Spanish is a matter of statistics. When one examines aIl the verbs in the lexicon,
the largest group which has similar changes within a patterned frame is considered regular; other verb patterns are most economically described in terms 01 their deviatioD
from this estabJished norm.
An examination of Spanish verbs shows that the infinitive forms (traditionaIly the 'center' or 'point of beginning' in the verb pattern) can be divided into three
groups, according to what vowel precedes the final I-r I . The three groups can be referred to as I-r 1, l-r1, I
and I-r verbs. The identifying vowel is
caIled the theme vowel, since it recurs in many of the conjugated forms of the verbo That part of the infinitive which remains when the I-Vrl
(vowels plus Ir/)
is
removed is known as the stem.
From among these three subclasses of verbs, the present discussion describes those of the I-rl theme class which are regular in the present tense.
One of the characteristics of regular verbs in Spanish is that person, number, a~d tense categories are signalled by changes in the endings. In regular verbs (and in
sorne irregular verbs) there are no changes in the stem other than the occurrence or non-occurrence of strong stress, which is shifted to the ending for 1 pI forms in the
present tense:
sg pI
1 - O -mos
~
as
2 fam -
2-3 ":a -' an
The importance of the correct placement of strong stress cannot be over-emphasized. As other tense forms are presented where the only difference from sorne of the
forms aboye is a different placement of the strong stress, it will be seen that this feature carries the entire burden of distinguishing the otherwise identical forms. A mistake
in stress placement will more likely lead to misunderstanding than a malpronunciation of several sounds. The results will be every bit as striking as 'Abbot' ,...., 'a bat'
6.14 CATORCE

are in English when stress (and a structurally obligatory, corresponding vowel substitution characteristic of the English phonological pallern) is shifted from the first to the
second syllable.
In the Spanish pallern the/-0/ ending of the 1 sg form is distinct. In the other endings the theme vowel /a/ appears, followed by /-S, -mos, -n/.
These are the regular signals of 2 sg fam, lpl , and 2 - 3 pi respectively; these endings recur in other theme class and tense form pallerns.
6.21.2 The semantic differences between / e s t (o) / and / y /
ILLUSTRATIONS
, ,
1 dondesta~lDQy6 Dnde est el bao?
, ,.
Where is (there) a bathroom? 2 dond~ayumbQy6 Dnde hay un bao?
EXTRAPOLATION
Definite ~st el. .. ]
Indefinite ay un... -1
NOTES
a. /est/ translates 'is'.

b. /y/ lranslates 'there is' or 'isthere?'
QUINCE 6.15

6.21.21 Substitution drill
1 d~nd~;y~n.;t l
___ ~l--
"
2 ak l~S tae 'litro+I
- - - - ~n _ _
3 a*~y~n~s~Qy;rta
la
---
4 d~nd~~y~n~(s)s"l~as

- - - - las
5 ak~~st~nl;7lpiiS
----- un07
1 Dnde hay un hotel?

e~?
Dnde est el batel?
2 Aqu est el libro.

_ _ _ UrL-.
Aqu bay un libro.
3 Ah hay una seorita.

_ _ _ la _
Ab est la seorita.
4 Dnde hay unas sillas?

las ?
t'Dnde estn las sillas?
5 Aqu estn los lpices.

_ _ _ _ un 08_ _
Aqu bay unos lpices.
6.16 DlECISEIS

6.21.22 Translation drilI
1 Where is there a cheap restaurant? d~nd~~ylnrrestor~mb~rt Donde hay un restorain barato?
Where's the cheap restaurant? d~nd;st~lelrrestr~mb~rt6 i.D6nde est el restorn barato?
2 There's a room for you a1l. a~~yIijkw~rtlpar~st~es Ah hay un cuarto para ustedes.
There 's the room for you aU. a~~st~l~lkw~rtlpar~stds Ah est el cuarto para ustedes.
3 There're the empty tables. a~~st~nllazm~s~zd~S~k~pds Ah estn las mesas desocupadas.
There're some empty tables. a~~ylnazm~s~z~;s~k~pdas Ah hay unas mesas desocupadas.
4 There isn't a chauffeur here. nQ~y~nch~f~rlak1~ No hay un chofer aqu.
The chauffeur's not here. n~~st~~lch~f~rlak1 No est el chofer aqu.
, . ,
S Is the pie good? esta~lpastelbwenot Est el pastel bueno?
,. .,
Is there a good pie? ayumpastelbwenot Hay un pastel bueno?
6 Is the hotel around the corner? st~~l~t~ll~l~bw~lt~t Est el hotel a la vuelta?
Is there a hotel around the corner? ~y~n~t~ll~l~bw~lt~t Hay un hotel a la vuelta?
7 The waiters are here already. ~~~st~nll~zm6~s~k1~ Ya estn los mozos aqu.
There 're some waiters here already. ~~yl~n~zm6~~ak1~ Ya hay unos mozos aqu.
DIECISIETE 6.17

8 Where's the apartmeDt with two rooms? D6Dde est el apartameDto COD dos
cuartos ?
Where is there aD apartmeDt with two Dnde hay UD apartamento con dos
rooms? cuartos ?
9 There's a restatn'ant up ahead. a~~d~l~nt~l~y~nrr~strn Ah adelante hay un restarn.
The restaurant's up ahead. a~~d~l~nt~l~st~~lrr~strn Ah adelante est el restorn.
B. Discussion of pallern
When a reference to the location of something is definite, / e s t / is used, with the definiteness marked by the occurrence of a definite artiele. When the refereDce
is nol definite, the uniquely irregular form /y/ (from the verb /abr/ ) is used, usually but not necessarily accompanied by an indefinite artiele.
When the definite reference occurs, the normal agreement for number between subject and verb prevails:
, .
/d~nd~stalas 0)y / Where's the chair?
, .
/dondes tanla(s) s0'yas / Where're the chairs?
but when indefinite reference occurs, there is no corresponding change in the verb farm; / y/ can appear with either singular or pltn'al forms:
/ay~nl~brQ~nl~msa/ There's a book on the tableo
/y~n;sl~br~~nl~ms/ There're sorne books on the tableo
One may be definite in number, but still indefinite in reference. Thus:
/yd~spl~ms lk1/ There're two pens here.
e ompared to: /lsd~spl~ms lstnk1/ The two pens are here.
6.18 DIECIOCHO

6.22 Replacement c1rills
1 kwarto .1. aQ~~~yl~kw~rt~d~s~k~pd6.1.

,
2 akJ. .1. k~~yl~kw~rt~d~s~k~pd6.1.
3 aesokup<'t6s.l. k~~ylnskw~rt~zdesokupd6~.I.
,
4 Sln~az .1. ak~~yln~)s~Q~~zdesokupdas.l.
5 la .1. ak~~st~llas~~~d~S~k~pd.l.
6 bwna.l. ak~~st~llas~1~~bwna.l.
7 nas .1. k~~y lna(s) s~Q~~zbwnas.l.
A All hay una mesa desocupada.
1 cuarto All hay un cuarto desocupado.

2 Aqu Aqu hay un cuarto desocupado.
3 desocupados. Aqu hay unos cuartos desocupados.
4 sillas Aqu hay unas sillas desocupadas.
5 la Aqu est la silla desocupada.
6 buena. Aqu est la silla buena.
7 ____ unas Aqu hay unas s illas buenas.
DIECINUEVE 6.19

B be~ms.lmn~
, . .
1 kwnta~ bamozlakwnt~
2 kyero ~ kyerolakwnt''
3 man~ns'' kyerolazman~ns''
..
, .
4 __dye~ kyrdye~man~nas''
, .
5 b1t1 \1 ts'' kyrodye~b1Q~ts''
,. .
6 --l1lenoz ~ kyr6menozb10~ts''
7 tl')go ~ tI)gomnzb~~tes''
8 Ve..-el_R.
1 cuema. Veamos la cuema.

2 Quiero Quiero la cuema.
3 manzanas. Quiero las manzanas.
4 _ _ _diez __
Quiero diez manzanas.
5 billetes. Quiero diez billetes.
6 _ _ _menos __ o Quiero menos billetes.
7 Tengo Tengo menos billetes.
6.20 VEINTE

e
1 std" k~d~s~~lst4IsQY6r,J.
2 _kyer~ k;ky;r~lstdlsQy6r,J.
3 -~1!i~ ,J. k~d~!i~lstdlsQY6r,J.
4 komo k~m~d~~~lst4IsQy6r,J.
5 __ estan k~mQ~st~~~stds IsQy6rs~
6 sQyrita k~mQ~st~~stdlsQyrita,J.
7 detonde ,J. dd~nd~~~stdlseQy6rita,J.
C Qu desean ustedes, seores?
1 usted, ? Qu desea usted, seor?

2 _quiere _ _ , ? Qu quiere usted, seor?
3 _dice_ _ _ , ? Qu dice usted, seor?
4 Cmo ? Cmo dice usted, seor?
5 _ _estn _ _ , ? Cmo estn ustedes, seores?
6 , seorita? Cmo est usted, seAorita?
7 De dnde , ? De dnde es usted, seorita?
VEINTIUNO 6.21

o
,
_____ poko-
. " ,.. .
1
~ ~okyerQlmpokorteham6n~
2 _________ tomte ~~ky~rQlmp~krt~tmte~

3
______ s opa ~~ky~rQlnas~p~rt~t~mte~
4
____ la ~~ky~rllas~p~d~tmt~
5 _,.,~ebo-------_ ~~~~bllas~p~d~tmte
6 nsotro7 ns~trz IQ~eb~mz Ilas~p~d~tmt
7 __________ le~mbrs~ ns~trz Ir~b~mzllas~p~d~1~9mbres~
D Yo quiero un sandwich de jam6n.
1 poco Yo quiero un poco de jam6n.

2 tomate. Yo quiero un poco de tomate.
3 sopa Yo quiero una sopa de tomate.
4 la Yo quiero la sopa de tomate.
5 _llevo Yo llevo la sopa de tomate.
6 Nosotros Nosotros llevamos la sopa de tomate.
7 legumbres. Nosotros llevamos la sopa de legumbre
6.22

E b~~~b~h~rl~~~lt~lt
1 ~s t~(t~aUnJ.dOS t b~s~h~b~rl~nls;st~ds~n~dst
2 _ _trabahar t b~~~tr~b~h~rl~nl~~st~d~~~n~~st
3 dsean t ds~~ntr~b~h~rl~nl~~st~d~n~d~st
4 embahadat ds~~ntr~h~h~rl~nl~~mb~h~d~t
5 kyere t ky~r~tr~b~h~rl~nl~~mb~h~d~t
6 ___a lmor!i ar t ky~r~~lm~r!i~rl~nl~~mb~h~d~t
7 pdemos t po~~m~~~lmr~~rl;nl~mb~h~d~t
E V. a vivir en el hotel?
1 Estados Unidos? Vas a vivir en los Estados Unidos?

2 _ _ trabajar _? Vas a trabajar en los Estados Unidos?
3 Desean ? Desean trabajar en los Estados Unidos?
.- Embajada? Desean trabajar en la Embajada?
5 Quiere ? Quiere trabajar en la Embajada?
6 ----Jllmorz_ ? Quiere almorzar en la Embajada?
7 Podemos ? Podemos almorzar en la Embajada?
VElNTITRES

1 __ kyero ~
,
2 otl~ noi kyerobuskarunotl~
,
3 el __ ~ no+ kyerobuskarelotl~
, . ,..
4 _ _ petemoz ~ no~ pdemozbuskarelotl~
,
5 S1~ J. si~ pO~m~zb~sk~rl~tl~
. . ,
6 eI)kontrar__~ s~i p~m~~~I)k~ntr~r~l~tl~
7 apartamntos~ si~ pd~m~~~I)k~ntr~rll~s
apartamnts~
F No, pienso buscar un apartamento.
1 _, quiero _ No, quiero buscar un apartamento.

2 _ _ _ _ _ _ hotel.
No, quiero buscar un hotel.
3 _ _ _ _ _ el _ _
No, quiero buscar el hotel.
4 _, podemos _ No, podemos buscar el hotel.
5 S, _
Si, podemos buscar el hotel.
6_ , encontrar _ S, podemos encontrar el hotel.
7 _, apartamentos. Si, podemos encontrar los apartameDtoe.
6.24 VEINTICUATRO

, , .. ,...
A m1ItraY9amelsopa~elegmbrs~ A mi trigame sopa de legumbres.
1 Bring me a sandwich. A mi trigame UD sandwich.
2 Bring me an apple pie. A mi trigame un pastel de manzana.
3 Bring me a tomato saJad. A mi trigame una ensalada de tomate.
4 Bring me a beer. A mi trigame una cerveza.
5 Give me (some) more soup. A mi dme ms sopa.
6 Give me (some) more chopa. A m dme ms chuletas.
7 Hand me an "apple. A m pseme una manzana.
Hay un pastel de manzana que ea muy

bueno.
1 There's an American wine that's Hay UD vino americano que ea muy bueno.
very goOO.
2 There's a school ollanguages Hay una escuela de lenguas que es muy

that's very good. buena.
VEINTICINCO 6.25

3 There's a restauraDt that's Dol Hay UD restor'D que DO es muy bueno.

very ~ooo.
4 There are sorne Americans iD the Hay unos americaDos en el botel que
hotel who are from KaDsas. s on de Kansas.
5 There's a gentleman here who Hay un seor aqui que DO babIa espaol.
doesn't speak Spanish.
6 There're sorne apartments, but Hay UDOS apartameDtos, pero DO SOD

they're not very goOO. muy bueDos.
7 There're sorne peos on the des k, ~y~n~spl~m~slnAlskrit~ryb Hay UDas plumas eD el escritorio, pero
but they're not very goOO. DO SOD muy buenas.
pr6n;s~nlm~ybwnas
Traiga para los dos.
1 Bring (enou~h) for the three (of os). Traiga para los tres.
2 Bring vegetable soup. Traiga sopa de legumbres.
3 Bring more hamo Traiga ms jamn.
, . .
4 Hand me the water. pasemelgw Pseme e 1 agua.
5 Give me more wine. Dme ms viDo.
6.26 VEINTISEIS

6 Gve me tbe bill. demelakwnta Dme la cuenta.
, ., .
7 Let me know tbis afternoon. b1Semestatr~ Avseme esta tarde.
o Qu le pareee si nos tratamos de 't6'?
, .
. , ,. .. .
1 Wbat do you say (if) we speak kelepare~els~blamo~espaQy61 Qu le parece si hablamos espaol?
Spanish?
2 Wbat do you say (in we practice Spanish? Qu le parece si practicamos espaol?
. , . , .
3 What do you say (if) we drink wine? kelepare~elsitomamozbfno~ Qu le parece si tomamos vino?
, . . " .
4 What do you say (if) we take the kelepare~e Isi tomamos.elas (~ens6r Qu le parece si tomamos el ascensor?
e levator?
5 What do you say (if) we come in? Qu le parece s i pasamos ade lante?
6 What do you say (iC) we go Qu le parece si vamos maana?

tomorrow?
7 What do you say (iC) we eat lunch now? Qu le parece si almorzamos ahora?
Tienes razn.
E
1 You're ri~ht, Josepb. Tienes razn, Jos.
VEINTISIETE 6.27

2 You're not right, Joeeph. No tienes raz6n, Jos.
3 Re's right.
,. . Tiene razn.
tyenerra!i6n~
4 I'm right. Tengo raz6n.
5 I'm hUDgry. Tengo hambre.
6 Charles aDd Mary are v.y hUJI8I'Y. Carlos y Maria tieDeD mucha hambre.
7 You're very hUDgry. Ustedes tieDeD mucha hambre.
Mozor La cuenta.
,
1 Missr The check. Se6Cl1'itar La cuenta.
, .,
2 Sir! The book. Se6Cl1'! El libro.
3 Josepbr The pencil. Joa! EII'piz.
4 "aiter! To the right. Mozor A la derecha.

, ,
5 Waiter I Mineral water. mo~~ a9wam1neral~ Mozo! Agua mineral.
6 Madam! To the left. Se6Cl1'a! A la izquierda.
7 CeDtlemeDI Come iD. Se6aresr Adelante.
6.28 VEINTIOCHO

6.24 Review drill (1) - Tbe use of tbe definite artieles witb titles
1 Howare you, Mr. Molina? k~m9~st~~stdlsQy6rmolna~ Cmo est usted, Sr. Malina?
How's Mr. Malina? k~m9~st~l~lseQy~rm~lina~ Cmo est el Sr. Molino?
2 How are you. Miss White? k~mQ~st~~stdlseQy6rithwyt~ Cmo est usted, seorita White?
How's Miss White? k~m9~st~llaseQy6r~t~hwyt~ Cmo est la seorita White?
3 PtJl'. Molino. how's Miss White? Sr. Malina, cmo est la seorita White?
4 Miss Malina, How's Miss White? Seorita Malina. cmo est la seorita
White?
, ,
5 Mrs. Malina. how's Mrs. White? sQy6ram611na~ komQestalaseQyorahwyt~ Sra. Malina, cmo est la seora White?
6 Mrs. Malina. is Mrs. White here? Sra. Malina, est la Sra. White aqu?
7 Miss Malina, is Miss White here? Seorita Malina, est la seorita White
aqu?
8 Mr. Malina, is Mr. White here? Sr. Malina. est el Sr. White aqu?
, ,. ,
9 MI'. Malina. where's Mr. White from? sQy6rm611n~ dedondesllsQyorhwyt~ Sr. Malina, de dnde es el Sr. White?
10 Miss Malina, where's Miss White from? sQY6ritm61~na~ de~~nd~7 IlsQy6r~t~ Seorita Malina, de dnde es la seorita
White?
hwyt~
(1) Review drills will be a regular part of the format oC unit six and subsequent units. They will review and correlate structure points previously presented or will
enlarge on structural details which were not sufficient1y developed. They will usually be translation drills, though substitution and response drills will occasionally be used.
VEINTINUEVE 6.29

UNrr 6 SPOKEN SPANlSH
11 Where're you from, Mre. MoliDa? De d6nde es usted, Sra. Molina?
. . . ,
And Mrs. White? 11aseQyorahwaytt y la seiiora "hite?
12 Mr. Molina, is Mr. White (o) American? Seiior Molina, es else60r "hite
americano?
13 Miss Molina, is Miss White (an) seQyritaml~na~ ~zl~s;Qy~r~t~hw~ytl Seiiorita Molina, es la seiorita "hite
American? americana?
merikanat
NARRATWE 1
1 It's eleven o'clock. Son las once.
2 Jose and John take atable. Jos y Juan toman una meaa.
,. .
3 They want to see the menu. kyeremberelmen~ Quieren ver el IDen.
4 Jose wants to try the pork chops. Jos quiere probar las chuletas de cerdo.
, ~., , . . .
5 He's also goiDg to have a green salad. tambyembakomerln9nsaladaele~mbres~ Tambin va a comer una enaalada de
legumbres.
, . ,
6 Re's very hungry. tyenemuchmbre Tiene mucha hambre.
6.30 TREINTA

7 Juan's going to have a ham sandwich Juan va a comer un sandwich de jamn

with lettuce and tomato. , .. con lechuga y tomate.
lechu9~1tomte
8 Jose and Jobn want a beer. Jos y Juan quieren una cerveza.
DIALOG 1
, . ,
Mozo, dgales 'buenos das' a los seores bw~n621aslseQy6res dseamberelmenut Mozo: Buenos das, seores. Desean
y pregnteles si desean ver el men. ver el men?
Jos, contstele que s, que por favor, y s~lp6rfiL6r~ k~mQ~st~nllschOl~t~z Jos: S, por favor. Cmo estn las
pre~ntele que cmo estn las chuletas chuletas de cerdo?
de cerdo. oe~rJ.
Mozo, c ontste le que estn muy buenas. estnmuybwns~ Mozo: Estn muy buenas.
Jos, pregntele a Juan que qu le parece kl~p~r;~e Ihwn Isiprob~m~s.s6~ Jos: Qu le parece, Juan, si prebamoe
si prueban eso, que Ud. tiene mucha eso? Yo tengo mucha hambre.
hambre. wltQgbn~chmbr~
Juan, contstele a Jos que no, que Ud. Juan: No, yo quiero un sandwich de
quiere un sandwich de cualquier cosa. cualquier cosa.
~~ozo, d~aleal seor (Juan) que qu le kelep~r;~I~ns~~ichdhm~~1 Mozo: Qu le parece un sandwich de

parece un sandwich de jamn con , .. jamn con lechuga y tomate?
lechu~a y tomate. k6nlchu9~1tomt
TREINTA Y UNO 6.31

Juan, contstele que est bien, y que Juan: Est bien. Y una cerveza tambin,
una cerveza tambin por favor. por favor.
Jos, dgale al mozo que a ud. otra, Jos: A m otra, con las chuletas.
con las chuletas.
NARRATIVE 2,
1 John Hkes the sandwich very mucho A Juan le gusta mucho el sandwich.
,
2 It's very good. estmuytwn~ EstA muy bueno.
3 The pork chops are good, too. Las chuletas de cerdo estAn buenas tambin.
4 Jose wants another beer. Jos quiere otra cerveza.
, .
5 So does John. ihwantaP.lbyn~ y Juan tambin.
6 Jose wants to use the familiar 'tu' Jos quiere tratar a Juan de 't'.
with John.
7 John says it's okay. Juan dice que estA bien.
6.32 TREINTA Y DOS

SPOKEN SPANIS8 UNrr 6
D/ALOC 2
J08~, preg6ntele a JuaD que q_ tal

, , .
ketalels~ichlhwn~ J08~: Q~ tal el ..Ddwich, JuaD?
,-w
el sandwich.
Juan, cont~stele que le gusta mucho,

, . ,
mgustamcho~ stmuytwno~ JuaD: Me gusta mucho, est muy bueDo.
que est muy bueno. PreR6ntele a , , y las chuletas, qu tal?
Jos que qu tal las chuletas. ilaschlets~ ketl~
Jos~, contstele que estn muy buenas stnm~ybwnsltambYn~ kyer" J08~: Estn muy buenas tambin.
tambi~n. Preg6ntele si quiere otra Quiere otra cerveza?
cerveza. ~tr~~~rb~~~t
Juan, digale que Ud. cree que si, y que Juan: Creo que si, Y usted tambi~D?
si ~l tambi~n.
Jos~, digale que si, que Ud. tambi~n, J08~: S, yo tambin. Pero, qu le
pero pregnte le que q~ le parece ,. . parece si nos tratamos de 't'?
si se tratan de 't'. sinstrtamozdet~
, ,
Juan, digale que est bien, si ~l quiere. estabyen sitkyeres~ Juan: EstA biensi t quieres
NARRATWE 3
1 JohD Deeda aD apartmeDl. Juan necesita un aputa_.o.
2 8e's goiD8 to look lar 0IIe. Va a buscar uno.
TREINTA Y TRES

3 Jose's going to help JOhD fiDd ODe. Jos va a ayudar a JuaD a eDcoDtrar UDO.
4 Re's going to go with him tomorrow. Va a ir COD l maaDa.
5 Re's going to be busy iD the morDiDg, p6rlamaQy;n~lb~str6kp~dlpr6 Por la maaDa va a estar ocupado, pero
bol not iD the afterDooD. por la tarde DO.
por lat~r(t In6
6 JOhD wants to go at tbree o'clock. hW~~ky~r~~rl~l~strs JuaD quiere ir a las tres.
" ".
7 JOhD likes the hotel where he's ahwanilegust~le16telldondest A JuaD le gusta el hotel donde estA.
slaying.
8 But it's cheaper to live iD aD apartment. Pero es ms barato vivir eD UD ap8aJDento.
DIALOG 3
JuaD, dgale a Jos que Ud. necesita buscar hs~ ne~es~t~lbsk~r~n;p~rt~mnt JuaD: Jos, necesito buscar DO aparta-
UD apartameDto; y preg6Dtele si quiere meDto. Quieres ayudarme?
ayudarle. kyeres.a~uearmet
Jos, dgale que cmo DO, que Ud. le puede Jos: C6mo DO, yo te puedo ayudar COD
ayudar con mucho gusto. mucho gusto.
Juan, pregntele si l va a estar ocupado JuaD: T6 vas a estar ocupado mailanal

maana.

Jos, contstele que por la maana prlm~Qy~n~s1 pr606d~m~sl~r Jos: Por la maana s, pero podemos ir
s, pero que pueden ir por la tarde. por la tarde.
porlatarre
Juan, pregntele que a qu hora. Juan: A qu hora?
Jos, dgale que a las dos o a las Jos: A las dos o a las tres, si te parece.
tres, si le parece.
Juan, dgale que a las tres le parece bien. Juan: A las tres me parece bien.
Jos, pregntele si no le gusta el hotel Jos: No te gusta el hotel donde ests?

donde est.
Juan, dgale que s, pero que Ud. piensa si pr6py~ns~lkzm~zb~r~tl Juan: S, pero pienso que es ms barato
que es ms barato v ivir en un vivir en un apartamento.
apartamento. t iL irem.n,prtmnt
TREINTA Y CINCO 430623 o - 57 - 15

SPOKEN SPANISIl UNIT7
7.1 BASIC SENTENCES. White and Molina look foc an apartment.
John White and Jos Molina leave the restaurant; on the way out they p"ick up a newspaper to check on apartment leads. Theyare
walking over to Molina's car.
,
the car l-awto'' el auto
Molina
This is my car.
, .
estezm.wt6''
Malina
Este es mi auto.
,
old byeho'' viejo
, ,. ,.
It's old, but pretty decente ezhyeholperobw~no'' Es viejo pero bueno.
,
the newspaper el-,:>ryo<!iko'' el peridico
Let's see the papero

, .
., . .
bamos.aherlelpery6diko+ Vamos a ver el peridico.
,
the amount, quantity 1 -k n tid ac:r ~
, . . la cantidad
what a (large) quantity ke-kant1dd'' qu cantidad

,
the advertisement el-nun~yo'' el anuncio
UNO

White , ,. IV/Jite
What a bunch oE ads! kelknti~a4~an6ny6s~ Qu cantidad de anunoios!
,
too much d~masyat!'6~ demasiado
,
too many dmasyac!6s~ demasiados
why por qu
(we) see (to see) vemos (ver)

,
the Eriend l-m1g6'&' el amigo
,
the agency li-ahen~ya~ la agencia
Malina , , ,
dmasyac!6s'' porkenobemosl
. . Malina
Too many. Why don't we see
a friend oE mine who has a , .,. , .. Demasiados. Por qu no vemos
a un amigo mo que tiene una
(rental) agency? (1) Anam1gom1olktyen~unahn~ya'' agencia?
(They go to the .rental agency as Molina suggested. After the introduction oE White and other formalities, th~y inquire about apartments.)
to rent alquilar
Malina , , , Malina
Mr. White wants to .rent an lsAQyorl~s41kilarlnprtament6'' El se or desea alquil.. ,un
apartment. apartamento.
7.2 DOS

,
right now pbr-Aor'' por ahora
,
only sol-l s610
, ,
available~(unoccupied), desbkOpad6-l ds6k6pr-l desocupado (desocupar)
(to vacate)
Agent ,. ,., . Agente

Right now 1 have only two available. prAoralsoloteQgo~6zld6s6k~p46s'' Por ahora s610 tengo dos
desocupados.
,
the building el-ed'if1~Y~ el edificio
,
the field, the country el-kamp-l el campo
One downtown, in the Del Campo

, .. ,. ,
unQenelentrotenAled'if1yold'elkmp+
. . Uno en el centro, en el edificio
building. 'Del Campo'.
without sin
,

t he plece of f urmture
. (2) el-mwebl~~ el mueble
,
the furnitures
, .
lz-mweb le s + los muebles
sinmweblesf White
White
Unfurnished? , , Sin muebles?
mwebla~6-l mweblar-l
furnished (to furnish) amueblado (amueblar)
, ,
Agent no+ mwblad'6'' Agente
No, furnished. No, amueblado.
the month el mes
TRES ,7.3

per month al mes
White White
How much per month? Cuanto al mes?
,
hundred ~yent6'' ciento
,
two hundred ds(~yentos'' doscientos
,
to inelude iljklw1x'' incluir
,
the light l-lu~'' la luz
,
nor n1'' ni
the gas el gas
Agent , .
dos(~yentoslsiniljklw1rllu~1
" Agente
Two hundred not inoluding
electricity, water, or gas. , . . Doscientos, sin incluir luz, agua
ni gas.
agwaln1gs''
White , . , White
And where's the other? id'ondesta~16tr6'' y dnde est el otro?
,
that es~ ese
,
the outskirts ls-fwers~ las afueras
,
big, great grande'' grande
Agent ,. , ,., . Agente

That one 's in the outskirts and esestal~nlafwerast*ezmazgrnde~ Ese est en las afueras y es ms
it's bigger. grande.
7.4 CUATRO

, ,
(to) me (t) suits (to suit) m-k6mbyen~ kombnir~ me conviene (convenir)
White ,. , , ,. White
1 think the first suits me better. kreolkemek6mbyenemasllprimer6+ Creo que me conviene ms el primero.
,. , .
Can we see it? p<1emozberlot Podemos verlo?
,
the key la-t1~ab'' la llave
,
clear, of course klarb'' claro
Agent
Ves, of course, Here's the key.
, , ,..
s1lklr'' ak1tyenelaroyb''
Agente
S, claro; aqui tiene la llave.
(1) The I al a which appears in Ib~mos.~unamgol bemos a un amigo is not to be translated 'to' or in any of the several other
al .
possibilities for the translation of / It only indicates that the direct object of the verb is personalized, that is, either is a person or is
thought of as a persone It will be taken up in detail in Unit 10.
(2) The Spanish word Imw~blesl muebles is an example of a count nonn (a noun that names items customarily measured by number)
which is correlated with an English word 'furniture', an example of a mass noun (one that names items customarily measured by amount). Thus
Imw~blel can be translated only in a roundabout way by saying 'a piece of furniture', since 'a furniture' is an impossible combination o
'a' directly preceding a mass noun. Further discussion and other examples will be presented in Unit 58.
CINCO 7.5

UNIT 7 SPOKEN SPANISII
7.21 Pattern drills
7.21.1 Present tense forma of regular /-r/ verbs
A. Presentation of paUern
lLLUSTRATIONS
, ,..
1 yokreokes~ Yo creo que s.
,
2 kwantoled~bo'' e unto le debo?
, .. . ,
Are learning Spanish? 3 aprende~espa~yolt Aprendes espaol?
,. .. . .,
Do you eat in the restaurant? 4 komes le~elrrestorant Comes en el restarn?
, ,. ,
You eat very Httle. 5 stedkomelmuyp6k~ Usted come muy poc o.
, ..
How much does he owe you? 6 kwantoled~be~ e unto le debe?
7
,
aprndemozm6ch6''
.
We are learning a lote Aprendemos mucho.
7.6 SEIS

How much do we owe you?

, ...
kwantoledebmos~ Cunto le debemos?
8
, ,
They eat together. 9 ~oskome~h6ntbs~ Ellos comen juntos.
, ., .
Do they helieve that? 10 kr~~n.~os.eSot Creen ellos eso?
EXTRAPOLA TION
sg pI
~
1 -O -emos
2 fam -es
2-3 -e -en
NOTES
/-r/ verh endings have the theme la/

a. Where recurring,
l-rl verh endings have the theme lel
h. The endings are otherwise identical.
SIETE 7.7

7.21.11 SabstitUlioD dril..
Number .ubatitutiOD
,
jprend2eSpaQy61''
, .. .
prndemo~espaQy61~
1
, , . .
2 komemospastl''
,
dbbeyntepsos.s.
komopast61.J.
, .
db6mbeynteps6s.l
3
,
k6menmuchop6strA''
, .
k6m6muchop6str.s.
4
,
, .
, ..
5 dibemos..ump6k6.J. deb2Ump6k6''
,

Aprendt1I)916sJ aprenden.1I)91s.s.
,. .
6
,.
7 ~kes'' kr~emoskes1''
1 Aprendo espaol. Aprendemos espaol.

2 Comemos pastel. Como pastel.
3 Debe veinte pesos. Debe n ve iote pes os.
4 ComeR mucho postre. Come mucho postre.
S Debemos un poco. Debo un poco.
6 Aprende ingls. Aprenden ingls.
7 Creo que si. Creemos que s.
7.8 OCHO

SPOKEN SPANISH UNlf7
PersoD Dumber aubstitutioD
"
!i.Q.koIll2~.t.
.
1
, . , .
komt~!''
a11~ya ..
, . , . .
kome~!''
, . .
eO>Jos ..
, ,
ntonYR~o_'' k6memo~1''
, , .
s tec!, -.. komt~!''
aprnd~m6zmuch2ai''
, .
2
!:j., ..
, .
prnd6much2af.t,
1 Yo como alH.
Alicia Come all.

Ellos Comen all.
Antonio y yo Comemos all.
Usted Come all.
2 Aprendemos mucho ah.
yo _
Aprendo mucho ah.
NUEVE 7.9

,
AprndnmuchQa1~
, .
6steetes .1.
, , .
a11,ya .1. pr~nd~much2a.l.
,
..
, .
hwan apr~ndemuch2aJ,
,
,
antonyoetebenelotl.l.
.
3
nosotroz
,
.1.
, ....
debemo~en~lot~lJ,
, , ...
pablo
, ,
~
..
, ....
deben.elotl.l.
debenen.elot61.l.
al1~YR1karmen
,
..
, ...
deb2en.elot61.l.
!lO
Ustedes Aprenden mucho ahi.

Alicia Aprende mucho ah.
Juan Aprende mucho ah.
3 Al'Itonio debe en el hotel.
Nosotros Debemos en el hotel.

Pablo Debe en el hotel.
Alic ia y Carmen Deben en el hotel.
Yo Debo en el hotel.
7.10 DIEZ

SPOKEN SPAWSH UNIT 7
7.21.12 Response drills
, If , ,
komluste!lenelentrot~enelapartam'nt6
1
.. , . . . , .
,
aprendenuste!eslespaQyolt21~gl~s~
k6m2nlentrbJ.
prendm6asp~ydl''
,
, . , ., .
2
,
3 debeneOOyozmuch2top6k6~ d~bmpok6''
,
[enl!1~entr6.&.] 4
, , . ..
dondekomenust6!6s.&.
, ...
k6memosenel~ntr6~
, , ,
ke~prend~lust'~ak1~
, . .
[ spQyo1.J ~prend~espaQy61''
,
[dyiseysp~s6s~]
5
,
kwanto!eb~l''
., , . ,
6 debeI4Yiseysp~s6s''
1 Come usted en el centro o en el apartamellto? Como en el centro.

2 Aprenden ustedes espaolo ingls? Aprendemos espaol.
3 Deben ellos mucho o poco? Deben poco.
(en el centro) 4 Dnde comen ustedes? Comemos en el centro.

(espaol) 5 Qu aprende usted aqu? Aprendo espaol.
(16 pesos) 6 Cunto debe l? Debe 16 pes os.
ONCE 1.11

UNff 7 SPOKEN SPANJSH
, , , .. . , , ,
[l~gumbres~] 7 komeQMa Ihamont n01 k6mlgumbrs~
, , .. , .. . ., , ,
[lApArtamento~] 8 kom~ustedlenelrrestorant n01 k6m2nlapartament6~
, , ., .
, ., , ,
[mucho~] 9 aprenden~05lpok2ak1t n01 Aprndnmuch6~
, ..,.. , . .,. , , . .
10 kome~stedez'muchRensala4at 5i~ kom~mzmuch~ensalda~
, , . .. , , ,
11 aprendelespaQyolt 511 aprndspaQyol~
(legumbres) 7 Come ella jamn? No, come legumbres.

(el apartamento) 8 Come usted en el restorn? No, como en el apartamento.
(mucho) 9 Aprenden ellos poco aquj? No, aprenden mucho.
lO Comen ustedes mucha ensalada? S, comemos mucha ensalada.

11 Aprende l espaol? S, aprende espaol.
7.12 DOCE

1 1 always eat dessert.

, .
y6sye.prelk6mop6str6~ Yo siempre como postre.
, ,. ,..
2 He eats lots of perle chope. elk6.lmuchaslchletaz~e1r~6~ El come muchas chuletas de
. , ,
aprendemozmuch2lak1~
cerdo.
3 We learn a lot here. Aprendemos mucho aqui.
, ,
4 They (f) owe 21 pesos. eroyzld'bmlbeynt~u.p's6s~ Ellas deben 21 pesos.
y6dboltodalakw'nta~
, ..
5 1 owe the whole (all the) Yo debo toda la cuenta.
bill.
, .,
6 Where does she eat? dondekom~~ Dnde come ella?
, ,.,.
7 By the way, where do you eat? aprposit~ dondekom~ust4 A propsito, dnde come Ud?
,. ,.,
8 They'le8l'n very well. eroyoslAprendenlmuybyn~ Ellos aprenden muy bien.
, ,
9 We don't believe that. nOkr~eDlOslso~ No creemos eso.
, , .
10 What do you believe? kekre~lustd~ Qu cree Ud?
, , ,
kOllelllchugat
.
11 Does he eat lettuce? Come l lechuga?
1.13

B. Discussion o pattern
As the extrapolation aboye shows, the pattern fOl /~r/ theme class regular verbs is very ~imilar to that of /-r/
verbs. The
only difference is the appearance of theme /-e-/ immediately after the stem and preceding the person-number indioators, the same places
where the theme /-a-/ appears in /-r/
verb forms.
Stress patteros are identical for /-r/ and /-r/ verbs. Strong stress occurs on the stem in aH forms except 1 pI, where the
first syllable of the ending receives the strong stress.
7.21.2 The demonstratives /ste, se, ak~l/
lLLUSTRATIONS
1
, .
estechekehyah~r6~
,. . Este cheque viajero.
, ., ,
This soup is (tastes) good. 2 estasop~lsthwen~ Esta sopa est buena.
, , . .
These are my cars. 3 es to (s) son Im1s wtos+ Estos son mis autos.
, , . .
1 like these chairs. 4 megustan lesta(s)s!O}Js'' Me gustan estas sillas.
, . ,
S ~I~st~nlaaafweras~ Ese est en las afueras.
, .. , ,
That lad y is Amer ic an. 6 ~seQyor~l~amrlkana'' Esa se ora es americana.
, , ,.
1 don't want those (pieces ol) 7 nokyer21~mwhles~ No quiero esos muebles.
furniture.
7.14 CATORCE

,. ,. . ,
Those ladies are American. 8 esa(s) seQyoras Is 6nAm6rikanas'' Esas seoras son americanas.
,
that over there (m) akej,'' aqul
That's my car over there. 9

, .
akelez.~wt6'' Aqul es mi auto.
,
that over there (fem) ak~a'' aqulla
That lady there is American. 10

..
, , ~
ak~aseQyorl'aamrikana'' Aquella seora es americana.
,
1 Hice, those cars over there. 11 mgustnllk~6awts'' Me gustan aquellos autos.
.
, ,. ,. . .
Those tables over there are 12 ak~az.esaslestandesokup4as'' Aquellas mesas estn desocu-
empty. padas.
EXTRAPOLA TION
near me near you near him (away from us)
sg pI sg pI sg pI
m ste stos se sos akl akQ)yos

f sta ~stas sa sas akQ)ya akQ)yas
NOTES
8. Demonstratives, which are special kinds o adjectives JI have distinct forms for gender and number.
b. Spanish has one set of forms which corresponds to English 'this', two that cOlTespond to 'that'.
QUINCE 1.15

i .21.21 Suhstitution drills

F OI'ID suhstitution
, . .
~esl'sta4esokup'4a~
,
1
st ~
, . . .,
stA.es~lesta4esokup641''
, , .. .
sa ~
, . . .
smesil'sta4esokup4.(.
,
k~a ~ k~aesilesta4esokup4a.(.
, .
elkwart~ezbwn6~
2
ste ~
, .
6st~kwart2Iezbwn~~
..
, .
4se 'skwart~lezbwno.(.
1 La mesa est desocupada.
Esta
Esa
------- _
Esta mesa est desocupada.
Esa mesa est desocupada.
Aquel.!a _ Aquella mesa est desocupada.
2 El cuarto es bueno.
Este
---- Este cuarto es bueno.
Ese
------ Ese cuarto es bueno.
7.16 DIECISEIS


ktSl _
; .
klkwart9Iezbw~n6~
, .
. ,
ls.partamentos'sombartos~
3
,. , .
~sts sts.partamentos Isombarts''
, # ,
~ss ss.prtmentos Isombarts''

, ,. .
kO}Js k~L~~partmentosIsombarts
Aquel _ Aquel cuarto es bueno.
3 Los apartamentos son baratos.
Estos .. Estos apartamentos son baratos.

Esos, _ Esos apartamentos son baratos.
Aquellos Aquellos apartamentos son baratos.
DIECISIETE 7.17

Number substitutioD
, .,. ..
1 traygameselen1jr
..
__________~en1~r6s~
, . ,. ..
traygamesosl~en1~6r6s~
" ,.
dseQ1r'~esahnya
2
. " ,..
ahn~yas deSe21rl~esa~ah6n~yas
------
, , . ,
3 ak~osledif1yoslso~9rnds~
. , .
____ect1f1~yQ ..
, . ., .
kele~1f1~YQlezgrnde
1 Trigame ese cenicero.

_ _ _ _ _ ceniceros. TriKame esos ceniceros.
2 Deseo ir a esa agencia.

_ _ _ _ _ agencias. Deseo ir a esas agencias.
3 Aque 110s edific ios s on grandes.

_ _ _ edifJ.Cio _
Aquel edilicio es grande.
7.18 DIECIOCHO

, . , .
4 st~skritoryos(sombarts~
,
___skritoryo ..
,
steskritorYQ'ezbart6~
..
, .
., ,. .
5 bamo&aberlesospery6dik6s~
______________pery6dik
. , . ., ,. .
bamo&aberJesepery64ik6~
,. ,
6 st_m_e_s_alnQezgrnd+
, . ,. .,
_mesaz + stzmesaz InosoDgrnds''
, . . , ~.. .
7 k~aseQyor2Ie~espaQyla
, . +
,. . ,. ,. .
_ _ _s eryoras ak~a(s) seryoras Ison~spary61as''
4 Estos escrtoros son baratos.

_ _escTltorio ~
Este escritorio es barato.
5 Vamos a ver esos pendicos.
------ perzdico. Vamos a ver ese peridico.
6 Esta mesa no es grande.

mesas _
Estas mesas no son grandes.
7 Aquella seora es espaola.

____seoras ____
Aquellas seoras son espaolas _
DIECINUEVE 7.19

Itero substitution
, .,..
1 kyrprsentarl~laesase~y6ra~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _seQyr~
. , .,..
kyr6pr.sntarl~laeseseQy6r~
, . ,
2 ss4partamentos'sombwnos~
, . ,.,
saaeskwelaslsombwnas+
_ _skwelas-------~
, ., .
demeak~~ozlbr6s~
3
'" , . , .
____________p16ms~ dem~ak~~asplmas+
1 QUIero presentarle a esa seora_

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ seor.
Quiero presentarle a ese seor.
2 Esos apa.-tamentos son huenos

_ escuelas _
Esas escuelas son huenas.
3 Dme aquellos Z"b,os

_ _ _ _ _ plumas
Dme aquellas plumas.
7.20 VEINTE

, ., .
pasemeselpi~
4
____ plm~
, ,. .
pasemesaplm
, , , ...
akelawtQlestadesokupd6~
5
_mesi,
, , ., , ...
~
akexyameSilestadesokupda~
, .
6stasekyonlezgrnd~~
6
, , .
ste41f1Y2Iezgrnde~
____A41f1~Y9 ~
, ., " ...
'T akexyames~lestadesokupda~
____~eskr1t6ryQ ~
,.. , ...
keleskr1t6rY2lstadesokupct~
4 Pseme ese lpiz.

_ _ _ _ pluma. Pseme esa pluma.
5 Aquel auto est desocupado.

_mesa _
Aquella mesa est desocupada.
6 Esta seccin es grande.

_ _edificio _ Este edife io es grande.
7 Aquella mesa est desocupada.

_ _ _ escritorio ---: Aquel escritorio est desocupado.
VEINTIUNO 7.21

7.21.22 Response drill O)
" .,. , . ,
1 kyerestelap1,t~estaplma~ slapi~+
2
" , . , ..
kyerestozlap1~est2esta5plmas~
. ~ssplums~
,
1 Quiere este lpiz o esta pluma? Ese lpiz.
2 Quiere estos lpices o estas plumas? Esas plumas.
O) The implioit spacia! reference of the demonstratives can be most effectively presented by the use of gestores to indicate positiono
Both tutor and the student should independently use /ste/ for items near themselves and /se/ for. tems near each other or away
from both.
7.22 VEINTIDOS

, , ,
[stoz11hrbs~] 3 kekyer~lst~
, , , ,
[stasplumas~] 4 kekyerl ssplums~
, , ,.,. ,. ,
[es] 5 legust~leste11hrot esen6'!' este+
,
[esos~J 6
,
kyer~festozl~brost
, . , . , . ,
esozn est6s+
, , ,. , . , p ~
[esasJ 7 kyer~lestasplumast esazn6 ests~

, , ,.,. ,
[esa+] 8 lgust'estaplumat esan6+ est+
....---------------------- ----------.
(estos libros) 3 Qu quiere Ud.? Es os libros.

(estas plumas) 4 Qu quiere l? Esas plumas,
(se) 5 Le gusta este libro? Ese no, ste.

(sos) 6 Quiere estos libros? Esos no, stos.
(sas) 7 Quiere estas plumas? Esas no, stas v
(sa) 8 Le gusta esta pluma? Esa no, sta.
VEINTITRES 7.23

, ,., o ,., ,
9 zbwenQlesel1brot estet s11 ezmuybwnb
, , o , ,., ,
10 ezbweoQlestel1brof esef si~ ezmuybwno~
, , .
,. ,., ,
esa1 si zmuybwna~
11 ezbwen~lestaplumat
, ,. ,. , ., ,
12 ezbwenlesaplumat estat si+ zmuybwn
,. ,. , . ,. , ,
estosf s11 s6nmuybwnbs~
13 s6mbwenoslesozllbrost
9 Es bueno ese libro? Este? S, es muy bueno.
10 Es bueno este libro? Ese? S, es muy bueno.
11 Es buena esta pluma? Esa? S, es muy buena.
12 Es buena esa pluma? Esta? S, es muy buena.
13 Son buenos esos libros? Estos? S, son muy buenos.
7.24 VEINTICUATRO

7.21.23 Translation drilI
, ,
1 This salad is very 8000. 'st~ensla~~lestmuybw'n~ Esta ensalada est muy buena.
, . .,. , ..
2 Those (over there) gentlemen keQMo(s) seQyores Iab1an.J.l)g 16 s Aquellos seores hablan ingls.
speak English.
, . .
3 That roor;, to the left. ~sekwart2al~J.~kyr4a~ F:se cuarto a la izquierda.
,. .
4 That's my room over there. kelezm'1kwrt6~ Aqul es mi cuarto.
,. , ,
poaemozherlesozmweblest
,. .
5 Can we see those pieces of Podemos ver esos muebles?
furniture?
,. . ,
p as eme s az(})J. b es ~
6 Hand me those keys. Pseme esas llaves.
, .. . , ....
7 That (over there) young lady akeO~aseqyor1t~le~amerikna~ Aquella seorita es americana.
is American.
, .
8 This huilding i8 large. ~st4if1~Y2Iezgrnd~ Este edificio es grande.
,
nkstsek~yonlestmbzmuyokup46s~
, ..
9 In this section we are very En esta seccin estamos muy
husy. ocupados.
, . , .,
ne~es1t~~stoz11hrost
10 Do you need these hooks? Necesita estos libros?
, . .
es~l~zlseQyoramo11na~
,
11 That's Mrs. Molina. Esa es la seora Molina.
VEINTICINCO 7.25

Bu Discussion of pattern
Derronstrati, es are worus which designate or point ouL usually in terms of spatial arrangement. but sometimes in terms of time relation.
They are a special kind o 'i~mitin~? adjectives which ah'vays precede the nouns they modifyo Besides the forms listed in the presentation above,
demonstrati\es indude definite articJes, which have been separateIy presented because of special functiom, that they haveo
Engli3h as \,,"eH as Spanish has words that can be classed as demonstrativeso The EngIish demonstratives provide a relatively rare exam-
pIe of modifier forr;s which change in English for number reference, as the following chart shows:
near far
sg th~s that
pI these those
I
This chan~e in forro i8 caBed 'infJection for number', and an agreement in form with an associated noun is obligatory~ i e,? we cannot say 'these
book' or that a?plesi'. As has already been shown in unit ..L agreement in number between nouns and adjectives in Spanish is almost always shown
by number nHect ion in the adjecti,e just as it is in this one rase in Englishc
The sjJatial contrast in English demonstratives is a t\o\o-way pattern~ near and not near. The Spanish demonstratives~ however 9 have a
three way patterll" near me ne~r you (or a short way ofO, and nar hlm (or a long way off) Thus / ak 1/ implies more distant in space or more
9
remote in time. 'i'his extra distinction, coupled with three distinrt gender forms, gives Spanish an inventory of 15 forms? compared to 4 in English,
as follows
sg pI sg pI
this these that those

-_.
m ste stos se, ak1 sos, ak1)yos

,
f sta stas esa, akQ)ya sas, akCDyas
n sto so ,( akC)yo)
VEINTISEIS

Note that the pattern of the Spanish forms deviates from the normal pattern of Spanish modifiers in one important respecto The regular
pattern:
sg pI
m -o -os
f -a -as
is present except in the m sg forms, where the endings are /-e/ (/ste, se!) or zero (/akl/). A form which has a
final /-0/ appears in the pattern with unmarked, or neuter, gender. The forms /sto/ and fso/ were presented and explained
in Unit 2; /akl/J)yo/, though appearing less frequent1y, occurs in similar patterns.
The demonstratives can occur as modifiers (adjectives modifying nouns) or as nominalized forms (taking the place of nouns). Both
uses are illustrated in the following sentence:
/stelibrQlesmsbartolk~se~/ 'TlJis book is cheaper than that one~
Note that in English the singular forms are not readily nominalized$ so that 6 one' replaces the noun.
The neuter forms almost always occur nominalized, since there are no neuter nouns they can modify.
Spelling conventions have estahlished the practice of marking a written accent on the stressed vowel in masculine and feminine
nominalized forms, except when the letter is printed with upper case type.
VEINTISIETE 7.27

7.22 Replacement dri118
,
~
, .
1 akel kelezm*wtb~
. ,
2 ~erb~~a~ keQ~~ezm~~erb~~
3
,
~
,
.
es~ezm~~erb~~
4
es~
lpi~~
, . .
esezm~lpi~
, .
5 ms~ es~ezm~m~s+
,
6 la +
es~ezlamsa~

7
,
esas
. ~
, . ,
esa(s} sonlazm~ss''

A Este es mi auto.
1 Aqul Aqul es mi auto.

2 cerveza. Aqulla es mi cerveza.
3 Esa Esa es mi cerveza.
4 lpiz. Ese es mi lpiz.
5 mesa. Esa es mi mesa.
6 la_ _ Esa es la mesa.
7 Esas Esas son las mesas.
7.28 VEINTIOCHO

~ , .
B lsQy6rhwayt IdesAlkilar lun.apartamnt6~
, , " JI ..
1 bskar lseQy6rhwaytldsbskarlunapartamnt6~
_seQy6ra,
, , .. . .
2 ~
laseQy6rahwaytldeshskarlun~partamnt6~
, , ~.
3
--------------------
,
_____________ber
mwbls~
_
lseQy6rahwaytlds~abskarlunozmwbles~
, , ..
4 lsQy6rahwaytldsAberlunozmwbles~
, , "
5 maz lseQy6rahwaytldesberlmazmwbles
6 kyre ~ ~
, "
lsQy6rhwaytlkyreberlmazmwbls
, ,
7 los_--- ~ l(~sQy6Ishwaytlkyrmbrlmazmwbls
B El seor White desea alquilar un apartamento"
1
-------
2 -seori::llo8
b~car
----_ El seor White desea buscar un apartamento.
La seora White desea buscar un apartamento.

3 -------------.muebleso La seora White desea buscar unos muebles.
4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ve....
r ----- La seora White desea ver unos muebles.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ms, _
5 La seora White desea ver ms muebles o
6 quiere, _
La seora White quiere ver ms muebles.
7 Los _
Los seores White quieren ver ms muebles.
VEINTINUEVE 7.29

, . ,
e id' ond e s t a ~ 1 t r .!.
, . ".
1 ms-l. idondestalams-l.
, . , .
2 ~sa -l. i~ondesta~sams~
, . , .
3 s i(J\J~ i<!ondes ta~s as <l~~
. ,
4 la_~ ietond es tal as C1~ -l.
o , . , . .
5 seQy6ras~ idondestanla(s) seQy6ras~
, , , *'
6 komo,.. ~ ikoffiQestanla(s) seQy6rsi

-
, . , .
7 el
,. i ikomesta~lseQy6r~
e y dnde est el otro?
1 mesa? ;,Y dnde est la mesa?

2 esa _ _? y donde est esa mesa?
3 ~illa? ;, y dnde est esa s lla?
4 t la _ _ ? (:Y dnde est la silla?
5 seoras? y donde estan las ~eoras?
6 t _ cmo ? Y cmo estn las seoras?

7 t el ? ;,Y COPla est el seor?
'1030 TREINTA

, . ,. .
D kreorkemk6mby~nmaslelpr1mrb
1 6tro
, .
kreolkemekomby'nmasrel6tro~
, .
__________ffiuchQ
,

,. ,.
2 kreolkemekbmbynmuchQle16tr6~
,. ,.
3 gst kreolkemgstamuchQle16tro
"--------
,. ,.
le kreolklgstamuchQle16tr6
4
----------
, , . ,'.
5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _--..IpokQ kreolklegstapokQle16tro
,

, , .
kre~lkelgstpokQle16tr6
6 kre~
------------- , , .
7 kre~lklgstapokoll~6tr
__
. .-._---~
D Creo que me conviene ms el primero.
Creo que me conviene ms el otro.
Creo que me conviene mucho el otro..

Cre o que me gusta muc ho e 1 otro.
Creo que le gusta mucho el otro.

Creo que le gusta poco el otro.
Cree que le gusta poco el otro.
Cree que le gusta poc o la o~ra.
TREINTA Y UNO 7.31

,. , .
E pdemozber lot
. , . ,. , . .
1 buskarlot pdemozbuskarlot
, . , .. , .
2 kyere t kyerebuskarlot
,. . , ,.,
kyerelbuskarlQlotrabet
, , , , .,
4 ____1r t kyer~1rlotrahet
,
________t!.es pwes t
. , , . ,
5 kyer~1rlt!espwest
. , , . ., . ,
6
--_.......
, .
hen1r-----t kyerehen1rlt!espwest
,. ., , .
7 kyerem~ t kyeremben1rJ4espwest
E Podemos verlo?
1 buscarlo? Podemos buscarlo?

2 Quiere ? Quiere buscarlo?
3 otra vez? Quiere buscarlo otra vez?
4 Ir ? Quiere ir otra ve z?
5 despus? Quiere ir des pus ?
6 venIr ? Quiere venir des pus?
7 Quieren ? Quieren venir despus?
TREINTA Y DOS

, "...
F s J.. akJ.tyene IlY~be''
laz
, "..
1
------- ---- .
S1 kJ.tyene IlazC'yhs
2 _ _ _ _ _ _-b10)Jts
, "....
s i kJ. tyene Ilozh1Q~ts''
, , , , . . ..
3 __a1. ~
S 1~ a1 tyene Ilozb1O~ts..
, , , . .
~ a1 tyen~ lumb1(!~tl!~
4
-------um-----
.
S J..''
, , , O'..
si~ a1tyen~Iunamon~a~
5
-----------.;
,
mond
, , , ,.. .
6 _ _ _ _ _--esaz----~ si a1tyen~lesazmondas
, , , ,.
7 . e.<e . I. .
c "h'1 si a1tyen~lesech~k
F S, aqu tiene la llave.
1 _____ las_. S, aqu tiene las llaves.

2 billetes.
S, aqu tiene los billetes.
3 _ ah _
S, ah tiene los billetes.
4 uu.,n _
S, ah tiene un billete.
5 moneda.
S, ah tiene una moneda.
_ _ _- esas _
6 S, ah tiene esas monedas.
7 .....cheque. S, ah tiene ese cheque.
TREINTA Y TRES 7.33

7.. 23 Variation drills
, ~ ,
A zbyeholprhweno~ Es viejo, pero bueno.
, . ,
1 les old but inexpensive< ~zhyeho!prbr3t~ Es viejo, pero ~arato.
2 It 1 s oId but exce liento Es viejo, pero excelente.
,. ,
3 It~s bip; but inexpensive" ezgrande:p~robarato Es grande p pero barato.
, . ,
J. b ' 1 ~ A" t"OS.I
4 Th ey 9re oId but inexpensive, Suffi yenos~erubara Son viejos 9 pero baratos.
, .
5 They're good and inexpensive .. S ombw en oS,lb 2,r t 6s.!- Son buenos y baratos
, .
6 Th ey 9re big and good, sI)grandes.lb w nsi Son grandes y buenos,
, . .
7 They 9re inexpensive and goodQ Son baratos y bnenos.
, . , , . .
B bamos.aherl elpecy6d"ikb~ Vamos a ver el peridico.
, . .,. .
1 Let 1 S go see the apartment bamoaaher!elapartamnt~ Vamos a ver el apartamento
, l'
2 Let 9 s go see the building. bamoaaberleled~fiYO~ Vamos a ver el edificio.

3 Let's go see the rooms.

, . ., .
bamo~aberlloskwrt6s~ Vamos a ver los cuartos.
, . . ,.
4 Let's go get acquainted with the bamoaakono~erlel~~ntro~ Vamos a conocer el centro.
downtown section.
5 Let's go eat in the restaurant.

, . . . , .. . .
bamo~akomerlenelrrestorn~ Vamos a comer en el restorln.
, .. .., .
6 Let's go to work now. bamoaatrabaharla6ra~ Vamos a trabajar ahora.
, . .. , ... .
7 Let's go look fOl' an apartment. bamos,abuskar lun.apartam~ntb'' Vamos a buscar un apartamento.
, . , . ..,.
e p6rkenobemosliUnpm190m1o~ Por qu
mo?
DO vemos a un amiRo
,. , . ..
p6rkenobemoslahos'~
1 Why don't we see Joseph? Por qu no vemos a Jos?
, . . , . .. . .
2 Why don't we eat in the restaurant? p6rkenokomemosle~elrrestor'n~ Por qu no comemos en el
restorn?
, . . ,. .
3 Why don't we eat later? pbrkenokomemozI4espw~s~ Por qu no comemos despus?
4 Why don't we go down in the

, .
. ,.
porkenobahamos
... .
lenelas(~ens6r~ Por qu no bajamos en el
elevator?
5 Why don't we speak Spanish?

, . ,. . .
p6rken2ablamoslespaQy61~
ascensor?
Por qu no hablamos espaol?

6 Why don't we look for another

, .. ,. ,
p6rkenohuskamoslotr2apartam'nt6~
.. .
Por qu no buscamos otro
apartment? apartamento?
, . .,. , ..
7 Why don't we rent another p6rkenQalkl1amoslotrQed1f~y6~ Por qu no alquilamos otro edificio?
building?
, ., . , ...
O solote~9oldozdesokupd6s~ Slo tengo dos desocupados.
, ., . , ..
1 1 only have five availahle. solote~901~1~ko4esokup4s~ Slo tengo cinco desocupados.
, ., ,....
2 1 only have one available. solote~9QlunodesokupdO~ Slo ten~o uno desocupado.
, . . ,.. . .
, ,
3 1 only have one table available. solote~9Qlunamesaldesokupda Slo tengo una mesa desocupada.
, . , , . . , . ..,
4 1 only have one apartment soloteI)99I un.apartamento Idesokupd6 Slo tengo un apartamento
available. desocupado.
, ., , . , . .
5 1 only have one desk available. soloteI)9Qlun~skr1toryoldesokupdo~ Slo tengo un ~scritorio desocupado.
, .,. , ,.. . .
6 1 only have five chairs available. soloteI)901~1~koS10~azldesokupdas~ Slo tengo cinco sillas desocupadas.
,. ,. , ,.. . .
7 He only has two rooms available. solotyeneldoskwartoz Idesokupdos~ Slo tiene dos cuartos desocupados.
7.36 TREINTA Y SEIS

, ,
E ds(~) yentos~sin.iI)klw1r Ilu~t Doscientos, sin incluir luz, agua
, ni gas.
a9wan~gs~
, ,
1 Three hundred, not including tres(~ yentos~sin.iI)klw!r Ilu~t Trescientos, sin incluir luz, agua
electricity, water or gas. , ni gas.
agwan~9s''
, ,
2 Four hundred, not including kwatro~yents~sin.iIJklwirllu~t Cuatrocientos, sin incluir luz, agua
electricity, water oc gas. , .. ni gas.
agwan~gs~
, .
3 Two hundred twenty, not d OS (~ yen t ozbt1 yn te~ s in).I)k lw ir I Doscientos veinte, sin incluir agua
including water oc gas. , .. ni gas.
agwanJ.gs~
, . , .
4 Seven pesos, not including beer syetepsos~sinj~klw!r'~erbe~a Siete pesos, sin incluir cerveza ni
or wine. . vino.
n~bno~
, .
5 Fifteen dollars, not including kJ.n~ed613res~sinJDklwirlel Quince dlares, sin incluir el taxi
the taxi or the tip. , . . . ni la propina.
taks1n11apropna~
, . ,.. .
6 Two hundred dollars without ds(i> yentozctolares Is1nmwbles'' Doscientos dlares sin muebles.
furniture.
7 Three hundred dollars furnished.

, . ,.. . .
trs(i> yentoZc1'olares 'amwebldo.J, Trescientos dlares amueblado.

, , . ,
F es~lst~nla~fwerasl*ezmaz Ese est en las afueras y es ms
grande.
grnde~
, ,.,
1 That one is downtown and is es~lest~n~lientrol*zmazgrnd~ Ese est en el centro y es ms
largero grande o
2 That one is on Columbus , "

es~lst~nlheni~ak61onl*ezmaz
Avenue and is less expensive o
.
harto''
Ese est en la Avenida Co160 y
es ms barato.
" , ~. , ...
3 That one is near the American esesta~erkaldelembhadamer1kna~ Ese est cerca de la Embajada
Embassy. Americana.
,. ,..
4 That one is to the righto esestalader~ch'' Ese est a la derecha.
,. , .
5 That one is to the lefto esestal1iky~rd'' Ese est a la izquierda.
, ,
6 That one is very faro es~lstmuylhos'' Ese est muy lejos,
, ,
7 That one is very good. es~lestmuyhwno'' Ese est muy buenoo
7.38 TREINTA Y OCHO

7.24 Review drill- The distribution of / sr/ and /est~r/
, , ... ,
1 I'm not an American but nosoyamerJ.kno~prQstoy In16s. No soy americano, pero estoy
I'm in the United States. , ~ .
s tados.uni<!bs+ en los Estados Unidos.
, ,. . . . , ..
2 \Ve' re no1 Americans, but nosomos lamerlkn6s+prQestamosl No somos americanos, pero
we 're in the United States. , . .
enls.es ta<!os.und's + estamos en los Estados Unidos.
, ,... ,
elnQe~amerJ.kno~prQstal~nla
3 He 's not an American, but
he's in the United States. , .. El no es americano, pero est
estados.unidos.t. en los Estados Unidos.
, ,
4 They're froro Chile, but Q~(s) s6ndchl.le.t.prQstn.I)klombya.t. Ellos son de Chile, pero estn en
they're in Colombia. Colombia.
" . , ,
5 Carmen 's from Chile, but karmenlzdch11e~prQst~n~lpru1 Carmen es de ChIle, pero est
she's in Peru. en el Per.
,. ,. .
6 They (f) are married, and O\l(s) s6I)ksadas I*estan~I)kalJ.f6rny.t. Ellas son casadas y estn en
they're in California u California.
,.. JI #
7 She's married, and she's in e~skasad'al*esta~I)kallf6rnY'' Ella es casada y est en

California. California.
". . ,
8 He's single, and he's in Cuba. ~ l(s) 561 ter o I*es ta~IJkb.t. Fl es soltero y est en Cuba.
"." ,
9 The hotel is good, and it 's ltelezhwenQlin9stalhs~ El hotel es bueno y no est lejos.
not faro
TREINTA Y NUEVE 7.39

,. ,
10 The buildIn~s are big and 16~4if1~yosls6~grandesl*stan~rka~ Los edificios son grandes y estn
they're near. cerca.
, . ,
11 The restaurant isn 't cheap ~lrrestorn~ nQezbarto! 1-6stmuylhos'' El restorn no es barato y est
and it 's very faro muy lejos.
7.3 CO:'iVERSATION STIMULUS
NARRAT/VE 1
, , .
1 Juan talks with the youn~ hwanlblkonlseQyor1tal
lady
that works in the cashier's , . . Juan habla e on la seorita que
office. ktrbahenlakhA trabaja en la caja.
". ,. '6 .
2 He says he's planing to look eld1~elkpyensalbskaru~apartamnto'' El dice que piensa buscar un
for an apartmen' o apartamento.
, ,
3 He likes this hote L lgustest~otl~ Le gusta este hotel.
..,
4 But it's cheaper living in an prQzmazbarttbibrln~nAprta Pero es ms bar ato viVIr en un
apartment. , apartamento.
ment~
, ,
5 He wants it furnis hedo lokyerxlmwblado Lo quiere amueblado.
'/.40 CUARENTA

, ~ .
6 But if there isn't (one) p~rbsinQaylmwbladot Pero si no hay amueblado,
furnished he'll take , ,.
one unfurnished. tomunos1nmwblsi toma uno sin muebles.
, . , . . ,
7 A friend who works with him nam1golketrahahakon~1' Un ami~o que trabaja con l
in the consular section is ,
going to he lp him. enlsek~y6~knslart en la seccin consular, va a
, .
ha~udrle~ ayudarle.
8 They're going to ~o this , , .

afternoon. bn~1rlestatrd~ Van a ir esta tarde.
, ~ .
9 Juan thinks it's easy to find hwa~lkr~~ksfaiilleijkontrrapart Juan cree que es fcil encontrar
an apartmenL apartamento.
mnto.J.
DIALOG 1
, .. ,..... .
Juan, dgale a la Srta. que Ud. pyensobuska~nppartamntblsQyorta+ Juan: Pienso buscar un aparta~
piensa buscar un apartamento. mento, seorita.
" ;
Srta. s pregnte le s i no le gusta n61gustest~otelt Srta.: No le gusta este hotel?
este hotel.
Juan, contstele que s, es excelente

,
s1s.eks(~ p~rQzmazbartt
;
lent
, .
Juan: S, es excelente, pero es
pero que es ms barato vivir en un , ,
apartamento. bib1rlen~npartment ms barato vivir en un
a partame nt o.
CUARENTA Y UNO 7.41

" , .. . ,
Srta., pregntele si l cree que ste~kre~lksfa~11eQkontrart Srta.~ Ud. cree que es fcil
es fc il enc ontrar. encontrar?
, .. .
Juan, dgale que Ud. cree que s. kreolkes-l- Juan: Creo que s.
, ,. .
Srta . , pregntele si lo quiere amue lokyer~lamwehla~Qtos1nmwbls-l- Srta.: Lo quiere amueblado o
blado o sin muebles. sin muebles?
, . , ,
Juan, c ontstele que le conviene mekmbyenemaslamwhlado-l- Juan: Me conviene ms amueblado;
ms amueblado, pero que si no " , ,. .
hay, toma uno sin muebles. prosinofay1tomQunos1nmwhls~ pero si no hay, tomo uno sin
muebles.
NARRATWE 2
, ,. .
1 It's almost three o'clock. sOI)kas11astrs~ Son casi las tres.
, , ,.... .
2 Jose and Juan go down in the hbse*hwamfbahanen~las(~ens6r~ Jos y Juan bajan en el ascensor.
elevator.
, , , .. .
3 Jose has yesterday's paper . hbsetyen~ llpryod1ko~~a~r'' Jos tiene el peridico de ayer.
, ,.
4 They look at the ad section. benllsk~yond~ann~yos Ven la seccin de anuncios.
, ... .
5 There are many apartments. ymucho~apartamnts Hay muchos apartamentos.
7,.42 CUARENTA Y DOS

, . , .
6 One ad says: 'Three-room nanun~yo4i~ prtmentol Un anuncio dice: 'Apartamento
apartment, furnished, two , ,
hundred a month.' 4treskwrtos~ mwbla4o~ de tres cuartos, amueblado,
,
dos (~yen tos.alms'' doscientos al mes.
, .
7 It's too big for Juan. ~zdemasyadogrndlprhwn Es demasiado grande para Juan.
D/ALOG 2
, ,..
Juan, d~ale a Jos que son so~kas11astrslhos'' Juan: Son casi las tres, Jos.
<casi las tres.
,... ,
tyenezrra~6m''bamos
Jos, dgale que tiene razn,
que 'vamos', y que a esta
hora no hay mucho movi-
, ,. ,
estoralnQaymuchomob1ffiy~nt''
, .. . Jos: Tienes razn, vamos.
A esta hora no hay mucho

miento. movimiento.
, .. .., ,..
Juan, pre~ntele a Jos si lleva Q~ eb asJelperyod1k o4~a~ erf Juan: Llevas el peridico de
el peridico de ayer. ayer?
Jos, contstele que s, que aqu

"
si~ k1~St~ beamoslo~ann~ys~
,.. . Jos~: S, aqu est'. Veamos
est, y que vean los anuncios. los anuncios.
Juan, pre~ntele si ve algo.

"
bes.algof
. Juan: Ves algo?
CUARENTA Y TRES 7.43

Jose, dgale que aqu hay uno:

"
si~ ak*ay6no~ apartamentO/
, . Jos: S, aqu hay uno: 'Apartamento
'Apartamento de tres cuartos, , ,. , . de tres cuartos, amueblado,
amueblado, agua, luz; dos- dtreskwartostmwebla~ot agua, luz; doscientos al mes.
cientos al mes. , ., ,. .
agw at 1u ~ t d" os (~ yen t oS"a lm s ~
, .. , .
Juan, dgale que no le conviene, nomekombyne~~emsyadogrnde~ Juan: No me conviene, demasiado
que demasiado grande. grande.
NARRAT/VE 3
, . , . .
1 Another one says: 'Unfurnished otrod~e+ partamento/S1n Otro dice: Apartamento sin muebles,
apartment, cheap ! ~. , . barato'
mweblest bratot
2 No, Juan wants it furnished.

, , . ,
no1hwanlokyer~lamwebldo+
. . No, Juan lo quiere amueblado.
, , ,
3 Here's a furnished one-l'oom k~lyn~partmentQlamweblad~t Aqu hay un apartamento amueblado
apartment. , y de un cuarto.
id~u1Jkwrtb+
, , ,.
4 But it's a long ways from down- prQestalmuylehoz I~el~ntro~ Pero est muy lejos del centro,
town, almost in the outskirts. , , casi en las afueras.
kas*lnlas~fweras~
, ,.., ,
5 And Juan wants to live downtown. ihwa1Jkyereb1b1rlen~1~entro+ y Juan quiere vivir en el centro.
7.44 CUARENTA Y CUATRO

, ,
6 There are others but they're yotrbs~ prbs6nmuygrnd6st Hay otros, pero o son muy grandes
eithe.r too big 01' they're ,
too far away. 2estnmuyl~hbs~ o estn muy lejos.
, , ..,. ,
7 Jose has a friend who works hosetyen~unam190lktrabahl Jos tiene un am~o que trabaja
for an agency. ...
en.unah~n!iya~ en una agencia.
,
8 They're going to see him. bnAber lb~ Van a verlo.
D1ALOG 3
, ,
Jos, dgale que aqu hay otro: ak*ay6tr~prtmentos1n Jos: Aqu hay otro: ~ Apartame nt o
'Apartamento sin muebles, , .
barato " mwbleztbrato I sin muebles, barato. '
, " ,
Juan, dgale que no, que Ud. quiere n01 kyerQunQlmw~bla~b~ Juan: No, quiero uno amueblado.
uno amueblado.
, ,.,
Jos, dgale que aqu hay uno k1IynQamwehlad01id~uQkwrto~ J os~: Aqu hay uno amueblado y
amueblado y de un cuarto.
de un cuarto.
, . , ,
Juan, pregntele si dice dnde dJ.~e Idondestat Juan: Dice dnde est?
est.
CUARENTA Y CINCO 7.45

, ,
Jos, contstele que si, que en si~ nlabni4aklon~ Jos: Si, en la Avenida Coln, 1621.
la Avenida Coln, 1621. , .
dye~iseyzbeyntyn+
, ,.
Juan, pregntele que dnde estA dondestaso-l. Juan: Dnde est eso?
eso.
, . " ,
Jose, contstele que un poco mpokolehos~ kaslnlaafweras+ Jos: Un poco lejos, casi en las
lejos. que casi en las afueras. afueras.
, .
. , ,.. ~
Juan, dga le que no le e onviene a nomekombyn+ yokyerob~b~rl Juan: No me conviene; yo quiero

Ud., que Ud. quiere vivir en el ,
centro. nl~entro'' vivir en el centron
, , .
Jos, dgale que muy bien, que Ud.
muybyn-l. ~6tijgQnAm~gol Jos: Muy bien. Yo tengo un amig<
, ,. que trabaja en la Agencia
tiene un amigo que trabaja en la
ketrabahlenlhen~ya del Valle; podemos ir a
Agencia del Valle; que pueden
ir a hablar con el.
. , ., ,. hablar con l.
delb~'' p~emo~~rlahlarkon~l~
7.46 CUARENTA Y SE~

8.1 BASIC SENTENCES. Molina tens White about his neighbors' apartment.
After having seen several apartments that were not suitable, Jose Molina and John White return to the hotel to talk it overo
gosh '"
krambA+ caramba
~ ~
(1) r~member (to remembel') rrkwerdb~ rrk6rdr~ recuerdo <&ec<rdar)
Mol~na , , y o Molma.
Gosh p now 1 ~emember. kramba.l. ~orakerrekw6r~o Caramba\ Ahora que n~cuerdo,
~he neighbor el vecino
(they) go (to gol van (li')
lo remove mudar
the hOll.''Je la casa

, . .
to move (one 9 a residence) md:arse-de-ksa~ mudarse de casa
the week la semana
". ,. o,. ,
My nejghbors are going to mizh~lnOzlhanamu~arsel~kas~1 Mis vecinos van a mudarse de
move this wee k.
stas~mna~ casa esta semana.
'" ,
(they) live tto live) bJ.ben~ bib1r~ viven (vivir)
UNO 8.1
,
equal to, the same as igwal-A.!- igual a
They live in an apartment just like mine.

, . "
b1benlen~nftpartamentQligwalalm1o
. Viven en un apartamento igual al
mo.
,
expensive kar~ caro
White , . , . White
Is it very expensive? ezmuykarot Es muy caro?
,
t he c ontrary l-k6ntraryo el contrario
,
00 t he c ontrary l-kbntraryo al contrario
,
the price l-pre~y~ el precio
" ,
had mal~ mal~ mal (malo)
Molina , , " . . Molina

On the c ontrary, the price is oot hado alkontrary~ lpre~yolnQestaml Al contrario, e 1 precio no est mal.
(it) gives (to give) da (dar)

,
to face 00 dar-~ dar a
,
the street l-kaG\J~ la calle
,
the yard, the court, the patio el-paty el patio
White , ., . . White
Does 1t face the street or the patio? dalakaC~et Qalpty~ Da a la calle o al patio?
8.2 DOS

,
pretty bnl. to~ bonito
,
the view l-hJ.5 ta~ la vista
Molina , . , , .,. Molina

The street, and it has a beautiful dalakaO~~ Ii tyn lmuybonl. tab1st~ Da a la calle y tiene muy bonita
vlew. vista.
,
the room l~-bi ta~yon~ la habitacin
White , .
.., White
How many rooms does it have? kwantaspb1taiyones Ityn~ Cuntas habitaciones tiene?
the living room la sala
the kitchen la cocina
Molina ,. , . , .. Malina
A large living room, kitchen and bath. nsl9randetkil.n~ll.kwartodebQyb~ Una sala grande, cocina y cuarto
de bao.
,
the bedroom l-drmi toryo~ el dormitorio
White , ,. ". White

Doesn't it have a bedroom? notyenelaormitoryot No tiene dormitorio?
Molina , ,. , . . Molina
No, but the living room is quite large. n01 prlasl~le7bastantegrnde~ No, pero la sala es bastante grande.
the sofa el sof
TRES 8.3

,
the hed 1a-kama~ la cama
,
the sofa-hed e1-s of a-k m ~ el sof cama
,. , . .,
In mine I have a s ofa-hed. n1arn~atte~gQunsofakm~ En la ma tengo un sof cama.
,
the reality 1-rr~lid:a<t la realidad
it must be, it's probably debe ser

,
c ornfortab le komd~ cmodo
White , , , White
Actually the apartment must be very enrr~li~adtdbsrlmuykomOdQJ En realidad, debe ser muy c6moda
c omfortab le. el apartamento.
lpartmnt~
, ,
(you) come (to come) byens~ ben~r~ vienes (venir)
,
the night l--noche~ la noche
tonight esta noche
so as
(you) see (to see) ves (ver)

, ,
(1) live (to live) b~b~ bib~r~ vivo (vivir)
Molina " ". , .,

prkenobyenes /estanochel
. Molina
Why don't you come tonight and you Por qu no vienes esta noche y
can see where 1 live? " , . as ves dnde vivo?
*Slbez /dondebb~
8.4 CUATRO

to leave, to let dejar

,
to leave me dharm dejarme
White , ,., , White

O.K. Will you let me off at the hotel? muybyn kyerez Ideharm~'en~lotelt Muy bien, quieres dejarme en el
hotel?
,
to have to tner-ke.J. tener que
myself me
, ,
to change myself of (to change kambyarm-rt kambyars cambiarme de (cambiarse)
oneself)
,
the clothes, the clothing l-rrop la ropa
,. ,..
1 have to change my clothes. teQgolkkambyarmelderr6pa~ Tengo que cambiarme de ropa.
to come by pasar
yon ti
at eight (o'clock) , a las ocho

-ls-och6~
Molina ,., , . Molina
Then I'll take yon (to the hoten, and ntones /tO~ebQlipspbrt11~las Entonces te llevo y paso por ti a las
come by for yon at eight. ocho.
6cho
the million el milln
(1) hope (to hope, expect, wait for)

, ,
sper sprar~ espero (esperar)
CINCO 8.5

White , . , . , White
Thanks a mi11ion. 1'11 be waiting unm1a~ondegr~yas~ tspero~ Un milln de gracias. Te espero.
for you.
8.21 Pattern drills
8.21.1 Present tense forms of regular /-ir/ verbs
lLLUSTRATIONS
1
" ,
as1bez Idondeb1bo~
. y asi ves donde vivo.
, ,
I live on the first floor. 2 b1bQl~lprimerpso~ Vivo en el primer piso.
, . , ,.
Do you live on the first floor? 3 b1bes/enelprimerp1sot Vives en el primer piso?
, ,
(you) (fam.) open (to open) abrs~ br1r.l. abres (abrir)
, , . , . ,
Why don't you open another agency? 4 porkenQabres lotrahen~y.l. Por qu no abres otra agencia?
Sube o baja?
, ,
writes (to write) skr1b~ eskrib1r~ escribe (escribir)
8.6 SEIS

,. ,. ,
He writes too much. 6 eleskr1beldemasya~b El escribe demasiado.
, , ,
And so you can see where we live. 7 1s1bez
,.. Id6ndebib1mOS~ y as ves donde vivimos.
, ,
(we) write (to write) eskrib1mos eskribir escribimos (escribir)
, .,.
Why do we write so much? 8 prkeskr1b1mostnt Por qu escribimos tanto?
, . ,
9 b1benle~n~prtamentb~ Viven en un apartamento.
,. ... , .
Are you going up in the e levator ? 10 suben lenelas(~ensort Suben en el ascensor?
EXTRAPOLA TION
sg p!
1 -=o -rnos
2 fam -es
2--3 -e -en
NOTES
a. The pattern for /-r/ verbs dfers from /-r/ only in the occurrence of /-/ as the
theme vowel in 1 pI forms.
SIETE 8.7

8.21.11 Substitution drills - number substitution
,. . . , . .
1 skrib1ffios lenleskwl~ skr1bQlenleskwl~
,. ,. . ,. ,. .
2 b1benllehozdel~ntro~ b1bellehozdel~ntr
, ... .
subQ 'en~las(~ ens6r~
, . ... .
3 Sb1ffiOS len.elas(~ ens6r+
, . , . .
4 noabrelerolbr~ nQabren Iea)libr~
" -,-.
" ,.. ,. , . .
5 bib1mos I() erkad"~aki b1bol~erkad~aki
, . , .
noeskr1bolmcho~ nQeskrib1moz Imch6+
6
, , - - -, - .. , ..
7 sbenlmeno~a6ra sbe Imenos.a6ra~
1 Escribimos en la escuela. Escribo en la escuela

2 Viven lejos del centro. Vive lejos del centro.
3 Subo en el ascensor. Subimos en el ascensor.
4 No abre e 1 libro. No abren el libro.
5 Vivimos cerca de aqu. Vivo cerca de aqu.
6 No escribo mucho. No escribimos mucho.
7 Suben menos ahora. Sube menos ahora.
8.8 OCHO

SPOKEN SPANISH
UNIT 8
Persan - number suhatitution
, . ~
2 ~lskr1bels61QeniQgle~
,
~O.
, .
6skr1bols61~~n1~91es~
,
1 Yo vivo lejos de aqui.
Antonio ~
Vive lejos de aqu.
Alieia y yo_ _. - _
Vivimos lejos de aqui.
Ud. - -.1
Vive lejos de aqu.
Ellos
-------- Viven lejos de aqu.
2 El escribe slo en ingls.
yo _
Escribo slo en ingls.
NUEVE 8.9
UNIT 8
SPOKEN SPANISH
,
k armn...--. ~
, . ,
skr1bels612~i~gles~
,
nsotros ~
, . ,
. --------
skrib1ffios Is61Qni~gles~
,
stedes ~
, . ,
skr1benls61Qni~gles~
, ., ... .P
3 eQ4oaabrenllembaha~a~
, ~. ,
~o. ~
abroll~mbahada~
~ ,. ,
karmen ~
abre Il~embhada..
nosotros
~

, . ,
abr1moz 112embhada
ste~es
, . i
~ . ,
abrenll~embahada..
Carmen ---
Escribe s610 en inglse
Nc&otros _
Escribimos s<Slo en ingls.
Uds. _
Escriben s<S!o en ingls.
3 Ellos abren la Embajada,

yo _
Abro la Emhajada.
Carmen _
Abre la Embajada"
Nosotros _
Abrimos la Embajada.
Uds. _
Abren la Embajada.
8..10 DIEZ

SPOKEN SPANJSH UNIT 8
1
. " ." . , .
,
eskr1h~uste~lenespaQyoltQen~~gls
~
eskrbQeniI)gles~
,
2
,., " .. ". :), . , ..
b~benustedes lenunapartamentotQen~naksa~
~ .
btb1mOslennkasa~
;
,., . eskrbepoko~
J
3 eskr1belmuchQtopko~
~ ." ,. ~..
4 dondeb~benl~6s bJ.ben Ienun.otl~

, , . ~
, ,.
b:tbQ Ian.el~ ntr5
[enl~entrb+J5 dondeb~b~lst~+
, . , ~ .,.. ,ji ~
6 kwantoschekesf~skr~bl~ eskrJ.betrs+
1 Escribe Ud. en espaolo en ingls? Escribo en ingls,

2 Viven Uds. en un apartamento o en una casa? Vivimos en una C$\sa.
3 Escribe l mucho o poco? Escribe poco-
(en un hotel) 4 Dnde viven ellos? Viven en un hoteL

(en el centro) 5 "Dnde vive Ud,? Vivo en el centro-
(tres) 6 "Cuntos cheques escribe l? Escribe tres.
ONCE

, , ,. .. , , , ,
[spQydlJ 7 eskr1ben~stedes lnl~glest noi skriblmos ln~spQYo~~
~ , , , o
, , ,
[aprtamentJ 8 blbe0'y InDnkasaf n b2b~ln~nprtament~
, , , . , , . . .
9 abrelllambahaaf si~ abrel~embahd{
, .. " , . , . , , o o
10 blben~stedes lenlafwerasf si~ biblmos lenlas.afwra s +

, o , e , , , . O
11 suten~0yos Ien.els (5) ensort S J..~ suben Ien.elas (ej ens6r~
(espaol) 7 "Escriben Uds. en ingl&? NO escribImos en espaol.

t
(apartamento) 8 Vive ella en una casa? No, . lve en un apartamentoo
9 Abre l la Embajada? S~ abre la Embajada.
10 Viven Uds. en las afueras? S, vivimos en las afueras.
11 Suben ellos en e 1 ascensor? S, suben en el ascensor.
8.12 DOCE
SPOKEN SPANLSH UNIT 8
8.21.13 TranslatioD drill
, J o
1 We live in an old house G
bib~moslennakasaby~ha~ Vivimos en una casa vieja._
2 They live in a blg apartmeDto

~ . ,.
eO~ozb1benlen~nApartamentogrnde~
, . Ellos viven en un apartamento
grande e
",. ,
3 What time do Lhey open that ak~orahrenlse~if1~YO~ A qu hora ahrren ese edificio?
building?
, 4,:1
4 Where do you live? dondebJ.h~ust~d~ Dnde vive usted?
, , ,.
5 Does he write the ads? eskrJ.belllsanun~yost Escribe l los anuncios?
, . , .
6 When do you write? kwandQeskr1h~ust~d~ Cuando escribe Ud.?
, ."
7 Since when have you alllived dezdekwandob1benlustdeaa!~ Desde cundo viven Uds. ahl?
there?
8 DObS he open the Emhassy?

" ,
abrelll~embahadat
, . Abre l la Embajada?
~" .,.
9 1 go up at eight o'clock. ~osubQ Ialas.ch6~ Yo subo a las ocho~
, ,. . ..
10 They go up at seveno e(1}Jo(s) suben Iala(s) syte~ Ellos suben a las sietec
". , . ,.,
11 They live near a fdend (o) b1benerka 1d:~n.aml.gomJ.o~ Viven cerca de un amigo mio.
mine~
12 1 live in the Uni!ed States..

, .
b1bolenloskstad:o~un1d:os~
, .. Vivo en los Estados Unidoso
13 1 Uve a long ways from the

, ., .
b1bolehozld:el~eskwelad:el~gws~
, ..
Vivo lejos de la escuela-de
language schoolo lenguas.
TRECE
Bo DlSC ussion of pattern
In almos! aIl tense forms other than present tense orms there is no distinction between / - r / and / - i r / theme cIass verb endings~
and they wHI be referred to as/-r-ir/pauernsc The Importan! dHferences are In the theme vowel o the iafinidve and the 1 pI orm o (he
present \:enseo
Below is the complete pattern for regular "erbs in the prebent tense, illu~trated with three common verbs:
abl~r kom-r bl.b-fr
1 &g bl-o km==o bb-o

2 fam bl-as k6m=-es bb=es
2-3 sg bl~a k6m=-e bib-e
1 pI abl~mos koITr-'mos bl.b-=mos

2-3 pi bl~an k60Fen bb-=en
Note that theme class memb6l.'!:lh~p 1 s marktd by the presence o a vowel / a, e ,i/ in aH forms excepr 1 sgo AH 1 sg forms have the
endlDg /-0/
in cornmonc Nol..e also that the person~nurnber endings /-s ,--mos ,-=n/are presem in theil" approprate forms regardless of
what theme vowel precedes them~ Note also that /~r/ and /c=r/ verbs are disdnguished only in 1 pI forms~ where distmct /-e-/
and /-1-/
theme vowels appearo
8.14 CATORCE

8.21.2 The obligatory contractions
lLLUSTRATIONS
, . , , .
1 kyeropresentarl~lalseQyormolna~ Quiero presentarle al seor
. .
Molina.
, .,
2 dalakaO~et Qalpty~ Da a la calle, o al patio?
,
of the, from the del~ del
, . ,. ..
Far from the Embassy, or the 3 lehoz Idl~~mbahadto~elotl~ Lejos de la Embajada, o del
hotel? -- - hotel?
,
4 ~eledif1iyodelkmp~ En el edificio Del Campo.
EXTRAPOLA TION
a de
el al del
la a-la de-la
los a-los de-los
las a-las de-las
NOTES
a. The contractions / al/ and / de 1/ are obligatory on aH style levels of Spanish.
b. Many other contractions occur, but they are not obligatory.
QUINCE 8.15

802L21 SuhstitutinB chilla - number s'Ubstitution
, ,
1 kyrmpresentarl~lalseQyor~
, , ,
.-.. .--=o="""'e-seQYors
.. ~ kyrempresentarl~ll(~seQyores~
, , .
2 l~abedelkwrt~
, ji
l~abe~eloskwrts~
,. .
3 lakas~ Iez<1elo(s) seQy6res~
~~
"
~~_seQy6r~
, . . .
lakas~lez4elseQy6r~
1 Quieren presentarle al seorc

______ ~ __ seoresc Quieren presentarle a los seores ..
2 La llave del cuarto.
_ _ _~ CUO!toso La llave de los cuartos.
3 La casa es de los seores.

_ _ _ _ _ _ seor. La casa es del seor.
8.16 DIECISEIS

~ . ....
4 kyr~ablarl~elo~9partam~nts
___________________apartamnt6~
.. . , ~.. ~
ky~r2blarldelapartam~nt6~
, 9 ~
S ~ebenoslalozrrestorn~s
~ .. , .. . . .
Q~ebenoslalrrestorn
---------rrestorn-i
4 Quiero hablar de los apartame ntos,

_ _-...._. apartame moo Quiero hablar del apartamento"
5 Llvenos a los restoraneso

_ _ _ _.....Jrestorno Llvenos al restorn~
DIECISIETE 8.17

Item substltution
,. . .
1 banal~embuh~a~
____
. otl~
, ..
ban.alotl~
, ..
2 bamos.al~ntro+
___
. ah~n~ya~
, . . .
bamos.alahnya.t.
.? ~ .. 9 ~
3 elotelezdelaseuy6ra
_____________seQyr~
. ,,. "
elbtelez~elseQy6r
.
1 Van a la E mba]ada
_~~__ hotet Van al hotel.
2 Vamos al centro.
_ _ _agenciao Vamos a la t'lgencia.
3 El hotel es de la seoro.
seo"o El hotel es del seorn
8.18 DIECIOCHO

SPOKEN SP ANISH UNIT 8
, . ,.
4 elkwarto IdalakQMe~
, . ,
elkwartoldalptyo~
, ,
5 ky~rbpr~sntarl~lalseQyor~
, , ,
__~__~~~~_SeQy6r1ta~ kyr6presntarl~JlseQyor1ta
4 El e uarto da a la calle o
patw. El cuarto da al patio.
5 Quiero presentarle al seor.
------- seorita.. Quiero presentarle a la seorita.
DIECINUEVE 8.19

802L22 Transl!ltion drill
1 They want to go to too restaurant . .

~ ., .
kyerGn~~lalrrestorn~
.. . Quieren ir al restcrn..
, "" ~.
2 They want to go to the agency. kyeren1rlalahn~ya QUIeren ir a la agencia..
, .
3 They re going to the same hotd., bdnalml.zmotl Van al mifjmo hot.,t
4 This is the key to (of) the:: house '.

, ~ "
est~ez IIM'.labcldelaksa~
.. ~
Esta es la llave de la casa.
, .., , . . .. .,
5 These are the keys to (of) the esta~~onnz~ab~zldelapartamnt~ Estas son las llaves del apartamento.
apartment.
, , 9..
6 Two hundred dollars a (to the) dos(~~yentozdolares lalms~ Doscientos dlares al mes.
month.
, '''' a ,
7 This is Mr. Molina's car (the car of esteaelawtoldelseQyormol!n~ Este es el auto del seor Molina.
Mr. Molina).
, . . , . . ~
8 This is the light hill (hill o the est~ezlakwentaldela16~ Esta es la cuenta de la luz.
light).
9 This is the gas hill (hill o the

, . . ~
estiezlakwentaldelgs~
. . Esta es la cuenta del gas.
gas).
VEINTE

There are many instances of contraction, or telescoping of forms, in Spanish. This is particularly true when two vowels are brought together
at word boundaries. The contraction is usually complete if the two vowels involved are the same. For example, in /d6ndest/ the final l-el
of Idnde/ and the initial /e-/ of lest/ are telescoped in normal pronunciation. A slower pronunciation, however, would be /d6nd~ I
est-l- /.
The two cases of contraction presented aboye are selected for special driU because they are obligatory; / de / and / e 1/ will always be
/ de 1/ ' no matter how slowly pronounced. The two contractions / a 1/ and / de 1/ are the only ones recognized in the writing system - no others,
however they are pronounced, are written as contractions. Note that it is the weak-stressed /el/ 'the' which combines with la/
and /del ;
the strong-stressed / 1/ 'he' does noto
VEINTIUNO 8.21

8..22 Replacement drills
A
, .
b1benlenpn~partamentb~
,
, , ~ ~
1 kasa~ b1benlennakasa~
,
bibl.mos
. ~
, . ,
2 bibl.moslennakasa
,
esta .t.
,. , .
3 bib~mos le~estaksa~
, , o , o
4 ote1.~ bib1mosl~nesteot~1~
,..
, o , o ,
5 trabahamos ~ trabhamoslenest~ot~l~
, , o , o
6 es~ ~ trabhamoslen~s~otl~
, ,. ,..
7 embaha<!'a~ trabhamos lenes~embah4a~
A Viven en un apartamento.
1 casa.. Viven en una casa.

2 Vivimos Vivimos en una casa..
3 esta_~
Vivimos en esta casa.
4 hotel. Vivimos en este hotel.
5 Trabajamos Trabajamos en este hotel.
6 ese _ _ ~
Trabajamos en ese hotel..
7 embajada .. Trabajamos en esa embajada.
8.22
VEINTIDOS
SPOKEN SPANISH
UNIT 8
,
B 'zmuykr6~
,
1 son sbnmuykr6s-l.
. , .
2 ~artos~ s nmuybartos~
3
..
hart~
, .
zmuybart~
,
4 }
byho~ ezmuybyho+
,
5 by ~ s ymuyby~h+
,
6 son ~ sonmuybyhos+
7 hontA.J.
~ , .
zmuybon tA+
B Es muy C!'lF!)~
1 Son Son muy earos

2 ~baratos. Son muy baratos.
3 barato. Es muy barato.
4 e--~ viejo. Es muy viejo,
5 Soy___ Soy muy viejo.,
6 Son~ Son muy viejos.
7 bonita. Es muy bonita.
VEINTITRES
8.23
,. , ,
e elpre~yoln2estamai~
1 'sts ~
,. "
6st6spre~yozln~stanmai~
2
,
_kasa,
. ~
, .
6stakasaln~estamai~
, ,
3 's, .J.
, . , ,
'skasaln~stamai.J.
, ,. "
4 ~eblez '' 6szmweblezln2estanma~
, , , ,
5 _knti<!'ac!, ~ 6sknti<!'ac!ln~estamai
, , ,
6 'st. ~ staknti<!'a4In~estamai''
, , , ,
7 __--imforma~yon ~ 'stiimfrm~yonln2stama1.J.
e El recio no est mal.
1 Estos Estos precios no estn mal.

2 casa Esta casa no est mal.
3 Esa Esa casa no est mal.
4 muebles Esos muebles no estn mal.
5 cantidad Esa cantidad no est mal.
6 Esta Esta cantidad no est mal.
7 informacin _ . Esta informacin no est mal.
8.24 VEINTICUATRO

D
.".
,
ityne'muybon1tabsta~
, . , ,.
1
------- ----
bwena
.
ity~nlrnuybwenabsta
, y ..
2
-------- entrd:a itynelrnuybwen~entrd:a~
!! ,..
:3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _arn1gs i tyne Irnuybwenos.arn1gos

, ,..
4 _tI)go i tI)g Irnuybwenos.arn1gos
. . .
______________~1mforma~yns
, ~.. . .
5 i tI)go Irnuybwena s.1rnf orma~y6ns
, ".
mw~bls itI)glrnuybwenozrnwbls~
6
----------
, . , ,.
7 ______rna 1 oz itI)golrnuyrnalozmwbls
D Y tiene muy bonita vista.
1 _ _ _ _ _ _buena_. y tiene muy buena vista.

2
3
-------
_ _ _ _ _ _ _amlgos.
entrada. y tiene muy buena entrada.
y tiene muy buenos amigos.
4 _ _tengo _ y tengo muy buenos amigos.
5
6
------- informaciones.
muebles.
y tengo muy buenas informaciones.
y tengo muy buenos muebles.
7 malos _ y tengo muy malos muebles.
VEINTICINCO 8.25

, , .
E kwantaslbit~yonestyne~
, .
1 s6n~ kwantas lbita~yoness6n~
,
2 kwartos ~ kwantoskwarto~s6n~
" ,
3 y kwantoskwarto~y
, , /
4 agw kwantagwy~-
, . , . . , .
5 se12yores .. kwanto(s) seQyores.y~
. , . . ,. ,
kwanto(s) se1jyores Itrabhan
6 trabhn
, . , . . ,. .
7 seQyoras kwanta(s) seQyoras Itrabhan
E Cuntas habitaciones tIene?
1 son? Cuntas habItaciones son?
2 cuartos ? Cuntos cuartos son?

3 hay? Cuntos cuartos hay?
4 agua ? Cunta agua hay?
5 seores ? Cuntos seores hay?

6 trabajan? Cuntos seores trabajan?
7 seoras ? Cuntas seoras trabajan?
8.26 VEINTISEIS

,. ., ...,
F kyerezldeharm~len~lotelt
1
,
pwedez
. t
,. ., ...,
pwe~ezl~eharm~lenelotelt
, . ,. ., ..,
2 _ _ _O~ebarm~----_t pwe~ez la~ebarm~ Ialotel t
, . , .. " .. ,.
3
-----------
.,
kasat pwedezIQ~ebarm~lalakasat
, , o,.
4 ______alk1la rm e t pwedeslalk11armellakasat
, ..
_________________apartamentot
, o, o o,
5 pwedeslalkl1arm~lelapartamento1
'0 , o. o .,
6
--------
, .
-------t
Un pwedeslalk11arm~lun~partamento1
,. . ., ....,.
7 kyeres t kyereslalk11arm~lun~partamentot
F Quieres dejarme en el hotel?
1 Puedes ? Puedes dejarme en el hotel?

2 lo llevarme ? Puedes llevarme al hote l?
3 casa? Puedes llevarme a la casa?
4 alquilarme ? Puedes alquilarme la casa?
5 apartamento? Puedes alquilarme el apartamento?
6 un ? Puedes alquilarme un apartamento?
7 Quieres ? Quieres alquilarme un apartamento?
VEINTISIETE 8.27

8.23 Variation drilIs
, . ,.,
A mizb~~1nozlbnm~arsel~ekas' Mis vecinos van a mudarse de casa
esta semana.
estas~mna~
1 My friends are going to move

, . , . ,
miS.am1goz Ibn.am~arse 1<!~apartamentQ I Mis amigos van a mudarse de
lo another apartment this
week. estsemna~ apartamento esta semana.
2 My neighhors are going to

, . ,.,
mizbei1nOz Ibnm<!arsel<!ekwartQI Mis vecinos van a mudarse de
move to another room this
week. stasemn~ cuarto esta semana.
, . , .
3 My neighhors are goi08 to look mizbei1nozlbnbskrlotraks~ Mis vecinos van a buscar otra
for another house. casa.
, . , .
4 My friends are going to rent mi&m1gozlbn~lkilrlotraksa~ Mis amigos van a alquilar otra
another house. casa.
, . , ...
5 My friends are going to work miaam1goz Ib~trabaharlenunahn~y~ Mis amigos van a trahajar en una
in an agency. agencia.
6 My (girI) friends are going

, . , .. . .
mi~am1gazrbnak6merlen~lrrestorn~ Mis amigas van a comer en el
to eat in the resta..-ant. restorn.
, . , .
7 My (girI) friends are goi08 miaam19azlbn~estrk1ImaQyn~ Mis amigas van a estar aqu
to be here tomorrow. maana.
8.28 VEINTIOCHO

, . "
B b1ben/ennapartamentQligwalalm!o
. Viven en un apartamento igual al
mo.
1 They live in a room just

, . ,
b1benlen~ijkwart2Iigwalalm16
, .
Viven en un cuarto igual al mio.
iike mine.
, . , , .
2 They live in a building just b1benlennA~if1~YQligwalalm1 Viven en un edificio igual al mo.
like mine.
3 They live in a hoteL

, ... .
b1b en.en~n.o t1 Viven en un hotel.
4 He lives in the U.S.

, ,
b1beln16aesta~oaun1~6s~
.. Vive en los Estados Unidos.
"
, .
5 1 live in Washington. b1b Qeij'!t s biIJton Vivo en Washington.
, . .
6 We live here. bib1mOS.ak! Vivimos aqu.
, . .
7 We live there. bib1ffiOS.a Vivimos ahi.
VEINTINUEVE 8.29

, . .
e dlakaa~etQalptyo~ Da a la calle o al patio?
, . ...
1 Does it face the street or dlakaQ~etQalaben!~a~ Da a la calle o a la avenida?
the avenue?
,. .
2 Does it face the avenue or dlaben~~atQalptyo~ Da a la avenida o al patio?
the court.
, . ...
3 Does it face 20th Street or dlakO)jebeyntetQalaben1d"a Da a la Calle Veinte o a la
the avenue? avenida'?
, . .., .
4 Does it face Fifth Street or dlak Q.)j ~ ~IJkot QalakaO)j ed6s Da a la Calle Cinco o a la Calle
Second St.? Dos?
,. ...
5 Does it face the living room dlasalatQalako~1n Da a la sala o a la cocina?
or the kitchen?
, . . , ..
6 Does it face the bedroom or dldormitoryotQalkwartodebQY~ Da al dormitorio o al cuarto
the bathroom? de bao?
, . ., ...,.
7 Does it face the American dalembaha~~lamer~kanat Da a la Embajada Americana?
Embassy?
8.30 TREINTA

, , ,.,
O noi p'rblasallezbastantelgrand'~ No, pero la sala es bastante
grande.
, , , . ,
1 No, but the kitchen is no prblako~1nlzbastantelgrande~ No, pero la cocina es bastante
quite large. grande.
, , . ,
no+ prla~ahitaiyones Ismbastantel
.
2 No, but the rooros are quite No, pero las hahitac.iones son
large. , bastante grandes.
grands
, , , , .
3 No, but the view is rather no prol~b1stilzbastante'bwena~ N0 9 pero la vista es bastante
nioe. buena.
, , , , .
4 No, but the street is no+ prblaka~~lezbastantelbwena+ N0 9 pero la calle es bastante
rather nice. buena.
, , , , .
5 Yes, and the Ernhassy is 51+ ilimbaha~'5tbastantelierkt Si 9 y la Embajada est bastante
quite near. cerca.
, "
6 Yes, and the restaurant is 51+ lrr5toranlst~erk+ Si, y el restorn est cerca.
near.
, , ,
7 Yes, and the apartment is 511 *lpartamentQlzbarat~ Si, y el apartamento es barato.
inexpensive.
TRElNfA Y UNO 8.31

, . , ,
E nlamlaltijgQnsofakama~ En la mia tengo un sof cama.
, . ,
1 In mine I have a bed. enlamlaltij9Qnakam~ En la mia tengo una cama.
, . ,
2 In mine I have atable. enlmlaltijgQnmesa~ En la ma tengo una mesa.
, . ,
3 In my room I have a desk. nmikwartoltijgQnkskritory~ En mi cuarto tengo un escritorio.
, . ,.
enlsalaltijgokwatros1Q~as~
4 In the living room I have En la sala tengo cuatro sillas.
four chairs.
, . ,
5 In the kitchen I have a few enlako~lnaltijgQnzmone~s En la cocina tengo unas monedas.
COlns.
, ,
6 In the hotel 1 have a few en~16tellt~ijgQnz~olares~ En el hotel tengo unos dlares.
dollars.
, . ,
7 On the table I have an enlmesaltij9Qn~eni~er~ En la mesa tengo un cenicero.
ash-tray.
8.32 TREINTA Y DOS

, ,
F d~b6s~rlmuykom04Qlelapartm~nt6~ Debe ser muy cmodo el aparta-
mento.
, ,
1 The room must be very dbesrlmuykom6dQllkwrtb~ Debe ser muy cmodo el cuarto o
c omfortab le.
, ,
2 The house must be very dbsrlmuykomodllks~ Debe ser muy cmoda la casa.
comfortable.
, ,
3 The hotel must be very goodo d~bsrlmuybwenQlltl~ Debe ser muy bueno el hotel.
, .,
4 The car must be very cheap. dbsrlmuyharatQllwt~~ Debe ser muy barato el auto.
, ,
5 The kitchen must be very dhsrlmuY9randllakb~1na~ Debe ser muy grande la cocmao
large.
, .,
6 The hote ls must be very dbnsrlmuybaratoz Il~tls Deben ser muy baratos los
cheap. hoteles.
, , .
7 The apartments must be very dbnsrlmuybon1tz Il~prtmntbs~ Deben ser muy bonitos los
nice. a partame nt os.
TREINTA Y TRES 8.33

K24. Review drill - noun-adjective agreement
, .
1 It's abad pene s.naplumamla~ Es una pluma mala.
, .
It's abad book. s.n ll.b r omlO~ Es un libro malo.
, .
2 It's a good chair. s.nsl~~abwn~ Es una silla buena.
, .
It's a good desk. s~nAskritoryobw~n~ Es un escritorio bueno.
, ...,.
3 tyen~nakasabyha~
He has an old house.
, . ..
.., . Tiene una casa vieja.
He has an old apartment. tyen~napartamentobyho~ Tiene un apartamento viejo.
, .
4 It's a good pel!. s~nplumabwn~ Es una pluma buena.
,
It's a good Look. s.n11brobwno~
Es un libro bueno.
, .
5 It's a good table. s.nmesabwna~
, . Es una mesa buena.
It's abad desk. ~nbskritoryom16~

Es un escritorio malo.
8.34
TREINTA Y CUATRO

, , ..
tyen~Unamesabonta
6 He has a pretty tableo
, .. .,. Tiene una mesa bonita.
He has an old desk. tyen~n~Skrltoryoby~ho~ T ie ne un escritorio v ie jo.
, .., .
7 He has an expensive house. tyen~nakasakra Tiene una casa cara.
, ...., .
He has an expensive apartment. tyen~napartamentokro~ Tiene un apartamento caro.
, ...,..
8 1 live in an inexpensive house. b1b~nunakasabarta~ Vivo en una casa barata.
, o. .,
1 live in an inexpensive apartment. blb~npnapartamentobarto~ Vivo en un apartamento barato.
, ...,.
blb~npnakasak6mo~a~
9 1 live in a comfortable house.
, .... . , . Vivo en una casa cmoda.
1 live in a comfortable apartment. blbgen~napartamentok6mo~o~ Vivo en un apartamento cmodo.

NARRATIVE 1
" ,
1 Jose and Juan take a taxi and hose*hwanIt6manntaksI Jos y Juan toman un taxi y van
go see sorne apartments .. , ,
ibn.aber ln6s.apartament6s~ a ver unos apartamentos"
,. ,
2 The taxi costs six pesos, more el taksJ.lkw~staseysp~szIms.6m~ns~El taxi cuesta seis pesos, ms
O!' less. o menos.
, , .. , . .
hose Itynsbl<)umb1')~ eted"~ady~~~ J os tiene slo un billete de a
3 J ose has only a ten peso bill
and Juan sorne travelers checks. , ..
,. .
ihwanlunoschekezbyah~ros~ diez y Juan unos cheques viajeros.
, , ,.
4 The driver doesn't have change. elchoferlnotyenekmbyo~ El chofer no tiene cambioo
, . , . . ,.
5 So he takes the ten, six for the enton~esltomelb1a~eteld~ady~~ Entonces toma el billete de a diez;
trip and foUt' fOl a tip. , " .. .
seyslprelbyah~likwatrodepropna~ seis por el viaje y cuatro de
propina.
D/ALOG 1
.
, .
kwantole<t6b6+
Jos, pregntele al chofer que cunto Jos: Cunto le debo?
le debe.
8.36 TREINTA Y SEIS

,
Chofer, contstele que son sbnseysp~sS'' Chofer: Son seis pesos.
seis pesos.
,., . ,. ,
Jos, pregntele si tiene tyenekambyolpara~ye~t Jos: Tiene cambio para diez?
cambio para diez.
, ,
Chofer, contstele que no, nolseQy6r'' not~~gb'' Chofer: No, seor, no tengo.
que no tiene.
, , ., .
~osolote~golch~kzbyahers''
,
Juan, digale que Ud. tiene Juan~ Yo slo tengo cheques
slo cheques viajeros. viajeros.
, ..
tomeloz~y~~'' kwatro~epropina''
, .. .
Jos, dlgale al chofer que tome Jos: Tome los diez, cuatro
los diez, que cuatro de propina. de propina.
, .
Chofer, contstele que un milln Onmiroyondegr~~ys'' Chofer: Un milln de gracias.
de gracias.
NARRATWE 2
, , , . ...
1 Jose and Juan talk with the h6se*hwanlablaQkonelah~nte'' Jos y Juan hablan con el agente,
agent, a friend of Jose's. , ...
On.aml.goc!ehos~'' UD amigo de Jos.
2 The three (of them) go together

, ,.. ,.
lostrezba~huntoslale~if1~yo~lkmpb''
,
Los tres van juntos al edificio
to the Del Campo building. Del Campo.

3 They go in.
, ..
pasanadelnt~
.
Pasan ade lante
,. .,. ,
4 They like the first apartment elprimerapartamentolkebent El primer apartamento que ven
they see very mucho ,
lzgustamch~ les gusta muc ho.
, ,
5 But, gosh!, it's very expensive. perblkaramba~ zmuykro~ Pero I caramba!, es muy caro.
6 It c osts three hundred a month. kw~s ttrs (~) yen tos.alms Cuesta trescientos al mes.
"". "". " ".

7 And that without including the iesols1n1Dklw1rllgas Iotras Yeso sin incluir el gas y otras
gas and other things.
k6sas~ cosas.
, , .
8 There's another one on the same yotrQln~lm1zmops~ pro Hay otro en el mismo piso, pero
floor, but it doesn't face the " .
street. no<!a
, Ialako.~
,. no da a la calle.
, .
9 They go see it. ban.abr l~ Van a verlo.
D/ALOG 2
, . ,
Agente, dgales que pasen adelante. pasenfc.1'lante~ Agente: Pasen adelante.
, ,
Jos, dgale que le gusta mucho mgustlst~apartmnt~ *ti~
este apartamento. Pregnte le a , . ,
Jos: Me gusta este apartamento.
Juan que qu le parece a l. ketepar~elhwn~

y a ti, qu te parece, Juan?
8.38 TREINTA Y OCHO

, ,.. , ,
stalbastantebonito~ perQlykeberl Juan~ Est bastante bonito, pero
Juan 9 contstele que est bastante
bonito, pero que hay que ver , . "
cunto cuesta. kwantokwesta~ hay que ver cunto cuesta.
, ,., ,
tres (~yentbs~ s J.n1I)k1wJ.r Ie1g as
Agente 9 digale que trescientos"
sin incluir el gas y otras cosas. , . Agente: Trescientos, sin incluir
*otrask6sas'' el gas y otras cosas.

, ,
, ..
Juan 9 digale que caramba 9 que muy, karamb~ muykro~ nomekomby~ne~ Juan~ Caramba, muy caro! No me
car0 9 que no le conviene. Pregn~ , , ., .,.
tele si no tiene algo ms barato. notyen~la1gomazbaratot conviene. No tiene algo
ms barato?
. ,. , ,
Agente, contstele que en este en~stem1zmolpJ.solteIJg6trb'' Agente~ En este mismo piso tengo
mismo piso tiene otr0 9 pero
que no da a la calle.
" .
pronoda I~1akO~'' otro, pero no da a la
calle.
,. , .
Juan, pregntele si pueden verlo. podemozber10t Juan: Podemos verlo?
, . ,.
Agente, contstele que cmo no, komon6~ konmuch09st~ Agente: Cmo no, con mucho
que con mucho gusto. gusto.

NARRA.r/VE 3
1 This other one costs two hundred

, .
~st~otrokwesta14oS(~yentoz
,. ,.
Este otro cuesta doscientos
and twenty five. . .
beynt1~I)k.1. veinticinco.
, .,..
2 The bath is to the right. elbaQYQlestala4er'cha~ El bao est a la derecha.
, ,.,. ,
3 The kitchen isn't very large, but it's lko~1n~lnQezmuygrandelprges La cocina no es muy grande, pero es
conveniente muy cmoda.
k6mo~aJ
J ose thinks that the price is

,
ahsetlepare~elkelpre~yol
, . ,.
4
reasonable. . ,
A Jos le parece que el precio
.
noestaml~ no est mal
, ,.
5 But he realIy doesn't like perQenrr~alidadtnolegsta~ Pero en realidad no le gusta.
it.
, . ,
lzmwebleslpar~nmuybyhos~
6 The furniture looks old, and
there isn't much light. , . Los muebles parecen muy viejos ,
*ypokal~.1. y hay poca luz.
8.40 CUARENTA

D/ALOG 3
Agente~
, . , .
este Ikwstad"6s (~yentozl
digale a Juan que ste
cuesta doscientos veinticincoo . . Agente: Este cuesta doscientos
beynt1~IJko veinticincoo
, o ,
Juan~ pregntele dnde est el d ond es t a ~ 1b QY o Juan: Dnde est el bao?

bao.
, ,
Agente" contstele que ah a la allalacerecha Agente; Ahi a la derecha o
derecha.
, ,.
Juan r pregntele que la cocina ~ ilko~ln~ dondest Juan: Y la cocina, dnde est?
dnde est.
, ",..,
Agente, contstele que aqu est, akl~st nQezmuygrandelperQes Agente: Aqu est. No es muy grande,
que no es muy grande, pero es pero es cmoda.
cmoda. k6m6d~
, ,
Juan, pregntele a Jos que qu kekre~stlhbs'' Juan: Qu crees t, Jos?
cree l.
, . . ,
elpre~yolnQestaml p~r~n
Jos, contstele que el precio no
est mal, pero que en realidad , .., . Jos: El precio no est mal, pero
no le gusta mucho. rr~alid"ad"lnomegustamcho en realidad no me gusta

mucho.
Juan, pregntele que pOI' qu. Juan: Por qu?
CUARENTA Y UNO 8.41

, . ,
Jos 9 contstele que los muebles lozmwebleslpar~enmuybyh6s~ Jos& Los muebles parecen muy
parecen muy viejos, y no hay , . .
mucha luz. inQaymuchal~ viejoss y no hay mucha
luz.
, ,.,..
Juan 9 dgale a Jos que s 9 que en si enrr~41idad~yenezrra~6n Juan: S s en realidad tienes razn,
realidad tiene razn.
.'VARRATIVE 1-
, ,.
1 Mr. Richard Brown Hves in ~lsQy6rrichrbrawmlb1ben El Sr. Richard Brown vive en
this bUIlding. , ..
ested'1fiy este edific io.
, , ...
2 He works in the American ~ltrbahlnl~~mbahadamer1kna El trabaja en la Embajada
Embassy. Americana.
, , ,
3 He has an apartment on the tyen~ lnprtamentQ In.lprimerp~ O Tiene un apartamento en el
first floor. primer pis o.
, .., ,
4 But he plans to move out this propyensamu~ars~lestaseman Pero piensa mudarse esta semana.
week.
, , .
5 The apartment is small, but elapartamentQlspekeQyof
comfortable and inexpensive. ,. .. El apartamento es pequeo pero
prkomo~Q1barto cmodo y barato.
8.42 CUARENTA Y nos

" ".
6 Mr. Brown isn't there now. ls~QyorbrawnlnQesta1a6ra~ El Sr. Brown no est ahi ahora.
7 But the agent has the key.

. ,.. ,
perQ~lahenteltyenela~be~ Pero el agente tiene la llave.
DIALOG 4
Jos 9 pregntele al agente que

, , .,
eDkep1sob1b~lelseQy6rr1charbrwn~
, .
Jos En qu piso vive el
en qu piso vive el seor Sr Richard Brown?
Richard Browno
'0 o o, '0
Agente~ pregntele si el amer;- elamrikanolketrabah~enl~embahadat Agente; El amencano que trabaja
cano que trabaja en la Emba- en la Embajada?
jadao
, ,. e, o
Jos 9 :ontstele que se Que le si~ medihero~lkeb1b~ak1 p~rok Josl: SL Me dijeron que vive aqui 9
dijeron que vive aqu, pero que , o, o o
piensa mudarse esta semana c pyensalmudarsestasemna~ pero que piensa mudarse

esta semana o
Agente 9 dgale que caramba, que

,
karamba~ ty~nrra~on~
"
aora
. Agente, Caramba! Tiene razn,
tiene razn 9 que ahora recuerda.
ahora recuerdoo
, o , ,
Que l esta en el prImer pisoc elestal~n~lprimerp1so El esta en el primer piso.
, , o
y que tiene un apartamento ityen~lnApartamntopekeQyol

pequeo, pero muy cmodo y , ,. .. y t ie ne un a partame nt o
barato. per6muykomo~21barto~ pequeo, pero muy cmodo

y baratoo
Jos 9 pregntele si el Sr. Brown

, .
sta~lseQyorbrawnla1orat
, , -".
Jos: Est el Sr. Brown ah
est ah ahora. ahora?

Agente, contstele que no, pero

,
no
". .
p6r2ak1teijgolaroy6b6~ Agente: No, pero aqu tengo la
que ahi tiene Ud. la llave. llave.
CUARENTA Y CUATRO

9.1 BASIC SENTENCES. White goes to Molina's apartment.
John White and Jose Molina arrive at Molina's apartment.
ENGUSH SPELLING AID TO LISTENING SPANISH SPELUNG
, ,
come in (to come in) pasa~ pasar~ pasa (pasar)
your (yours) tu (tuyo)
Molina
(1) , .. ,. . Molina
Come in. Make yourself at home. pasadelnte~ estas~ntuksa~ Pasa adelante. Ests en tu
casa.
, ,
seat (to seat> syenta+ sentar~ sienta (sentar)
, ,
seat yourself (to sit down) syentate~ sentarse.J. sintate (sentarse)
,
Sit down. syentate+ Sintate.
If'hite White
Thanks. Gracias.
,
like, as komo+ como
, , , . . , .
Will my apartment be like this one? baserlm*apartamentolkomQestet Va a ser mi apartamento como
ste?
, ,
just the same (equal) igwal~ t6+ igwal+ igualito (igual)
UNO 9.1

Malina Malina
Just exactly" Igualito.
,
aH todt>.t. todo
, ,
fixed~ arranged (to fix~ arreglado.t. arreglar.t. arreglado (an-eglar)
to arrange)
White , , " . lO White

This IS a11 very nicely flXed upo estQlstt6dlmuybyenprregld6~ Esto est todo muy bien arreglado.
yet~ sti11 todava

,
to buy k6mprar.t. comprar
Malina , , , . Malina
I sti11 have to buy a lot of t6db1lneestokomprarlmuchask6sas.t. Todava necesito comprar muchas
things. cosas.
,
the soda l-sod.t. la soda
the whiskey
el-w 1
, . .
s k --k on-s 6c! a''
1.
el whiskey
the whis ke y with s oda ,J el whiskey con soda
Quieres un whiskey con soda?
,
the idea lR-i.deAJ. la idea
White White
Good idea. Buena idea.
9.2 Das

who quien
,
the girl l-;nchacha~ la muchacha
the picture la foto

, . ..
Who's that girl in the picture? kyenft~esamuchachaldelaf6tO~ Quin es esa muchacha de la
foto?
how pretty
, .
ke-bon1t-!- qu bonito
, .
She s ure is pretty. kebonita~ Qu bonita!
,
the sweetheart, the la-nobya~ la novia
fance
Molma , , . . Molina
That 's my fiance. You'll have ~zminoby+ tyeneskekono~rla~ Es mi novia. Tienes que
to meet her. conocerla.
, ,
(she) does (to do, to make) a~e+ a~er+ hace (hacer)
, ,
studying (to study) est~and~ st4yar+ estudiando (estudiar)
, .
(she) is studying sta~stu~ynd+ est estudiando
White , ,.,. If' Jute

What does she do? ls she ke~~ sta~stu4yandot Qu hace? Est estudiando?
studying?
, ,
working (to wark) trbhand+ trbhar~ trabajando (trabajar)
TRES 9.3

, ..
(she) lS working es ta-trabahnd.a. est trabajando
,
the se cretary l-skrtary~ la secretaria
Molina Molina
No~ she's working as a secretary. No. Est trabajando como
secretariia.
the wedding la boda

,
to have a wedding tener-b6<t~ tener boda
soon pr~nt~ pronto
White , .. ., ,. , . White
Are we going to have a wedd ing bamo~atenerhodalprontot Vamos a tener boda pronto?
soon?
, ,
(we) have (to have) ems~ ber-~ hemos (haber)
, ,
decided (to decide) de~i41d~ de~idir~ decidido (decidir)
(we)'ve decided emoz-'!e~l.d<t'' hemos decidido

,
the date l-fech~ la fecha
Molina , ,. ..,. . Molina

y es ~ but we haven't set the date s11 prlnQemOzde~1d1dollafchl S~ pero no hemos decidido la
yet. fecha todava.
t<tb~
,
the man l-ombr'' el hombre
CUATRO
Wh~te , ".,. White

Boy, chis is a good whiskey! ombri kebwenQestal~ste~ski~ Hombre! Qu bueno est este
whiskey.
, ,
drinking (to drink) bbyend~ bber~ bebiendo (beber)
,
(you) are drmking estaz-beby~nd~ ests bebiendo
~ , , .
What are you drinking? itu1 kestazbebynd~ y t qu ests bebiendo?
,
the 'cu~a lIbre' 1-1<b -11.bri el 'cuba libre'
Molina , . Molina
A 'cuba libre'. I)kuba1bre~ Un 'cuba libre'.
,
to you te" te
the lo
(3)
the o, the matter 01 lo de
,
tu~ tuyo
, " .. , . . , , ..
John, what do you say we go see h\'Ja"D+ ketepare~e IS1bar.\os.aber I Juan, qu te parece si vamos a
about your apartment? , . ver lo del apartamento tuyo?
lde1prtmeototyi
, ,
(we) return (to return) blbems~ blber~ volvemos (volver)
, .
We'll come back latero dspwe~holbms
Despus volvemos.
CINCO 9,,5

(1) This expression, 'You are in your home', is paralleled by dozens of similar ones. Thus if you admire a man's car, he's likely to say,
'It's yours'. This is a polite formula, of course.
(2) This express ion is like many expressions referring to food combinations where in English two components are linked by and - whiskey
and soda, bacon and eggs, chicken and rice - but in Spanish they are linked by con - whiskey con soda, huevos con tocino, arroz con pollo.
The construction /lo-del-apartamnto-tyo/ is an example o a very important grammatical process in Spanish. This
(3)
process~ which will be further explained and drilled in Units 33 and 35, is called 'nominalization.' Stated in simple terms 'nominalization' means
the functioning as nouns by items which normally are not nouns. Thus /10/ ,usually a special kind o adjective, in this construction functions
as a noun and is itself modified by the phrase /del-apartamnto-tyo/. A /10/
literal translation of is very difficult to devise in
English, but it implies 'the matter, the business, the idea previously mentioned: Thus the construction /lo-del-apartamnto-tyo/
is translated in a rounoabout way as 'about your apartment.'
9.21 Pattern drills
9.21.1 The irregular verb / abr/ and regular /-dO/forms: in the present perfect construction
ILLUSTRATIONS
, ,.
1 ~6~a IIQekom1d~ Yo ya lo he comido.
,. , . .
1 haven't thought about the visa. 2 nQepensadQlenlab1sa~ No he pensado en la visa.
(you) have (to have) has (haber)
, . .,.
Have you already eaten it? 3 ~alQaskom~dot Ya lo has comido?
9.6 SEIS

,. , .
y ou haven't been here this week. 4 nQas~stad9akil~stsemna~ No has estado aqu esta semana.
(you) have (to have) a (haber)
, .
, .,., .
Have you lived on that street? 5 bibJ.<!Qustec! len..esakaQ)~et Ha vivido usted en esa calle?
, . ,
Have you waited long? 6 ~spera~omuchot Ha esperado mucho?
, ,.. , . .
7 si~ prOngemOzdej16J.dolla S, pero no hemos decidido la fecha
, todava.
fechalt6etabia~
,. . ,.
We haven't looked for a house. 8 nQemoz Ibuskac!oks~ No hemos buscado casa.
(you) (pI.) have (to have) han (haber)
, ..
,. ., .
Have you dec ided on the date? 9 andeiJ.dJ.dO/lafechat Han decidido la fecha?
, . .
They haven't straightened up the 10 nQan/arregldQlelaprtmnto~ No han arreglado el apartamento.
apartment.
SIETE 9.7

EXTRAPOLA TION
abr /~o/ form

-r ~r,-ir
-do -ido
sg
1
2 fam s
2-3 (c)
kom-ido
pI abl-do
1 mos b1b--1do
2-3 n
NOTES
a. The perfect construction consists of a conjugated f~m of the verb /abr/ plus the /~o/ form of the verbo
b. /-d O/ forms in perfect constructions are uninlected (do not change their endings); in other constructions, functioning
as mooifiers, the ;-d O/ forros do inlect (change their endings) for number and gender.
c. A variant / y/ occurs as a distinct form not participating in the present perfect construction.
9.8 OCHO
9.21.11 Suhstitution drills - person.umber suhstitution
~ ~
1 ~QelprenddomuchQlk~
, ,
karmen ~ prendidmuchQlk~
, , , . ,
karmen.J.~o ~ emoslprnddomuchQlki~
~
,
sted ~ prnd1domuchQlk1~
, ,
e('l~os ~ n~prnd1dmuchQlak1~
1 Yo he aprendido muc ho aqu.

Carmen _
Ha aprendido mucho aqu.
Carmen y yo - _ Hemos aprendido mucho aqui.
Ud. _
Ha aprendido mucho aqu.
Ellos _
Han aprendido mucho aqu.
NUEVE

2
, . ,
ntonyo/nQa~~kontra~oksa+
. ,.
, ,. ,.
~o + n~e~kontra~oks+
,. ,. , , .
karmenllntonyo + n2 an /eQkontradoks+
, .
nosotroz ----------+
, . ,
n2emOs/~Qkontradoks+
.
,
stedez
. +
, , .
n2anl~kontradoks+
, ., ., ,.
~o~amb~b~d2IQ~~tambyn+
3
, .,
ntonY2 / ~~o +
, , .
~mozbib~dQ/M~~tamby~n+
,
sted +
, , .
bib~d2/aa~1tamby~n+
2 Antonio no ha encontrado casa.
Yo
--------- No he en contrado casa.
Carmen y Antonio
---- No han encontrado casa.
Nosotros
------- No hemos encontrado casa.
Uds.
--------- No han encontrado casa.
3 Ellos han vivido all tambin.
Antonio y yo _ Hemos vivido alH tambin.

Ud. _
Ha vivido alH tambin.
9.10 DIEZ

,

, . ,
~o
bib1~QlaDy1tamby~n
, , , .
karmen bib~~QlaDy~tamby~n
, ., , .
ntonYQ1pablQlntrbaha~op6ko
4
,
~o
, .
~trabha~op6k
,
karmen
, .
trabha~op6ko+
,
ste~es
. ..
,
ntrabaha~op6k6+
.
,
nosotros
, .
~mbs'trbaha~op6k
yo _
He vivido alli tambin.
Carmen _
Ha vivido all tambin.
4 Antonio y Pablo han trabajado poco.

yo _
He trabajado poco.
Carmen _
Ha trabajado poco.
Uds. _
Han trabajado poco.
Nosotros _
Hemos trabajado poco.
ONCE 9011
, o ,
5 nosotrosl~moskom1d~emasydo~
lw1 s a
, .
, o
km1d~emasydb~
, , ...
~o ~
~kbm1d~emasydo~
, ., , ...
antonyQ1pablQ ~ ~k6m1d~emasyd6~
,
eO~as ~
, ...
ijkom1d~emasy~o
5 Nosotros hemos comido demasiado.
Luisa _
Ha comido demasiado.
you--- _
He comido demasiado.
Antonio y Pablo - - - - - _ Han comido demasiado.
Ellas - _
Han comido demasiado.
9.12 DOCE
Construction suhstitution
, . ,
Problem: prnun~ya ImuybynJ.
, . ,
Answer: prnn~yadolmuybynJ.
Problem: PronuncUJ muy bien.
Answer: Ha pronunciado muy bien.
TRECE 9.13

1
"
nobuskoksa.J.
. ,. ,.
nQebuskadoksa~
, o , . ,
trabahamozldemasy~6t ~m~strabahadoldemasya~6~
2
, o
node~dens~
, / ..,
n~ande~~d~dQ~s.J.
, .
3
,
4 kre~t6d~ kr~dot6d6~
, o... , ..
5 alk11Qunab1ta~y6n~ ~lkilad~nab1tay6n''
,. ... . ~m(s)b1dQ
, ...
'enelas (~) ens6r~
.
sb1mos' en.elas(~ens6r~
6
7
,.
komenlasla.J.
. , .
km1dQlenlasl.J.
1 No busco casa. No he buscado casa.
2 Trabajamos demasiaclo. Hemos trabajado demasiado.
3 No deciden eso. No han decidido eso.
4 Cree todo. Ha cre ido todo.
S A lquilo una hab itac in. He alquilado una habitacin.
6 Subimos en el ascensor. Hemos subido en el ascensor.
7 Come en la sala. Ha comido en la sala.
9.14 CATORCE

, . ,.,. ,
stedeslnabladot~aDkom!do~ ms.blad''
1
,. ,.,. .
eO}Jos Imbbl.dotQantrabahdo~
2
, ,., . ,
3 ellbahado1asubd~ Sb1.d6''
, ,.,..
4 stedlbladotQatrabahd6
, " . , ,
[n1nrrstbrah~ ] 5 dond~akoml.dQ I C''J~ n;nrrst6rn~
, , , , . ,
[laskrtary~J 6 k6Dkyenlabla~Qusta~ knlskretary~
1 Uds. han hablado o han comido? Hemos hablado.

2 Ellos han be bido o han trabajado? Han bebido.
3 El ha bajado o ha subido? Ha subido.
4 Ud. ha hablado o ha trabajado? He trabajado.
(en un restorn) 5 Dnde ha comido ella? En un restorn.

(la secretaria) 6 Con quin ha hablado Ud.? Con la secretaria.
QUINCE 9.15

,
, , . , .. , . ~
n~1 ;~k~ntr~d~~d~lmuykr~
[karo~J ~~kontrad~stedltodobaratot
,
7
, . , . ..,. , ,., ,
n01 emoslalkiladQlnprtmentb~
[partament6~J 8 nalkiladQ~stedeslunakasat
, , , o o , , ,
nAbladQ~oslenespaQyolt no1 nbladQe~~gl~s
[i~gls~J
,
9
, '0' . ,. , , ,. ,
[bwena~J 10 a~stadomalallasopat no1 a~stadolmuybw~n~
, o , , , ,
11 ~stadQUstedlnsmfrani1skot sJ. sJ.estd6~
, ,. , o , " , o ,
12 ntrahhadQustedezlmuchot si~ ~mostrhhadoldemsyad~

, , , , , o
13 hib1dQellmpnamat S1~ S*ab1b1do~
(caro) 7 Ha encontrado Ud. todo barato? No, he enc ontrado todo muy caro.
(apartamento) 8 Han alquilado Uds. una casa? No, hemos alquilado un apartamento.
(ingls) 9 Han hablado ellos en espaol? No, han hablado en ingls.
(buena) 10 Ha estado mala la sopa? No, ha estado muy buena.
11 Ha estado Ud. en San Francisco? S, s he estado.

12 Han trabajado Uds. mucho? S, hemos trabajado demasiado.
13 Ha vivido l en Panam? Si, s ha vivido.
9.16 DIECISEIS

9.21.13 TranslatioD drill
, .
1 They haveD't come yet. ~~o~nQambenidltdabia~ Ellos no haD veDido todava.
, " ,
2 We haveD't remembered aDythiDg. nQemoz Irrkrdad Int~ No hemos recordado nada.
, . ,. ...
3 Y ou all have left everythiDg stedeslndehdtodolparamaQyna~ Uds. han de jado todo para
foc tomorrow. maana.
. , . ,,.
~stadQustedlench11et
4 Have you beeD iD Chile? Ha estado Ud. en Chile?
"
bib1dQellijkubat
, .
5 Has he lived iD Cuba? Ha vivido l en Cuba?
, , .,.,
6 1 haveD't been in that part of nQestadQlenesapartl4elpr~ No he estado en esa parte del
Peru. Per.
7 We 've reDted a very pretty

, "" .,
emo~alk11adQlnakslmuybon1t~
, .,
Hemos alquilado UDa casa muy
house. bODita.
, ''''
8 Where has she eateD? dond~akom1dI~}j-l- Dnde ha comido ella?
,,, ,. ,
9 They haven't iDcluded that iD ~~OZ InQan1ijklw1dQls2nlakw'nta~ Ellos DO haD includo eso en la
the biil.
cuenta.
, " ,
10 She hasn't gODe up yet. ("~ InQasub1d Itdbi-l- Ella no ha subido todava.
, "'" '" ,
11 r ve worked here two years. etrabahadOlak1Ido~Qybs~
,.. He trabajado aqu dos aos.
DIECISIETE 9.17
The verb /abr/ lS extremely irregular. In the present tense it has no stem 9 appearing only as a set of endings with erratic theme
vowels le-al and the regular person ~number endings /-S,
-mOS, -n/.
/abr/ shares with /tenr/ the range of meaning covered by the English verb 6 have s, though they are not diffic ult to
/tenr/ means 6have hold
differentiate; 9 9 possess'9 while /abr/ is the equivalent of 6have' in sentences like 61 have eaten'.
The /-dO/form of the verb can be constructecl by adding /-do/ (theme /--/ plus /-dO/ ) to /-r/ verbs, and
/-do/ (theme /-1-/ plus /-dO/ )
to /-r, -ir/ verbso The /-dO/ form is more or less equivalent to the -ed form of
English verbs (peeped, begged, headed). Thus the construction equivalents are these:
rve finished,
There are a number of irregularly formed /-dO/ forms which will be collected and drilled in Unit 440
In the present perfect construction, as indeed in a11 verb constructions, only the first verb is inflected ({orerson, number, tense).
Thus /abr/ is inflected, but the /-dO/ form is noto (However. see Unit 10 for other constructions the /-dO/ forms appear in).
The present perfect construction in Spanish is used, although with much less frequency, in much the same way as the corresponding
construction in English.
There is a variant of the 2 - 3 sg / a/ which occurs frequently without an accompanying /-do/ formo This variant, / y/
'there is, there are 9, occurs with no Durnher agreement with the verb, as the douhle translation 'there is, there are' would suggest.
9.18 DIECIOCHO

9.21.2 Possessives .. fuIl forms
A. Presentation oE pattern
lLLUSTRATIONS
, ., . , . ,
1 pbrkenobemosln~m1gom1+ Por qu no vemos a un amigo mo?
2
,
elgustQe7m~o+
. ,
El gusto es mo.
,
om~) nwestr6+ nuestro
, ... .
,
She's a neighbor of oms. 3 esunabei1nanwstra+ Es una vecina nuestra.
, . , .
They're friends of ours. 4 so~am1goznwstros+ Son amigos nuestros.
, . . , , .
5 bamo~aberlldelaprtmentot~6+ Vamos a ver lo de 1 apartamento tuyo.
,. , .
This is yom clothing. 6 est~ezllarropat~a+ Esta es la ropa tuya.
, ,. , ,.
These books, Miss. Are they 7 estozlJ.bros IsQyr1t~ sonsu~ost Estos libros, seorita, son suyos?
yours?
, , , .
This car, gentlemen. Is it yoms? 8 est~awto IseQy6res.!- e(s) su~ot Este auto, seores, es suyo?
,
his su~o+ suyo
, , ,..,.
Mr. Smith wants a large house; his 9 lseQyorsmJ.~lkyer~unakasa9rnde+
, El seor Smith quiere una casa grande;
family is coming tomorrow. , ., la familia suya viene maana.
lafamJ.lyasu~albyenelmaQyn+
DIECINUEVE 9.19

their(s) suyo
, .. .
, ,. ,. .
nokonoiemos IAl(s) sIJyoresk1nterot No conocemos a los seores
We don't know the Quinteros, hut
we have a hook of theirs.
10
,. , . . Quintero, pero tenemos un
prtenemoslun11bros~o~ lihro suyo.
EXTRAPOLA TION
Reference: sg pI
m1o(s) nwstro(s)
1
-a(S) -a(s)
2 fam
tyo(s)
-a(s)
2-3 Syo(s)
-a(s)
NOTES
a. Possessives are a special kind of adjective, and like other adjectives, they agree in nurnher and gender with the noun they modify.
h. There are forms for singular and plUl'al reference, hoth of which have singular and plural forms independently agreeing with the noun
modified.
c. There are different forms that can he correlated to person; the 2 - 3 forrn /sYO/ is cornrnon to singular and plural reference.
9.20 VEINTE

9.21.21 Substitution drills - forro substitution
, .
1 st~awtQezm1
, .
_____ s~b steawto
, . " , le(s)sq''
, . ,
~st~awtQeznwstr
------nwstr
2
,
stozmwebles
. . Ison~6s
; . .
______________sys+ ~stzmwebles Isons~6s~
" .
stzmwebles!so(~nwstrs
------.-:nwstrs+
1 Este auto es mo.
_ _ _ _ suyo. Este auto es suyo.

_ _ _ _nuestro. Este auto es nuestroc
2 Estos muebles son mos.
, suyos, Estos muebles son suyos.,

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ nuestros .. Estos muebles son nuestros.
VEINTIUNO 9.21

, .
stkas~ezm1~
3
_____s~~
, .
s tkas~e(s)s~
, .
---_......nw~str~ stkas~~znwstr~
,. .
4 stzmonedas Isonmias~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _5 ~ as
,. .
stzmonedastsonsyas
,. .
stzmbnedas'so~nwstrs~
--------nwstrs~
3 Esta casa es mia.
_ _ _ _ _ suya.
Esta casa es suya.
_ _ _ _ _ nuestra.
Esta casa es nuestra.
4 Estas monedas s on mas.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _suyas.
Estas monedas son suyas.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ nuestras.
Estas monedas son nuestras.
9.22 VEINTIDOS

5
,
~st~telezm1+
.
_____S~+
, .
st~6tele(s) s~+
, .
-------nw~str+ st~6teleznwstrb+
5 Este hotel es mo.
_ _ _ _ _ suyoo
Este hotel es suyo.
_ _ _ _ _ nuestro.
Este hote 1 es nuestro.
VEINTITRES 9023

Number substitution
, .
'~t6b~etezm16~
1
,
____b i~etes_~
. ,. .
~st6zbi~eteslsonm1os~
,
'stmone~ezm~
.
2
,. .
~stAzm6ne~as'sonm!as~
, .
~stcheke(~s~6~
3
,. .
6st6schekeslsons~~s~
1 Este billete es mo.
----billetes E8toe billetes 80B mios.
2 Esta moneda es ma.
-monedas-. Estas moaedas SOB mlas.
3 Este cheque es suyo.

---s:heques Estos cheques son suyos.
VEINTICUATRO

, .
4 sdif~~YQ~znwstr~
,
,,. ,
S stzO~abeslsons~as~
, .. , .
-0~abe ~ st~abe(s) s6~~
4 Ese edl.fi:io es nuestro.
_ edificios _ Esos edificios son nuestros.
5 Estas llaves son suyas.
----llave _ Esta llave es suya.
VEINTICINCO 9.25

,. .
6st~sfotoslsoinw6strs+
6
, , .
6stafot2leznw6stra+
___fo t 2;-------+
,.
6sts()enieros fsonmbs+
.
7
, , .
______~eni~er2 + 6st.,6ni,er2Iezm~
6 Estas fotos son nuestras.
_ _ foto _
Esta foto es Daeslra.
7 Estos cen'ceyos son mos.
_ _ cenicero _
Este c:eaieero es mio.
9.26

Item substitutioD
, ~
1 skase(s) s~a~
/'
" ~
__prtmentQ ~ s~prtmentQess~6
, -
2 st~6teleznwstr~
, , .
__ hen~y ~ stheny;eznwstr.l-
---kosas------~
,
4 st~awtezm~
, .
_ _kas , stkasezmi-l-
1 Esa ca",a es suya,
~partamento Ese apartamento es suyo.
2 Este hotel es nuestro,

_ _a~encia
~sta a~encia es nuestra.
3 Estos muebles son suyos.

_ _ cosas
Estas cosas son suyas,
4 Este auto es r.1o

_--casa _ _
Esta casa es ma.
VEINTISIETE 9,27

,. .
stza~abesrsonm!s~
5
__~peryod1kos
, .. ~
..
, .
'st6sp'ryod1koslsonm6s~
., .
~stoz11broslso~nw~str6s
, .
6
___
, . .
s1Q~as ~
'stA(s)S1~as Iso6inw6stras~
, .
7 stakas~ezma~
, .
st6dif1~y~ezm6~
5 Estas llaves son miase

_--f'peridicos _ Estos peridicos son mios.
6 Estos libros son nuestros.

----13illas, _
Estas sillas son nuestras.
7 Esta casa es mia.

_edificio, _ Este edificio es mio.
9.28 VEINTIOCHO

9.21.22 Response dflll

, , ,. ,
1 stllbro~ ezm10SU~O~
,. . (s) sU~''
,
, ,
2 st7.mne~s SOnm1a~OSU~as~ s6nsu~s~
,
, .,. , ,
[su~~J 3 dkyen!e~esellbr'' ~Zm1+
, ,. , ,
,
[suy+ ] 4 d~kyenleaesaplum~
, '" . ,
Zffi1
,
5 dekye~~on~stoz11bros sonsu~os''
, , .. . , . , ,
nd zml.o+
[Su~+ ] 6 ezmlQesellbrot
1 Este libro, es mo o suyo? Es suyo.
2 Estas monedas, son mas o suyas? Son suyas
.,
(suyo) ,:) De qui n es ese libro? Es mo.
(suya) 4 De qui n es esa pluma? Es ma.
(mos) 5 De quin son estos libros? Son suyos.
(suyo) 6 Es mo ese libro? No, es mo.
VEINTINUEVE

, , . . ,. ,
no~
,
e(s) su~ a~
[m1a~ ] 7 (s) su~~e5tapluma1
,
[m1s] 8
,. , ,.
56n5u~aslestazmone~a5t
..
, . , .
9 ~su~Qes~awtot
10
".
56nsu~oslesoz11hrost
,. , . ,
5~
,
5bnm16s~
,. ,. .,.
11 5onsu~a5le5azmone~a5t
,. , . .,.
12 5onm1a5le5tazmone~a5t
13
,. , ,
5onm105le5toz11bro5t
. . , ,
5i~ 5bn5u~65''
(mla) 7 Es suya esta pluma? No, es suya.

(mas) 8 Son suyas estas monedas? No, son suyas.
9 Es suyo ese auto? S, es mo.

10 Son suyos esos libros? S, son mos.
11 Son suyas esas monedas? Si, son mas.
12 Son mas estas monedas? Si, son suyas.
13 Son mos estos libros? S, son suyos.
9.30
TREINTA

, ,. , .
1 These books are ours. es t071J.bros I50(0) nw~s tros.l- Estos libros son nuestros.
, . ,. , .
2 That old house is ours. esakasatyeh~le7nwstr~.l- Esa casa vieja es nuestra.
, .. ., .
3 This apartment is ours. est~apartament9Ie2nwstro Este apartamento es nuestro.
, , . , , .
4 Whose (of whom) is this book? dekyen.es.es te lJ.br e(s) su~ot De quin es este libro? Es
ls it yours? suyo?
, ,.,.
5 Is that pencil his? e(s) SU~Q Iese lap~~t Es suyo ese lpiz?
, , .,.
6 Is this pencil mine? e7m1Qlestelapl~t Es mo este lpiz?
, . .
7 Those books are mine. sozllbros Isonmis Esos libros son mos.
, . .
8 These books are his. stzllbros Isons~6st Estos libros son suyos.
,. .
9 These coins are mine. sta7m6nertas lsonmas Estas monedas son mas.
, . ,. .
10 These things are ours. estaskosas Iso~~nwstrAs Estas cosas son nuestras.
, .
II That pen is yours. sapbJr.19,le(s)s!jtt Esa pluma es suya.
TREINTA Y UNO 9.31

Possessives differ in meaning and association from other adjectives in that they have reference to person and number. No other adjectives
have these features of similarity to pronouns and verb forms. Yet the possessives are definitely adjectives, because each form inflects for number
and gender to agree with the noun modified. One should not: confuse the number of reference, which involves selection of one form or anot:her
(/mo/-/nws trO/)with the number of agreement, which involves the omission or addition o an ending (/mo/ - /mos/). The first
choice is a matter of what one wishes to say; the second is a matter of adjective agreement, and given the noun there is no choice in the number
and gender of the possessive (or anl other adjective). Likewise /lbro-syo/ can mean 'his book' or 'her book' (or 'your book'). The form
/sYO/ does not change to /Suya/when it means 'her,' rather only when it modifies a feminine noun, as /ksa-sya/, which can mean
'his house' or 'her house' (or 'your house'). As in the case of any other adjective, the appropriately agreeing form is obligatory.
The possessives usually appear in their full forms in a position immediately after the noun they modify, or after the verb /sr/. Both
variant form and a special construction in other positions are presented in Unit 11.
The forros of /sYO/ can refer to the English equivalents 'your (sg or pl), his, her, its, their'. Unless the context clearly indicates
another reference, however, the most frequent reference is 'your (sg)'. If the contextual reference is not obvious other constructions are usually
used (presented in Unit 13}10 avoid any ambiguity. Thus the chart in A above could be modified as follows:
._-
Reference sg pI
1 mo nwstro
2 fam tyo
( syo)
2 for syo
3 ( syo) (syo)
When these forms follow a noun they are similar to, and translated by, an English construction consisting of noun plus 'of' plus the long
forro of the possessive. In the equivalent Spanish construction there is no relator corresponding to 'of'. Thus 'a book of mine' is translated to
/un-lbro~no/ and English speakers have to remember not to translate the English 'of'.
9.32 TREINTA Y DOS

9022 Replacement drills
, , . , , .
A bserlffi*apartmentolkomQestet
, .. , 1'.'''.
1 _ _ _----:k as a ~t bserlmikasalkoffiQestat
, , to , ,
2 _____s,-=- t bserlskasalkoffiQesta1
". "",,,,,
3 bn_ _-_~ t bnserlsskasaslkomQestat
, , J) ". ..,
4 eskritoryo~ t bserls~eskritoryolkornQestet
, " , , " , , ..
5 ese1 bserls~eskritoryokomQese1
~--------------- , , . . . . , . " ,.
6 __~_b e~ :Lno s ~t bn1serlszb~:Lnoslkomgese1
, , .; tI' ..
7 _ _ _ _ _5 ek ret ary a.~ t bserlssekrtaryalkornQesat
A Ya a ser mi apartamento como este?
(, casa ? Ya a ser mi casa como sta?
:2 su ? G Ya a ser su casa como sta?
3 Van ? Yan a ser sus casas como sta?
4 escritorio ? G Ya a ser su escritorio como ste?
5 se? Va a ser su escritorio como se?

')
6 vec mos Yan a ser sus vecinos como se?
7 G secretaria ? Ya a ser su secretaria como sa?
TREINTA Y TRES 9.33

,. , . ".
t6d:abJ.a Ine~es1.tolk6mprar Imuchask6ss
B
,. , . ,
un todab1alne~es1toJkmprarlnak6s~
1
--------------
, ,. , . ,
ber todab1alns1toberlnk6s.l-
2
-----------
_ -__yke
, ,
todab1~lykberlnk6s.l-
3
, ,
todab1~lyk~~erlnk6sa~
4
.
trabho
, ,
todab1~lyk~aerluntrabho
o
5
---------------
___________
,
.{,
, " . o
6 ~mucho t6~ab1lyk~aierlmuchotrabhb
, " . o
7 ____ pw<tQ tbdb1alpwdQa~erlmuchotrabh~
B Todava necesito comprar muchas cosas.
1 una Todava necesito comprar una cosa.
2 ver Todava necesito ver una cosa.
3 hay que Todava hay que ver una cosa.
4 hacer Todava hay que hacer una cosa.
5 trabajo. Todava hay que hacer un trabajo.
6 mucho Todava hay que hacer mucho trabajo.
7 puedo Todava puedo hacer mucho trabajo.

, . ,
e esttrabhandolk6msekrtary
; ,. ,
1 stet1s sttrbhandolk6mQsteds~
~--------- ,. ;
2 kn sttrbhandolkn~steds
;
3 _blando stbl~nd~lkn~st~ds
4 esty st6Ybl~nd~lknPst~ds
, ,. ,
5 ste(t+ st6yblandolknstea
6 de,.. + est6Ybl~nd~ld~st~a
, , . ,
7 szbeil.ns+ st6yblandoldszb~~nbs+
e Est trabajando como secretaria~
1 ustedes. Est trabajando como ustedes.

2 con Est trabajando con ustedes.
3 _ _hablando Est hablando con ustedes.
4 Estoy Estoy hablando con ustedes.
5 usted. Estoy hablando con usted.
6 ..d Estoy hablando de usted
7 sus vecinos. Estoy hablando de sus vecinos.
TREINTA Y CINCO 9..35

, , ,
D bmos.atnerlbodaprontot
, , ,
1 bs t b~atenerlbodaprontot
, . t
, , . ,
b~atenerlkasaprontot
2 kasa
, , , ,
k6mprar t
bs,komprar Ikasaprontot
3
4
.aorat
, ,
, ,
bs,kmprar Ikasaorat
, , ,,
bn t bn.kbmprar Ikasaorat
5
,
t
, , ,
bnAkmprarlalgQaorat
.
algo
6
, , , . ,
7 ai er t bn~ieralg~laorat
D Vamos a tener boda pronto?
1 Vas ? Vas a tener boda pronto?

2 casa_ _? Vas a tener casa pronto?
3 comprar ? Vas a comprar casa pronto?
4 ahora? Vas a comprar casa ahora?
5 Van ? Van a comprar casa ahora?
6 algo_ _ ? Van a comprar algo ahora?
7 hacer ? Van a hacer algo ahora?
TREINTA Y SEIS

, 41 , . . ~
E noemoz Idesdldollafechltdba~
"
________na<1"a,~.
'" , . , . ,
.1- nemozld~~idJ.donadltebi
1
____trab had"o
, ~
i
, . , , .
2 nQemosltrabhadonadltdb~
, , " . ,
3 _ _e ~ i nQeltrbhaaonaaltdba~
, , . , , .
4 much~ i nQeltrbhadomuchltcb
, . , , , .
5 _~stdyado----_--_ _i nQel~styadomuchltab~
, , , . ,
6 _ _ an, i nanlstdyadomuchlt~b
, . ~
, , . ,
7 komJ.dO . nQaDlkomld"omuchltdbi
E No hemos decidido la fecha todava.
No hemos de ~ idido nada todava,
No hemos trabajado nada !:odava_
No he trahajado nada todaviav

No he trabajado mu~ho todava_
No he estudiado mucho todava,

No han eEtudiado mucho todava,
No han ~omido mucho todava~
TREINTA Y SIETF;

UNIT 9
SPOKEN SPANISH
~
~
F kebwenQestl~st~1ski~ , ,
1 ks~ kebwen~estl~stksa~
, ,
~sts kebwenaaestnl~staskss~
2
- , ,
3 s6n ~ kebwena(s)
, , s6n I~stskss~
,
4 ~alas ~ kemala(~s6nlstskss~
, ,
5 11bro~ kemalos
, ,.. lstlbr
~
6 soz ~ kema16{s)
, , s6n I~sozlbrst.
7 skiy6n~ kemal~esl~ssk~y6n
Qu buena est esta casa!

Qu buenas estn estas casas!
Qu buenas son estas casas!
1Qu malas son estas casas!
Qu malo es este libro!

Qu malos son esos libros!
Qu mala es esa seccin!
9.38
TREINTA Y OCHO

9.23 Variation drill
,. .
A stas~entuks~ Ests en tu casa.
1 Y ou~re in your bedroom. Ests en tu dormitorio,
2 Y ou ~re in your room. Ests en tu cuarto..
3 Y ou~re in your hotel.. Ests en tu hotel.
,. 3. "
4 Y ou're in your apartment. s tasent~apart2mnt.!- Ests en tu apartamento..
". ..
5 You're in your building. sta~ent~ed1fi~y6.!- Ests en tu edific io"
l. " 4
6 You 're in your restaurant. eS tas:enturres torn.!- Ests en tu restoran
, .
7 Y ou 're in YoW' car. s tas;en t'lwt Ests en tu auto.

, ,.
B tO<t~ Iestbyen.arreg1'etb.l.
. Todo est bien arreglado.
, ,. .
1 The patio looks very neat. elpatYQlestbyenprregl<t~ El patio est bIen arreglado.
, ,
2 The apartment is unoccupied. elaprtmentQlest<tes6kupa~6'' El apartamento est desocupado.
, ,
3 The desk is unoccupied. eleskrltorY2Ist<tes6kpa~'' El escritorio est desocupado.
, ,. .
4 The kitchen looks very neat. lk~1nlstbye~rregl~'' La cocina est bien arreglada.
, ,. .
5 The house looks very neat. lkas~lstbyenarregld'' La casa est bien arreglada.
, . ,
6 The rooms are unoccupied. lskwartos lestndsokpa~s'' Los cuartos estn desocupados.
, . ,
7 The houses are unoccupied. lskasas lstndeskpa<ts'' Las casas estn desocupadas.
9.40 CUARENTA

, .. , . . ,.
e kyere~uD~lskllkonso~at Quieres un whisky con soda?
1 Would you like a whisky and

, .. , . -"
kyere~UijW1Skllkonpgwamlneralt
... ,
Qui eres un whisky con agua
sparkling water? mineral?
2 Would you hke a 'cuba libre'?

,., ,.,
kyeres~ijkuballbret
. Quieres un cuba libre?
, .. ,. ..,
3 Would you like a-ham sandw;ch? kyeres~nSaij~lChldehamonf Quieres un sandwich de jamn?
, . " .... ,.
kyeres~naerbeia1 Quieres una cerve za?
4 Would you like a Leer?
, ... ~. ,."
5 Would you like a howl of kyereslunasopa Idele~umbrs'' Quieres UDa s opa de legumbres?
vegetahle soup?
, .... , .... " .

6 Would you like a pork chop? kyeres~nachuletatde~erdot Quieres una chuleta de cerdo?
, .... ,. ,.,.
7 Would you hke a tomato salad? kyere~unensaladaldetomate1 Quieres una ensalada de tomate?
CUARENTA Y UNO 941

,. ,..
,
D kyensslesamuchachaldelaf6to~
. .. Quin es esa muchacha de la
foto?
1 Who is that young lady in

,. , .. , .... , ..
kye~slesamuchachaldelasek~yo~konsulr~ Quin es esa muchacha de la
the consular section?
seccin consular?
,. ,.. , . . . .
2 Who is that young lady from kyeneslesamuchachaldel~embahda~ Quin es esa muohacha de la
the Embassy? Embajada?
3 Who is that young lady ID

,. , .. , .. ,
kyen~slesamuchachaldelkwartosyt~
. Quin es esa muchaoha ,del
room seven? cuarto siete?
,. ,.. , . .
4 Who is that young lady with kyen~s lesamuchachaldelwt~ Quin es esa muchaoha del
the car? auto?
5 Who is that young lady from

,. ,.. .,. ..
kyen~slesaseQyor1taldelah~n~ya~ Quin es esa seorita de la
the agency? agencia?
6 Who is that ge ntleman from

,. , .. , .. ,
kyeQes leseseQyorldelpr1merp!s6~ Quin es ese seor del primer
the first floor? piso?
7 Who is that gentleman from Quin es ese seor del hotel?

the hotel?
9.42 CUARENTA Y DOS

, ,.. . .
E ezminohya tyeneskekono~rla Es mi novia. Tienes que
conocerla.
, ,..
1 It's my girl friend. You'll ezminohy tyeneskehrl Es mi novia. Tienes que verla.
have to see her.
, ,..
2 It's my friend. You'll have ezmlam19 tyeneskebrl Es mi amiga. Tienes que verla.
to see her.
, . , , .
3 It's Mrs. Molina. You have ezlseQyoralrtemb11na tyenes Es la seera de Molina. Tienes
to meet her. ...
kekono!irl que conocerla.
, ..
ezlaseQyr1tamo11na
,. .
te~gokehrla
4 It's Miss Molina. 1 have Es la seorita Molina. Tengo
to see her. que verla.
, ,.. .
5 It 's the s e cretary 1 have ezlsekretary teijgok~a~udrl Es la secretaria. Tengo que
to help her. ayudarla.
, ,...
6 It's Louise. We'll have zlw1s+ tnemoskesperrl+ Es LUIsa. Tenemos que
to wait for her. esperarla.
, ,. . .
7 It's Carmen. We'll have eskarmn+ tenemoske(J~ebrla+ Es Carmen. Tenemos que llev.. la.
to take her.

, , .
F kel~~~ st~st~yandot Qu hace? Est estudiando?
, , .
1 What's she doing? Is she kel~e~ esttrabahandot Qu hace? Est trabajando?
working?
, ,
kelie estblandot
.
2 What are you doing? Are Qu hace? Est hablando?
you speaking?
, ,
kele estpnsandot
.
3 What are yon doing? Are Qu hace? Est' pensando?
you thinking?
, ,
kelie~ ~stbahandot
.
4 What are yon doing? Are Qu hace? Est bajando?
you going down?
, ,
kelie stpraktikando1
.
5 What are you doing? Are Qu hace? Est practicando?
you practicing?
, , .
6 What are you doing? Are kelie est~sperandot Qu hace? Est esperando?
you waiting?
, , .
7 What are you doing? Are kelie estkomprandat Qu hace? Est comprando?
you bnying something?
CUARENTA Y CUATRO

9.24 Review drill - adjective position

, .
1 1 have liule furniture. tD9~okozmwbles Tengo pocos muebles.
, .
1 have expens ive furniture. tDgo~webleskros Tengo muebles caros.
, .
2 1 have too many clothes. tDgl~masyartarr6pa Tengo demasiada ropa.
, ..
1 have cheap clothes. tijg~ropabarta~ Tengo ropa barata.
, .
3 1 have many checks. tD9~uchoschkes~
1 have travelers checks.
,.
tDg6~hekezbyahr6s~
. Tengo muchos cheques.
Tengo cheques viajeros.
, .
4 1 have a lot of c lothes. tD9~ucharr6p
, . . .
Tengo mucha ropa.
1 have American clothes. tDg~ropamer~kna~ Tengo ropa americana.
,
5 1 have other furniture. tD9QJotroxmwbls~ Tengo otros muebles.
1 have cheap furniture. tijg~;bl~zb~rt6s~ Tengo muebles baratos.
,. ,
kyerolmuchgwa~
6 1 want a lot of water.
1 want carbonated water.

, ,
kyer2Iagwam~nerl~
... Quiero mucha agua.
Quiero agua mineral.

,. .
kyerolbastanterr6pa~
, .
7 1 want enough clothes. Quiero bastante ropa.
,. ,.
1 want expensive clothes. kyerorropakra~ Quiero ropa cara.
,
stoylenlam1zmasekiy6n~
,. .
8 I'm in the same section.
, , . . Estoy en la misma seccin.
I'm in the consular section. ~stoyJnlAskiYODkonsulr~ Estoy en la seccin consular.
9 There is the sarne gentleman.

,
a11~st~lm1zmoseQy6r~
, .. Ahi est el mismo seor.
, ,
There 1S the English gentleman. A11~st~lsQy6riijgles~ Ahi est el seor ingls.
, ,. . .
10 Here there are few young ladies. ak~lgYPQka(~seQyorits~ Aqui hay pocas seoritas.
, ,
Here there are Spanish girls. ak1IAysQyortas~spaQyolas~ Aqui hay seoritas espaolas.
, .
trabaholkonlm1zmaseQyorta~
,...
11 1 work with the same young lady.
1 work with the American girl.

, .
trabaholkonlsQyor1tamer1kn~
, ... Trabajo con la misma seorita.
Trabajo con la seorita americana.
9.46 CUARENTA Y SEIS

NARRAT/VE 1
1 Jose has heen in his neighhors'

"
hosel~estadQI~n~laprtmentol
, . Jos ha estado en el apartamento
apartment.
de sus vecinos.
, .
2 And it's exactly the same *e~i9w11tQalsy6~ y es igualito al suyo.
as his.
, ,.
3 Juan wants to see it. hwaI)kyerebr16 Juan quiere verlo.
". , " ,
4 J ose sa ys that he can go hosed1~etkelpwed~1rlkwlkyerd1a Jos dice que l puede ir
any day. cualquier da.
5 Juan wants to go tomorrow.

, "
hwa~lkyer~1rlmaQyna
. Juan quiere ir maana.
,. , ,
6 J ose 's going to talk to his hosebablarlkonszb1n6sl Jos va a hablar con sus
neighhors, then.
nt6nes vec inos, entonces.
, .
7 And he'lllet Juan know. ileb1sahwn~ y le avisa a Juan.
"
CUARENTA Y SIETE 9.47

D/ALOG 1
,. , , .
t~a~esta~Qlenplprtmentol
Juan, pregntele a Jos si l ha
estado en el apartamento de .. .,. Juan: T has estado en el
sus vec inos. ~etuzbel.nost ap8l7tamento de tus

vecinos?
,
Sl.~
, .
es.igwll.tQalm1o''
Jos, contstele que s, que es
igualito al suyo. Pregntele , . ,.
Jos: Si, es igualito al mo.
que cundo quiere verlo. kwandokyerezb~r16~ Cundo quieres ver lo?
, , ~
Juan, contstele que cualquier kwlkyerd1~ mQyanlsitepar~ie~ Juan: Cualquier da. Maana,
da, que maana, si le parece. si te parece.
, ,., . . .
Jos, dgale que muy bien, que muyby~n~ ~Qablolkn.~osI1t~ahs6~ Jos: Muy bien. Yo hablo con
Ud. habla con ellos y le avisa. ellos y te aviso.
NARRAr/VE 2
, ,. , ,
1 Juan isn't plaaning to do hwanlnopyensaserfnad~f~statrde~ Juan no piensa hacer nada esta
anything this evening. tarde.
2 Why doesn't he go see where

,." .. ,
, .,
prkenobaherldondeb1behosel~nt6nes~ Por qu no va a ver dnde vive
Jose lives, then? Jos, entonoes?
9.48 CUARENTA Y OCHO

, ,., , ,
3 That way he can see what AS1pWe4eberlk6m6baserls~apartAment6~ As puede ver cmo va a ser
his apartment lS going to su apartamento.
be like.
" ,..
4 He thinks it might be an elkre~ Iks.n~ic!e~eks(~)elnte~ El cree que es una idea
excellent idea. excelente.
DIALOG 2
, , .. , ,
Jos, pregntele a Juan que qu kepyen~a~a~erlstanochlhwn~ Jos: Qu piensas hacer. esta
piensa hacer esta noche. noche, Juan?
, ,
Juan, contstele que nada, que nat!a~ porke1 Juan: Nada, Por qu?
por qu.
,. , . o, ,
Jos, pregntele que por qu p6rkenobyene~aberlt!6nd~ob1b~ Jos: Por qu no vienes a ver
no viene a ver dnde Udo donde yo vivo?
vive?
, ,..
Juan, contstele que le parece mpArei~ l\in~icte~eks()elnte~ Juan: Me parece una idea
una idea excelente. excelente.
, ,. , , o,,
aS1pwet!ezberlkomobaserl
Jos, dgale que as puede ver
cmo va a ser el apartamento , . Jos: As puedes ver cmo va a
ser el apartamento tuyo.
sUYOo laprtmentot~~
CUARENTA Y NUEVE 9.49

UNIT 9 SPOKE-N SPANISH
NARRATWE 3
, ,.,. , , . . ,
1 J ose has everything very neat hbsetyeneto~olmuybyenlarre91ad21 J os tiene todo muy hien arreglado
10 his apartment.
ens~prtmnt~~ en su apartamento.
, . , .
2 But he 's still got a million pr6tbdb~altyn~unmi~onde Pero todavla tiene un milln de
things to huy.
k6sslk~kQmprr~ e osas que comprar.
, . ,
3 He has already talked with ~Ahladolkonszbe~nbs~ Ya ha hablado con sus vecinos.
his neighhors.
. , , .
lediheroijlkbn~estreijkasal
, .. .
4 They told hlm that they're Le dijeron que van a estar en
going to he home tomocrow
afternoon. maQyanaporlatrde casa maana por la tarde.
. , ,...
hwnd1elkes*lotr2apartamnt~1
5 Juan says that if the other Juan dice que si el otro aparta-
apartment is like this one, ,. ,
he 'U take it. sk6moestet16tom~
,.. mento es como ste, lo toma.
9.50 CINCUENTA

DIALOG 3
" ,
Juan, dgale a Jos que qu kehyenllrr691a~6Ity~n~st6~6~ Juan: Qu bien arregladotienes
bien arreglado tiene todo. todo!
, ,.
gra~yas~ p~rotodah1altij92
Jos, dgale que gracias, pero
que todava tiene un milln , . Jos: Gracias, pero todavia tengo
de c osas que comprar. unmiO~ondek6sslk~komprr+ un milln de cosas que

comprar.
, . ,.. . ,.
Juan, pregntele si no ha n2~bladofkontuzb~i1nosltodah1a1 Juan: No has hablado con tus
hablado con sus vecinos
todava. vecinos todava?
,
s11
. ,
m~diheroijlk~bn~~str
, . , .. .
Jos, contstele que si, que le Jos: Si, me dijeron que van a
dijeron que van a estar en
casa maana por la tarde. ~~kasalmQyanaporlatrd~+ estar en casa maana por
la tarde.
, ,
estabyn+ selpartmentol
.
Juan, dgale que est bien, y
que si el apartamento de , . ,.,
deO~ost esk6m2estet lotomo+
Juan: Est bien. Si el aparta-
ellos es como ste, Ud. lo mento de ellos es como

toma. ste, lo tomo.
CINCUENTA Y UNO 9.51

NARRA.TWE 4
1 Carmen is J08e's girl &iend.

,.
karmenI6z1anobya~ehos'~
".. .. Carmen es la novia de Jos.
2 Juan hasn't had the pleasure

, ,
hwanln21~n1~2e19ustol~'
. , . Juan no ha tenido el gusto de
of meeting her yet. ,
kbn6~erlaltbdab!A~ conocerla todavia.
3 Here's a picture of her. She

"
ak~aylunafot6Id~a~ kebon1t6s~
, . Aqui hay una foto de ella. Qu
s ure is pretty 1 bonita esl
, ,. ,.,.
4 Jose and Carmen haven't hbse*karmenlnQanabla~ol J os y Carmen no han hablado de
talked about the wedding ,
yet. d~laboda't6~ab!a la boda todavia.
" , ,
5 But Jose thinks it's gQing.to p6rbhbsekre~lkebaserlpr6nt6~ Pero Jos cree que va a ser
be soon. pronto.
9.52 CINCUENTA Y Das

DIALOG 4
Jos, pregntele a Juan si l

~ ..
t6kono~es~karmentlanobyam1at
~. , . ,.
Jos: T conoces a Carmen, la
conoce a Carmen, la novia novia ma?
suya.
Juan, contstele que no, que

~ , . , .,
no~ t64ab1alnQeten1~~le190st6~
. Juan: No, todava no he tenido el
todava no ha tenido el gusto.
gusto.
Jos, dgale que aqu hay una

, .. ,
ak*aylunafotold~a~ tgustat
, . Jos: Aqu hay una foto de ella. Te
foto de ella, y pregntele si gusta?
le gusta.
, , ,.
s116mbre~ k6mono1 kebont~
Juan, contstele que si, hombre,
que cmo no, que qu bonita.
y pregnte le que cundo es
,
kwandoezlab6<1"a~
. . Juan; S, hombre, cmo no! Qu
,. bonital Cundo es la boda?

la boda.
, . ,..
Jos, contstele que todava no han t4Ab1a InQemos.ablaeto let~s~
,
Jos: Todava no hemos hablado de
hablado de eso, pero que Ud. cree , "
que va a ser pronto. I
p~rokreo kabas er prn to~ I eso, pero creo que va a ser
pronto.
CINCUENTA Y TRES 9.53

10.1 BASIC SENTENCES. Molina explains where he sends his laundry.
After having spoken with the manager of the house and having rented the furnished apartment fOl" John, the two friends return to
Molina"s apartment.
the end el fin
so, then, well en fin
ready listo
Malina
Well, you're aH set.
(l) ,
emf1h+
, " .
~a~sta11stolt6~6~
Malina
En fin. Ya est listo todo.
yourself te
, ,
yourself (you) change, move t-mu4as~ mudars~ te mudas (mudarse)
(to change, move)
When will you move?

, . .
kwandoltem6das~ Cundo te mudas?
(they) give (to give) dan (dar)

,
Friday l-byerns+ el viernes
, ,
myself (1) change. niove me-mudo+ mdarse me mudo (mudarse)
(to change, move)
UNO 10.1

,
Saturday e1-s ab d" o~ el sbado
White , ...
., ,
simedanle1apartamentQlelbyernest
. . White
Si me dan el apartamento el viernes,
If they give me the apartment on
Friday, 1'11 move on Saturday. (2) , .
mmud:oe 1s b~~
t'>
me mudo el sbado.
,
the s uitc ase la-ma1eta+ la maleta
Malina ,. , .. , Malina
1 caQ help you with your suitcases. ~otepweaQa~udarlkon1zma1ts+ Yo te puedo ayudar con las maletas.
(3)
,
the that, that which, what lo-k+ lo que
to bother molestar
, . . ,
not yourself bother no-te-molsts+ mblstarse~ no te molestes (molestarse)
(to bother)
White
1 don 't have very mucho You needn 'i
, ,
espok6'loket~go+
, . .
notemo1stes+
White
Es poco lo que tengo. No te molestes.
bother.
, ,
(you) send (to send) mands mndar~ mandas (mandar)
, ., . .
Where do you send your laundry? dondemandas Iturr6p~ Dnde mandas tu ropa?
,
the suit l--trah~ el traje
10.2 DOS

them (m) los

,
the cleaner's shop 1 a-t in t r r l. a la tintOl'eria
,
in front mfrent enfrente
Molina ,. . , , . Molina
1 send my s uits to the cleaner's lstrahezllozmandQlltintrerl.al Los trajes los mando a la
across the street. (4) , tintorera que est enfrente.
kest~mfrente
the shirt la camisa

,
the laundry l-lbanderJ. la lavandera
,
the cOl'ner la-eskl.n
,. la esquina
, . ,.. .
And my shirts to the laundry on ilskm1sasJallbanderJ.a~el~eskin y las camisas a la lavandera de
the carner. (5) la esquina.
,
-self mJ.zm mismo
,
1 myself ~o-mzm~ yo mismo
,
them (O
ls las
, ,
(6) ~oml.zmolazO~bo~
1 take them over myself. Yo mi smo las llevo.
to clean limpiar
TRES 10.3

White , ., , White
Who cleans the apartment fOl' you? kyente11mpy~llaprtamento~ Quin te limpia el apartamento?
, ,
(s he ) comes (to come) byene~ bn1r~ viene (venir)
,
a11, every todo~ todo
,
Thursday l-hwebs~ el jueves
,. .
aU the Thursdays, every todoz-los-hw~bs~ todos los jueves
Thursday
,.. .. ~., Molina

Molina ( ) unamuchachalkbyeneltodozloshwbs~ Una muchacha que viene todos
A girl who comes every Thursday. 7 los jueves.
to her le
lf you want !'U speak to her. (8) ,. "

Si quieres yo le hablo.
sikyerest ~ol~abl~
White , White
Swell. muybyn~ Muy bien.
,
late tard'~ tarde
, ,
to go rnyself (lo go oneself, 1rme~ l.rs-l. irme (irse)
to leave)
" ,
Well, it's late. I've got to go. bwen~ ya~strdb~ tijgk~1rm~ Bueno, ya es tarde. Tengo que
irme.
befare
,
antes
antbs+
10.4 CUATRO

,
the swallow, the drink el-trag'' el trago
Molina Malina
Won't you have another drink Antes, no quieres otro trago?
first? (9)
White , , White
No, thanks. Tomorrow is a no1mucha7gr~yas No, muchas gracias. Maana
work day. " . .. hay que trabajar.
maQyanaylketrabahr
, ,
grateful (to be grateful) agradecido (agradecer)
agr~e~1d agrde~er
Thanks a lot for everything. m~y~gr~d~~~d~lp6rt~d6 Muy agradecido por todo.
(1) The utterance in Spanish says, of course,notthat you are ready but that 'everything' is aH ready already. But 'Ycu're aH set'
is more probably what we would say, since the implication of the English phrase 'Everything is aH ready' is that considerable packing has
been completed to bring the situation into a state of readiness. The Spanish remark is much more casual in its implication.
(2) The item /mudrse / mudarse also means 'to change clothes.' The context and relative time sequence are aH that reveal
whether you should consider it as referring to a change of clothes or a change of residence. Thus /memdQenmdy~6ra/ Me mudo en
media hora would mean '1' H change clothes in half an hour,' unless, of course, the moving van were waiting out front and the context unequiv-
ocally demanded such an interpretation.
(3) The process of nominalization that is represented in this construction wiH be dealt with in Units 33 and 35.
/"
. (4)
, The only reason for the particular intonation that appears in the last part of this sentence /ks temfren
,.. t~/ instead of
/ke S t a~m frn t / is to show contrast between this cleaner's store and the laundry referred to in the next utterance. The two utterances
go together, and the intonation on the first one is not natural unless they do.
(5) Note the equivalence here of English on with Spanish de. It is almost impossible to state any generalized description of the
differences involved here and elsewhere between English and Spanish prepositions.
CINCO 10.5

(6) The form /mismo/ mismo may be added to any subject pronoun Ol' to any noun in this sense of '-seU.' It agrees in respect to
number and gender with the item it follows.
(7) The names of three days of the weele have now appeared. It may be convenient, therefore, to list aIl seven here together:
Monday el lunes Friday el viernes
Tuesday el martes Saturday el sbado
Wednesday el mirc oles Sunday el domingo
Thursday el jueves
When listed in series, the article is not attached.
(8) Sorne speakers, particularly in Madrid, might say /la/ instead of /le/.
(9) Perhaps a more literal and equally possible translation would be, 'Before you go, won't you have another drinle?
10.21 Pattern drilIs
10.21.1 Personal / a/
lLLUSTRATIONS
, ., . , .
1 pbrkenobemos'~nam1gomb~ Por qu no vemos a un amigo mo?
, , .
2 kyroprsentarl~lalaseQyora Quiero presentarle a la seora Molina
.
molina.l.
10.6 SEIS

Are we going to meet the family? 3

, .... ,
bamo~akonoierl~lfm11yat
,.
Vamos a conocer a la familia?
(I) see (to see) veo (her)

, .,. , ,. .
1 see the car, hut 1 don't see the 4 beQelawtotperbnobeQ~lchofr+ Veo el auto, pero no veo al chofer.
chauffer. ,
anyone algyn~ alguien
Do you see anyhody? 5

"
bes.~lgyent
. Ves a alguien?
,
no one nady+ nadie
, ".
No, I don't see anyone 6 no+ nobeQ~ncty~ No, no veo a nadie.
EXTRAPOLA TION
Nonperson noun object Verb - ohject

Person noun object Verb - lal- object
NOTES
a. When a noun referring to a person occurs as the direct object of a verh,

it is marked (preceded) by the relater I al .
b. A noun direct obj~ct is one which can he substituted for the third person
direct clitic pronouns previously presented.
SIETE 10.7

10.21.11 SubstitutioD drill PersoDal subatitutioD
Problem:
,. .
beolaksa~
---krmen~
Answer:
, .
be9.akrmn~
Problem:
Veo la casa.
-_Carmen.
AD8wer:
Veo a Carmen.
10.8 OCHO

, ..
buskolaksa.J.
1
_ _ _seQy6rJ
. , .. .
buskQalaseQy6r.J.
, . ,. ... .
2 nO~ijkontramos
lelapartamntb.J.
_________hwn~
, . ,. .
nO~ijkontramoslahwn~
, .
3 O~ebgelwtb,J.
, .
Q~ebQalw!s.J.
------lwsa.J.
1 Busco la casa.
_ _ _ _seora. Busco a la seora.
2 No encontramos el apartamento.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _Juan. No encontramos a Juan.
3 Llevo el auto.
_ _ _Luisa. Llevo a Luisa.
NUEVE 10.9

,. ... .
4 bskamos/alasekretrya
. ,. .
------- eskwl bskamoz Il~eskw61a
, . . .
5 buskalaseQy6r~
______e~~fy
, ...
busk~eled~f1~y
4 Buscamo~ a la secretar.ia.
_ _ _ _ _e.scuela. Buscamos la escuela.
5 Busca a la seora.
_ _ _ _edificio. Busca el edificio.
10.10 DIEZ

, . ... . ,
b6skalahen~yatQalasekretry
1
2
, .
,
b6skanlafototQalamchacha.J.
Alasekretarya
,
almchach''
, , , .. ,
[alaseQyora.J.] 3 Akyemlbuska~ustdes alaseQyora
, , , ,
lamaryO] 4 akyem Ibusk~O~ amaryo''
, , , ,
[lotel ] kehuskl e16te1.
,
[almo6 ]
5
, ..
,. ., . , ,
6 buskanuste4eslalchofer f no almoo
1 Busca la agencia o a la secretaria? A la secretaria.

2 Buscan la foto o a la lRucltacha? A la muchacha.
(a la seOl"a) 3 A quin buscan Uds.? A la seora.

(a Mario) 4 A quin busca ella? A Mario.
(el hotel) 5 Qu busca l? El hotel.
(al mozo) 6 Buscan Uds. al chofer? No, al mozo.
ONCE 10.11

, , . , . , , ,
[karmen~J 7 busk~ustedlahwant nd~ akarmen~
, , ... . , .
8 be~stedlalaseQyor1tat
, , .. . ,.
9 be\) s teet 131 a(s) s eQyoras t
, .. ,. . ., , ,
10 i'\leban.ustedes lalchofer1 sii lo"'~ebamos~
, , .. ,. , ,
11 busk~ellalo7mo~o5t 5)',{.. lzbuski
,. ,. .,. , ,
12 benustedes /lakasat S1~ lbemos~
". ,. .., , ,
13 benuste6es lelote11 S1~ lbemo5~
(a Carmen) 7 Busca Ud. a Juan? No, a Carmen.
8 Ye Ud. a la seorita? S, la veo.

9 Ye Ud. a las seoras? S, las veo.
10 Llevan Uds. al chofer? S, lo llevamos.
11 Busca l a los mozos? S, los busca.
12 Yen Uds. la casa? S, la vemos.
13 Yen Uds. el hotel? S, lo vemos.
10.12 DOCE

, ,.
1 We see the car, but not the b~ms.lawt''perOnOilchofr'' Vemos el auto pero no al chofer.
chauffeur.
, ,
2 1 see the house, but not the b~61akasa''pernolaseIJy6ra'' Veo la casa pero no a la seora.
lady.
, . , ,.
3 We see the building, but not bemos leled"ifJ.~yo''pernolseQy6r'' Vemos el edificio pero no al seor.
the gentleman.
, , .
4 They see the desk, but not bnJ!leskri toryo''pr6no~lasekretrya'' Ven el escritorio pero no a la
the secretary. secretaria.
,. , .
,. .
5 I'm.looking for the suitcases busko Ilazmaletast!l(s)sQyorastambyn'' Busco l&s maletas ya las seoras
and the ladies also. tambin.
, ..
6 We're looking for Carmen. bskamos.akrmen.l. Buscamos a Carmen.
, . ,. .
7 We can't find John. nO~IJkontramos Iahwn.t. No encontramos a Juan.
, . ,. .
8 We can't find the house. nO~IJkontramoz Ilaksa.l. No encontramos la casa.
, ... .
9 I'm looking for the apartment. buskQelapartamnto.l. Busco el apartamento.
TRECE 10.13

Many Spanish verbs can be followed by a noun which is not the subject of the verb, since the usual agreement of person and number between the
subject and verb is not necessary, as in/por--k-no-bmos Ila-ksa+/. Ifthe verb is not/sr/ (as in /mi-n6rnbr~ ls-hos+/
in which case the noun following the verb is identified as the same as the noun preceding), the following noun is usually described as the 'direct object
of the verbo
,
The direct object is often thought of as in sorne sense 'receiving' the action of the verb; thus in /bmos-Ia--ksa+ the 'house' gets see
There have been many examples of verbs followed by a direct object in previous units, such as /tyne-un-lpl~t kyre-ustd /gwa-
m~nerl t yo-kyro-un-sJ)YilCh Ide-ham6n+ I
bmos-a-br el-pery6dl.ko+ I,
etc. --
When a noun functioning as tite direct object of a verb refers to specific person, it is usually marked by tite occurrence of the relater I al
preceding the noun. The resulting phrase usually follows the verb, though it may precede: /por-k-no-bmos a-un-om9o-mo~/ I
The forms Ikyn, lgyen, nd ye/ ,though they do not necessarily refer to specific persons, are also included in this pattern. (Their
participation in the pattern is one reason they can logically be analyzed as nouns, and not pronouns as sorne analysts have maintained. AIso, since
Ikyn-kynes/ has noun-like formation o the plural, and since none of these forms have any case designation in the way that the pronouns do,
their analysis as a special kind of nouns, not occurring with articles, seems appropriate.)
I
The a/ which marks the person noun object may or may not appear after the verb / tenr I and minimal contrasts o the following types
are possible:
Itngom~famly~lenchle+1 'My family is in Chile.'
/tngQamlfamly~lenchle+1 '1 sent my family to Chile.'
/tngod6~am90slak+/ '1 have two friends here.'
/tngQad6~amgoslak1 'There are two friends of mine with me.'
The I al may be missing after other verbs when the reference is not to a specific person:
'1 need a chauffeur.'
10.14 CATORCE

10.21.2 Direct clitic pronouns
A. Presentation oE pattern
1LLUSTRAT10NS
Will you take me to the hote 1?

, , ..
t meQlebalotelt Me lleva al hotel?
, .
2 ~ebem~alotl~ Llveme al hotel.
,. ,...,
3 kyerez laharmen~lotelt Quieres dejarme en e 1 hotel?
,. ~ .
Will you take us downtown? 4 n~Q~ebal~entrot Nos lleva al centro?
, . ..
5 Q~ebenosal~~ntr~ Llvenos al centro.
Te espero.
, , ..
7 ~stedll~amode5pws~ A usted lo llamo despus.
, , .
8 ahwanllQa~damcst6aos~ A Juan lo ayudamos todos.
~ ..
9 komolokyr~ Cmo lo quiere?
, .
10 16syentomcho~ Lo siento mucho.
,
never nUI)ka~ nunca
QUINCE 10.15

,. ,.
We never can see it. 11 nUI)ka/podemozbrl+ Nunca podemos verlo.
, . ,
12 tyenes /kekn~er~a+ Tienes que conocerla.
,. ,.
13 lstrahezlozmandQil Los trajes los mando a la tintorera.
,
tintorerJ.a
, ,
14 H-0mJ.zm /lazO~bo+ Yo mismo las llevo.
EXTRAPOLATION
---
sg pI
1 me nos
2 fam te
lo los I
2-3
la las
NOTES
a. Clitic pronouns appear only with verbs, usually immediately preceding them, sometimes immediately following them.
b. Like other pronouns, clitics inflect for person, number, and in 2 -3 person forms for gender.
c. A redundant construction /a-hwn, a-ustd, los-trhes{ restating the direct object, may be added to
the sentence to c larify or emphasize the direct c litic pronoun.
10.16 DIECISEIS

10.21.21 Substitution drills- Form substitution
Problem:
,. .
bemoz laf 6to
,
Answer: lAbemos~
.... .
, ,
1 alk11an~lapartamnt lQalk11an
, . ,
2 bskamozlo~annlYos lozbskamos
, . . ,
3 tyene lazO~bes~ lstyene
, . ,
4 kompr~elwto~ lokompraJ
Problem: Vemos la foto.
Answer: La vemos.
1 Alquilan el apartamento. Lo alquilan.
2 Buscamos los anuncios. Los buscamos.
3 Tiene las llaves. Las tiene.
4 Compra el auto. Lo compra.
DIECISIETE 10.17

, .. ,
5 eskrl.bolozn6mbres~ ls.skrl.bo~
,
6 bemozl6r~ lbem6s~
,
16be6~
, .
8 11.mpyanla~abl.tay6nes~
, .. ,
9 ~ebalasd'~ l~eb~
5 Escribo los nombres. Los escribo.
6 Vemos la hora. La vemos.
7 Veo el hotel. Lo veo.
8 Limpian las kabitac.iones. Las limpian.
9 Lleva la soda. La lleva.
10.18 DIECIOCHO

Person- number suhstitution
1
~.
anosotroztnoaa~u~ahwn
, .
~

..
,. , .
~eO'yoz ef!'yozt 16s.a~udahwn''
,

~ , .
am1 am1tm~~ud"ahwn~
,

, , .
ahose ahosetlQa~udahwn''
, ,. , .
karmen Akarmentla~udahwn''
1 A nosotros nos ayuda Juan.
A ellos _ A ellos los ayuda Juan.

A m _ A ro me ayuda Juan.
A Jos _ A Jos lo ayuda Juan.
A Carmen _ A Carmen la ayuda Juan.
DIECINUEVE 10.19

, ,.
am1tn6m6buskan4ye~
2
An6sotroz
, . ~
, .
anosotroz1n6nozbuskan4y'~
,.
, . ,. ,.
~eO~az ~ ~e(l~ az t n61 azbus kan 4y ~
,
a1w1s a~
. ~
, .
lw1satn61abuskandy~
,.
, , ,.
ie1, ~
ieltn616buskandy~
2 A mi no me busca nadie.
.
A nosotros _
A nosotros no nos busca nadie.
A ellas _
A ellas no las busca nadie.
A Luisa _
A Luisa no la busca nadie.
A ~l _
A l no lo busca nadie.
10.20
VEINTE

,. , .
3 ~e0~at laCL~ebant6ny6~
ahwan
,
~
, , .
ahwan11~~ebant6nyb~
m1
,
~
, , .
am1 t mli!) eb an t6ny6~
'---------
, ,. , .
anosotroz
, . ------ ~ nsotroz1n6zQ~ebant6ny6~
,. , .
~eO~oz ~
~e(l~ozt lozO~ebant6ny6~
3 A ella la lleva Antonio.
A Juan _ A Juan lo lleva Antonio.

Ami _
A mi me lleva Antonio.
A nosotros -----' A nosotros nos lleva Antonio.
A ellos __
A ellos los lleva Antonio.
VEINTIUNO 10.21

,. ,.
1 The pen? 1 don't have it. laplumat nolat'1J9 b'' La pluma? No la tengo.
,. ,.
2 The keys? 1 don't have them. lzO:Yabest nola st lJg 6 '' Las llaves? No las tengo.
, . ,.
3 The hilIs? You have them. 16zbiO}Jetest Ostedlostyn~.l. Los billetes? Ud. los tiene.
, . ,.
4 The coins? You have them. lazmneetas1 stedlastyne.!. Las monedas? Ud. las tiene.
, , .
5 The information? Here it is. l~imfrm~yont akl.laty~n~.!. La informacin? Aqui la tiene.
6 The date? 1 don't have it.

, . ,.
larechat nolatI)go-l- La fecha? No la tengo.
, ,.
7 The pie? 1 don't want it. elpas tel t nolokyr'' El pastel? No lo quiero.
8 The apartment? 1 haven't

, .
elaprtmentof nolQe Rlk11<t6''
, , . El apartamento? No lo he
rented it. alquilado.
,. ,.,.
9 The travelers checks? 16schkzbyaherost nolos.emandd'6.l. Los cheques viajeros? No los
1 haven't sent them.
he mandado.
10.22 VEINTIDOS

10 The soup? 1 haven't tried it.

,.
lasopat
, ,
nol~eprobd6
. La sopa? No la he probado.
,. .
11 She never helps me. (f~anuIJka Im~a~d'a~ Ella nunca me ayuda.
, . .
12 He always takes us there. lsyemprelnozC~b~ El siempre nos lleva ah.
,. , . .
13 The} take me downtown. e~~oz Ime<J~eban.al~ntr6~ Ellos me llevan al centro.
, .
14 Who's looking fOl' her. kyenlabska+ "Quin la busca?
, .
15 Who's looking fOl' me. kyenmebska Quin me busca?
VEINTITRES 10.23

Clitie prooouos are so designated beeause this term describes their dependenee on verbs. They can appear only with (clinging to)
verbs, and then in a very close relationship: nothing ean ever oeeur between a clitie and the verb it appears with.
There.are three elasses of clitic pronouns in Spanish: direct, indireet, and reflexive. All elitics have eertain features in eommon:
they are weak-stressed (except for limited patteros in sorne dialeet areas), they are included in the intonation phrase with the verb, and they
oeeur in the same sequenee re lation with regard to the verbo
Clitics precede conjugated verbs (those with person-number endings) eX('l'pt for affirmative eommand forms which they must follow:
not Ime(!)yb~alotl~;:but 10)ybe~alotl~/; 'Take me to the hotel'. Clities can also,appear ~ith eertain noneonjugated
verb forms, the infinitives and the l-ndol forms (see Unit 13); the elitics follow these forms: /podemosber 101/ 'Can we see it?'
The infinitive and I-)do/ forms, however, frequently occur in verb construetions which inelude eonjugated verb forms. In these construc-
tions the elitic may either precede the conjugated verb or follow the nonconjugated verb and apparently the option implies no distinction in
I
meaning: either /mekyresbrt or /kyresbr~t I 'Do you want to see me?' Note, however, that a clitic cannot appear
between the conjugated and nonconjugated verb forms.
Direct elitic pronouns are substitutable in a frame with (can be replaced by) nouns funetioning as the direct object of a verbo Direct
object nouns are identifiable by the appearance of the relater / a/ before them, if the noun refers to a speeific persono Thus /bmo S
amar a.!- / 'We see Mary' can be restated, once we know the reference, as /]. abmo s.!- /'We see her'. Nonperson nouns functioninB as
a direct object can usually be identified by their position after the verbo Thus Ibmoslaks_~~/ 'We see the house' can be restated
as /labmos! /'We see it'.
Occasionally a direct object noun and a direct clitic pronoun may both appear with one verbo With person nouns, this 'redundant
I
construction' may occasionally be used for contrast or clarity. The sentence / labmo S amar a! / 'We see Mary' may imply 'Mara,
not Carmen'. With nonperson nouns, a redundant construction is less common, but may occur if the noun object precedes the verb in a diHerent
I
intonation phrase separated usually by a terminal-rising juncture: /lostrhest 10smnd9 alat~ntorerat / 'The suits,
1 send to the eleaners'. The intonation phrase division between /trhes/and /105/ is essential as it is in an English sentence of the
same type. Constructions like * /lostrheslosmndo.!-/or * /losmndolostrhes!/do not occur. The last example
becomes possible by the addition of a terminal juncture after /mndo.!- / but this gives the second phrase the character of an afterthought:
/losmndo.!-lostrhes!/ '1 send them, I mean the suits.' Note, of course, that the personal / a / does not occur with nonperson
direct object nouns.
Direct clitic pronouns are inflected for person and number in aH forms and for genJer a]so in 2-3 forms. ~ote that /10 I can mean
'you, him, it', 11 al t<
can mean 'you, her, it', and similar ly the plurals /10 s, la s If any confusion results from this multiple
reference possibility, it can be elarified by a redundant phras e. Along with the inflections for person, number, and gender, a few dialects,
notably in Central Spain (the dialect usually referred to as 'Castilian'), make an additional distinction in the 2-3 forms, a person-nonperson
distinetion:
10.24 VEINTICUATRO

a clitic form /le/ refers to persons (you, hirn -and with sorne speakers- her) and /les/ (you aH, thern), though the forrns described above
aIso appear, and are preferred in sorne constructions. Nonperson objects are always referred to by the clitics /10, la, los, las /.
The difference between Spain and Latin Arnerica on this point is shown in the chart be low:
Castilian Spain General Latin Arnerica Reference

- -
!
j
le-bo ( 10-bo) 10-bo a-l
sg a-ustd
la-bo ( le-bo) la-bo a-'J)y a
Person
los-bo (les-~H~o ) los-bo a-D)yos

pI a-ustdes
las-bo ( les-bo) las-bo a-~yas
I
1 el-lbro
sg
lo-bo
I la-bo la-plma
Nonperson
I
los-bo los-lbros
pI
las-bo las-plmas
- ---
10.25
VEINTICINCO

UNIT 10 UNIT 10
A student might do well to notice the similarity and correlation between direct clitic pronouns and definite ariieles. Both occur
normally under weak stress, both frequently occur in a position that precedes the word that they are grammatically most elosely associated
with (articles before a noun and clitics before a verb), and three of the four forros are identical in form:
Definite Direct
Article Clitic
m sg el lo
f sg
la
m pI
los
f pI
las
neuter lo
A probable answer to /tynelap 1ma 1lis / s Ila tngo~,I, where the form of the artiele is a direct key to the selection
of the form of the clitic.
Spelling conventions recognize the close relationship of verb and clitic when the clitic follows the verb by writing both as one word.
Although this same close relationship prevails when the elitic precedes the verh, they are written in the spelling system as two words, that
is, with space hetween the clitic and verb.
10.26 VEINTISEIS

10.21.3 l-doI forms functioning as modifiers
ILLUSTRATIONS
, , ....
J oseph: 'Pleased to meet you'. 1 hse~ eT)kantadoeekonoirl~ Jos: 'Encantado de conocerla'.
/ , ....
Mary: 'Pleased to meet you'. 2 mar1a~ eT)kntadaekono~r16+ Mara: 'Encantada de conocerlo'.
, , .
3 *ste~~ skasado1 y usted, es casado?
, , .
And you, Mary, are you married? itulmar1~ ~rskasaQa1 y t, Mara, eres casada?
4
, .., . ,
5 O~ayunamesa Idesokpa<1~ All hay una mesa desocupada.
, ., . , ...
6 soloteT)goldozdesokupdS~ Slo tengo dos desocupados.
7
"
kasisyempr~lestmozmuyokupds+
, .. Casi siempre estamos muy
ocupados.
EXTRAPOLA TION
-do(s) -idO(:-l
-a (s) -a(; I
NOTES
a. l-dol forms, when functioning as modifiers, are inflected for number

and gender, like other regular fully inflected adjectives.
VEINTISIETE 10.27

10.21.31 Substitution drill Item substitution
1
, ,..
a1lyunamesaldesokupda~
..
, , ,....
~ J.lynawtoldesokupdO~
--- unawto
-------
, , , . ...
___un a(s) s J.Q~ a z ~ aJo Iyn(s) s J.O~ azlaesokupd" s~
2
,
sseQyorleskasd6~
. .
, , . .
saseQyor~ ~ saseQyor~leskasda~
~ . ,. . ..
e.s(s) sQyores ~ s(s) seQyores IsOI)kasd6s~
1 Ah hay una mesa desocupada.
_ _ _ un auto _ Ah hay un auto desocupado.

_ _ _unas sillas _ Ah hay unas sillas desocupadas.
2 Ese seor es casado.
Esa seora _ Esa seora es casada.

Esos seores _ Esos seores son casados.
10.28
VEINTIOCHO

, .,.
3 l~p~rt~ment2Iestalkl1d6~
, , . , .
lakas ~ -!- lakas~lestalkl1-!-
, , . . ,. .
16skifl~YOS ~ los,edifl~YOS Iestan.alkl1dOS-!-
, . , .
lasal~lestarre91d~~
4
, . ,. . ,. .
laskamas .1- l~skamas lestanprre91ds~
, , .,.
eldormitory~~ ~ eld6rmitorYQlestarreqld6~
, .,.
5 l~sekretary~lestaQkupda~
,
lbzmo~os
. ~
,. . "..
16zmo~oslestanpkupQOs~
, . , .
elchfer ~ lchferlestaQkupd6~
3 El apartame nto est alquilado.

La casa _ La casa est alquilada.
Los edificios _ Los edificios estn alquilados.
4 La sala est arreglada.

Las camas _ Las camas estn arregladas.
El dormitorio _ El dormitorio est arreglado.
5 La secretaria est ocupada.

Los mozos _ Los mozos estn ocupados.
El chofer _ El chofer est ocupado.
VEINTINUEVE 10.29

UNIT 10 SPOKEN SPANISl\I
, , . ...
1 1 have a vacant apartment. teI)99 jn.p5.rtarnento /tesokupu'' Tengo un apartamento desocupado.
, ,
2 That young lady is happy here. ssQyorJ. t /st~I)kantad/ ak'' Esa seorita est encantada aqu.
, . ,
3 The secretaries are happy here. la(s) skrtaryas lestn~lJkantaQas Iak.1. Las secretarias estn encantadas
aqu.
,. ,. ,
4 At the language school they're nl~skwela/deleI)gwaststnMuy En la escuela de lenguas estn
very busy. .. muy ocupados.
okupcis.1.
, . , .
5 The chauffeur is busy. lchofer/estaQkup'' El chofer est ocupado.
, . , .
6 The house is rented. lakas~/estalkJ.ld.1. La casa est alquilada.
7 1 have a vacant house, too.

, ,. ... Tambin tengo una casa desocupada.
tambyen/tI)9Qnakasa/desokupda.1.
, . ,
8 She's not single; she's O~anQe(s) soltr.1. eskasatta'' Ella no es soltera. Es casada.
married.
, . . .
9 They're married. e(l~o(s) S oI)kas tos.1. Ellos son casados.
10.30 TREINTA

, . ,
10 The rooms are rented. loskwartos lestn..alkila(los-1- Los cuartos estn alquilados.
, ,. .
11 The apartment is quite fixed up. elpartamentQlestmuyarregld.J. El apartamento est muy arreglado.
The /-dO/ forros, when they appear in constructions other than those with / abr/, are functioning as modifiers. In this
function they have full adjective inflections for number and gender. They can appear with nouns (normally following the noun): /n am s a I
desokupda-1-/; after certain verbs, most commonly /sr/ or /estr/ but also such verbs as /pareir/: /skasdQ
ustd1 estmos.okupdos-1- pariekansdo-1-/; in the so-caBed 'absolute' construction:/enkant'dadekonOir
la-1-jor nomillalized:jkwles.elkasdo-1- eldesokupdQ lest~n.elintro-1-/. Usage has established sorne /-dO/ forms
as nouns, which now have a single gender form with no gender alternation permitted: /l~entrda-1- lakomda-1- /. For contrast,
compare / unkonOidomo-1- unakonOidam!a-1-/.
TREINTA Y UNO 10.31

10.22 ReplacemeDt drills
,
A memudQelsbado~
1 te ~
,
.
temudas.elsbado.J.
, ,
2 __has ~

tebas.els badb~
, , ,

3 este
- .1- tebaslestesbdo.J.
, ,

4 n6ch~ tbaslestan6ch
, ,
5 me ~
mboyestan6ch~
, ,
6 hwbes
mboyJestehw~bes
,
7 el
meboyelhw~hs.J.
A Me mudo el sbado.
1 Te Te mudas el sbado.
2 _vas Te vas el sbado.
3 este Te vas este sbado.
4- noche. Te vas esta noche.
5 Me Me voy esta noche.
6 jueves. Me voy este jueves.
7 el Me voy el jueves.
10.32 TREINTA y~

, ., . .
B dondemandas Iturr6pa
, , . . .
1
--------.;k6sas
, . dondemandasltusk6ss
, .
,. .
_ _.....(J~ebas dond'\lebas Itusk6sas~
2
,
komo
.
,. ,. .
3 komO'~1\lebas Itusk6s s~
,
______estas__
,. ,. , .
komd;~ebas lestask6ss~
4
, . . , .. ,. , .
5 ____de~~des_--_ komode~l~eS lestask6ss~
,
6 kyen
, .,
kyendei1d~lestask6ss
, .
7 ___ai~
,
~
" ,
kyenpi~lestask6sas~
.
B Dnde mandas tu ropa?
1 cosas? Dnde mandas tus cosas?

2 llevas ? Dnde llevas tus cosas?
3 Cmo ? Cmo llevas tus cosas?
4 estas ? Cmo llevas estas cosas?
5 ____decides ? Cmo decides estas cosas?
6 Quin ? Quin decide estas cosas?
7 hace ? Quin hace estas cosas?
TREINTA Y TRES 10.33

e
, . .
~6m1zmollazQ~b6
. .
,
1 lan6bya lan6byam1zmallaza~ba~
, . .
mnda lan6byAm~zmallazm&nda~
2
, . . .
3 ns6tr~ nstrzffi1zmozllazmandmos
~
,. ,..
4 tambyen nosotros Itmbyenlazmandms~
.ams~ ,. ,. .
5 nosotrosltmbyenlas~mos
, , ,.
6 s ted ~ steQltmbyenlas~e
,
nuI)ka
, , ..
7 ~ stec! 'nuI)kalas.~
e Yo mismo las llevo.
1 La novia La novia misma las lleva.
2 manda. La novia misma las manda.
3 Nosotros Nosotros mismos las mandamos.
4 tambin ___ Nosotros tambin las mandamos.
5 hacemos. Nosotros tambin las hacemos.
6 Ud. Ud. [amLin las hace.

7 _nunca Ud. nunca las hace.

, . ,. .
D nmchachalkhynltodozloshw~bes~
. , . ,. . .
semnas~ nmchachalkbynelto~azla(~semns
1
---------------
_ _ _ _ _ _...-.prak t!k, ~
, .
unmchachalkeprkt!kltodazla(~semns~
,. . .
2
, , . ,. . .
3 _ombre ~ n~mbrelkprktkltodazla(~semns
, . ,. . .
los ~ los~mbres Ikeprktknltodazla(~semns~
4
ds
, .
lspmbreslkeprkt!knltodozloz~s~
,. .
5
------------------
_ _ _ _ _ _ _lmpyn
, . ,. .
~
lspmbreslkelmpynltodozlozd!s~
6
, . ,. .
7 _mo~os-_- ----- lzmo~o~l!mpYnltodozlozd!s~
D Una muchacha que viene todos los jueves.
1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ semanas. Una muchacha que viene todas las semanas.

2 _ _ _ _ _ _ _practica _ Una muchacha que practica todas las semanas.
3 __Jombre _ Un hombre que practica todas las semanas.
4 Los _
Los hombres que practican todas las semanas.
5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ das.
Los hombres que practican todos los das.
6 limpian _ Los hombres que limpian todos los das.
7 _ _ mozos _
Los mozos que limpian todos los das.

,. ,
E sikyerezf~ol~b16~
. ,. , .
1 eskr!b6~ sikyerezt~oleskrbo
,
_________nosotroz
, . ,...
~ sikyerez1nsotrozleskr1bms~
2
, . ,. ,.. .
3 _teparee_----- sitpreetnsotrozleskr1bms~
, ,. ,.
4 tu, sitpreettuleskrbs
,. ,
bls sitpree1tul~bls
5
6
-----------
, .
---Pwedes
,. ,
sipwedesttul~bls~
,. ,.
7 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _d".~ es~ sipwedesttuleds
E Si quieres, yo le hablo.
1 , _ _ escribo. Si quieres, yo le escribo.

2 ,nosotros __ Si quieres, nosotros le escribimos.
3 _te parece, Si te parece, nosotros le escribimos.
4 , t Si te parece, t le escribes.
5 , _ _ hablas. Si te parece, t le hablas.
6 _puedes, Si puedes, t le hablas.
7 , _ _ dices. Si puedes, t le dices.
10.36 TREINTA Y SEIS

, ,. , . ,.
F antz~nokyereslotrotragot
, . , ,. , .,.
antz~nokyereslotrakosat
1
------------
,
dspwez_-
kosa1
t
, ,.,. , .
2 dspwez~n6kyereslotrakosat
3
,
aeS
. f
, ,.,.,.
dspweZ~n2a~eslotrakosat
,
es as
. 1
, ,.,.,.
4 dspwez~nQa~eslesaskosast
entonz
,
t
, ,.,., .
5 enton~z~nQa~es lesaskosast
,
syentes t
, , ,. ,. .
6 nton~z~n6syenteslesaskosast
, , ,.,.,.
7 lwego 1 lwe90~nsyenteslesaskosast
F Antes, no quieres otro trago.?
1 __ , cosa? Antes, no quieres otra cosa?

2 Despus, ? Despus, no quieres otra cosa?
3 _ _ _, _haces ? Despus, no haces otra cosa?
4 _ _ _, esafL--? Despus, no haces esas cosas?
5 Entonces, ? Entonces, no haces esas cosas?
6 _ _ _, _sientes ? Entonces, no sientes esas cosas?
7 Luego, ? Luego, no sientes esas cosas?

A
, ,
~mf1n'' y.~sta11stot6t~
.
En fin, ya est listo todo.
, ,.
emfin~ y.~sta11stQlelpastl~
.
1 Well, the pie's ready. En fin, ya est listo el pastel.
, , . .
2 Well, the clothes're ready. emfin~ y.~sta11stallarr6p~ En fin, ya est lista la ropa.
, , . .
3 Well, the soup's ready. emfin~ y.~st11stallasp~ En fin, ya est lista la sopa.
, , . . .
4 Well, the pork-ehops're ready. emfin~ ~~stn11staz Ilaschults~ En fin, ya estn listas las chuletas.
5 Well, the drinks're ready. En fin, ya estn listos los tragos.
, ,
6 Well, the hotel's already old. emfin~ ~~stbyehQelotl~ En fin, ya est viejo el hotel.
, , .
7 Well, the car's already fixed. mfin~ ~starrgladQlelwt En fin, ya est arreglado el auto.
, , ,
B ~oltepw~Qay.udarlknlazmletas~ Yo te puedo ayudar con las maletas.
, , ,
1 I can help you with the salad. ~o Itepwda~etar'knlensla~~ Yo te puedo ayudar con la ensalada.
, , ,
2 1 can help you with your dessert. y.o Itepwd"Qay.et ar Ikn.elpos tr~ Yo te puedo ayudar con el postre.
,. ,. ., .
3 1 can use 't' with you. ~otepwed"o Itratar~et..J. Yo te puedo tratar de 't'.
10.38 TREINTA Y OCHO

,. , . ., .
4 I can rent the house to you. ~otepwedQlalk11arlaks~ Yo te puedo alquilar la casa.
,. ,. . ,.
5 I can look for the wine for you. ~otepwedolbuskarelbln6~ Yo te puedo buscar el vino.
,. ,. .,..
6 I can take you to the wedding. ~otepwed"o IO~ebaralab6d' Yo te puedo llevar a la boda.
7 I can give you an idea, more or

,. ,. , ..
~otepwedoidarun~1de~ms~m~n6s~
"
Yo te puedo dar una idea, ms
less. o menos.
,. . , ... ..
e 16straheztlozmand2alat1ntorer1~ Los trajes, los mando a la
tintorera.
,. , . ..
1 I'U send the ashtrays to the los(W eni!ierozt lozmandQalasl~ Los ceniceros, los mando a la
living-room. sala.
, , . .
2 I'U send the desks to the lsAskritoryoztlozmandQ/l Los escritorios, los mando a la
, . .
consular section. sekiyo~konsulr~ seccin consular.
, . . , , .
3 I'U send the books to the school lbz11broztlozmandQ/l~eskwela Los libros, los mando a la
of languages. escuela de lenguas.
,. .
lstragoztlozmandQalkwrt6~
, .
4 I'll send the drinks to the room. Los tragos, los mando al cuarto
, . #
5 I'U send the cuha'libres' to lskb11breztlo7mandQal

.. . Los cuba libres, los mando al
the apartme nt. apartam~ntb~ apartamento.

, .. . , .
losp~ryo~1koztlozmandQal~
6 {'U send the newspapers to
. .
embahda~
Los peridicos, los mando a la
the Embassy. Embajada.
,. , . ..
laskm1saztlazmandQala Las camisas, las mando a la
7 {'U send the shirts to the
.. .
laundry. labander lavandera.
, ., ....
O kyente11mpy~lelapartamnt6~ Quin te limpia el apartamento?
, ., ..
1 Who sends you the newspaper. kyentemand~lelpery6diko Quin te manda el peri6dico?
, ., . . .
2 Who buys the shirts ror you? kyentekomprallaskam1sas~ Quin te compra las camisas?
, ., . .
3 Who cashes the checks rOl' you? kyentekambyalloschkes~ Quin te cambia los cheques?
, , ...
4 Who talks to you in Spanish? kyent~abl~lenespaQy61~ Quin te habla en espaol?
, . ,.
5 Who takes you downtown? kyen t ec:~ eb al n t r o~ Quin te lleva al centro?
, . ,.
6 Who's waiting rOl' you there? kyentespera~ Quin te espera ah?
, .
7 Who helps you? kyent~a~6~+ Quin te ayuda?
10.40 CUARENTA

, , Ya es tarde. Tengo que irme.

E ~a~strde~ t~~gbk~1rme~
, ,
1 It's late. I've got to study. ~a~strde~ t~gbkstdyar~ Ya es tarde. Tengo que estudiar.
, ,. , .
2 It's late. I've got to change ~a~str~e~ te~golkekambyarme Ya es tarde. Tengo que cambiarme
clothes. de ropa.
,. ,. .
3 I've got to move. te~golkemu~arme~eksa~ Te ngo que mudarme de casa.
, .
4 I've got to go back. te~gokebolb~r~ Tengo que volver.
5 He's got to go. Tiene que ir.
,. ..
6 We 've got to go up. tenemoskesub1r~ Tenemos que subir.
,. ..
7 They've got to go down. tyene~kebahr~ Tienen que bajar.
F
"
maQyanaylketrabahr~
. .. Maana hay que trabajar.
1 You have to clean tomorrow.

"
maQyanaylke11mpyr~
.. Maana hay que limpi aro
2 You have to return tomorrow.

"
mQyanaylkebolbr~
.. Maana hay que volver.
, , ...
3 You have to decide s oon. prontaylkede~1d!r~ Pronto hay que dec idir.
CUARENTA Y UNO 10.41

, ,..,
4 You'U have to bring another prontQlayketraer6tr6~ Pronto hay que traer otro.
one soon.
5 You'll have to study on Monday.

, . . . ,
El lunes hay que estudiar.
)luneslaykes tuety r+
, . , . . .
6 You'll have to practice on Friday. lbyerneslaykeprakt1kr+ El viernes hay que practicar.
, .. , . ..
7 You won't have to work on lsabaetolnQayketrabahr+ El sbado no hay que trabajar.
Saturday.
10.24 Review drill - Theme class in present tense forms
, .,.
1 He talks and eats a lote abl~11komemchb+ Habla y come mucho.
, .,.
2 He studies and lives here. stuety11b1b~ak+ Estudia y vive aqu.
, ., .
3 He works and lives there. trabah~11b1b~a+ Trabaja y vive ah.
, ,
4 He works and eats very little. trabah~lik6mmuyp6ko~ Trabaja y come muy poco.
, . , ..
5 We study and eat here. estetyamos lik6memo~ak1+ Estudiamos y comemos aqu.
, . ,.. .
6 We work and eat too much. trabahamos likbmemozetemasyetb+ Trabajamos y comemos demasiado.
, . , .
7 We talk and write a lote ablamos/1eskrib1mozmch+
,.. Hablamos y escribimos mucho.
10.42 CUARENTA Y DOS

, . , ..
8 We work aDd live here. trbahamoslibib1mOs~k Traba.jamos y vivimos aqu.
, . ,
9 We go down and come up bahamos lisub1mozmuyp6ko Bajamos y subimos muy poco.
very Hule.
,. .,.
10 They go down aDd come bahanl1Subenmcho Bajan y subeD mucho.
up a loto
,. ,. , . .
11 They work and live iD the trabahanlib1benln16~estadoaun4os~ Trabajan y viveD eD los Estados
United States. Unidos.
, . ,
12 They talk and write very ablanl1eskr1bnmuybyn
,... Hablan y escribeD muy bieD.
well.
, . ,
13 They study and cat very stu~yanlik6mnmuyp6ko Estudian y comeD muy poco.
liule.
10.3 CONVERSATION STlMULUS
NARRATWE 1
, , ....
1 JuaD likes the apartment. ahwantl9ustRlelapartam~nt A JuaD le gusta el apartameDto.
, .
2 He 's gOiDg to take it. batomr16 Va a tomarlo.
, .. / ,
3 He plans to move this wee k. pyensamudars~lstasemana PieDsa mudarse esta semana.
4. But he hasD't decided what

,
day.perOn2adei1d1~O Iked1A
.. /. ,
Pero DO ha decidido qu da.
CUARENTA y TRES 10.43
UNIT lO SPOKEN SPANISH
, . .
5 If the apartment is ready, he'll s*1apartamntQestl~stotse Si el apartamento est listo, se
, .
move on Saturday. murt~elsbado~ muda e 1 sbado.
, . ,
6 Saturday is a good day. els ab al~O" Is.mbrJend ll.l- El sbado es un buen dia.
7 You don't have to work.

,
nQayketrabahr.!.
. .. No hay que trabajar.
D1ALOG 1
, .. , .
Jos, pregntele a Juan que si le gusta t8gust~elapartamento1 Jos: Te gusta el apartamento?
el apartamento.
, , , .
Juan. contstele que s, que va a s11byatomar1 estmuybonto~ Juan: S, voy a tomarlo. Est
tomarlo, que est muy bonito. muy bonito.
, .
kwandopyensazmudrt~
, . .
Jos, pregntele que cundo piensa Jos: Cundo piensas mudarte?
mudarse.
,. ,
kreokestasern6naJ
..
Juan, contstele que Ud. cree que Juan: Creo que esta semana.
esta semana.
76eidlooikeolaf
,. " .
Jos, pregntele si ha decidido qu da. Jos Has decidido qu da?
, .
s~1~p~rtam~ntgestllstot
Juan, contstele que si el apartamento
est listo, se muda el sbado. . , . Juan: Si el apartamento est listo,
memucl Qe 1s b c't o~ me mudo el sbado.


, ,
si~ elsabadQles~mbwend~
. ,
Jos, dgale que s, que el sbado
es un buen da. Que no ha y que
trabajar.
,
nQayketrabahrJ.
. .. Jos: S, el sbado es un buen
da. No hay que trabajar.
NARRAT/VE 2
1 It seems that Jos and Juan

, " .
pare~elkehose*hwamlbnAsr Parece que Jos y Juan van a ser
,
are going to be neighbors, be~1noslent6n~es~ vecinos entonces.
then.
, , ..,
hoselpwd~a~drhwanlapasar
2 Jos can help Juan move his
.
susk6ss-l.
Jos puede ayudar a Juan a pasar
things. sus cosas.
, ,
3 What John has isn't mucho noezmuchbI16kety~nhwn~
,.. No es mucho lo que tiene Juan.
, , . ,..
4 He can move them himself. elm17.molpv~edepasrls~ El mismo puede pasarlas.
, ,
5 But Jose's got a caro proh6se'tyen~Wt6 Pero Jos tiene auto.
, ,
6 It's easier that way. ezmasfa~illas.J. Es ms fcil as.

D/ALOG 2
, .
Jos, dgale a Juan que parece que preielkebms..asr!bil.ns!ent6n~est Jos: Parece que vamos a ser
Uds. van a ser vecinos, entonces. vecinos, entonces.
Juan, digale que as parece. Juan: As parece.
,. , , ,. ..
Jos; digale que Ud. le puede ayudar ~otepwed2a~UdarlApa5arlask6ss~ Jos: Yo te puedo ayudar a pasar
a pasar las cosas. las cosas.
, .. . . ,.,
Juan, dgale que no se moleste. Que notemolstes~ ~om1zmollaspwedo Juan: No te molestes. Yo mismo
Ud. mismo las puede pasar. Que no
es mucho lo que tiene.
.
pasr~
".. .
nQezmucholloket~g las puedo pasar. No es
mucho lo que tengo.
, , , , ,
Jos, pero Ud. tiene auto, dgale. pero~ote~gQlawto ezmasfa~illas1 Jos: Pero yo tengo auto. Es ms
Dgale que es ms fcil as. fcil as.
, ,...
Juan, digale que bueno, que muy bwen muya~ra(~e~eto Juan: Bueno, muy agradecido.
agradecido.
NARRAr/VE 3
,. ,.,., ,
1 Another thin~. Where can Juan otrak6sA dondepwedehwanlO~ebar Otra cosa. Dnde puede Juan
take his clothes to be washed? . ,. . llevar su ropa a lavar?
surropalabr

, , .
2 There 's a laundry on the cornar ynalabandr1lnl~sklna1 Hay una lavanderia en la esquina
,. .
and a cleaner's around the *natlntrer1alabw~1t.~ y una tintorera a la vuelta.
cornero
, , , . , ..
,.
3 But he can't take his clothes perQelrnlzmO Inopwed e(J)'Jebar Isurropa Pero l mismo no puede llevar
there himself. su ropa ah.
, .. ,..
4 This is not the United States. ~stnoez
,.. Ilos~sta~os~n6S Esto no es los Estados Unidos.
, . , .
5 The girl who cleans his apartment lmchachalklmpys~prtmentot La muchacha que limpia su apar-
will take them, then. 1~n~blent6nies tamento la lleva, entonces.
DIALOG 3
, . , , , . ..
otrak6s Ihos~ :iondepwe6cf:'yebar I
Juan, dgale a Jos que otra cosa.
Pregntele que dnde puede llevar , .. Juan: Otra cosa, Jos. Dnde
la ropa a layar. lrropalabr.1. puedo llevar la ropa a lavar?
, , .
Jos, contstele que hay una lavan- ynlbanderl~lenlsklnat*n Jos: Hay una lavandera en la
dera en la esquina y una tintorera ,. .
a la vuelta. tintorrlalabwlt.1. esquina y una tintorera a
, , , . la vuelta.
Juan, pregntele que si l mismo la tumlzmola1yebasf Juan: T mismo la llevas?

lleva.
, , , , ,.
Jos, contstele que no, hombre, que nolombr.1.nuDk.1. kInQestamosI Jos: No, hombre, nunca. Aqu
nunca. Que aqu no estamos en ,
los Estados Unidos. nlaestdo~nl~s.1. no estamos en los Estados
Unidos.

lJ~IT 10 SPOKEN SPANISH
,
Juan, pregntele que cmo hace kom9~eS'3nt6nis~ Juan: Cmo haces, entonces?
l, entonces.
, . ,
Jos, contstele que la muchacha lamchachalke11mpyamlapartmentb~ Jos: La muchacha que limpia mi
que limpia su apartamento la
lleva. lC\lba apartamento la lleva.

11.1 BASIC SENTENCES. White interviews a maid.
The woman who cleans Molina's apartment comes to be interviewed by White.
ENGUSH SPELLING AID TO LISTENING SPANISH SPELLING
Maid ,. , Sirvienta
Good afternoon, sir. bwenastar~s IsQy6r Buenas tardes, seor.
White , , . White
Good afternoon. What can 1 do fOl' you? bwn~stards ke~es~A Buenas tardes, qu desea?
,
the one that la-k la que
Maid , " , . Maid

I'm the one that cleans l\'lr. Molina's ~osoyllAkel~mpy~!elapartmentol Yo soy la que limpia el aparta-
apartment. , mento del Sr. Molina.
dlseQy6rml1.n
White " , o., ,.., White

Oh, yeso Can you clean mine, too? a muybyn pwedellmpyar /lm1.otambyent Ah! l'vluy bien. Puede limpiar
el mo tambin?
,
the yours l--su~ el suyo
,
isn't it?, didn't he?, not no
haven't they?, etc.
UNO 11.1

Maid Srvtenta
y ours is higger, isn't it? El suyo es ms grande, no?
the (one) of him el de l
Ifhue (1) , ,. Whtte

No, it's the same size as his. no~ s.igwall aldl~ No, es igual al de l.
,
the day l-dJ.~ el da
, ,
What day can you come on? ke~J.s fpw~bnir~ Qu das puede venir?
Matd (2) , Strvtenta

On Mondayso lzluns~ Los lunes.
White Whtte
No] on Mondays it's not convenient nd~ lzl~n~zlnomek~mbyn~ No, los lunes no me conVIene.
for me.
t he a f ternoon (3)
durmg por la tarde
, ,.., , .
. ., . .
Can 't you come on Friday nopwedebenJ.rllozbyernesporlatar~et No puede venir los viernes
afternoon? por la tarde?
Matd ,. . S"rvtenta
1 thmk so. kreokesf..I. Creo que s.
11.2 DOS

What do 1 have to do?

" . .
keteIJgok~a~r+ Qu tengo que hacer?
to sweep barrer
White
Sweep the house and dust
" ,
brrerllakastl11mpyarloamw'bles+
. White
Barrer la casa y limpiar los
the furmture. (4) muebles.
,
to wash labar~ lavar
, , o
Mop up the kitchen and labarflak6~1nalelbQy6~ Lavar la cocina y el baoQ

bathroom.
,
the sheet lA-saban.(. la sbana
,
the (pillow) case l~-funda+ la funda
,
the pillow l~--almwa<!~+ la almohada
, . . ,.. ,
ikambyarfla(~sabanaslilasfundaz<!~almw~4a+
And change the sheets and y cambiar las sbanas y las
pillow cases< fundas de almohada.
to charge cobrar
, .,.
How much are you going to kwantobakobrrm+ e unt o va a cobrarme?
charge me?
,
. (5)
mlster dd'n+ don
TRES lL3

Maid (6) ,. ,. Sirvienta

The same as for Mr. Molina. lm1zmolk~aOijhos~ Lo mismo que a don Jos.
,
the party l-fyest~ la fiesta
White "hite
And if 1 have a party Can y si tengo una fiesta, puede
you help me out? ayudarme?
,
the time l-tyemp6~ el tiempo
,
with time, in time enough k6n-tyempo~ con tiempo
Mad , ,. . Sirv.e TIta

Certanly, if yon let me know klaro~ sim~blsalkontympo~ Claro, si me avisa con tiempo.
ID time.
dirty SUCIO
Whue (7) , , . White

This place lS quite dirty. est2tstbastantes~y~ Esto est bastante sucio.
to begin empezar
, , ..
, .. , .
Can you begin this week? pwedempe~arlestasemanat Puede empezar esta semana?
Mald , ,. , Sirvienta
Yeso Then 1'11 see yon Friday. si~ nton~estst~elbyerns~ Si. Entonces hasta el viernes.
11.4 CUATRO

(1) This sentence o course literally says, 'It's equal to the one of him', contextually 'It's the same as his.' This construction is drilled in
Unit 13, section 13.21.3.
(2) Note that with days of the week no word equivalent to English 'on' occurs.
(3) This is given as a unit expression because of the occurrence of the item por in the meaning 'during' or 'in', which it regularly has
only with time-words like 'morning', 'afternoon', and so on.
(4) Note that this answer is to the question /k t Q9 ok~ a~ r / Qu tengo 1 ue hacer?, which has the /-x I
form, the infinitive,
of hacer. Consequently, the answer merely replaces hacer with a series of verbs aIl in the same l-xl form, much as we would do in English
in such a sequence as 'What do 1 have to do?' 'You have to eat, to wash up,' etc. But notice: the 'have to' must be present in the English answer,
though it does not need to be present in the Spanish answer.
(5) The item don is used only before the given name, the 'first' name, not the surname. It is translatable by 'mister' except that 'mister'
is used only before surnames (though in the South one may hear servants talk about 'Mister Bill' DI' the like). It is rather formal. Doa is the
feminine equivalent of don.
(6) See (5) aboye for explanation o why Mr. Molina is used to translate don losl.
(7) Bastante occurs more often in this sense of 'rather' or 'quite' than it does in the more literal sense 'enough'.
11.21 Pattern drills
11.21.1 Possessives - shortened forms
A. Presentation pattern
1LLUSTRAT10NS
, .
estezm*wt
1
, . Este es mi auto.
2 eZf!!!n6byai Es mi novia.
new
CINCO nuevo 11.5

, .. . , .
Hand me my new books. 3 pasemelm~7.11broznwbs~ Pseme mis libros nuevos.
,. .
4 stas,en tuks a~ Ests en tu casa.
,
, . .
5 dondemandas~urr6pa~ Dnde mandas tu ropa?
, ,.
Where are your things? 6 dondestantusk6sas+ Dnde estn tus cosas?
, . " ,
7 estelbaserls~eskritory~ Este va a ser su escritorio.
, . , , .
8 b1nQusted/konsfm11yat Vino usted con su familia?
, ,
his su~ su~oi su (suyo)
, . ,.. .
,
He himself takes his shirts. 9 elm1zmo IQ)~eba~kamss~ El mismo lleva sus camisas.
, ..
J ohn and his ideas! 10 hwan~su~~ds~ Juan y sus ideas!
,
our nwestro~ nuestro
They're not our friends. 11

, .
" ,
e~~os lnosonlnwestro~amgs~
.. Ellos no son nuestros amigos.
their su (suyo)
,
,.,.,
The Whites have their house 12 lzhwaytltyenenmuybon1tls Los White tienen muy bonita su
(fixed up) very pretty. casa.
ks~
EXTRAPOLA TION
Heference sg pI
1 m1(S) [nwestro(s~
a(s ]
2 fam tU(S)
2 -3 SU(s)
NOTES
11.6 a. AH possessives except /nw S tr,q/ occur in shortened forms when placed before nouos.
SEIS
b. Gender distinctions are lost in shortened forms, though agreement in number remains.

11.21.11 Suhstitution drills ~ number suhstitution
, ... ".
eltyenefm1en1~rb~
1
_________
.. , ,. o o
en1~rOS~ el tyene Im1(s) en1~r6s~
"
2 yoteijgolsup16ma+
. .
________~_plmas~
" . .
yoteij9olsusplmas~
ti? tI?. ,
3 eOOyozh1benle(~nwestrQed1f~y~
__________________
.. , o Ro. , CJ
ed~fiys
eOOyozb1ben le.(n)nwestro~ect~fiYs+
1 El tiene mi cemcero.
____________ ceniceros.
El tene mis ceniceros.
2 Yo tengo su pluma.
_ _ _ _ plumas.
Yo tengo sus pluIDas.
3 Ellos viven en nuestro edifcio.

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _edfcioso
Ellos viven en nuestros edIfICios.
SIETE
11.7

4
, . ,.. ,
eroyaskomenle~)nwestrazmsas~
.
_________
, . ,.. , .
eroyaskomenle~nwestrams~
...;m~sa~
, . ,. . .
eroyatyenelm1zmaltas~
5

__________~mal~t~
, . ,. ..
eroyatyenelm1mal'tl~
6
,. .
t~nemoslsuz11br6s
_______lfbr6~
,. .
tenemoslsulbr6~
,. ,..
7 eroyoz Ibanam1fy~st~
__________fystas~
, . ,..
eroyozlbanam1sfystas~
4 Ellas comen en nuestras mesas.

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ mesa.
Ellas comen en nuestra mesa.
5 Ella tiene mis maletas.

_ _ _ _ _ maleta. Ella tiene mi maleta.
6 Tenemos sus libros.

_ _ _ _ _ libro.
Tenemos su libro.
7 Ellos van a mi "esta.

_ _ _ _ _ fIestas. Ellos van a mis fiestas.
11.8 OCHO

F orm substitution
, . ..
estiezlamal'ta~
1
, . ..
_ _ _ _ffi1_ _ --+ est~ezm1mal~ta~
, .
____su. + es t~e(s) sumalta+
, , . , ..
____nwes tra_~ est~leznwestramal'ta~
,
estes~lkwrtb~
2
, . .
_ _--m1----~ estezmJ.kwrtb~
, . .
___su -+ este(s) sukwrtb+
,. , .
,
_---.;nwestro-+ estezlnwestrokwrtb+
1 Esta es la maleta.
_ _ _ ml ,
Esta es mi maleta.
_ _ _ su _
Esta es su maleta.
_ _ _ nuestra_. Esta es nuestra maleta.
2 Este es el cuarto.
_ _-Jml _ _
Este es mi cuarto.
_ _ _ su_ _
Este es su cuarto.
_ _ _ Duestro_o Este es nuestro cuarto.
NUEVE 11.9

, . . . .
estoslsonlozbe~nbs
3
____~mJ.z ~
,. . . .
estos Isonm1zbe~!n6s~
, . . . .
_____suz:- ~
esto$lsonsuzbe~!nbs~
, . . , . .
estoslso~nwestrozbe~!nbs~
3 Estos son los veClDOS.

_ _ _ mlS _
Estos son mis vecinos.
_ _ _.sus _ Estos son sus vecinos.
_ _ _ _ nuestros_ Estos son nuestros veclOOS.
11.10 DIEZ

, . .
1 ThIS is my agency. estiezm*ahn~ya~ Esta es mi age nc ia.
, o ,
2 This is our building. est~leznwestrQed~f~y~ Este es nuestro edific io.
, , o
3 They are my fnends. ea~oSISOnm1&amgos~ Ellos son mis amigos.
, , o
4 Our house lS vacant. nwstrkas~rstadesokupda~ Nuestra casa est desocupada.
, o
5 These are my SUltS. esto(s) sonm1strhes~ Estos son mIS trajes.
, o ,
6 Our cleaner~s lS across nwstratint6rr~~lesta~mfrnt Nuestra [IDtorena est (enfrente.

(the street).
, ,
7 Your house lS very big. skas~lzmuygrnd~ Su casa es muy grande.
, o, o ,. o
8 1 never send my suits nu~kamandorm1strahe~a Nunca mando mIS trajes ah.

there.
, . , o
9 My car is on the cornero m~awtol~sta~nl~eskn~ Mi auto est en la esqulDao
, o , o o
10 Someone has my books. algyenltyenem1z1brbs~ Alguien tiene mis lIbros.
ONCE 11.11

11 Nobody lives in our house.

, ., . ,
nadyeb~b~ le6inwestraks~
. Nadie vive en nuestra casa.
, .,
12 Our family is here. nw~strafm~ly~lestak1~ Nuestra familia est aqui.
, ,.
13 It's (just) that my Spanish 6skm*sp~yolln2ezmuybw'no~ Es que mi espaol no es muy
isn't very good. bueno.
, .,..,....
14 We always speak wlth your syempr~ablamo~umpokolkonsuaam9s~ Siempre hablamos un poco con
(girO frIends a little bit. sus amigas.
, .. , .
15 Bring me my thirteen traY9amelmistreed61ares~ Trlgame mis trece dlares.
dollars.
11.12 DOCE

B" D IS C uss ion of pattern
Sorne adjectlves of two or more syllables in Spanish~ including the possessives /mio, tyo, syO/, are subject to shortening
when they occur 10 a posltion before the nouns they mo<hfy. This shortening involves the 10ss of the final syIlable of the adjectve. A complete
discussion o the patterns o shortening including aH adjectives affected~ how much is removed in taking the final syllable off, and what
posltlon~agreementreqUlrements control the shortening~ are presented 10 the appendlx.
The shortening of possesslves is characterzed by the loss of their final syllable whether singular ar plural and in both gender forms.
This shortening 10 chart form IS:
Full Shartened
mo(s)
1 sg m1. (s)
ma(s)
tyo(s)
2 fam tu(s)
tya(s)
syo(s)
2 .. 3 su (s)
sya(s)
nwstro(s)
1 pI
nwstra(s)
TRECE 11.13

The fuIl forms always carry a strong stress: the shortened forms may, especially lf they appear 10 a contrastive construction, though
they are normaIly weak stressed. The construction with shortened forms appearing before the noun occurs much more frequently than the con-
struction with fuIl forms appearing after the noun.
The range of possible meamng is the same for /su/ as for /sYO/ ,namely aH 2-3 forms. Hence / su / may be translated
'your (referrmg to one or more than one), hlS, her, its, thelr'. However, in the absence of contextual evidence to the contrary, it wlll refer only
to 2 sg, that is, meaning 'your' (referrmg to one person). Thus the chart presented aboye could be modified as follows:
Reference sg pI
nwstro(s)
1 ffil(S)
-a (s)
2 fam tu(s)
[su (S) ]
2 for Su (s)
3 [SU (s) ] [su(s) ]
11.14 CATORCE

11.21.2 The negative particle with verbs
Ao Presentation of pattern
lLL USTRA TIONS
, , , .
1 lpre~yolno~staml El prec io no est mal.
2 nQ~m~zldiid~d~l~fch No hemos decidido la fecha.

, o ,. ,
3 prkenobyeneslestan6ch Por que no vienes esta noche?

, , 'o , ,.
4 antez Inokyereslotrotragot Antes, no quieres otro trago?
, . , . ,.
5 nomed1galseQyormoln No me diga seor Molina.
, ..
6 notemolsts No te molestes.
, ,
7 no stlehos No, est lejos.
,
" ,
8 lsu~QlzmazQrande~ not El suyo es ms grande, no?
EXTRAPOLATION
AH irmat ive- Verb

Negatlve- Inl Verb
NOTES
a. Used as a verb modifier g In61 appears lmmediately before the verb 9 or the verb along with any preposed chtics"
QmNCE lL15

11.21.21 Substitution drill - Construction substltution
Problem ~
,
teI)9Qmbre~
Answer:
, ,
notel)gS?mbr~
1
,.
prkt1kamlbastnte~
. , . . ,.
noprakt1kamlbastnte~
, , . . ,. , o
2 lsQyor~lablespaQy61 lasQyoralnQablRespa~y61~
,
megust~~so~
, . ,
3 nomegust~sb''
Problem:
Tengo hambre.
Answer:
No tengo hambre.
1 Practican bastante. No practICan bastante

2 La seora habla espaol. La seora no habla espaol.
3 Me gusta es o. No me gusta es o.
11.16 DIECISEIS

, o , '0. , ,. o
4 lsabadQlst6yokpa~~ lsabadolnQestoyokupd
P , o o , "'0. o
5 hwanlestmuyagra~e~1d~ hwanlnQestalmuyagradei!db~
, , o '0 , 0'0 o o
6 lhwebesltrabhamo~ak!~ elhwebezJnotrabahamo~aki~
, , ,. , , .
7 lkahqJstl~ntrada~ lkahaln2estal~entrd
, o , , .., o o o
8 ~trbhadoldmsyado~ n2etrabahadoldemasydo~
, o o , , o o
9 komenlechg nokomenlechg''
4 El sbado estoy ocupadoe El sbado no estoy ocupado.

S Juan est muy agradecIdo. Juan no est muy agradecido.
6 El jueves trabajamos aqUl. El jueves no trabajamos aque
7 La caja est a la entrada. La caja no est a la entrada.
8 He trabajado demasiado. No he trabajado demas lado.
9 Comen lechuga. No comen lechuga e
DIECISIETE
11017


, ..
., .,
notrabahQlen~lpr1merp1s6~
1 1 don't work on the first floor. No trabajo en el primer piso.
, , .,
2 He hasn't been here before. elnQa~stadQak1Ints~ El no ha estado aquLantes.
, ,
3 Gosh, 1 don't remember anything. karamba~ n6rrekw~rdnaaa~ Caramba! No recuerdo nada.
,
emfin~ ~anoby~ne~
, ..
4 Well, she's not comlOg. En fin, ella no viene.
, , ,. .
5 They're not gong to move. noban'mdarsedeksa~ N <? van a mudarse de casa.
, ,.,..
6 By the way, 1 don 't remember prposito~ norrekwerdo'sun6mbre~ A propsito, no recuerdo su
your name. nombre.
, , , o
7 They're not very grateful. ~znQestanlmuyagrade~1~s~ Ellos no estn muy agradecidos.
" o
8 She doesn't sweep very well. nobarrelmuyhy~n~ No barre muy bien.
" . ,..
9 They don't clean the whole no11mpyanltodalaksa~ No limpian toda la casa.
house.
The particle /n6/ is unlOflectable, that is., lt does not change for erson number~ OF any other grammatical categoryo It is most
commonly used as a complete sentence followed by a terminal juncture, / / (often marked with a comma 10 the writing system) answering
a query 10 the negative, 01 followed by /t/after a statement, which means the speaker is asking for corroboration:
11.18 DIECIOCHO

SPOK':N SPANISH UNIT 11
/n6 estlhosl/
/elsYQfesmsgrnde+n6t/
When /n6/ appears III an ntonation phrase with other words 1 it s usually placed directly hefore the verh. oc hefore the verh and
any precedmg cltc pronouns 'lhat accompany t, since the elit]CS hecome part of the verho
In the case of verh phrases: /n/ comes hefore the first verh. not hetween the two as ]t does in English~
The occurrence of /-1-/ hetween /n6/ and the verh ls 9 0f course, of the utmost importance. because lt can totally change the
meaning of the sentence~
/n6-1- estlhos~/ N0 9 ies very far ofL
/n6~st~lhos-1-/ Iti s not very far ofL
Both /n/'s can occur in a smgle utterance" like this;
N0 9 ies not very far offo
You wIlI note that the first /n6/ translates the Englsh 6no ", but the second one" the one which lmmediately precedes the verb.
translates English "not' Examme es pec ially these utterances i whICh are of very high frequency and great utibtY:i answenng the question
o
6Do you have It?"
No, I don>'to
Yes. Ido.
The pattern of negative usage in Spanish ineludes what in English is called a 'double negative', i. e. the appearance o two negative
words in the same construction. '1 don't ha~e nothing' is critic ized as socially unacceptable in English, but / n 6-t n g o-n d a/ No tengo
nada is a normal, regular pattern in Spanish. The general paUern in Spanish is: sorne negative precedes the verb in a negative sentence. Thus:
/ndye-byne/ /n6-byne-ndye/
or
DIECINUEVE /nnka-b6y/ /n6-by-nnka/ 11.19

UNrr '11 SPOKEN SPANISI!
11.22 Replacement drills

, .. , . ,. , .
A pwede11mpyarlelm1oltambyenf
.poraf
, . , .. , .
pwede11mpyarJelm1~Jaora1
, ., .
1
-------------
_ _ _ _ _ _.....
,
f
, .. , . , .,.
kwart~ pwede11mpyarlelkwart~laora1
2
, .. , ., .,.
t
3
------~
,
m1
t
, ..
pwede11mpyarlm1kwartQlaoraf
, ., .,.
4 ---....,;barrer
pwedebarrerlm1kwartQlaora1
, .. , , .. ., .
este t pwedebarrerlestekwart~laorat
5
------- , . , .., , .. , ..
6 __________despwes t pwedebarrerlestekwartoldespwest
'0
_______su t o, ,
pwedebarrerlsukwartoldespwes1
o ,
A Puede lImpIar e 1 mo tambin?
1 ahora? Puede limpiar el mo ahora?

2 cuarto_? t',Puede limpiar el cuarto ahora?
3 mI ? Puede limpiar mi cuarto ahora?
4 - - barre r ? Puede barrer mI cuarto ahora?
5 este ? Puede barrer este cuarto ahora?
6 despus? Puede barrer este cuarto despus?
7 su ? Puede barrer su cuarto despus?
11.20 VEINTE

, D , ,
B lsu~Qlezmazgrnd~~not
,. . , ,
1 los t 16(s) su~os Isonmazgrndz.l.no1
, D , . ,
2 bontaz__1 l(s) su~as Isonmazhon!taz''no1

, D . .
, ,. ,
3 m1 as t lzm1aslsonmazhontaz''no1
, . ,. ,
4 ez t lam1~lezmazbontanot
, . , ,
5 s~yo t lm1~ lezma(s) s~y+no1
, , ., ,
elotr~ Iezma(s) synot
6
--otro,.--------t , . . , ,
7 las t las.otras Isonma(s) s~ys''nof
B El suyo es ms grande 9 no?
1 Los , _? Los suyos son ms grandes~ no?

2 _ _ _ _ _ bonitas, _? Las suyas son ms bonitas 9 no?
3 _mas , _? Las mas son ms bonitas, no?
4 es , _? La ma es ms bonita~ no?
5 sucio, _? El mo es ms sucio 9 no?
6 __ otro , _? El otro es ms sucio 9 no?
7 Las , _? Las otras son ms sucias g no?
VEINTIUNO 11021

e
" . .
keteIJgok~a~~r~
_____
. komprr~
" .. .
keteIJgokekomprr~
1
,
_ay
, ..
~ k~aykekomprr~
2
,
kwan t Q
, , ..
~ kwantQaykekomprr~
3
,
____tenemos_~
. . , o
kwantotenemoslkekomprr~
,.
__________~kambyr~
. , . . ,. . .
kwantotenemoslkekambyr~
5
6
,
_ _ _ayke ~
, "
kwantQaykekambyr+
..
, el
7 k~- ---~ k~aykekambyr.!-
C Qu~ tengo que hacer?
1 comprar? Qu tengo que comprar?

2 _ _hay ? Qu hay que comprar?
3 Cunto ? Cunto hay que comprar?
4 __tenemos ? Cunto tenemos que comprar?
5 cambiar? Cunto tenemos que camhiar?
6 _ _hay que ? Cunto hay que cambiar?
7 Qu ? Qu hay que cambiar?
11.22
VEINTIOOS

, .,.
O kwantobakobrrme~
, , .,.
1 kwando------~ kwandohakobrrm~
. , o,
2 ablrme~ kwandobablrm~
- - - -,- ,p o ,.
3 _____bas ~
kwando Ihas.ablrm~
o , , o
4
------ mudrte~ kwando Ibas.amudrt~
,
prke
, ,. .
5 ~ porkelba~amudrt~
, o , , o
6 _____pyensaz ~ prkelpyensazmuarte~
7
,
adonde------~
". ,
adondelpyensazmu~rt~~
. .
D Cunto va a cobrarme?
1 Cuando ? Cuando va a cobrarme?

2 hablarme? Cundo va a hablarme?
3 vas ? C uand o vas a hab larme ?
4 (, mudarte? Cuando vas a mudarte?
5 Por que ? (, P or qu vas a mudarte?
6 plensas _ _? ,Por que piensas mudarte?
7 A dnde -? A dnde piensas mudarte?
VEINTITRES 11.23

, , .
E est2Iestbastantes~y6~
,
mlkasi
, .
mlkasRI~stbastantes~ya~
,
, .
~
, .
1
, . mlstraheslestmbstantes6~y6s~
, .
2 _trahes -~
, ,
muy mistraheslstnmuys6iybs~
, .
3 ~
,
nw6bos~ mistraheslestnmuynw~bbs~
4
--------.--; , . ,
5 ss ~ sOstraheslestnmuynw~bbs~
, . , . ,
sskam1saslstnmuynw~bs~
6 _kam1sas------~ , o ,
7 sOskam1saslestnmuys~ys~
E Esto est bastante sucio.
1 Mi casa _ Mi casa est hastante sucia.

2 _trajeo..s _ Mis trajes estn hastante sucios.
3 muy _ Mis trajes estn muy sucios.
4 nuevos. Mis trajes estn muy nuevos..
5 Sus _ Sus trajes estn muy ~uevos.
6 _camisas _ Sus camisas estn muy nuevas.
7 sucias. Sus camisas estn muy sucias.
11.24 VEINTICUATRO

, , , 0.'0
F pwe~empeiarlestasemanat
, . 'o o o, , 0'0
1 pwedes t pwede~empe~arlestasemanat
, o '0 o ., , o, o
2 byernest pwedeS2mpearlestebyernes1
o , '0 o., , , o
3 trabahar t pwedestrabaharlestebyernes1
, o ,. o o, , o, o
kyeres_-------t kyerestrabaharlestenyernest
4
, . , o o., , ,.
5 ------------d"1ast kyerestrabaharlestozd1ast
,. o o , o o '0
6 ________unoz_t kyerestrabaharlunozd1ast
, , o o, o ,.
7
---.....ben1r--------t kyerezben1rlunozd1asf
F Puede empezar esta semana?
1 Puedes ? lPuedes empezar esta semana?

2 viernes? Puedes empezar este vIernes?
3 l trabajar ? Puedes trabajar este VIernes?
4 l QUIeres ? Quieres trabajar este viernes?
5 l das? Quieres trabajar estos das?
6 unos _ _ 3 "Quieres trabajar unos dlas?
7 venIr ? (, Quieres vemr unos das?
VEINTICINCO 11.25


, ,. ,..
A kedlas Ipwedebenr~ (, Qu das puede venir?
#',. ,
1 What days can you elean? ked1aslpwede11mpy~r~ Qu das puede limpiar?
"0 , o o
2 What days can you sweep? ke~laslpwedebarr~r~ (,Qu das puede barrer?
". ,. o
3 What days can you wash? ked1aslpwedelabr~ Qu das puede lavar?
, , o , . .
4 What days can you study? kedlaslpwedestudyr~ (, Qu das puede estudIar?
,'0 , o o
5 What days do you wam to kedlas Ikyereprakt1kr~ Qu das quiere pracL ear?
practIce?
"',.. , o o.
6 What days do you want to kedlaS Ikyeretrabahr~ Qu das qUiere trabajar?

work?
"0 , o
7 What days do you want to kedlaslkyerebolb~r~ Qu das qUiere volver?

return?
11.26 VEINTISEIS

SPANISH SPOKEN UNIT 11
, , , , . o o, o
B nopwedebenJ.r Ilozbyerneslporlatardet No puede venlr los viernes por

la tarde?
, ,. o, , o o, o
1 Can>t you come Friday nopwedebenJ.rl16zbyerneslporlanoche1 No puede venir los VIerl'leS por
evenings? la noche?
, lo. I , ,.
2 Can~t you come Monday nopwedeben1rllzluneslporlamaQyanat No puede venIr los lunes por
mornmgs? la maana?
, , , .. ,
3 Can~t you go at three nopwed~~rlalastrest No puede ir a las tres?
o~clock?
, ' o o, ,
4 Can~t you'eat at six o~clock? nopwedekomer Ia1a(s) seyst No puede comer a las seis?
, , . o, '0. 01
5 Don~t you want to eat in that nokyerekomerle~serrestorant No quiere comer en ese restorn?
restaurant?
, , , .. ,.
nokyerebolberlmaQyanat
.
6 Don't you want to come back No quiere volver maana?
tomorrow?
, , . , . . ,
7 Don~tyou want to speak nokyer~ab1arlespaQyolt No quiere hablar espaol?
Spanish?
VEINTISIETE 11027

e
, ... , .,
tyenelkebarrerlakasRt111mpyarlozmwbles~
.. , . Tiene que barrer la casa y limpiar
los muebles.
,. .. , ..,. .
1 You have to sweep the kitchen tyenelkebarrerlakoi1nat+elbQYo~ Tiene que baI'l'er la cocina y el
and the batmoom. bao.
,. .. , . ,..
tyenelkekambyarla(~sabanast
2 Y ou have to change the sheets
and the pIllow cases. . .
11asf6nds~
Tiene que cambiar las sbanas y
las fundas.
, o o o " o ". o
3 Y ou have to clean the ~ntrance tyenelke11mpyarlRentra~af*elptyb~ TIene que limpiar la entrada y

and the patio. e 1 patio.
, o o
4 1 have to study and to wOlk. t~gokest~yarI1trabahr~ Tengo que estudIar y trabajar.
, o , o
5 1 have to wat fOl" J ose and te~golkesperrahosel*akrmn~ Tengo que esparar a Jos y a
Carmen. Carmen.
, o , " .
6 We have to see Jose and tenemOS Ikeb~rahosel*a15Qyormolna+ Tenemos que ver a Jos y al
Mr. Molma. seo r MolIna.
, o , ,
7 They have lO send the SUlls tyeneijlkArnAndarl16strahe~ala TIenen que mandar los trajes a la
to the e leaner 9 s. o
tintorena.
t1ntorer1~~
11.28
VEINTIOCHO

, .. , ., . .
D si teIJg2unafysta''pwe4~ayud'armet Si tengo una fIesta, puede
ayudarme?
, .. , . ., .
1 lE 1 change the sheets, sikambyola(~sbnas~pwe4~ayu4armet Si cambio las sbanas, puede
can you help me? ayudarme?
, .. , . .,
sibarrolaks~pwe4~ayudarmet
.
2 lE 1 sweep the house, caD SI barro la casa, puede ayudarme?
you help me?
, ... ,.
silaholako~fna~pwed'~ayu4armet
. , .
3 lf 1 wash the kltcheD il caD Si lavo la cocina, puede
yu help me? ayudarme?
, , o. ". .,
4 lE 1 have something to do, site~92algok~a~r~pwe4~ayu4armef SI tengo algo que hacer, puede

can you help me? ayudarme?
, .. , . ., .
5 lE you want a house, can si4eseRUnaksa~pwe~~ab1sarmet Si desea UDa casa, puede
you let me know? avisarme?
, ... , .., .
6 If you need a maid, caD sine,es1tRunamuchch~pwe4~ab1Sarme1 SI neLesta una muchacha, puede
you let me know? aVisarme?
7 HIgo downtowD, can yoo

, . ,.
siboyal~6ntr6~pwed'esperarmet
., . Si voy al centro, paede
wait fOl me? esperarme?
11.29

, , . .
E klar~simeab~sakontymp~
,.. Claro, si me avisa con tiempo.
, , o
1 Sure 9 If you let me know klaro~sim~ab1SamaQyna~ Claro, si me avisa maana.

tomorrow.
, , o
2 Sure ~ If you let me know at klar6~sim~ab1salastr~s+ Claro, si me avisa a las tres.

three o'clock.
, , , .
3 Sure t if you let me know at klaro~sim~ab1s~ Iala(s} syet~1kn!je+ Claro, si me avisa a las siete
seven flfteen. y quince.
, t'
4 Sure t if YOti walt fcr me. klarb~sim~sper~ Claro 9 si me espera.
" p
5 Sure t if you look for me. klarsmbuska..!- Claro, si me busca.
, "
6 Sure, if you take me. klaro~sim~eba~ Claro, si me lleva.
t' , o o o
'7 Sure, if you speak tu me in klar~sim~abl~e~espaQy61 Claro, SI me habla en espaol.

Spamsh.
11.30 TREINTA

, . , .
F enton~est astRelby~rnes'' Entonces, hasta el viernes.
1 We11 1'11 be seeing you

j
, . , .
&nton~estast~e(Ulns'' Entonces, hasta el lunes.
Monday.
, . , .
2 We11~ 1'11 be seelDg you &nton~estast~elsbadb~ Entonces, hasta el sbado.
Saturday.
, , o
3 We11, 1'11 be seeing you nton~estast~elhw~bes~ Entonces, hasta el jueves.

Thursday.
, . ,
4 We11, 1'11 be seeing you enton~estastamaQyn~ Entonces, hasta maana.
tomorrow.
, . , ..
5 We11, 1'11 see you enton~est astac!espw~s~ Entonces, hasta despus.
afterwards.
, . , , .
6 We11 e11 see you sorne
j nton~es1ast~otroc!1~ Entonces, hasta otro dla.
other day.
, . , . ,
7 We11, 1'11 see you latero enton~estastamastrde~ Entonces, hasta ms tarde.
TREINTA Y UNO 11.31

11.24 Review drill Unernphatic 'sorne, any' frorn English
, .
1 Give me sorne soup. demes6pa.t. Drne sopa.
2 Give me sorne salad.

,.
demensald"a+
. Drne ensalada.
,
3 Give me sorne water. dem~9wa+ Drne agua.
, .
4 Give me sorne wine. demeb!n6.t. Drne vino.
, ..
5 Glve me sorne pie. demepast~l+ Drne pastel.
, o
6 GlVe me sorne dessert. demep6strl!+ Drne postre.
, o
7 Give me sorne beer. demeerb+ Dme cerveza.
, , .. .
8 Do you have any tomatoes? tyenetomatesf Tiene tornates?
11.32 TREINTA Y DOS

, ., o
9 Do you have any vegetables? tyenelegumbrest Tiene legumbres?
'o 0'0 o t?
10 Do you have any pork chops? tyenechuletazldeerdot Tiene chuletas de cerdo?
, "O
11 Do you have any beer? tyeneierbe~at Tiene cerveza?
, ,. .
12 Do you have any soup? tyenes,opat l Tiene sopa?
, o ,
13 Do you have any coffee? tyenekafet Tiene caf?
NARRATWE 1
,. ,
1 The girl who cleans Molinajs lamchachalk11mpy~lelaprtam~nt6 La muchacha que limpia el aparta ft
apartment 1s excellent. , , mento de Molina es excelente.

dmoll.nR Is.ks(~ elente~
, , , o
2 And she charges very Hule" ik6bramuyp6k6~ dyepesos~lda~ y cobra muy pocO p dez pesos al
ten pesos a day. da.
3 That js a dollar and a quuter p

, "..
eS2Ie~undolarbeynt11~k6Im~6m6nos~
. Eso es un dlar veinticinco, ms
mc:re or less. o menos.
TREINTA Y TRES 11:33

,. , , .
4 Mr o Malina is going to talk 61s6Qy6rm11nalbablarkon~a~ El Sr.. Molina va a hab lar con e llao
with her.
,. ,
5 Hells going to talk with her to bblrkOnsOOyatprberlsiky~re Va a hablar con ella para ver si
see if she wants to clean , , o o , quiere limpiar el apartamento
Mr.. Whitells apartment also.. 11mpyarlelp~rtmento~elseQyor del Sr. White tambin.
hwytltmbyn+
" o o
6 Hellll talk with her tomorrow. mQyanablako~+ Maana habla con ellao
DIALOG 1
" o o o t? o , o
Juan p pregntele a Jos que qu ketallezlamuchachalk6te11mpyaty Juan: Qu tal es la muchacha que te

tal es la muchacha que le o. o limpia tu apartamento, Jos?
limpia su apartamento. apartam~ntlhos~
t? '"
Jos~contstele que es excelente. es.eks(~ lente-l. ik6brmuyp6k6+ Jos: Es excelenteo Y cobra muy
y que cobra muy poco. diez , (/l.. poco, diez pesos al dao
pesos al dao dye~peso~ldfa+
, ., o
Juan, pregntel~ que cunto es eso kwant2eaesQlend61r6s+ Juan: Cu'nto es eso en deSlares?
en dlares.
Jos ll dgale que uno veinticinco \1

, .. .
unobeynt1~~k6Im~6mn6s+ Jos: Uno veintICinco, ms o
ms o menos. menos.
11034 TREINTA Y CUATRO

, ,
Juan~ pregntele que por qu porkenQablslk6~~a~ Juan: Por qu no hablas con ella?
no habla con ella.
Jos, pregntele que para qu.

,
parake~
., Jos: Para qu?
, ,
Juan~ dgale que para ver si parher'slkyr~limpyrlm16Itamby~n~ Juan: Para ver si quiere limpiar
quiere limpiar el suyo el mo tambin.
tambino
, ,.
muyby~nt maQyanablokonAroyR'ent6n~s
.. Jos: Muy bien~ maana hablo
Jos~ contstele que muy bieno
Que maana habla con ella, con ella, entonces.
entonceso
NARRATWE 2
, . , . . , ,
lamuchacha'byn~aberlalseQyorhwaytl
1 The girl comes to see Mro
White in the afternoono . . La muchacha viene a ver al Sro
White en la tarde.
enlatrc!e~
, , , o
~~Rlezlke11mpYRlelpartmentol
2 She ~ s the one who cleans
Mro Molina's apartment. , . Ella es la que limpia el apartamento
del Sro Molina.
~AlseQyormo11na~
, .
3 She goes over there on bl.loshw~bes+ Va ah los jueveso
Thursdays.

4 She can?!; come here on

, .".
~anopwedelb~n!rak1lo(~sba46s~
,.
Ella no puede venir aqu los
Saturdays? only on , sbados p slo los viernes.
Fridays. s6116zbyerns~
, o,. ,., ,
5 The other days she has to 1~sptroz41asltyenek~1rl~otrasksas~ Los otros das tiene que ir a
go to other hornes. otras casas.
DIALOG 2
, . , ,
bwenastrds~ d!~e46ijh6selk~ak11
Srta., dgale 'buenas tardes' al
Sr. White, y que dice don Jos
ne~s1ta~namuchcha~
, .... Srta.: Buenas tardes. Dice don
J os que aqu necesitan
que aqu necesitan una muchacha. una muchacha.
, , ....,.
Juan, pregntele si ella es la e~ustedllak11mpy~lelapartamento Juan: Es Ud. la que limpia el
que limpia s u (de 1) aparta- , apartamento de l?
mento. delt
, o , .l?
Srta., contstele al seor que s. Que s1'seQy6r~ boya11oshw~bs~ Srta.: S, seor. Voy ah los
Ud. va ah los jueves. jueves.
, , o , ". o
Juan, pregntele si puede venir pwedebenJ.rakl.llo(s) sabadost Juan: Puede venir aqu los
aqu los sbados. sbados?
11.36 TREINT A Y SEIS

, . ,
nolseQy6rs61lozbyerns
Srta., dgale que no, que
slo los viernes. Que los . ,,. , . ,
lsPtroz~1aslteijgok~1rl~otrasksas~
Srta: No, seor, slo los viernes.
Los otros das tengo que
otros das tIene que ir a ir a otras casas.
otras casas.
,
Juan, contstele que est bien. estahyn Juan: Est bien.
NARRATIVE 3
, o ,., o o
1 The gir 1 wants to see the lamchachalkyereherelapartamnto La muchacha quiere ver el

, , o, , o
2 She wants to see what work kyrberlketrabahQlayk~a~r Quiere ver qu trabajo hay que
there is to be done. hacer.
, , . .,..
3 She ~s got to do aH the housevrork. tynk~aierlto~Qeltrabahodeks~ Tiene que hacer todo el trabajo
de casa.
, , .
4 That is to say, sweep the floors, eZde~1rtbarrrlsp1S0s1 lbrl Es decir, barrer los pisos, lavar
wash the bathroom, make the , o , o
el hao p hacer la cama
hed baQyot a~rlkamat
, , o ,
5 But she doesn't have to wash peronotyene'kelbarr6p~ Pero no tiene que lavar ropa.
clothes.

, o. , o. G.
6 He sends aH his clothes to lmndtodalarrop~lalalabander1a~ El manda toda la ropa a la

the laundry. lavandera.
Dl~LOG 3
,., , o ,
Srta. 9 pregntele al seor si pwe~oberlelapartamentolseQyort Srta: Puedo ver el apartamento,

puede ver el apartamento. seor?
, " . o
J uan 9 c ontste le que s i 9 cmo silk6mno1 pas~a~elnte~ Juan: Si, c6mo no, pase adelante.
n0 9 que pase adelante.
, ., .' .
Srta., pregntele que qu trabajo ketrabahQ~yk~air~ Srta; (. Qu trabajo hay que hacer?
hay que hacer.
, o 0'0. ,
Juan, contstele que todo el trabajo to~~eltrabahodeksa~ eZd~1rl Juan: Todo el trabajo de casa. Es
, o , o
de casa. Que es decir, barrer los de cir,barre! los pisos ~
pisos, lavar el bao, hacer la barr~rlsp1sost lbrelbaQyof lavar el ba0 9 hacer las
, o
cama camasoooo
rlaka ma1
, o , , o
Srta. 9 pregntele si tiene que te~gokelabarropat Srta: (.Tengo que lavar ropa?
lavar ropa.

Juan~ contstele que no. Que

, "..,
n~ lrropaykemandarl~lala
.. Juan: No. La ropa hay que
la ropa hay que mandarla a o mandarla a la lavanderia.
la lavandera. labander~
NARRAT/VE 4
, , o , o
1 Now~ (speaking of) another or~tablando4~otrak6sa~ Ahora p hablando de otra cosa.

thing.
, o "0 o
2 The girl charges ten pesos lmuchachalk6bradyepesoslpor La muchacha cobra diez pesos
for cleaning Mro Molina~s n, , o o n ,
por limpiar el apartamento del
apartment. 11mpyarlelaprtamento4elseQyormoln~ Sr. Molina.
, o " o o
3 And now she wants to charge *oralkyrkobrarlkator~eporst~ y ahora quiere cobrar catorce por
fourteen fOl' this one. ste.
, o o , . ,
4 But she)s nght. This one is prbtyenerra~6n~ estezmaZ9rnd~ Pero tiene razn. Este es ms
larger. grande.
'0 o, , o
5 She can start tomorrow. pwedempe~armaQyna~ maQyan~ezby6rn6s~ Puede empezar maana. Maana
Tomorrow is Fndayo es VIernes.

DIALOG 4
, ,.,. ,
Juan, dlgale que ahora 9 hablando aOri~blandod~otrak6s~ kwanto Juan: Ahora. hablando de otra cosa,
de otra cosa 9 cunto cobra ellao cunto cobra Ud.?
k6br~std~
, .
Srta., contstele que catorce ktorep~SS~ Srta: Catorce pesos.
pesos.
, ,
Juan, pero a don Jos le cobra pr~Ad6ijhsellk6brdy~+ Juan: Pero a don Jos le cobra
diez, dgale. diez.
, ,
Srta~,
digale que si. pero que s1tper2~st~aprtament2Iezmz Srta: Si, pelo este apm'tamento
este aparramentoe& ms
, es ms grande o
grande. grande~
"
bwen~muyby~n~ maQyan~ezbyrnes~
, .
Juan, dgale que bueno, que Juan: Bueno, muy bieno Maana
muy bleDo Que maana es ,. ,.,. es viernes lPuede empezar
o
viernes. Que &1 puede pwedempearmaQyanaf maana?

empezar maana.
, . ,
Srta.~conistele que si y pre~
q
s1lseQy6r+ ak~or+ Srta: S, seora lA qu hora?
gntele que a qu hora?
, , .
Juan, dgale que por la tarde, porltard~ l~unaI2alazd6s+ Juan: Por la tarde, a la una o a
a la una o a las dos. las dos.
11.40 CUARENTA

12.1 BASIC SENTENCES. No water in White's apartment.
John comes into Molina's apartment looking upset.
ENGLISH SPELLING AID TO LISTENING SPANISII SPELLING
, ,
(it) happens (to happen) pasa pasa-r-l. pasa (pasar)
M:Jlma , .
keteps/hwn
Mol",w
What's the matter, John? Qu te pasa, Juan?
(1) know (to know) s (saber)
Wh,te , , , White
1 don 't know. There's no nos n~ayagw~lenm*Aprtm~nt~~ No s. No hay agua en mi
water in my apartrnent. apartamento.
, ,
don't tell (to tell) no--dJ.gas de~l.r-l. no digas (dec ir)
Molma , . ,-
nome~1gs otrabe~1
,
Molina
Don't tell me! Again? No me dIgas! Otra vez?
,
to bathe baQya-r baar
, ,
to bathe rnyself (to bathe baQyarme baQyarse~ baarme (baarse)
onese lf) (1) ,
to shave afeyta-r afeitar
UNO 12.1

, ,
t'o shave rnyse H (to shave af~ytarm~ afytars~~ afeitarme (afeitarse)
oneself)
, , ....
And here 1 am without having bathed iyolkAst6ysimbaQyarm~~s1npfeytrm6t i Y yo que estoy sin baarme y sin
or shaved! (2) afeitarme!
, ,
(1) was (to be) I!staba~ I!star~ estaba (estar)
c1eaning myse lf (to clean limpyand6m~ limpyars+ limpindome (limpiarse)

oneself) (3)
,
(1) was c1eaning (myself) stba-limpyand6mt estaba limpindome
the tooth el diente
White
1 was brus hing my teeth.
, , .. ,
~ol~staba11mpyandomelloz4yentest
.. . White
Yo estaba limpindome los dientes.
went, was going (to go) iba (ir)

, .
was going to give myself ~b~-a-d'rmt iba a darme
,
the shower la-d'ucha~ la ducha
, ., .. ,
1 was going to take a shower, too. 1ba~arm~una4uchaltamby~n~ Iba a darme una ducha tambin.
the joke la broma

,
the hoy l-ch1k~ el chico
12.2 DOS

Molina , Malina
What a fix, chum! kebr6mAlch1.k6.J. Qu broma, chico!
, ,
The p.ty is at seven! lafyest~ I~s.al(s) syet~'' La fiesta es a las siete.
scarcely, harely apenas

, ,
(we) have (to have) t~neml>s'' tAner'' tenemos (tener)
,
haH mec!y'' medio
,
to, in <rder to par'' para
to dress vestir
, ,
to dress ourselves (to dress bst1rn6s'' b~st1rs6'' vestirnos (vestirse)
oneself)
White
We harely have haH an hour
, . ,
penaslt6n6m6zme~y~6ralprabest1.rn6s''
White
Apenas tenemos media hora
to get dressed. para vestirnos.
,
the moment el~oment6'' el momento
,
o (4) On-ml>ment6''
Just a mlDute IIn momento
, ,
(1) go ho gol boy'' 1r'' voy (ir)
, ,
(it) arrived (to arrive) Q~ ~90'' Q}J egar'' lleg (llegar)
TRES 12.3

Malma ,. , , , . Malina
JU$t a minuteo I'm going to see unmomnt boyaberlsi~ego~lgw Un momento. Voy a ver si lleg 6
if the water has come ano (5) el agua.
, h (6) S, ya hay.
Y es, lt aso
l-pr~s.l- la prisa
the haste
to hurry myself (to hurry

, .
darme-pr1sa
~ .
darse-prlsa darme prisa (darse prisa)
oneself)
White
I'm going, then. I've got to
, .
meboyent6nis.l-
, .. , .
teij90ke~armeprlsa
White
~~e voy entonces. Tengo que
hurry. darme prisa.
, ,
listen (to listen) o~e+ 1r+ oye (oir)
,
at last p6r-fin.l- por fin
Malina ,. ,,.,.. MoZina

Hey, who did you finally dee ide o~ pOrf1nt kyembas..a~\lehr+ Oye, p01" fin, a quin vas a llevar?
to take? (7)
, ,
a Hule fat (fat) g6rd1to'' gor46.l. gordito (gordo)
,
the chubby girl l-grd"~ t la gordita
,
the eye glasses lz~afs+ las gafas
White , . . . White
The chubby gal with the glasses. lgor~1tadelazgfas A la gordita de las gafas.
12.4 CUA'fRO

to leave, to go out salir
on leaving al salir
to caIl llamar
Malina , , . Malina
Fine. l'Il call you when 1 leave. (8) bwen~ lsl~rt~m~ Bueno, al salir te llamo.
(1) Reflexive verbs such as this one are not discussed and cirilled in detail until Unit 24, but it is impossible to so arrange the
dialogs that reflexive forms will not appear before then with sorne frequency. It wiIl therefore be necessary to build up each one before
that unit in the rather fuIl forro shown here: first the non-reflexive verb, then the reflexive form which appears in the utterance, and
finaIly the reflexive citation forme
(2) This sentence is unusually difficult to approximate in a translation that reflects adequately both the structure and the meaning.
The actual meaning is best paralleled by a translation like 'And 1 haven't bathed or shaved yet!', but structurally, the cited translation is
somewhat closer and more suhject to variation drill later in this Unit.
(3) To be examined in detail in Unit 25, this use of certain clitics in a fashion that can only be translated as possessive in English
is rather common. Literally, of course, the utterance is roughly this: '1 was c1eaning for myself the teeth'e
(4) The 'just' of 'just a moment' is not stated in the Spanish, nor need it be in the English: 'One moment' would be a satisfactory,
though rather formal, translation.
(5) One of the striking differences between Spanish syntax and English syntax is illustrated in this sentence: the occurrence in
Spanish of the Past I form [m~eg6 ] lleg in a situation where only the English present perfect construction can satisfactorily occur.
(6) Here the occurrence of the present perfect construction in the English of the preceding utterance requires that the confirmation
utterance (whether negative or affirmative-here it happens to be affirmative) continue in the same way. The Spanish does not require continua-
tion in this situation, so that the complete shift, from 'arrived' to 'already there is (sorne)', is not startling.
(7) [porfo] por fin in this utterance means 'Finally after aH that deliheration you were going through' or something similar.
The translation is therefore not as literal as 'Hey, who are you finally going to take?'
(8) Thephraserelator [a] ain [alsalir] alsalirdoesnotimplv iwhen' or 'before' or 'as' initse1f; butthecontext
indicates that IOn leaving' is equivalent to 'When 1 leave" since the more literal IOn leaving' lS much too formal an Euglish equivalente
CINCO 12.5

12.21 Pattern drilIs
12.21.1 Suhject pronouDS
A. Presentation ol pattern
lDLUSTRATIONS
, , . ,. ..,
1 ~okyer2unsa~W1chI4ehamdn~ Yo quiero UD sandwich de jamn.
, , , .
2 itu1 kestazbebyndo~ y t qu ests bebiendo?
, . ,
3 komoestaust~d'.I. Como est usted?
,. .:.;."--
, , o o.
He's coming this week. 4 elbyenestasemn.l. El viene esta semana.

, .,. ,
She washes very well. 5 eQ~alaha Imuyby~n.l. E lla lava muy bien.
, ,. o o
We 're Amerit:an. 6 nosotroslsomOS~mer1kn6s~ Nosotros somos americanos.

, '0. o.
We're American (no 7 nsotraslsomo~amer1knas~ Nosotras somos americanas.
, o , o
8 ked'esean~st~d'es.l. Qu desean ustedes?

, . , ,. .
They're not in the streeto 9 ~Mozlno~stan~nlak~~e~ E llos no estn en la calle.
, . ,. , . .
They{f) want pillow cases. 10 eocyaskyeremlfundaz4~almw4a~ ElZas quieren fundas de almohada.
12.6 SEIS

EXTRAPOLA TION
sg pI
ro f ro f
--
I1
I
y6 nos6tros nos6tras
-
2 fam t
2 for ustd ustdes
3 l fJ)ya f:!J)yos fiJ)yas
NOTES
a o Spanish subject pronouns are usually used only for contrastive emphasis~ when the reference of the pronoun s
otherwise lear from the contexto
ho Spanish / t / is the structural equivalent of English 6thou~1 hut is much more frequently usedo
Co English has distinct gender forms in 3 sg; Spanish has distinct ~ender forms in 3 s~ and pe and also in 1 pi.
do English 3 sg 6it 7 , which 15 neither masculine nor feminine, is very rarely translated in Spanishc
SIETE 12.7

, .... , .. .
1 She's American, but I'm Spanish. eCt'\l t es.amerJ.kn'' per~ os oyespaQy61'' Ella es americana, perl) yo soy
espaol.
,. . ,. .
2 I'm single, but he's married. ~osoysolt~ro~pr2eleskas4o~ Yo soy soltero, pero l es casado.
, . .. , .
3 They're from here, but we 're eO~O(S) sond~ak!~pr6nosotros I Ellos son de aqu, pero nosotros
from Chile. ,. . somos de Chile.
somozt!ech11b~
4 She drnks water and I drmk

,
~}J b~b~agw~t i~o
".
IW1Sk1konsMa''
. Ella bebe agua y yo whisky con
whisky and soda. soda.
, . , . ..
5 He's in the patio, and she's ~lst~nblpatyot*~ienlako1n'' El est en el patio, y ella en la
in the kitchen. cocina.
, . ,.
6 They're (f) Spanish, and we ~a(s) son.espaQyolastinosotros Ellas son espaolas y nosotros
are too. tambin.
tambyn~
,. . , . .,
7 Are we going, or are they? bamoznosotrostohan~6s'' Vamos nosotros o van ellos?
, , ,.
8 Am I going, or are you aH? boy~ot2hanpst~t!~S'' Voy yo o van Uds.?
12.8 OCHO

9 Are they going, or are we?

"
J
. .,. .
ban~ostobamoznos6tr6s~ Van ellos o vamos nosotros?
, ,.. ,
10 Who wants ham 7 you or he? kyeijkyereham6n~ ste4t2l~ Quin quiere jamn? Ud. o l.?
, ., , . .
11 Who works in the consular kyentrabahilenlasekyoijkonsulr~ Quin trabaja en la seccin
section, you all or she? . , consular? Uds. o ella?
ste4est2~A~
, . , ,. ,
12 Who wants something else, kyendeseilalgoms~ 6ste4t2~6s~ Quin desea algo ms? Ud.
you or they? o ellos?
13 What does he want?

, . ,
ke4ese~I~1~ Qu desea l?
14 What do they need?

, , ..
keneeS1 tan.1 ~6s~
. Qu necesitan ellos?
, ,
15 What does she want? kekyer~ I~ll~ Qu quiere ella?
NUEVE 12.9

In unit 4 (4.21.1) the c oncept of person was dlscussed as it applies to the proper selection of verb forms, and person-number categories
were I1lustrated by English pronouns. The same classification - that offirst, second, and thlrd categories, each ocurring in both singular and
plural forms, constitutmg a set of six categones for Spanish verbs-can be used to describe Spamsh pronouns o In addition there are dlstinct
gender forms in the 1 pI and 3 sg and pI categones and two 2nd person forms distmgUlshing formal and familiar.
This means that there are several areas of overIap between pronoun and verb patterns, as the charts below illustrate:
----~---
y6 nos6tros nostras bl-o abl-mos
t bl-as
ustdes
ustd
l ~;ya t;'yos t''yas bl-a bl-an

I
I
Note that the pattern dlscrepancies of Spalllsh, though they exist, are relatlvely mInor compared to Englisho
1
, we
speak
you
he she J. t I they speak-s

I
As the chart shows, only the English pronouns which are marked for gender (he, she 9 it) require a verb form that is different from the
name form or infinitive form which aH other English pronouns occur wi(ho The Spanish pronoun and verb patterns coincide except for a dis~
tinetion between 2nd formal and 3rd person formso
12010 DIEZ

Smce verbs in Spanish carry person-number distinctions in their structure, pronouns that carry the same information are frequently
considered redundant and unnecessary 9 and a student's tendency to translate aH English pronouns into Spanish pronouns is very conspicuous
to a Spanish speaker. Spanish pronouns are usually used only for emphasis or contrast as in Iynolokyro ~ I '1 don't want it',
Iltt kstsbebyndo~ I 'And what are youdrinking', ly6meby~ pr~lsekda+/'['mgoing, but he's staying', or
when they are needed to distinguish forms, as between Ill and lustdj with a verb form like bla l. I
The regional American 'you all' is often used in drills in this book to signal the distinction between /US tdl and /US tdes/
that 'you' alone does not show.
Very commonly used abbreviations of usted and ustedes are Ud. and Uds.
12.21.2 Pronouns after phrase re lators
ILLUSTRATIONS
, , .. ,...
1 ~~ttraygamelsopadele9mbrs A m trigame sopa de legumbres.
with me conmigo
He's going to work with me. 2

, .,.
batrabaharlkonm1gbt
.
Va a trabajar conmigo.
, .., ,
3 pasoport1lalaochb~ Paso por ti a las ocho.
--- "
I
with you (fam.) k6nt1go~ contigo
, .., .
He's gong to work with you. 4 batrabaharlkont1g6~ Va a trabajar oomig.o.
,
the letter la-kartA~ la carta
, .,.
The letter is for you. 5 lkart~lesparRust~~ La carta es para usted.
ONCE 12.11
, ,.
6 n~s.igwall ald~~l~ No, es igual al de l.
-------------- Va a trabajar con nosotros.
He 's going without you aH. El va sin ustedes.
, .
Sit down with them. 9 syentese!ko~~~s~ Sintese con ellos.
EXTRAPOLATION
sg pI
,
1 ml. nos6tros, -as
2 fan 1 t
2 for ustd ustdes
"'-~--~--
3 l, (J'ya CCyos, -as
NOTES
a Pronouns after phrase relators differ froro suhject pronouns only in 1 sg and 2 ram sg forros.
bu When the two distinct forros mentioned in (a) occur with the phrase relator /kon/, the
special combinations /konm gol and /kon t go/ appear.
12.12 DOCE

, . .., , . ,
est~esparam1tQpar~ust~~~
1
, .,
eS2ez~eroy~t04~1~
. pr~6ste!~
,
2 deJ.~
, . , . ... ,
est2ez4eroyasto4enos6tr6s~
3
, , . ..., . densotrs~
4 lzmwebleslsomparanosotrost
, , , ,
[nsotrs~] 5 k~kyemlbanAO~6s~ k(~nbsotrs~
, , , ,
(eO~A~] 6 kOI)kyemlbal~ kOn~~
,
[el~]
, ., .
7 parakyenleaestasroy~
1 Esto es para m o para Ud.? Para Ud.

2 Eso es de ella o de l? De l.
3 GEsto es de ellas o de nosotros? De nosotros.
4 Los muebles son para nosotros o para ellos? Para ellos.
(nosotros) 5 Con quin van ellos? Con nosotros.

(ella) 6 Con qUIn va l? Con ella.
(l) 7 Para quin es esta silla? Para l.
TRECE 12.13

UNIT 12
SPOKEN SPANISH
, , , . , ,
[Et\ls~] 8 lzmne<.ts~ s6mprnosotrosf no~ pr~el':~s~
, , , . , . , ,
[ el ~ ] 9 s t e<.tb a f k one':'\~ o s 1 no'' kn.l~
, , . ., .., , ,
[e~~~~J 10 esteskr1torY2lespar~elt no~ pr~e~~! +
, ... , . . . , '" ,
11 estab1ta~yonlespar~ustedt si+ prm1.J.
, ., ....,. , ,
12 estekwartQlesparanosotrost s1i prn6sotrs~
, ... ,. , ,
13 e'""~abakonm1got 51+ knpstd.J.
(e Has) 8 Las monedas, son para nosotros? No, para ellas.
(l) 9 Ud. va con ellos? No, con l.
(ella) 10 Este escritorio es para l? No, para ella.
11 Esta habitacin es para Ud.? S, para m.
12 Este cuarto es para nos otros? S, para nosotros.
13 Ella va conmigo? S, con Ud.
12.14 CATORCE


, .,. ,
1 She's going with me. e~~abakonrnJ.96 Ella va conmigo.
2 This sandwich is for me.

,
~stsaD~J.chlespararn~
. . .. Este sandwich es para m.
, , . ,.
3 After them 9 J ohn eats. dspwezdet~oslkornehwn~ Despus de ellos, come Juan.
4 They live near us o

, . ,.
e/r~JozbJ.ben ~erkadenos6trs~ I
, ...
Ellos viven cerca de nosotros.
, , .,..
5 He doesn't work with me. ellnotrabahakonrng6~ El no trabaja conmigo.
, . ,.. .
6 Carmen lives with uso karrnemlbJ.beko(~nos6trs~ Carmen vive con nosotros.
, ,..
7 J ohn lives with them. hwarn IbJ.bekon~(r~s'' Juan vive con ellos.
, .. ,...
8 The sheets are for USe la(s) sabanas Isornparanos6tr6s~ Las sbanas son para nosotros.
, ., .. / ., ,
9 There 9 S eleven dollars for yon~edolareslpar~ustedti4ye1 Hay once dlares para Ud. y diez
you and ten for uso , o para nosotros.
paranos6trs''
, , ,., . ..
10 There 9 S two hundred dollars yd6s(~yentozd."olaresIpararnJ.t Hay dose entos dlares para m
for me and two hundred , o / y doscientos para ellos.
for theP10 id6s(~yentos Ipar~O~6s''
,., .. " ,.
11 There 9 S nine dollars for him ynwebedolareslpar~eltikwatrol Hay nueve dlares para l Y cuatro
and four for hero para ella.
QUINCE 12.15

B. DIScussion o pattern
The forms of pronouns that are used after phrase relators are essentially subject pronouns, except that and / t/m/ replace /
(y6/and /t/ In the pattern. The subject and phrase-relator pronouns can be classed as nonclitic, in contrast to the clitic pronouns
that can appear only with verbs. Thus the nonclitic pronouns can be charted as follows:
Subject Phrase re lator

-
,
1 s~ y6 ml
2 fam sg t t
I
2 for sg ustd
i SfT l, fl'ya
"
1 pI nostros, -as
2 pI ustdes
3 pI Q)yos, -as
The significance of the relation of the subjecr and phrase relator function in essentially a single set of forms can be seen by comparing
Spamsh and English usage. The Spanish classification of nonclitic and clitic case forms is partIy paralleled by the EngIish pattern of subject
and object case form",. However, as the folloWIng ehart sho\"!s, there is an area of overlap in appearanee after a phrase relator. In the examples,
/l/is nonclitic, /10/ is clitie; 'he' is subject-form, and 'him' is objeet-form.
Subjeet of verb Objeet of phrase relator Ob je et of verb
61estk spar~l~ n6p'Ndobr lo
He's here. It's for him, 1 edn't see hl,m.
12.16 DIECISEIS

More will be said about the concept of 'nominalization' in the next discussion of pattern and elsewhere. The conct'pt assumes, in substance,
that a form that is not a noun behaves as if it were. An interesting example of 'pronoun nomin~lization' occurs in Unit 6 in the sentenc1'k lepar~e I
slnostr2tmosdet~1 ,where a subject pronoun appears after a phrase relator: Itul appears where we might expect It . In this case
Itl has been nominalized, it is behaving as a noun, a form which has no case forms: nouns do not change in form when used as subject of a verb or
object of a phrase relator.
12.21.3 Components of phrases
ILLUSTRATIONS
. , . ..,
,
1 blnoustectlkonsufamllyat
--,..
V ino usted con s u familia?
, . ., . .
2 batrabahar Iko (n) nos 6tros~ Va a trabajar con nosotros.
, , . . , .
By talking so much, you don't 3 k6nhtlartantotnQaprendezndt Con hablar tanto, no aprendes nada.
-- ---
learn anything.
, , . .
4 sin.irJklwrlu~ /agwa Inl.gs~ Sin incluir luz, agua, ni gas.
, . ,..
What do you do after studying? 5 k~a~ez IdespweZ6estudyr~ Qu haces despus de estudiar?
, . ,.
Before translating, repeat. 6 ante7 16etra611.rlrept~ Antes de traducir, repita.
EXTRAPOLA TION
noun
phrase re lator pronoun
nominalized form
NOTES
a. Phrase relators introduce nominal forms.
b. The infinitive is the nominalized form of verbs that normally occurs after phrase relators.
DIECISIETE 12.17

UNn' 12 SPOKEN SPANISH
12.21.31 TranslatlOn drill
, ., ,...
1 He always studies before lsyemprestudy~lantezdesalr~ El siempre estudia antes de salir.
gomg out.
, ., . . ,..
2 She always cleans after O~syempre11mpyaIdespwezdekom~r'' Ella siempre limpia despus de
eating. comer.
, ,...
3 I'm going downtown before b6yl~entrQlantezd~almorr~ Voy al centro antes de almorzar.
eating lunch.
4 We're going after eating.

, .
,. ,.
nosotrozbamoz Idspwezdekom~r~
. Nosotros vamos despus de comer.
" ,.. .
5 Repeat ths before writmg rrep1tRest2tantezdeskr1b!r16~ Repita esto antes de escribrlo.
it (down).
, . , .
note~gotyempo'pariestudyr~
, . .
6 1 don't have time for No tengo tiempo para estudar.
studyng.
, . ,. . .
7 She always comes without 0~asyemprebyene IS1nO~amr~ Ella siempre viene s in llamar.
cal1ing.
, . . , .. .
8 You can't learn without npwed~aprenderls1nftstudyr~ No puede aprender sin estudIar.
studymg.
, . . , , .
9 Two hundred a month without dos(~yentos lalmes1si~iijklw1rlal~'' Doscientos al mes sm incluir
includlng the electriciry. la luz.
12.18 DIECIOCHO

, ,. ,
10 Because of (for) talking so p6rablartantoln2apr~nd~ Por hablar tanto no aprende.
much, you don't learn.
, . , .,. .
1~akobra Ikwatroctolarestprbarr6r I
11 She charges foor dollars for
sweeping the whole house. , .. Ella cobra cuatro dlares por
barrer toda la casa.
tot1alaksa~
, ., . .,. ,.
12 1 don 't like the idea of nomegustal~1deald~1ra6ra~ No me gusta la idea de ir ahora.
going now.
,.. , . .,. , .
kelepare~el~1dealdk6mprarlaksa~
13 What do you think of the idea Qu le parece la idea de comprar
of buying the house2 la casa?
A phrase is a suhordinate construction consisting of a pbrase relator and its object (plus any modifiers of the ohject). The phrase
normally modifies sorne other item (noun, verb f etc.) in an utterance, thougb it may stand alone as in /atrabahr,~ / 'Let's ~et to work'.
The term 'preposition' is often employed to designate phrase relators. In the structural discussions in this text it has been omitted
in favor of the term 'pbrase relator' to help point up structural and distributional parallels with analo~ous forms such as clause re lators
(see appendix).
The ob ject o a phrase relator is a nominal form: either a noun , a pronoun, or a nominalized forme 'Nominalization' means the selec-
tion and appearance of an item from another form-class (an adjective, modifier, verb, etc.) in a function that is normally occupied by a noun.
A nominalized form may be the subject of a sentence /elbyhoestk / 'The old man is here', the object of a verb /b9n
ar:er_~ktnQ 1/ '1 see one American' or the object of a phrase relator jstalwgo.J.j aSee you later'. It may b,e modifiec "y adjec~
tives / eltrobyho.J. / 'The other old man~, which agree in number and gender with the nomincllized form jlos.otrosbyhos! /
'The otlLer old men.' In short, nominalized forms are functionally nouns, even though they do not ha\ e the defining morphological character-
istics of nouns(inflection Cor gender onlv).
The form oC the verb which is mosl readily nominalized is the infinitive, and this is the forrn which follows phrase relators. The
equivalent English construction very often shows an '-ing' form of the verb where the Spanisb infinitive occurs, and the tendency to follo\\'
DIECe UEVE 12.19

the English pattern is responsihle for many mistakes of English speakers learning Spanish. Thus, /konab lrtntot / and
/ s ln~nk lw r l ~ t / are equivalent to 'By talking so much.oe' and 'without including electrieity ... '
The regular exception to this generalization is the English phrase relator 'to', which takes the infinitive form, just as in Spanish.
The Spanish equivalent to English 'to' is la, pra, de, ke/, and other phrase relators, varying in different constructions. Note the
foHowing correspondences:
/bn.-trabahr~/ They're going to work.
/tngn6ralprakomr~/ I have an hour to eatc
/sfil1Idenkontrrt/ 15 it easy ~o {iTUl?
/ty~neskekono~rla!/ y ou have to meet her.
In aH cases the Spanish construction is always cphrase relator plus in[initive'. In English, it is 'to plus, in[initive', hut ~any
otller phrase re lator plus - ing-{orm.'
In most cases the Spanish infinitive immediately fo11ows the phrase relatoro Sometimes, however, the nominalized infinitive can he
modified by an adjective such as the definite article, as in lalsal~r IteQ)ymo~,!; though / a / is normally translated 'to', in this
construction it is not: ~On leaving (when I leave), 1'11 ca11 you.'
Many phrase relators are single wordso Often, however, a verb modifier may itself be modified by a phrase in a construction which
appears to inelude a compound phrase relator. In the utterance /elotll estirka~/,the form /irka/is a verh modifier.
In lelotllest~rka Id~ak~,'the phrase /d~akl modifies /~rka/. It is nevertheless convenient sometimes to
conslder /~rkadel as a kind of compound phrase relator which takes the nominalized modifier /ak/ as its ohject.
12.20 VEINTE

The phrase relators so far introduced into this text inc1ude: / a, sta, de, dsde, en, ke, k6mo, kon, m~nos, pra,
por, sJ.n/. Compounds inc1ude:/ntes-de, despws-de, lhos-de, ~rka-de/.
12.21.4 Statement intonation patterns- normal and contrastive statements
ILLUSTRATION
, 121 1
It's near. 1 sta!irk~ Est cerca.
,
, ,
21 1 2 3 1 ~
no stalehs No, est lejos>
, 1 2 11 ~
2 ezmuykr~ Es muy caro.
,
1 3 1~
lkontrary6~ Al contrario.
, . 2 1 1
3 tantogst6~ Tanto gusto.
,
, . 1 2 31 ~
lgustQezm~~ El gusto es mo.
VEINTIUNO 12.21

EXTRAPOLA TION
Statement
Uneolored Contrastive
/1231~/
NOTES
a. The une olored Spanish pattern resembles an English pattern

that is often associated with expressions of disinterest or
boredomo
b. The eontrastive (or emphatic) paUern resembles an English

uneolored pattern.
12.22 VEINTIDOS

12.21. 41 Substitution drilis
Problem:
, .
stoyeI)kolmbya~
Answer:
,
,. .
estoyeI)kolombya.J,
Problem~
1 2 1 1
Estoy en Colombia.
Answer:
1 2 3 1''
Estoy en Colombia.
VEINTITRES 12.23

, . . , . . ,
1 trbahoeDkarks~
,.. trabahQeDkaraks~
, . , . ,
2 isoyetech11e~ isoydechl.l~
, . , . ,
3 kmemozmch~ komemozmuch~
, . , . ,
4 sta<.<kupd~ estaQkupadb~
, . , . ,
5 prnunyast6do~ prnunyastOQ~
, . , . ,
6 Qkntramosks~ Dkontramoskas~
1 2 11+ 1 2 3 1~
1 Trabajo en Caracas. Trabajo en Caracas.
1 2 11 + 1 2 31 +
2 y soy de Chile. y soy de Chile.
1 2 1 1 + 1 2 3 1
3 Comemos mucho. Comemos muchoo
1 2 1 1 + 1 2 3 1
4 Est ocupado. Est ocupado.
1 2 1 1 + 1 2 3 1
5 Pronuncias todo. Pronuncias rodoo
1 2 1 1 ~ 1 2 3 1
6 Encontramos casa. Ene ontramos casa.
12.24 VEINTICUATRO

7
,
lkilamoaelkwrt6~
. . , ..
lkilamos~lkwartb~
,
8
,
studyamp6ko~
. , . ,
stud'yampok6~
,. o ,. , .
9 mp~amozmaQyna mpamozmaQyan
, o , . ,
10 n~s1t~un11br n~s1tiun11br
11
, o
prbbamos.elp6str~
, ..
probamoselpostr
,
1 2 1 1 1 2 3 1~
7 AlqUilamos el cuartoo Alquilamos el cuartoo
1 2 1 1 ~ 1 2 3 1
8 Estudian poc 00 Estudian pOCOo
1 2 1 1 1 2 3 1 ~
9 Empezamos maanao Empezamos maanac
1 2 1 1 1 2 3 1
10 NeceSIta un libroc NeceSIta un libroo
1 2 1 1 1 2 3 1
11 Probamos e 1 postre o Probamos e 1 postre o
VEINTICINCO

UNIT 12 SPOKEN SPA~ISH
Problem l~
,
dd"ondes.us td+
Answer:
Problem 2:
, .
dd"ondet
Answer:
,
dchJ.l+
Problem 1:
De dnde es Ud.?
Answer: 1 21 ~
Soy de Chile,
Problem 2:
De dnde?
Answer: 1 31 ~
De Chile.
VEINTISEIS

, , . , .
[doe~] 1 kWantoskwartos.y~
, . ,
kwantost
, ,., ,
[ir'ly J..~ ] 2 dondes ta~j'lbr6~ staO~!~
, . ,
donde1
(doce) 1 Cuntos cuartos hay? 1 2 1 ~

Hay doce.,
31+
Cuntos? Docec
1 2 11
(allO 2 Dnde est el libro? Est all..
1 31 1
Dnde? Allio
VEINTiSIETE 12.27

, ,. .
[byah~] 3 p~r~ke&estech'k~~
, ,
paraket
,
[ambr~]
, ,
ket
, , , ..
[W1sk1kons6d~] 5 kekyr~ W1sk1kons6d~
, ,
kI)kef knsOt!~
1 21 ~
(viaje) 3 Para qu es este cheque? Para el viaje.
1 31 ~
Para qu? Para el viaje.
2 1 1 +
(hambre) 4 Qu tiene? Tengo hambre.
3 1 ~
Qu? Hambre.
2 21~
(whisky con soda) 5 Qu quiere? Whisky con soda.
1 3 1 ~-
Con qu? Con soda.
12.28 VEINTIOCHO

, , . ., ,
[~nlatintr~r1a~] 6 dondetrabah~~l~ nltintrrJ.a~
, . ,
donde1 nltintrrJ.~
,
[nlskritoryo~] 7
, . ,.
dondestalaplma~ l\Alskritory~
,
, . ,
dondet en.elskritoryt
, , . ,
[bm~akbmer~] 8 pradondehn~ bms..kmer~
,
, .
prdondet
1 21 ~
(en la tintorera) 6 Dnde trabaja l? En la tintorera.
1 31 t
Dnde? En la tintorera.
1 2 1 ~
(en el escritorio) 7 Dnde est la pluma? En el escritorio.
1 3 1 ~
Dnde? En el escritorio.
1 21 ~
(vamos a comer) 8 Para dnde van? Vamos a comer.
1 31 t
Para dnde? A comer.
VEINTINUEVE 12.29

, , . ~
[atrhhr~ ] 9 adondebn~ trabhr~

,
, ~
d'ondet trhha"rJ.
, , ~
[6trkm1Sa~] 10 kekyre~ 6trakml.s~

,
.;
Icet
, ".
otrakam:Ls~
, "
[nlk6~1n] 11 dond~a~std'~
,
, "
dondet enlk~1n~
1 21 ~
(a trabajar) 9 Adnde van? A trabajar.
1 31 ~
Adnde? A trabajar.
1 21 ~
(otra camisa) 10 Qu quiere? Otra camisa.
2 3 1~
Qu? Otra camisa.
1 21~
(en la cocina) 11 Dnde ha estado? En la cocina.
1 31~
Dnde? En la cocina.
12.30' TREINTA

B. Discussion o pattern
Intonation patterns are arrangements of stress / ' . / ,pitch /1, 2, 3 / , and terminal junctures / 1, t, +/. These
patterns are different in English and Spanish, first of aIl because the number of available counters in the systems of the two languages is
different: Spanish has two stresses, English foUl"; Spanish has three pitches, English four.
In this text intonation patterns have been shown by /'/ and / . / placed at varying heights over each syllable to represent pitch.
This is an effective pedagogical device to present these patteros. However, Spanish intonations can most efficientiy be described by marking
aIl real or potential pitch changes, foIlowed by the terminal juncture. It has been determined that normally the points of potential pitch change
in any single phrase are aIl strong stressed syIlables plus the first and last syllables, when these are weak stressed. Thus the intonation
pattern of / es t~ ~rk+/, /ten~m~s labisa-t. /can be abstracted as /1211 +/ for both sentences, even though the formula has to
1 2 1 1. 1 2 1 1
account for a different number of syIlables in each case. The sentences can then be rewritten / es t~ rka/, / tenmo s lab s a t ,
writing the significant numbers aboye each appropriate syIlable and marking only strong stress.
,
When the first syIlable i~ strong - stressed, the first number of the pattern formula does not actuaIly occur: / tyen en.6 tr +/,
/.. ? l' 1 ~ 11
/dondes tmo s ~ / or/tyenen.6tro t / , / dondes tmo s /. When the last syllahle is strong stressed, both nUlTlhers are written
over the last vowel,

. "1/ /. ' k '.,/ 1 2 11
since a glide in this position can be significant; / e s tak 1.'" , e s ta 1.'" then are written / e s tk i /J
/~s t~k~~ / The last /1/ on the first sentence may seem to be superfluous, but is needed in the analyais to contrast with the last/l/
, , 1 2 ~
on the second sentence, which cannot be omitted; / stak1.~ / can occur, analyzed as / estki+ /, where final /3/ is significantiy
and minimally different from final /1/ of the previous sentence.
The two patterns drilled in this section, /1211 +/ and /1231 +/ , are important because they resemble English patterns which
have very different meanings. A patttern very much like /1211 / , unlike the Spanish normal, uncolored connotation, meaos disinterested
2 lIt 21+
or discourteous: /Wh~t's for dnner /, /Why nt /, and unless a student realizes that it has no such meaning in Spanish, he will avoid
using it, even though he may be unaware o his aversion to the pattern.
TREINTA Y UNO 12.31

On the other hand, /12 31 ~ / ' which lS conttast!\-e in Sfanish, used only for special emphasis, is very similar to a pattern that means
K~ns~s /b~Y ~ ~ ~
3
normal or uncolored in English. Thus the pattern of
231
I#mglng h <Sme" /, IHi
's fram /, if transferred to Spanish 3k S /
/ sdeknsas / is likely to sound over-insistent in Spanish where /12 31 ~ / means emphatico
('ne other feature related to intonation that needs to be brought to the attention of students, since it is notably different in the structure
of the two languages, is rhythmo Rhythm is syllable-centered in Spanish, phrase-centered in Englishc This means that the recurring tempo unit
in Spanish is the syHable - each is of approximately the same lcngth; in Engli5h the recurring tempo unit is the phrase, and also each is of
approximately the same lengthe But Spanish phrases and English syllables are of differing lengths, and English phrases usually arrangc sy Ha-
bles so that two long (stronger stressed) do not occur together nor more than two short (weaker stressed) occur in uninterrupted sequenceo
Imposing the English pattern of alternate long and short syIlables on Spanish produces a distortion which will immediately come to the attention
of any Spanish speaker, cven though he may not be able to explain exactly what it is that 6 sounds funny' e This feature of rhythm was discussed
with illustratioos in sectIon 1.22.4.
Ooe of the importaot purposes of this and o subsequent intooatioo drI1ls is to bring the patterns that are involved to the awareness of
the learnero In sorne cases the patterns are similar to English patterns; in sorne cases they are very different. lt is most important that the
student master the differences, but io aH cases the manipulatioo of the patterns, with the proper correlation to the meaning significance of
their use, is valuable practice.
12.32 TREINTA Y DOS

12.22 Replacement drlls
, " . .. .
A nos n~ayagw~lenm*apartam~nt~
1 --pw~d"~ i
, " . .. .
nopw~ n~aya9wRlenmkapartamnt
i
, " .....
nopw~6 n~ayagw~len~lapartamnt6
2 el
3 ksa
" ..
n~ayagw~lenlaks
4
,
nad"y~ i
, " ..
nopwd"6 n~aynady~lenlaks
5 _kr6
, " ..
nokr6 n~aynady~lenlaksa
6
., .
akeO}Ja_i
, " ..,.
nokr6 nS?aynaoy~ len.akeC\;aks5
,
nokr~
" ..,.
nS?aynadYxlenpkelotl
7 otl
A No s, no hay agua en mi apartamento.
1-puedo, _ No puedo, no hay agua en mi apartamento.

2 el _
No puedo, no hay agua en el apartamento.
3 , casa. No puedo, no hay agua en la casa.
4 '_nadie _ No puedo, no hay nadie en la casa.
5 _ creo' _ No cre o, no hay nadIe en la casa.
6 aquella _ No creo, no hay nadie en aque Ha casa.
7 hotel. No creo, no hay nadie en aquel hotel.

B
, , . . ,
y~estaballlmpyandomeloz~ynts~
...
, ,. . , ...
1 rrp~ ~~estabaI11mpyandomelarr6pa~
, , ,. . , ...
2 komprandome ~ ~2estabalkomprandomelarr6p~
, ,. . , ..
3 wto~ ~~estabalkomprandomelwt~
, ,. . , . .
4 un ~ ~2estabaJkomprandom~unfiwt
, ,. . , . ..
mwbls~ ~2estabalkomprandom~unozmw~bls~
5
,
~
, , . , . ..
~2estab~laiyendom~unozmw~bls+
6
7
a~yendom~
tr9s~
, , . , . ..
~~estabRlaiyendom~unostrgs~
B Yo estaba lmpindome los dientes.
1 ropa. Yo estaba limpindome la ropa.
2 comprndome Yo estaba comprndome la ropa.
3 auto. Yo estaba comprndome el auto.
4 un _ _ Yo estaba comprndome un auto.
5 muebles. Yo estaba comprndome unos muebles.

6 hacindome Yo estaba hacindome unos muebles.
7 tragos. Yo estaba hacindome unos tragos.

SPOKEN SP ANISH UNIT 12
e
, ..
,. , .,
penastenemozlmeoyaoralparabestlrns
....
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~baQyrns..
. , o .,. , .,
1 penastenemoz Imedyaoralparaba~yrns~
, o , ..
,. ,., ....
una penastenemoslunaora/paraba~yrnos
2
---------
, , o ,. ,.,
3 syempre .. syempretenemoslunaora/parabaQyrns+
o , , o ,.,
_____________af eytrnos'' syempretenemoslunaoralparafeytrns+

4
, , ..,. .
., . ...
momento ..
5
6
-----------
,
nuI)ka ..
syempretenemoslunmomentolparafeytrnst
, o., ,
nUI)katenemoslunmomentolparafeytrns~
, . , . . ,. .
., . ...
7 ora
--------------------
.. aoratenemos lunmomentolparafeytrns+
C Apenas tenemos media hora para vestirnos.
_~ ---",baarnos. Apenas tenemos media hora para baarnos.

2 una _
Apenas tenemos una hora para baJarnos.
3 Siempre ~ _ Siempre tenemos una hora para baarnoso
4 ~ afeitarnos. Siempre tenemos una hora para afe itarnos.
5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ momento _ Siempre tenemos un momento para afeitarnos.

6 Nunca _
Nunca tenemos un momento para afeitarnos.
7 Ahora _ Ahora tenemos un momento para afeitarnos.
TREINTA Y CINCO

, . , . ., .
D mboylent6n~s te~gokeoarmeprsa
. , . , .. .
komrt mboy/ent6nies+ te~gokekom~r
1
-------------
,
________ayke i
, . , ..
mboylent6n~s aykekomr
2
3
, . , .
-----------'trabahr mboylent6n~s~ ayketrabahr
, . , . ,. .
mboylent6n~s tnemosketrabahr+
4
------- tnemoske
.----- , . ,. ..
mhoy/ent6n~s+ tnemoskebestrn6s~
5
6
------------- b.estirnos+
. .
___________________estudyr
, .
mboylent6n~s+
,. . .
tnemoskestudyr
, , a ,
7 _______telJgok~_ _-- mboy'ent6n~s teijgokestu~yr
D Me voy entonces, tengo que darme prisa.
1 comer. Me voy entonces, tengo que comer.
2 ,.hay que Me voy entonces, hay que comer.
3 trabajar. Me voy entonces, hay que trabajar.
4 ,tenemos que _ _ Me voy entonces, tenemos que trabajar.
5 vestirnos. Me voy entonces, te nemos que vestirnos.
6 estudiar. Me voy entonces, tenemos que estudiar.

7 ,tengo que Me voy entonces, tengo que estudiar.

, "...
E O~J l prfln I~kyembas.a~ebr
. , ".. .
1 ~amr o~ prflnlakyemba~~amr
, , ,. ,...
______nton~es o~~ enton~es lkyembas.~amr
2
, , ,.,. .. .
kwando ~ o~+ enton~eslkwandoba~~amr+
3
-------- , ,.,. . .
o~ ntonies Ikwandobas.atrabahr
4
----------- ,
_ _ _ _ _ _ _d'.onde
trabahr+

, ,.,. .. ..
o~e entoniez Idondebas.atrabahr
5
, , ,.,. .. ..
~ chJ.k nton~ez Irtondebas.atrabahr
6
-------------
Chlko
,
_ _ _ _ _ _ _kol)kyem
, ,. ,... .
Chlko enton~eslkoijkyemba~atrabahr
7
E Oye, por fin a quin vas a llevar?
1 . llamar? Oye, por fin a quin vas a llamar?

-'l
2 _ , entonces ? Oye, entonces a quin vas a llamar?
3 __ , cundo ? Oye, entonces cundo vas a llamar?
4 _, trabajar? Oye, entonces cundo vas a trabajar?
5 _, dnde ? Oye, entonces dnde vas a trabajar?
6 Chico, ? Chico, entonces dnde vas a trabajar?
7 _ _ , _ _ con quin, ? Chico, entonces con quin vas a trabajar?

, , .
F bwen als 11rteC''y m~
,

, , .
1 o~ o~ ls11rteO~m,J.
, , , .
2 9)Jgar ,J. o~ al~~art~m
. , , .
ayct6,J. o~ l~Jgart~ay6a,J.
3
4
,
nton~es
. ,
ntones1 alQ~gart~av6Q
,.
. , . , .
abs nton~est l~9art~abis
5
,

, . ,.
6 empar nton~est lmpiart~abs,J.
, , ,.
7 . byen byen,J. lmp~art~abls,J.
F Bueno, al salir te llamo.
1 Oye, Oye, al salir te llamo.

2 _ , _ _llegar_ _ Oye, al llegar te llamo.
3 -, ayudo. Oye, al llegar te ayudo.
4 Entonces, Entonces, al llegar te ayudo
5 aviso. Entonces, al llegar te aVISO.
6 ,empezar Entonces, al empezar te aviso.
7 BIen, _ Bien, al empezar te aviso.

2.23 Vanaton dnlls

, .
A ketepsb Ihv/nl Qu te pasa, Juan?
1 What's the matter, Jose?

, .
ketepslhos~'' Qu te pasa, Jos?
, ..
2 What do you think of it, ketepar~e Ihs+ Qu te parece, Jos?
Jose?
, ..
3 What do you thmk of it, ketepar~elch1ko+ Qu te parece, chico?
boy?
4 What do you hke, Carmen?

, .
ketegstalkrmn+ t Qu te gusta, Carmen?
,
5 What do you want, Carmen? keky~res Ikrmn~ Qu quieres, Carmen?
,
6 What are you writing, keskrbslkrmn~ Qu escribes, Carmen?
Carmen?
,
7 What are you studying, kestdyaslkrmn+ Qu estudias, Carmen?
Carmen?

IY yo que estoy sin baarme y sin

afeitarme!
, ,
i~olkest6ysinlimpyarmellozdy~ntst
. .
1 And here 1 am without having y yo que estoy sin limpiarme los
brushed my teeth! dientes}
, , . .
2 And here 1 am without having iyolkst6ysiQkmbyarmelderr6pat i Y yo que estoy sin cambiarme de
changed my clothesJ ropa!
, /
3 And here 1 am without having iyolkest6ysintrabhar~ i Y yo que estoy sin trabajar!

worked!
, /
4 And here 1 am without having i~olkAst6yslQk6mrt IY yo que estoy sin comer!

eaten!
, ,
5 And here 1 am without having iyolkbst6ysin~lmr~arl y yo que estoy sin almorzar!
had lunch!
, /
6 And here's John without any ihwaQlkestsindolars~ y Juan que est sin d61ares!
dollars!
, ,
7 And here's John without a car. ihwaQlkstsinpwt6t IY Juan que est sin auto!
12.40 CUARENTA

SPOKEN SPANISH UNIT ]2
,
e ba~rm~Onaduchaltamby~n+ Iba a darme una ducha tambin.
,
1 1 was going to clean my teeth. blimpyrmllozdyentes+ Iba a limpiarme los dientes.
,
2 1 was going to change my shirt. 1bAkmbyrmellakm1sa+ Iba a camhiarme la camisa.
,
3 I was going to sit there. bsentrm~AJ.+ Iba a sentarme ah.
,
4 I was going to move. 1bmdrmeldekasa+ Iba a mudarme de casa.
,
5 I was going to hire a taxi. 1bAlk11rlOntaksl~ Iba a alquilar un taxi.
,
6 I was going to wait fOl' Jose. bResprrfahose+ Iba a esperar a Jos~.
,
7 I was going lo practice 1bprktikrlespQyoi~ Iba a practicar espaol.
Spanish.

, ,
D 11afyesti les.al(s) syete~ y la fiesta es a las siete.
, ,
1 And the party s at nine o'clock. ilafyest~l~alaznweb~ y la fiesta es a las nueve.
, ,
2 And the party is tomorrow. ilafyestRlezmaQyana~ y la fiesta es maana.
, ,
3 And the party is later. ilafyest~lezdspwes+ y la fiesta es despus.
, ,
4 And the party is before. ilafyest~l~antes~ y la fiesta es antes.
, ,
5 And the party is in my apartment. ilafyest~le~nm*aprtment~ y la fiesta es en mi apartamento.
, ,
6 And there'll be whiskey at the ilafyest~leskOij~~Ski~ y la fiesta es con whisky.
party.
, ,
7 And there'll be 'cuba libre' at ilfyestRlskijkbl~br~ y la fiesta es con cuba libre.
the party.

E
, . , .,
unmom~ntl boyaber 'si.0~e~o~l(2Wl
,
Un momento, voy a ver si lleg
el agua.
1 Just a minute, l'Il see if the

, . , . ,
unmom~ntl boyaberlsiroyego~lwtb~
,
Un JTIoPlento, voy a ver si lleg
the car has arrived. el auto.
2 Just a minute, 1'11 see if my

, .. , . ,
unmom~nt6~ boyaberls~egom1be1no~
, ..
Un momento, voy a ver si lle~
neighhor has arrived. mI veCIno.
,. ,., , ,.
3 Just a minute, I'll see if unmom~nt6 boyaberlsi~egollaseQybr1ta Un momento, voy a ver si lle~
Miss Molina has arrived. la seorita ~,~olina.
, .
unmom~nto
, .
, ,
boyaber Isi'~~ego~ltksi
4 Just a minute, I'll see if the Un momento, voy a ver si llez
taxi has arrived. el taxi.
,. ,., , ,
5 Just a minute, 1'11 see if the unmomnto~ boyaLcr IsiO~eso IlklJ.mpYR Un momento, voy a ver si lleg
lady who e leans the apartment . .. . la que limpia el apartamento.
has arrived. elapartam~ntol
, . , .
, ,
6 Just a minute, I'll see if the unmom~ntol boyaber Isi0~ego f Un momento, voy a ver si lleg
wash-woman has arrived. , .. la que lava la ropa.
lakelabalarr6pal
,. , , , .
7 J ust a minute, I'll see if the unmomnto~ boyaber's~egolla Un momento, voy a ver si lleg
girl who studies Spanish , . . la que estudia espa501.
has arrived. kestudy~espaQy61~

. ,
F lagbr~1taldelazgfs~ La gordita de las gafas.
,. ..
1 The chubby girl at the cashier's lag6r~1taldelakha~ La g<rdita de la caja.
desk.
,. ... ..
2 The young lady atthe cleaners'. laseQyr1taldelat1ntorera~ La seorita de la tintorera.
3 The young lady who has the caro La seorita del auto.
, .
4 The girl at the hotel. lmchachaldelotl~ La muchacha del hotel.
,. .
.,
5 The lady on the first floor. lsQyoraldelpr1merp1s~ La seora del primer piso.
6 The gentleman in toe ad. El seor del anuncio.
, ... .
7 The man in the elevator. lombre~elas(~ens6r~ El hombre del ascensor.

SPOKEN SPANISH UNIT 1Z
12.24 Review drill -Adjective agreement in remote position
, . .
1 The house is pretty. lkas~ezbon1t~ La casa es bonita.
2 The school is good.

"
l~skwel~e7.bw~na~
. La escuela es buena.
" . .
3 The books are expensive. lz11bro~~o~kr6s~ Los libros son caros.
, .
4 The agency is no good. lahen~y~e7.mla~ La agencia es mala.
, . .
5 The apartrnents are cornfortable. l&aprtmentos ISODk6mdS~ Los apartamentos son cmodos.
, . . (
6 The seci.'etary is pretty. lasekretary~ezbonta~ La secretaria es bonita.
, .. .
7 The lady is Spanish. lseQyor~lesespaQy61a+ La seora es espaola.
, . ,...
8 The cars are American. lo~awtos IsOnpmer1knos+ Los autos son amer.icanos.
,. .
9 The suitcases are expensive. lzmletaslso~krs+ Las maletas son caras.
, . .. .
10 The buildings are pretty. lsAdif1iYOS /sombontbs Los edificios son bonitos.
,. . .
11 The shirts are cheap. lskm1sas Isombarts+ Las camisas s on baratas.
, . .
12 The furniture is no good. lbzmwebles Isonm16s~ Los muebles son malos.
,. ..
13 The ladies are English. l~)seQyoras Ison~~glss~ Las seoras son in~lesas.

NARRAT/VE 1
, ,
1 Tonight there's a party at the stnoch~tynafyest~lnl Esta noche hay una fiesta en la
Harris' (home). , . .. casa de los Harris.
kasadeloshrris
, , ,
2 Jose and Juan are going (to gol. hse*hwamlban~r Jos y Juan van a ir.
,. . ,. , .
3 They have to be there at seven. tyene~kestara~11~la~)syt Tienen que estar all a las siete.
, , ., ., ..
4 Juan is going to take that hwam IbaO\l.ebar IakeC~agor<1ita Juan va a llevar a aque lla gordita.
chubby gir l.
, . . "
5 She isnYt very pretty, but he nQezmuybonit prQe(l)legusta No es muy bonita, pero a l le
likes her very much. gusta mucho.
mch
, , .,. .
6 J ose is going to take his hselbaQ~ebarasun6by Jos va a llevar a su novia.
fiance.
, . ,., . ,
7 He's going to come by for elbapasarporhwanrala(~seys El va a pasar por Juan a las seis
Juan at six-thirty. . y media.
1mdya.l.

~. ,. . .
8 Then they'll pick up tlle girls. lwegotpasamporlaschlkis Luego pasan por las chicas.
, , , , .
9 Jose doesn't want another hselnokyer~lotrotrg~l6ra Jos no quiere otro trago ahora.
drink, now.
,
10 He's got to leave. tynek~l.rs Tiene que irse.
,- ,. , .,
11 He barely has time to shave penastyenetyempolprafeytars~ Apenas tiene tiempo para
and dress. . . afeitarse y vestirse.
l.bes tlrs
DIALOG 1
, ,..,
stinoch~layunafyest~lnlks
Jos, dgale a Juan que esta
noche hay una fiesta en la , , . Jos: Esta noche hay una fiesta
en la casa de los Harris,
casa de los Harris, que si dlsharris rrkwerdas1 recuerdas?
recuerda.
, , ,.., .
Juan, contstele que s, que si k6mono k~oraykes taraC\J i Juan: S, cmo no o ;,A qu hora
cmo no. Pre~ntele que hay que estar aUi?
a qu hora hay que estar allo
, , ,
Jos, contstele que a las l(s) syete bs.0\J.baralgyen1 Jos: A las siete. . Vas a llevar
siete, y pregntele si va a a alguien?
a llevar a alguien.
CUARENTA Y SIETE 12.-17

, , ,.. , .
Juan r dgale que s, que a la si~ lg6rd1ta~ nQezmuybon1tal Juan: S, a la gordita. No es muy
gordita. Que no es muy bou , ., . bonita pero a m me gusta
nita pero que a Ud. le gusta prQam1megustamch~ mucho. Y t, la quin vas
mucho" Y pregntele que a '" ,... a llevar?
quin va a llevar l. i tu~ akyembas.a0~ebr~
, , . , .. ,
Jos, contstele que a su novia. aminobya~ sikyereslpasoport11 Jos: A mi novia. Si quieres, paso
Dgale que si qUIere, Ud. pasa por ti a las seis y media y
por l a las seis y medIa y luego ~l(~s~ys~m~ya~ ilwegolp~s~m~s luego pasamos por las chicc
pasan por las chicas. . .
porlaschikas~
, ,., . ,.
Juan, dgale que muy bien, y muybyn~ nkyeres~trotragot Juan: Muy bien. No quieres otro
pregntele si no quiere otro trago?
trago.
, , . ,
Jos? contstele que no, gracias, nogr~yas~ ~ameby~ penas Jos: No, gracias, ya me voy. Apenas
que Ud. ya se va. Que apenas , , . .
,. . tengo tiempo para afeitarme y
tiene tIempo para afe tarse y te~gotyempolparfeytarm~1bestirme~ vestirme. Adis.
vestirse. Que adIS. ,
actyds~
NARRAT/VE 2
, .,
1 Juan sn't ready yet. hwa~noestalstltdbi~ Juan no est listo todava.
"
, ,...
2 He doesn 't look like an nolpre~~amer1kn~ No parece americano.
American.
3 It 's already twenty to seven. Ya son las siete menos veinte.

, ,
4 And they've got to go pick up *ykepsarlprlschlks y hay que pasar por las chicas.
the ~irls.
, /. ,
5 Juan says there 's (plenty oE) hwanldl~ek~aytymp Juan dice que hay tiempo.
time.
,
6 Here it's not like in the United knoeslk6monlastds~nlds
,.. ro Aqu no es como en los Estados
States. Unidos.
,
7 One's got to arrive late to yk~~9rtard~llsfystas~ Hay que llegar tarde a las fiestas.
partiese
,
,
8 iBut the party i.s at an American perlfyest~laeijksad~merikanzl Pero la fiesta es en casa de
home', says Jos. americanos -dice Jos.
t~hs
9 It's the same as being in the ezlm~zm~lk~st~r~nl~s~stados Es lo mismo que estar en los
United States. Estados Unidos.
und's~
, ,.. ",.
10 Jose's right. Juan's going to hsetyenerra6n+ hwamlbadarse Jos tiene razn. Juan va a
hurry, then. darse prisa, entonces.
prs~lent6n~s.l-
, ., .,
11 He'll be ready in a minute. nunmomentotestalst
,.. En un momento est listo.
DIALOG 2
, , . .
Juan, dgale a Jos que qu tal, ketl/hs pasad'elnte Juan~ Qu tal Jos? Pasa
que pase adelante, y dgale que , , adelante. No estoy
Ud. no est listo todava. nostoyllst6ltdb.l- listo todava.
"
CUARENTA Y NUEVE 12.49

UNn' 12 SPOKEN SPANISH
l'
, , . , .
Jos, dgale a Jos que Qu? ke1 nopare~es 'mrikano~ Jos: Qu!? No pareces amerio
Dgale que no parece ameri , ,. . cano. Ya son las siete menos
cano., Que ya son las siete !j.sonl(s) syete Imnzbeyntef veinte. Y hay que pasar
menos veinte., Y que hay que , , por las chicas.,
pasar p<r las chicas., *ykpsarlpr]sCh~kas+
, ,
Juan, dgale que hay tiempo, hombre, aytympQl6mbr+ ytyemp+ Juan: Hay tiempo, hombre, hay tiempQ.
que hay tiempo. Que aqu no es , ., . .. , . . Aqu no es como en los Esta..,
como en los Estados Unidos., Que kinoes
,.. Ikomoenlo~estaao~und6s+
,.. dos Unidos. Aqu hay que
aqu hay que llegar tarde a las , , llegar tarde a las fiestas.
fiestas., kJ.1 ykO~ egrtar<t~ Ialas fys ts+
, ,
Jos, dgale que s, pero que l~ s~rperlfyest~rskDksd~ Jos: Si, pero la fiesta es en casa
fiesta es en casa de america o , , . de americanos. Es lo mismo
nos. Que es lo mismo que estar amrikanosl zlorn1zmol que estar en los Estados
en los Estados Unidos. , Unidos.
kstrlnlskstd~n~dsl
Juan, dgale que tiene razn, que ty~n~zrr~~6nl b~y~d~rm~pris~1 Juan: Tienes razn. Voy a darme
Ud. va a darse prisa, entonces., , ., ., prisa, entonces., En un momen..
y que en un momento est listo. ent6nis~ npnmomentQlestoylisto to estoy listo.
NARRATWE 3
, ,
1 Juan has to bathe, shave, and get hwanltynekbQyars~f fytars~ Juan tiene que baarse, afeitW'Se, r
dressed, that's aH. . . ,. vestirse, eso es todo.
~bestrs+ esoest6d6+
, , " , , .
2 But, goshI What's wrong now? perlkaramba+ kepasa6ra+ Pero caramba! Qu pasa ahora?
There isn't any water., , No hay agua.
nQaygw+
, e c.
3 He can't shave or bathe .. npwd~afytarseln~baQyrsl No puede afeitarse ni baarse.
12.50 CINCUF.RI'A

,
4 They'll never get to the No van a llegar nunca a la
partyo fiesta.
, , .,..
5 Jose can do one thing, hselpwed~a~erunak6s~lentn~s~ Jos puede hacer una cosa,
then. entonces.
6 He can go pick up the glrls pW~epsrlprlsch~kslprimr~ Puede pasar por las chicas
first. primero.
, .
7 And then he'll come by for ilwe9olpasaporhwn~ y luego pasa por Juan.
Juan.
8 If Juan lsn't ready then, sihw~nln~~st~l~st~l~nt~n~~st Si Juan no est listo entonces,

Jose won't waIt. , , J os no esperao
hselno~spra~
DIALOG 3
, .
Jos, pregntele a Juan que qu ketyenesk~a~r~ Jos: Qu tienes que hacer?
tiene que hacer.
, ,. .
Juan, contstele que tiene que tDgkebaQyarm~tfeytarm~1bestirme~
, Juan: Tengo que baarme, afei=
baarse, afeitarse y vestirse, ". , tarme y vestirme, eso es
que eso es todo. Pero ahora es~est6~ ay~ karamb~ todoooo. Ay, caramba!
diga: Ay, caramba I
, .,
Jos, pregntele que qu le pasa ketepasaor~ Jos: Qu te pasa ahora?
ahora

, . ..
Juan, contstele que Ud. no nopwdbQyarmeln~afeytrm+ Juan: No puedo baarme ni afei-
puede baarse ni afeItarse. tarme. No hay agua.
Que no hay agua.
, ,. , . ,
Jos, dgale que ino puede ser' nopwedesr+ nhamoslffiYgrnuijk' Jos: No puede ser! No vamos a
Que Uds. no van a llegar nunca llegar nunca a la fiesta.
a la fiesta. lfyst
, ,...
Juan, pregotele que por qu no prkenQa~eaunak6sa~ Juan: Por qu no haces una cosa?
hace una cosa.
,
Jos, pregntele que qu cosa. kek6s Jos: Qu cosa?
,.,. ,.,.,.
Juan, dgale que por qu no pasa prkenopasas/prlasch1kaslpr1merot Juan~ Por qu no pasas por las
por las chicas prImero y luego chicas primero y luego
pasan por usted. ilw~g~p~S~mp~rmi pasan por m?
, , , ,
Jos, dgale que est bien, pero si stabyn~ prsino~staz11stQ' Jos: Est bien, pero si no ests
l no est listo entonces, que ,., , . listo entonces, no espero,
Ud. no espera, que lo siente entoniest no~spri losyentomch~ lo siento mucho.
mucho.
12.52 CINCUENTA Y DOS

13.1 BASIC SENTENCES. White and Molina go to a party.
After being introduced to Carmen, Jose's fiance, and meeting his own date, John goes with the others to the party which a Latin American
official is giving in honor of the new Iy arrived Americans.
,
often -menudo'' a menudo
White , ".,.. , , . White

Hey, do they throw these parties here o~e~ danlestasfyesta~ak1lmyamenudot Oye, dan estas fiestas aqu
very often? (l) muy a menudo?
, .
from time to time de-be~-Q-kwnd~ de vez en cuando
Molina , ,. .. , Molina
No, just every now and then. Why? n01 sololdebe~~~kwndo'' porke1 No, slo de vez en cuando,
por qu?
,
terrific estpendo~ estupendo
White , . , White
1 think this one's terrific. estalmepar~~~lstpend'' Esta me parece estupenda.
,
to fix fihar~ fijar
, ,
fix yourself, notice flhate~ fihars.J. fjate (fijarse)
(to pay attention) , ,
dancing (to dance) baylando~ baylar.J. bailando (bailar)
UNO 13.1

,
brunette moreno~ moreno
, .. , ,..
Look how that brunette's dancing! f1hatelkomQestabaylndQlsamorna~ Fjate cmo est bailando esa morena!
,
the care el-kwid a el cuidado
don't go (to go) no vayas (ir)
to put in meter
,
the paw la-pata~ la pata
, .
to put your foot in your mouth mter-la-pta meter la pata
Molina , , ,. .., . Molina

Careful. Don't go making any cracks! kwidacb~ noba~as lameterlapta~ Cuidado, no vayas a meter la pata!
,
the daughter 1~-1ha la hija
, . .
the owner o the house l-sQyor-de-la-ks~ el seor de la casa
, . ,
That's the daughter o our host. zl~1haldlsQy6r~lakas~ Es la hija del seor de la casa.
, ,
look (to look) mlr mira-r mira (mirar)
, ,
(1) believed (to believe) krel krer crea (creer)
(they) were, were being (to he) (2) eran (ser)
quiet tranquilo
13.2 DOS

Carmen Carmen
Say I 1 thought Amencans were Mira. Yo cre a que los ameri-
more reserved. (3) , canos eran ms tranquilos.
rnmstr~kl1s~
that way por ah
the colonel el coronel
Malina Malina
That man gomg that way is Ese que pasa por ah, es el
Colonel Harris. Coronel Harris.
corne (to cor.le) ven (venIr)
Come on over and I'll introduce you~4) b~n1it16pres~nto~ Ven y te lo presento.
,
the goblet l-kop~ la copa
IJ'/ute (5) , .. ., . . IJ'hite

Let's take our drinks. bamo~aQMebarnozllask6pas~ Vamos a llevarnos las copas.
,
yours l-tu~~ la tuya
, ,. .
Here's yours. kJ.tyenezlat~ Aqu tienes la tuya.
,
to confuse kmfndir confundir
, . . ,
don't yourself confuse no-te-komfndas~ komfndJ.rse~ no te confundas
(to confuse oneself) (c onfundirse)
TRES 13..1

hers la de ella
,
Carmen's la-d'-karmen~ la de Carmen
Molina , , Mol~na
Don't get them mixed; that's hers p notekomfndas.1- zld~~a~ No te confundas. Es la de ella,
Carmen's. , la de Carmen.
lac!karmn~
White " , White

Oh, sorry. a S 1.1. perdoh Ah, s, perdn.
the girl la chica

,
at once, right away n-s g 1<1' .1- en seguida
, ,
Will you girls excuse us? bwen/chks.1- kmperm1S~ Bueno, chicas. Con permiso.
,. .
We'll be right back. nsg1dalbolbms En seguida volvemos.
13.10 Notes on the basie sentences
(1) 'Hey' is not a very good translation o /6ye/ oye, but neither is anything eIse. /6ye/ is an attention~attracterwhose equiv-
alent in English is usually sorne sort o gesture, such as raised eye-brows, an upward lift of the head to call for attention - something to indicate
that a remark o importance, however slight, is to be made.
(2) Note that the verb form here, an irregular Past II form (to be dealt with in Unit 18), is indicated as being Past II rather than Past 1 by
the presence o two translations:simple past, 'were', and what may be called durative pasto 'were being'.
(3) /mira/ mira, like the equivalent given here, 'Say', is essentially an empty exclamation o mild surprise. It may also be used like
oye as an attention-attracter to be sure the audience is paying attention to what one is about to say.
13.4 CUATRO

(4) The occurrence of two clitics in succession will he treated in Unit 20; for the moment, he certan you realize that I t e lo
presntot Ite lo presento means '1'11 present him to you' and not '1'11 present you to him'.
(5) The reflexive clitics will he treated in Unit 24. Literally this sentence means 'Let's take the cups for ourselves' - i.e., 'which
helong to uso '
13.21.1 /-ndo/ forms and the present progressive construction
lLL USTRA TIONS
, ,.
I'm thinking ahout that. 1 estoylpensandgen~S~ Estoy pensando en eso.
, , . , , . .
I'ro not drinking as much now. 2 nQestoybebyendoltantQara~ No estoy bebiendo tanto ahora.
, , , .
3 itu1 ke~stazbebynd6~ y t, qu ests bebiendo?
, . , ..
You're finaUy translating. 4 prf1nlestastra~ujynd~ Por fin ests tradu.ciendo.
, . ,
S esta~studyando1 Est estudiando?
, . ,
6 sttrbahandolk6msekretarya~ Est trabajando como secretaria.
CINCO 13.5

, ,..
We're waiting far that momento 7 stms.sperandS? Iesemomnto~ Estamos esperando ese momento.
, ,. .
We're just now arriving. 8 ~a~star.lOz Ity egnd6 Ya estamos llegandoo
, .,., .
How long have you been living here? 9 dzdkwand~ lestamb~byend~aki~ Desde cundo estn viviendo aqu?
, . , ., ,..
How those brunettes are dancing! 10 kOffiQestambaylandQ leSazffiOrns~ Cmo estn bailando esas morenas!
EXTRAPOLA TION
estr /-ndo/ form

,
-ar -r, -r
-ndo -yndo
sg
1 est6y
2 fam ests kom-yndo
2-3 est abl-ndo
pI
1 estmos b~b-yndo
2-3 estn
NOTES
a The progressive construction consists of a conjugated form of the verb /estr/ plus the /-ndo/ farm 01 the verbo
bo /-ndo/ forms are invariable,that is. they never innect lor number, gender, etc.
13.6 SEIS

13.21.11 Suhstitution drills - Person-number substitution
, . , .
1 eO~os lstmbskandQ Iapartamnt~
, , ...
!:lO ~ stybskandQlapartamnto~
, , .
hwan ~ stbskand9lapartamnt~
, .. , ,. , .
k arme n.J.!:l o ~ stamoz IbskandQlapartamnt~
, . , .
stectes ~ stmbskand~lapartamnt~
, ,
2 ~ol~st6ytrbhand~l6r~
, ,
nosotros ~ estmostrbhandQl6r~
, ---------
tu ~
eststrbh~nd9I6r~
1 EUos estn buscando apartamento.
y 0'--- _
Estoy buscando apartamento.
Jua_D _
Est buscando apartamento.
Carmen y yo' _ Estamos buscando apartamento.
Uds. _
Estn buscando apartamento.
2 Yo estoy trabajando ahora.
Nosotros _ Estamos trabajando ahora.

T _
Ests trabajando ahora.
SIETE 13.7

, ,
sted' + esttrabhand9la6ra+
, ,
karmen + esttrabahand9/a6ra+
, . , .
3 karmenlestprendyendomch6+
, , ,
~o + estoylprndyendomch+
, . , , .
sted'es
,
+ stan/prendyendomch6+
, ,
tu
,
+ estas/aprendyendomch+
, . , .
nosotros + estamoslprendyendomcho+
Ud. _
Est trabajando ahora.
Carmen _
Est trabajando ahora.
3 Carmen. est aprendiendo mucho.
yo _
Estoy aprendiendo mucho.
Udso _
Estn aprendiendo mucho.
T _
Ests aprendiendo mucho.
Nosotros'--- _
Estamos aprendiendo mucho.
13.8 OCHO

.,
el stakomynd6
, , .
~o ~ estoy~omynd~
, .
eO~as ~ staIJkomynd~
,
sted ~ estakomynd~
, .
5 hwa~~sta~skr~bynd6~
eO~os ~ st~nl~skr~bYnd6
, . "
,. . .
el~~o ~ estamosleskr1bynd
,
karmeruhwan ~ est~nl~skr~bYnd~
" . .
~o ~ stoyleskr1bynd~
4 Juan y Car-men estn comIendo.
EI _
Est comiendo.
yo _ Estoy comiendo.
Ellas, --' Estn comiendo.
Ud. _ Est comiendo.
5 Juan est escribiendo.
Ello,Q.,s _ Estn escrIbiendo.

El y yo -#
Estamos escribIendo.
Carmen y Juan _ _ Estn escribiendo.
y0 _
Estoy escribiendo.
NUEVE 13.9

e onstruction s ubstitution
, ,
1 tomQgwa~ st6yt6mandQgw
", ,
2 prnunjyazbyn stsprnn~yandobyn~
~ .. . , ..
3 1~mpyan~ldorm1t6ry6 stnlimpyandQleldorm1t6ry~
, . . , . "..
4 bib1mos.enlas.afwrs~ stamoz IbibyendQe~la~afwrs
, . . , . .
skr~bQenlasl+ st6yskribyend~enlasl~
5
6
,. .. . ,
bebenlagwam1nerl+
,
stmbbyend~lagwam1nerl+
,...
, . , .
7 komepk+ stkrnyendop6k+
1 Tomo agua. Estoy tomando agua.

2 Pronunc~as bien. Ests pronunciando bien.
3 Limpl.an el dormitorio. Estn limpiando el dormitorio.
4 Vivimos en las afueras. Estamos viviendo en las afueras.
5 Escribo en la sala. Estoy escribiendo en la sala.
6 Beben agua mineral. Estn bebiendo agua mineral.
7 Come poco. Est comiendo poco.
13.10 DIEZ

, . ,... ,
1 stn~ste~esltrbahandotQestu4ynd~ stm~st4yand+
, ,.
2 stn.OO~zbhand9tosuhynd+ estnsbyend+
, . ,
3 st~~labandQtol~mpynd estlimpyand+
, ,. ,
4 st~st~hyendQtokomynd~ stykmyend+
, , . , ,
[bbyend+] 5 kesta~yendQl~ stbbyend6+
, ,. , ,
[trabhandJ 6 kestana~yendQ~s~ S t n t r ah h and +
~ , . , . ,
[skribyend~J 7 kestayendQust~ est6yeskribyend+
1 Estn Uds. trabajando o estudiando? Estamos estudiando.

2 Estn ellos bajando o subiendo? Estn subIendo.
3 tEst ella lavando o lImpiando? Est limpiando.
4 Est Ud. bebiendo o comIendo? Estoy comiendo.
(bebiendo) 5 Qu est haciendo l? Est bebiendo.

(trabajando) 6 Qu estn haciendo ellos? Estn trabajando.
(escrIbiendo) 7 Qu est haciendo Ud.? Estoy escribiendo.
ONCE 13.11

, . , , ,
[kmyend~] 8 stnstctzhhyendot n01 stmskmyend~
, , . , ,
[trabahand~] 9 stn.~as.std"yandot no+ stntrabahand~
, . , ,
10 st~std"lmrandot si+ st6ylmr~and~
,, , , ,..
11 staellblndQ~spaQyolt S1+ estblandgeSpaQy61~
, , , . , ,..,.
12 stastul9prndyndmuchot si~ stoylaprendyendomch6~
, , . , ,
13 stharryendQeyat S1+ stbrryend~
(comiendo) 8 EstAn Uds. bebiendo? No, estamos comiendo.

(trabajando) 9 EstAn ellas estudiando? No, estn trabajando.
10 Est Ud. almorzando? Si, estoy almorzando.

11 Est' l hablando espaiiol? S, est hablando espaol.
12 Estais t ap-endiendo mucho? Si, estoy aprendiendo mucho.
13 Est barriendo ella? Si, est barriendo.
13.12 DOCE

, . . .
1 I'm working at the Embassy. st6ytrbahandQlenlembah4a~ Estoy trabajando en la Embajada.
,
2 We're living downtown. stmzbibyendQlen~l~ntr~ Estamos viviendo en el centro.
,
3 They're writing now. st~skribyendQlr~ Estn escribiendo ahorao
,
4 I'm lookng at the glasses. st6ybyendolazgfs~ Estoy viendo las gafaso
,. , .
kyen~staayamnd~ Quin est llamando?
, . ,.
6 Where 5 re you living? dondestab1bynd~ Dnde est viviendo?
, .
7 What are you aIl learnng? kestan~prendynd~ Qu estn aprendiendo?
, . , .
8 What time are they arriving k~or~lestan~egnd~ A qu hora estn llegando?
(these days)?
9 The girl is making (fixing) the lmch~ch~lstrrgl~ndolaskms~ La muchacha est arreglando las
heds. camas.
, . ,..
10 We're speaking less English. stmsblandolmenos~~91s~ Estamos hablando menos ingls.
11 I'm not giving (any) tips No estoy dando propinas.

(these days) o
TRECE 13.13

, .,..
12 They're always studying. syempr~lestan~stu~ynd~ Siempre estn estudiando.
, ... .
13 He's going up in the elevator. estsbyendQ len.elas(r) ens6r~ Est subiendo en el ascensor.
The progressive c onstruction in Spanish is closely paralleled by a similar construction in English, composed of a form of the verb be plus
the -ing form of a verb: 'I'm going, he's going,' etc.
In Spanish the progressive construction consists of a form of the verb /estr/and the /-ndo/form of a verb, arranged together in a
close construction which only rarely admits the appearance of any form intervening between them. In the comparable English c onstruction, the
relationship of the constituents is not so close; 'He's just now ating' in Spanish would be /y~stkomyndo/, rather then * /esty
komyndo/.
The English -ing form can be made plural, as in Chis comings and goings', but the /-ndo/ form in Spanish is invariable -it never
changes or inflects for number, gender, etc. Analytically the /-ndo/ form is cIassed as a verb element in verb constructions, or as a verb
modifier, a function cIass of words which typical1y do not inflect: /estudyndomcho Is~aprndemcho/.
While /estr/is most frequently the conjugated verh that appears in the construction 'verh plus /-ndo/', others, such as /andr,
/benr, Q)yegr, i r , segr/ ,appear with/-ndo/forms with different but related meanings. Thus:
/estn-aprendyndo~/ 'They're learning'.
/bn-aprendyndo/ 'They're beginning to learn'.
/ndan-aprendyndo/ 'They're (out) learning'.
/sgen-aprendyndo/ 'They're still learning'.
13.14 CATORCE

Usually the Spanish construction appears in contexts where the same Enghsh construction would be appropriate. One important
exceptiol1 is the use of the progressivp constructlon in Enghsh wlth reference to future time. l1's qUlte normal in English to say 'Be's
commg tonight' ~ but in Spanish */ I
es tb1ny nd2 s tanchel /would never occur (simple present would); the construction
lS hmited to present or cllStomary actions.
13.21.2 Possessive constructions with /de/

A. Presentation ol patlern
lLLUSTRATIONS
, . ., . ..
Ths is our: pat"t 1 est~ezlapartel~enos6trs~ Esta es la parte de nosotros.
Pardn, is this your book? Perdone, 'es ste el libro de

usted?
Come in; that's your tableo Ade lante; aqu Ha es la mesa de

ustedes.
, .. .
His car is excellent. 4 lwtdelleaeks(~elnt El auto de- l es excelente.
small pequeo
, ,..
Her room is very small. 5 lkwrtd~~JzmuypekQy6~ El cuarto de ella es muy pequeo.
Their furniture is expeD.sive~ Los mueb les de e llos s on caros.
QUINCE 13.15

, ,...,.
Please hand me their (f) glasses 7 porfaLdr pasemelaskopaza~as Por favor, pseme las copas de ellas.
(goblets).
, . . .
, . El apartamento del seor Molina.
8 elapartmentoldelseqyormolna
, . ,
9 ezl~lhaldelsQyor~elaksa Es la hija del seor de la casa.
EXTRAPOLA TION
,
Possessives
Forms Construetions
la-ks a-ma (e) (a)
la--ksa-nwstra la-k s a-de-nos 6tros (b)
(a)
la--ksa-tya
1 a-k s a-s y a la-ksa-de-ustd
la-ksa-de-ustdes
la-ksa-de-l
1 a-k s a-d e-Q)y a
la-ks a-de-Q)yos
la--ksa-de~)yas
NOTES
a. Possessive eonstruetions equivalent to Imi o/and / ty o/ do not oeeur.

b. The phrase /de-nos6tros/as part of a possessive eonstruction oeeurs more frequently than /nwstro/ in eertain dialeet areas.
e. For /la--ksa-ma/ etc., read also /el-lbro-mio/ ,/las-ksas-mas/, and /los-lbros-mos/.
13.16 DIECISEIS

13.21.21 Substitution drlll - Construction substitution
Problem:
, . .,.
esezlam1gas~
, . .
est~e(s) sukw~nt
Answer:
, . .,.
es~ezlam1gadl
, ..,..
est2fezlakwentad~ust~
Problem.
Esa es la amiga s uya. (de 1)
Esta es su cuenta. (de Ud.)
Answer:
Esa es la amiga de l.
Esta es la cuenta de Ud.
DIECISIETE 13.17

, , ,
1 est~ezlarropas~~ [destedes~J ~st~l~zl~rr~p~d~~stds~
~ ., .
2 lpartm~nt~s~~QI~zgrnd~ lprtmentodeO~~ lezgrnd~
~ . . " . .
3 ln~by~s~~~I~zb~nt~ lnobyad~uste~lezbont~
, ,
este(s) sumalta~ [d~steds~] ~st~l~zl~m~l~t~d~~stds~
4
5
, ..
ese(s} suf amly~
,
[d~~J s l~zl~f~mlY~~O~~
1 Esta es la ropa s uya. (de Uds.) Esta es la ropa de Uds.
2 El apartamento s uyo es grande. (de ella) El apartamento de ella es grande.
3 La novia s uya es bonita. (de Ud.) La novia de Ud. es bonita.
4 Esta es s u maleta. (de Uds.) Esta es la maleta de Uds.
5 Esa es s u familia. (de ella) Esa es la famila de e 11a.
13.18 DIECIOCHO

, . . , . ,
[dnsotrs'']
, . , .
estasfsonlsfotoz6enos6trs.a.
6 estaslso(~nwestrasf6tos~
, . . , ,. .
s~am19~eskasd~ (del~ ] lmgdeleskas4.a.
7
,. . . , ,. , . . .
ss.am1go(s)son301trost [deD\l~ ] ls~m190z~~~alsonsoltrs~
8
, , , . .
9 st~ks*fst~l~d~rch~ [deCt\#.s ~ ] lt k s id e'l~ os les tal ad: e r eh.a.
6 Estas son nuestras fotos. (de nosotros) Estas son las fotos de nosotros.
7 S u amiga es casada. (de 1) La amiga de l es casada.
8 Sus amigos son solteros. (de ella) Los amigos de ella son solteros.
9 Su taxi est a la derecha. (de ellos) El taxI de ellos est a la derecha.
DIECINUEVE 13.19

13.21.22 Translation <kiU

,, . . . .
1 Their apartment is nice. lprtmento'de~as lezhont~ El apartamento de ellas es bonito.
2 Her famdy is very large. La familIa de ella es muy grande.
3 His room (number) is fifteen. El cuarto de l es el quince.
4 AH your friends are Americans. Todos los amigos de Uds. son

. . . amerIcanos.
amerlkns
5 Y OU1' suitca~e'" are very good. lzml~t~z Id~st~dlsnm~yhwns~ Las maletas de Ud. son muy buenas.
, o o
6 HIS girl friend is Spanish. ln6bydelle~espaQy61 La nOVia de l es espaola.
, ". , o
7 Wt cail 9 t find her house. no~~kontramoz IlkasadO~~ No enconLramos la casa de ella.
, ., o
8 Their bedroom is small. ldrmitoryod~os lespekQY~ El dormltono de ellos es pequeo.
9 You should see his caro ykb~rll~wt~dl~ Hay que ver el auto de l.
13.20 VEINTE

A possessive construction is a phrase which consists of the phrase relator / d e/ plus a noun or a pronoun. This phrase appears
immediately after a noun (or sometimes after the verb / S rI ) and indicates the possessor or owner of the modified noun.
In units 9 and 11 possessive forms were presented. 111 the present extrapolation the full forms are listed along with the equivalent
I
possessive constructions which OCCUf. As can be seen in the chart 9 the 2-3 form S y a/ is listed as the equivalent of at least s IX
constructionsc The fact that I sy al can be the equivalent of six different constructions implies that the constructions give the more definite
information. The phrases Ide-ustd, de-ll etc. are used when the context does not supply aIl the informatlOn needed to identify
the reference of the possessive. Since /syo ~ su/ most often means Ide-ustd/, the constructions /de-ustdes, de-l,
de-Q'ya, de-f.'yos, de-O.)yas/are more frequently used to refer to lyours 9 his, hers, theirs 9 than IS Isyo -- SU/ with these
meanings.
The construction Ide-nostrosl is not used extensively in sorne dialects, but in others 9 as in Chile, it is used to the almost
complete excluslOn of Inws trol .
13.2L3 Nominahzed posseSSlve constructions
A. PresentatlOn of pattero
ILLlJSTRATIONS
,
1 lmJ.Qeshwn~ El mo es Juan.
, ..
, . , , ..
Can you elean ours too? 2 pwedelJ.mpyarlelnwestrotambyen1 Puede limpiar el nuestro tambin?
, ,
3 kJ.tyenezlat~~ Aqu tienes la tuya.
, . , ,
4 lsu~Qezma79rnde~ no1 El suyo es ms grande,no?
VEINTIUNO 13.21

,
each kat!~ cada
, ,. . .
Every (man) to his own (taste). 5 ka4fUno'konlos~~ Cada uno con lo s uro.
,. ". .
In ours there sn't much activity. 6 enldnsotroz InS?aymuchomob~mynt~ En la de nosotros no hay mucho
movimiento.
-y ours is bigger, isn't it? 7 El de usted es ms grande, no?
, .
,. .
In yours there's almost no activity. 8 nlzd~stedes'ksinQaymob~mynt~ En las de ustedes casi no hay
movmientoo
, , .
9 nd~ ~i9walaldl~ Nos es igual al de l.
, ,
10 zld'eO>J~ ld"karmn~ Es la de ella, la de. Carmen.
, , .
No, it's just like theirs (m). 11 no~ ti9walald~sl No, es igual al de ellos.
, ,
They're thens, the girls'. 12 snlzdeO~s lzdlsch~ks~ Son lGs de e IlGs J lGs de lGs e Aieas.
13.22 VEINTIDOS

EXTRAPOLA TlON
Possessive forms and constructions ' 1"lze d (a)

Nomma
1a-k s a-m a (e) (b) la-mia (c) (b)
la-ksa-nwstra la-ksa-de-nos6tros la-nwstra la~e-nostros
---
la-ksa-tya (b) la-tya (b)
la-ksa-sya la-ksa-de-ustd la-sya la-de-ustd

la-ksa-de-ustdes ~ la~e--ustdes
1
I
la-ksa-de-l 1a-d e-1

la-ksa~e-(':)y a 'I
11
1a-d e--fJ}y a
la-ksa~e-}os 1: 1a-d e-Q)y o s
I
1a-k s a-d e-)y a s la-de-(I)yas
lo-syo
NOTES
a. Nominalization of tbese constructions is accomplished by omitting the noun.

b. Combinations which do not occur are marked by a dash.
c. For /la-ksa-ma/ ~ /la-ma/ , etc., read also /el-mo/ , /las-mias/ , /los-mos/ etc~
VEINTITRES 13.23

13.21.31 Substltutlon drill - Constructon substitutlon
Problem:
, , .
,.
lzO~bzmJ.azIno~stan.aki
Answer:
, . ,. ~
lzmJ.az'no~stanak
,, . , , . ,
1 lkasasu~~lestairk lsu~~estairk
, , .,. ( ,. ,
2 elprtmentosu~oltyn~ozhQYs lsu~oltynedozbQy6s
Problem:
Las llaves mas no estn aqu.
Answer:
Las mas no estn aqu.
1 La casa s uya est cerca. La suya est cerca.

2 El apartamento suyo tiene dos baos. El suyo tiene dos baos.
13.24 VEINTICUATRO

, . , .
lam1alnQezbon1ta~
, . ,. ,..
4 l(s) s J.O~ a~su~ asfs tanal1~kyrda~ l~s~~~~st~~l~~ikYrda~
" . , .
5 lsfasu~QJesk6md elsu~Qesk6md
" ,.
6 l~ht~~~lezm~yb~nta~ ltu~lezmuybon1ta~
, . ,.,. , . ,.
7 l7mweblestu~oslsonmuybonits~ lstu~oslsnmuybonts~
3 La novia ma no es bonita. La ma no es bonita.
4 Las s Ulas s uyas estn a la izquierda. Las s uyas estn a la izquierda.
5 El sof suyo es cmodo. El suyo es cmodo.
6 La hija tuya es muy bonita. La tuya es muy bonita.
7 Los muebles tuyos son muy bonitos. Los tuyos son muy bonitos.
VEINTICINCO 13.25

13.21.32 Translation dril!
1 There 's my car; and there 's Ah est el auto mo y el de Uds.

yours, too. tambin.
, .,. , ,
2 My family isn' t large. What lfm~lyam1alnQezgrnd+ ild~sted1 La familia ma no es grande. y la
about yours? de Ud.?
, . ,. , .
3 This lS our tableo (WhlCh is) est~eznwestramsa+ il~eO~os1 Esta es nuestra mesa. Y la de
theirs? ellos?
, , . ., .
4 This ~s John's check. (Which est~lalcheke~ehwn~ ~ldeOOyat Este es el cheque de Juan. Y el
lS) hers? de ella?
,.. , .
5 My daughter is single. What l~iham~~e(s) sol tr+ ile:teQ}Josf La hija ma es soltera. Y la de
about theirs? ellos?
, ..,. ,.
6 Carmen's family arrives on lfam~lyadekarmenIO~eg~elbyrns+ La familia de Carmen llega el
Friday. What about yours? , . viernes. Y la de Uds.?
ild~stedest
,.,. , ..
7 My frends are arriving on ls.aml.gozffi10z 'Q~e9an.els bd'6+ Los amigos mios llegan el sbado.
Saturday. What about yours? , Y los de Ud. ?
ilzd"~stedt
8 John's apartment doesn't have lprtm~ntd~hw~nlnty~n~9s+ El apartamento de Juan no tiene

(any) gas. Does hers? , . gas. Y el de ella?
llde0yat
9 My girl frend is staying at the ln~by~m~~lst~~n~1~telaffier1kn+ La novia ma est en el Hotel
American Hotel. Where's Americano. (, Y la tuya?
yours stayng? iltu~at
13.26 VEINTISEIS

Possessive forms (fuH forms only) as weH as possessive constructions can occur nominalized. These nominalized constructions
serve to make a second reference to a noun which has just been mentioned or is readily understood from the contexto
The nommalization ean be viewed as the simple omission of the noun from the constI uetion. Thus / e 1-1 bro-mo/
becomes /el-;no/~ where /mio/ 9 now nominalized 9 is the head of the phrase. Note that the English equivalent ~mine~ never
occurs preceded by ~the9. In the possessive construction /e 1-1 fbro--de-ustd/ 9 the nominalized version is /e1-de-ustd/,
where / e 1/ lS the nominalized form s modified by lhe phrase / de-u s td/.
One nomrnahzed posseSSlve s /1o-syo/s may but usually does not occur as a possessive form; tbat 18 9 t usually appears only
nominalized< ThJ5 LS not surpdsmg 9 Slnee ,he neuter /1o-syo/ cannot modify a noun~ there belng no neuter nouns n Spanish. Thus
/tdos Ibn.atrar /1osyoi / probably refers lo a group of thlllgS thought of as a eomposite whole s translatlng~They9re aH
going to bnng the ir own stuff. 9
13.21.4 Question intonaton patterns - Informaton questons
ILLUSTRATIONS
, 2 1 1 ~
1 kes.s~ Qu es eso?
,
, 231 ~
kes.es~ Qu es eso?
, ,. 2 2 1 1~
2 dondesta1akh~ Dnde est la caja?
,
, , 2 2 31
dondesta1akah~ Dnde est la caja?
VEINTISIETE 13.27

, ,. 1 2 2 1 1 ~
3 komQesta~lkmby A cmo est el cambio?
, . ,
, 1 2 2 3 1~
akomQesta~lkamby6~ A cmo est el cambio?
EXTRAPOLATION
InfOlmation question Information question

uncolored empbatic
/1211/ /1231/
NOTES
a. The iBtoaatioD patterns of iafonnatioD questiODS perallel tbose of statements.
13.28 VEINTIOCHO

13.21.41 Substitution drill- patternlsubstitution
Problem:
, -
adondebms
Answer:
,
d'ondebams''
Problem:
1 2 1 l''
A dnde vamos?
Answer:
1 2 3 l''
A dnde vamos?
VEINTINUEVE 13.29

,
, ,
1 paraketrabahms~ paraketrabaham6s+
,
, o , .
2 ded"ondeLynen~ dectondebyenen~
,
,
,
3 ded"ondres~ dedonders~
,
, ,
4 prkestd"yan+ p6rkestudyan~
, , o
5 ikwandoloarr91n~ ,~
ikwandolQarreglan
1 2 } )+ 1 2 3 1 +
1 GPara qUf tr1:iba]amos? Para qUf trab,:tJamos?
1 2 1 ). + 1 2 3 ) +
2 De dnrle vienen? De dnde vienen?
} 2 1} } 2 3 1
3 (,Dt: dnde eres Dt. dnde e.res?
2 1 l ) .l. 1 2 3) ~
4 GPor qu estudiao? Por qu estudian?
1 2 :1. ) ~ 1 2 3 1~
5 Y cundo lo arreg~an? y cundo 10 ar.reglan?
13~30 TREINTA

'SPOKEN SPANISH
UNIT 13
, , ,
6 idondelozmnds~ id"ondelozmands~
, o
,
? ikomolokyrs~ ikomolokyers
, . . , .
8 ikwandolQalkiln ikwando19alk~ln
, ,
,
9 ikwandolobms~ ikwandolohems+
,. . , o
10 ictondek6men~ idondekomen
, , ,
11 ikwantodehms~ ikwantodebems''
1 2 1 1 1 2 3 1
6 Y dnde los mandas? y dnde los mandas?
1 2 1 1 1 2 3 1
7 Y cmo lo quieres? y cmo lo quieres?
1 2 11 1 2 31
8 Y cundo lo alquilan? Y cundo lo alquilan?
1 2 1 1 1 2 3 1
9 Y cundo lo vemos? Y cundo lo vemos?
1 2 1 1 ~ 1 2 3 1
10 Y dnde comen? Y dnde comen?
1 2 1 1 1 2 3 1
11 Y cunto dehemos? Y cunto debemos?
TREINTA Y UNO
13031

Information questions are those which cannot he answered hy a simple yes or no, hut rather must he answered hy a statement. Information
questions normally hegin with a question wa.-d, equivalent to 'who, what, when, why, where,' etc. in English.
The intonation patterns appropriate for information questions are the same ones used for statements:!1211 ~ lis
normal, and /1231 /
adds special emphasis, or in sorne cases adds the idea of politeness. When a contrast is additionally implied hy the occurrence of /ent6n~es'' /
after an information question, the /1231 / pattern is almost compulsory:
1 2 3 1 1 1 1
What are we working for, then?
/paraktrabahmos lent6n~es~/
1 2 3 1 1 1 1 Where 're you from, then?
/ded6ndres lent6n~es/
Since these questions very often hegin with the stressed syllahle of the question word, the first nurnher of the intonation pattern formula is
ofteD lost.
13.32 TREINTA Y DOS

1322 Replacement drills
, , , o., o, .
A dan lestasfyestas.ak~Iwmenudof
. , , . ,
, .
, .. , . , - , .
1 debeieIJkwandof danlesiasfyesta~ak1Idebe~eIJkwandot
., , , , ..,. , " .~,
2 al t danlestasfyesta~a1Idebe~eIJkwandot
, , , o , . . , . , o ,
3 tragos t danlestostrago~a1Idebe~eIJkwandot
, . , ,. , , o,. , .
4 _esos t danJesostra90~a1'debe~eIJkwandot
, o , o , e , o o, o, o ,
5 ai en f aienJesostra90~alldebe~eIJkwandot
. ,
6 trabahS( t ~~~nl~s~tr~h~hQ~~ld~h~~~IJkw~nd~t
, o
7 syempret ~~~nr~s;tr~b~hQ~~lsy~mpr~t
A Dan estas fiestas aqu a menudo?
1 de vez en cuando? Dan estas fiestas aqu de vez en cuando?

~ ah ? Dan estas fiestas ah de vez en cuando?
3 tragos ? Dan estos tragos ah de vez en cuando?
4 _ _esos ?
Dan esos tragos ah de vez en cuando?
5 Hacen ? Hacen esos tragos ah de vez en cuando?
6 trabajo ? Hacen ese trabajo ahi de vez en cuando?
7 siempre?
Hacen ese trabajo ah siempre?

, .. ,
B estalmepar~stpenda
, , .. ,
1 esta7 ~
eSLazlmpar~nstpends~
v , .. ,
2
--------- bwens+ estaz Imepar~mbwens~
, ,
3 este ~i
estemepar~bwen6~
, , ,
4
-----------' mal~ estelmpar~emal{
, o ,
aket\]a lmepar~emal~
, , ,
6 ks(~ elents~ a"k'e\'~1az
11' l"""
mGpare~eY).e -:;'\7)
f \k o .,U =!') +'
L0S+I
7 ak e 1. + ak~llmepr~ks(~)l~n+:e~
B Esta me parece estupenda.
1 Estas Estas me parecen estupendas,

2 buenas. Estas me parecen buenas.
3 Este Este me parece bueno.
4 malo. Este me parece malo,
5 Aquila Aquella me parece mala,
6 ex.celente;::, Aquella~ me parecen excelentes,
7 Aqul Aqu 1 me pa! ece excelente.
TREINTA Y CUATRO

SpOK~N SPANlSH UNIT )3
chiks~
1
---------------
akea\l as_ _
~ O" , , ~" ~ o
2 _~ ~
flhatelkomQestambaylandQlake0~aschks~
3 ____________~bebyendQ ~
f~h~t~lk~mQ~st~mb~by~ndQI~k~Q~~schks~
, , ,., o""
4 _______________ seQy6r~ flhatelkomgestabebyendQlakelseQyr~
5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ablandQ ~ f~b~t~lk~mQ~st~bl~ndQI~k~ls~Qy6r~
, o O' , . " O".
6 ______~koDkyen ~ flhatelkoDkyen~staLlandQlakelseQy6r~
. ,. o o "O, O" ." o o
7 ______________seQy6rs~ flhatelkoDkye~esta~ablandQlakeO~~~eQy6rs~
e Fjate cmo est bailando esa morena$
Fjate cmo estn baIlando esas chicas.
Fljate cmo estn bailando aquellas chicas.
Fjate cmo estn bebIendo aquellas chicas.

Fjate cmo est bebiendo aquel seor.
Fjate cmo est hablando aque 1 seor.
Fjate con quin est hablando aquel seor.
Fjate con quin estn hablando aquellos

seores ..

, . ,
D ezl~~haldelseQyordelaks~
, . , . , ..
1 __ lhaz ~ s6nl~~lhaz Idels&Qyordelaks~~
, . , . , ...
2 seQyora ~ s6nls~haz /a-elaseQyoraaelaksll.J.
, .
3 __ amlgo ~ alb~~g~/dlseQy;r~d~1~k5~
, , .,. , . . .
4 _otro ~ ~otramlgoldelsQyoraa-elaksa~
" , . .,. , . . .
r.::
s6mos ~ s6mos.otros arnJ.goz IdelsQyoraaelaks a~
. . , . ..
.J 1
, . , ,.
6 seQyorez ~ s6m6s~tros lamJ.goz /dl(~seQyorezdelaksa~
7 s6y ~ s6y~tr9.~m~g~lael(~sQy;r~zu~1~ksa~
D Es la hija del seor de la casa.
1 _ _ hijas Son las hijas del seor de la casa.
2 seora Son las hijas de la seora de la casa.
3 ._ _ amigo. Es el amigo de la seora de la casa
4 _otro Es otro amigo de la se ora de la casa.
5 Smos Somos otros amigos de la seora de la casa.

6 seores Somos otros amigos de los seores de la casa.
7 Soy Soy otro amigo de los seores de la casa.

;' o 0,/ o , ,
E esekepasa Ip6ra1 ts.elk6r6nelhrris~

, o
__________~seQyora ~
'0. R C1' , o
esakepasalp6raltzlasQyorama~
---------------:--_-.- ma~
, o o, o , ji o
esekepasalp6ralt~&lam190m1~
, o ., o , ,.
akeO~os Ikepasan Iperal tsnls.mJ.gozmes~

, o . , . , ,.
akeQ}jos Ikepasan IpraJ. ts6n.ns,amJ.c.;ozms~

________________s~6s~ k~~~s Ik~p~s~n Ip6r~t sn~ns.amlgo:)s~bs~
___________a.mJ.ga
, ..,- , ,.
keQ~alkepasalpr1ts~nmlgas~a~
E Ese que pasa por ah es e 1 Corone 1 Harris.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _seora _
1 Esa que pasa por ah es la seora Harris.
2 ------- ma. Esa que pasa por ah es la seora ma.
3 --- amgo_ Ese que pasa por ah es el amigo mo.
4 Aqullos _ Aqullos que pasan por ah son los amigos
mos.
5 ---------unoo-s .... Aqu 11 os que pasan por ah son unos amgos
mos.
6 -------------suyos. Aqullos que pasan por ah son unos amigos
suyos.
7 - - - - - - - - - - a m g a_ _ Aqulla que pasa por ah es una amiga suya.
TREINrA Y SIETE 13.37

"
akltyenezlat~~
.
F
______t~O
, ,..
1 ak1tyene~elt6~+
, ,
2 __~sta. ak1~sta~lt~o+
" , .
k~estanlazm1as
3
------.-;ms+ "
'"
" o
a~~stanlazmas
~ , , o
5 _ - =_ _ otra z~~ a1~staniotrazmas~

, ,. "
6 nw~strs a1~stanlotroznwstrs
=----~--=~
l' t'
7 a1.estaelnwstr~
~ ""
F . Aqu tienes la tuya.
1 fuyO. Aqu tIenes el tuyo.

2 _ _eS!d _ Aqu est el tuyo.
3 mas. Aqu estn las mas.
4 Ah _ Ah estn las mas.
5 -:otras_. Ah estn otras mlas.
6 nuestros. Ah estn otros nue.stros.
7 el _
Ah est el nuestro.
13.38 TREINFA Y OCHO

13,23 Variai Ion dnlls
A No~slo de vez en cuando.

Por qu?
1 No, just on Sundays. Why?

, "..
n~ 5010107" omI)gs~
. ,
porke- No~ slo los domingos. Por qu?
, ". ,
2 No, just on Fridays. Why? n.1. ~01olo7t'y4rns~ prke.t. No~ slo los viernes. Por qu?
, ,..
3 Nos just on Saturdays. Why? no-~ 501010(5) sbaaS~ -,ol:(el. No, slo los sbados. Por qu?
, , . . . ,
4 No, just in the morning. Why? no1 sol~enlamaQyna prke No, slo en la maana. Por qu?
, , . . ,
5 No, just at night. Why? no sol~en1an6ch~ prket No, slo en la noche. Por qu?
, , . . ,
6 No, just in the afternoon. Why? 001 sol~enlatr~e porkt No, slo en la tarde. Por qu?
, , ,
7 No, just in the room. Why? no sol~e~elkw~rtt prk~ No, slo en el cuarto. Por qu?

, , , ,. .
B kwidad noba~as'mterlapt~ CUIdado, no vayas fl loeter la pata'
, , , . ,
1 Careful, don't go eat that! kwidad~ noba~aslkmersO~ Cuidado, no vayas a comer eso!
, , ,. ,
2 Careful, don't go see that! kwidad6~ noba~as'berso~ Cuidado, no vayas a ver eso!
, , , . ,
3 Careful, don't go drink that! kwidado~ noba~asfabbers Cuidado, no vayas a beber eso!
, , ,. ,
4 Careful, don,t go do that! kwidad noba~asla~ers~ Cuidado, no vayas a hacer esor
, , , . ,
5 Careful, don 't go say that! kwidad noba~asladei1rs ,CUIdado, no vayas a decir eso!
, " . ,
6 Careful, don't go buy that! kwidad~ noba~as'akmprar~s6~ Cuidado, no vayas a comprar eso!
, ". ,
7 Careful, don't go try that! kwi6ad6~ noba~aslprbar~s iCudado, no vayas a probar esol
13.40 CUARENTA

I , . , , ,
e ffiJ.ra.l. yokreJ.a Ikls.rnrikanos lrnrnstraIJkJ.ls~ Mira, yo crea que los americanos eran
ms tranquilos.
, , .,. , .
1 Say, 1 thought (the) apartments rnJ.r~ yokreJ.alklb~prtAmentosl Mira, yo crea que los apartamentos eran
were more expensive. , ms caros.
rnmskaros
, , .,. , .
2 Say, 1 thought (the) hotels were rnJ.r yokreJ.alkelbspteleslrn Mira, yo crea que los hoteles eran ms
more expensive. , caros.
rnskars~
, ,. , . , .
3 Say, 1 thought (the) restaurants rn~r ~okreJ.alkelzrrestoranesl Mira, yo crea que los restoranes eran
were less expensive. , ms baratos.
rnrnzbarat6s
, ,., . , .
4 Say, 1 thought (the) houses were m~r ~okreJ.alkelskasasl~rn Mira, yo crea que las casas eran ms
cheaper. , baratas.
rnzbratas
, , .,. ,.
5 Say, 1 thought the rooms were rnJ.ra ~okre~alkeloskwartosl~ran Mira, yo crea que los cuartos eran ms
bigger. , grandes.
rnzgrandes~
, , .,. ,
6 Say, 1 thought the embassy was rn~r ~okreJ.alklernbAhadlrA Mira, yo crea que la embajada era ms
prettier. , bonita.
mzbnJ. t
, , .,. ,
7 Say, 1 thought the downtown was mJ.r ~okreJ.alkel~entr9Ir Mira, yo crea que el centro era ms
nicer. , bonito.
mzbnJ. t

,. . ., . .
D bamosl~ebarnozlask6ps~ Vamos a llevarnos las copas.
,. . ., . .
1 Let's take our chair. bamos IaG)~ebarnozlasO)~.J. Vamos a llevarnos la silla.
,. . ., . .
2 Let 's take our pen. bamos IaO~ebarnoz laplm Vamos a llevarnos la pluma.
,. . .", .
3 Let's take our newspaper. bamas laQ~ebarnos~lpery6Qik~ Vamos a llevarnos el peridico.
,. ti'
4 Let's take our car. bamos IlCWebarnos.elwt+ Vamos a llevarnos el auto.
,. . .", . . .
5 Let's take our shirts. bamas llCWebarnozlaskamsas,J, Vamos a llevarnos las camisas.
",. . ., . .
6 Let's take our suits. bamas IaO~ebarnaz los trhes~ Vamos a llevarnos los trajes.
,. . ., . .
7 Let's take our furniture. bamos I aa~ebarnazlozmwbles~ Vamos a llevarnos los muebles.

, .. ,
E notekomfndas+ zladeO~a~ No te confundas. Es la de ella, la de
, Carmen.
laaekarrnen~
, . . , ,
1 Don't get them mixed. That's notekomfndas~ z laQeO~\j.~ le:tebert No te confundas. Es la de ella, la de
hers, Bertha's. Berta.
, . . , ,
2 Don't get them mixed. That's notekomfnds~ ezlde1J lactehse''' No te confundas. Es la de l, la de
his, Jose's. Jos.
, . . ,
3 Don't get them mixed. notekor:1fndas~ ezlaehwah~ No te confundas. Es la de Juan.
That's John's.
, . . ,
4 Don't get them mixed. That's notekoiClfndas~ es.ldeG.M-!- No te confundas. Es el de ella.
(m) hers.
, . ,
5 Don't get them mixed. That's notekomf6nds-l. es.elde0Ms~ No te confundas. Es el de ellas.
(m) the irs ({).
, . ,
6 Don't get them mixed. That's notekornfnds-l. es.elde0'ys-l. No te confundas. Es el de ellos.
(ro) theirs (m),
, ,
7 Don't get them roixed. They're (ro)

notekornfndas'' snlzcieQ~5'' No te confundas. Son los de ellos.
theirs.

, ,
F bwenolchkas~ kmperm1S0+ Bueno p chicas. Con permiso. En
, . . seguida vohemos.
nsg1dabolbm6s+
, ,
1 Wdl you guls excuse us ? bwenolchkas~ kmprm1S~ Bueno r chIcas. Con permIso.
We~ll be back tomOITOw. , .. .. Maana volvemos.
maQyanabolbms+
, ,
2 WJlll you gTrls eXCUl:tt:' Ul:t? bwenlchkas+ kmprm1S+ Bueno; chl~as. Con permiSO.
We~ll be back Mondar. .. El lunes volvemos.
elune"7bolbmos+
, , ,
n
3 W\ yon gll"ls ex-cuse us? bwen6lchks~ krnperm1s6~ otro BUt:no< eh t;a.,. Con perml:9o.
We >ll be back sorne m.her , o Otro dla volve-mos.
day. t11abolbrnos
, ,
4 WIU you boys excuse us? bwenlmchchs+ k6mprm1S+ Buenos muchachos. Con permiso.
We 'U be back latero , . Despus volvemos.
dspwezbolbmos+
, , ..
5 Well gentlemen, we' II be bwenlsQyres+ stanochebolbms+ Bueno, seores. Esta noche
back tomght. volvemos.
, , . .
6 Wellladies, we'll be back bwenlsQy6rs+ sttaraebolbms+ Bueno, se<ras. Esta tarde
this afternoOD. volvemos.
, , . .
7 Well Charles, we'll be back bwenlkrls+ nlmQyanabolbmst Bueno, Carlos. Maana volvemos.
in the morning.

1324 placeme nt o negative particle
1 rm not married.
"
nosoykasc!~
. No soy casadov
" .
2 Pro nm: single. nosoysoltr~ No soy soltero.
, , o o
3 Pro not Spanish. nosoyespaQy61~ No soy f;spaol.
, , o
4 Pro nor American. nosoyamer1kn~ No soy ameri.:ano.
, , o
nosoYJ.I)glsi No soy ingMs,
, ,
6 Pm not ready. no~stoylst'' No estoy l;sto.
, ,
no~stoYl'6r""6i No e~toy Rocdo.
, ,
8 rro nor sorofortble. no~stoyk6m6d~ No estoy l.modo.
, .
9 rm not busyc no~stoyokupd"o'' No estoy ocupado.
, .
10 Pro not helpingo no~stoya~uetnd~ No eSTOY ayudando
, .
11 rro not studymg, no~stoyestu~yndo~ No estoy estudiando.
, ,. .
] 2 Pro nor learmng no~stoyaprendynd6~ No esloy aprendiendo.
, ,. .
13 Pro not wntlng. no~stoyeskrltynd~ No estoy e~crlb~endo.

13.3 CONVERSATION STlMULUS
NARRAT/VE 1
, . , .,..
1 This is not Juan's glass. estalngezlakopadehwn~ Esta no es la copa de Juan.
, .. , ,., ...
2 If it isn't Juan's, it must be sinQezladehwantdebeserladehos~ Si no es la de Juan, debe ser la de
Jose 's. Jos.
, ,
3 Yes, it's his. S 1 ez lel S, es la de l.
, , . ,.
4. Juan is drinking 'cuba libre.' - hwanlstbbyendolkuba11br~ Juan est bebiendo cuba libre.
, ,.
5 He isn't dancing. no~stabaylndo No est bailando.
, ...
6 He's waiting for his Httle st~sprandQlasugOrd1t~ Est esperando a su gordita.
chubby girl.
, . , .. ,
7 She 's in the kitchen helping the ea~esta~nlako~1n~dand1 Ella est en la cocina, ayudando a
hostess fix sorne drinks. , . ., , . .. la seora de la casa a hacer unos
alaseQyoradelakasl~erunostr90s tragos.

DIALOG 1
, .." .
J os ~ pregnte le a Juan s~statukop~folam~ Jos~ tEs ~sta tu copa o la
si sta es su copa o la de ma?
l.
Juan~ ,contstele que dehe ser Juan: Dehe ser la'tuya. Yo

la de l. Que Ud. est he~
hiendo cuba lihre.
'"
kubalbre~
. estoy hehiendo cuba
lihre.
'" '"
J OSt ~ pregnte le a Juan que Jos; Porqu no ests
por qu no est haLlando. hailando?
, o
Juan~ L ontstele que Ud. est stysprandQam1qOr~1t~ Juan: Estoy es'perando a mi

esperando a su gordita. gordita.
, o ,
J OSt, pregnte le que dndt:; dond es t aD}j a~ Jos: Dnde est ella?
e5t ella.
Juan 1 ~ontstele qUe c~t en st~nlk~~n~~rt~nd~lalasQyr Juan: Est en la cocina ayudando

la COCiDa ayudando a la , .,.. a la seora de la casa a
seora de la casa a hacer dlkas~la~erunostrgs~ hacer unos tragos.
unos tragos.

NARRAr/VE 2
,. ,
1 There' s a br.unette dancing ynamrena/baylandQlrnfrnt Hay una morena bailando enfrente
in front of Juan and J ose. de Juan y Jos.
tthwan.lhos+
, . ,
2 She's Colonel Harris' secretary. ezlasekrtaryalrtlkrnelhrris~ Es la secretaria del Coronel
Harris.
, . .
3 Juan likes her. He thinks sht:;'s hwanlegsta+ lepare~estupnda+ A Juan le gusta. Le parece
terrific. estupenda.
4 Jose dOEsn't know h(;'r Vr'j Jos no la (on()cf.- muy b:en.

welL
.? ,
, .,t1\
Per9e',I,~~
'.
les,am1.gad"e
,. . k armen~
I
5 But ShE ~s a friend of Carmt':\. ~ Pero e Ha P-S arnlga de Carrnr:n,
JOSE:' & fIUn(:~(. .. . la novia de Jos <
lanobyadehos''
, . .
6 Her name is Cee iLa. s!1ombres (~) e~ ly+ Su nombre e~ Cecilia,
, ~...
7 Juan wants to meet her. hwaDkyerekono~rla~ Juan quiere conocerla.
,
8 But he can't now. prQaoralnopwd~ Pero ahora no puede.
, ...
9 He 's waiting Cor bis Hule st~sprandQlasugordt~ Est esperando a su gordita.
cbubby girl.

, ,
10 ShhhCarefulao. Here shhl kwi~ad~ ak1byn~ i Shhh ! cuidadoaqu viene.
she comes.
DIALOG 2
,., .. ,. ,.,
Juan, pregntele a Jos que kyen~~esamorenalkestabayland21
quin es esa mocena que est , ... Juan: Quin es esa morena que
est bailando enfrente
bailando enfrente de Uds. mfrentedenos6tr6s~ de nos otros?
, . ,
Jos, contstele que es la zlskretaryaldlk6r6nelhrris~ Jos: Es la secretaria del
, ,.
secretaria del Coronel Coronel Harris. Por qu~
Harris. Pregntele que prke~ tegustat te gusta?
por qu, que si le gusta.
,
, , .
Juan, contstele que le parece mepare~~lstpend~ tlakono~est Juan: Me parece estupenda. T
estupenda. Pregntele si l la conoces?
la conoce.
, , , . ..,.
Jos 9 dgale que no muy bien. nomuybym~prkarmenle~am1gada~~ Jos: No muy bien. Pero Carmen
Pero que Carmen es amiga , , . es amiga de ella. No
de ella. Pregntele a Carmen nQs,s1lkarment es as, Carmen?
si no es as.
,
Carmen, pregntele a Jos que kyent Carmen: QUln?
qUin.
CUARENTA Y NUEVE

IJ , .. ,
Jos, dgale que Cecilia, la ~~11ya~ lamrenalkestbay1and21 Jos&: Cecilia, la morena que est
morena que est bailando ~ o e e bailando enfrente de nOe
enfrente de Uds" emfrentedenos6tros~ sotros.
Carmen, contstele que claro, kl~r ~~~~~~Jsmzm~ybw~na~ Carmen: Claro, ella y yo somos
que ella y Ud. son muy 8 , e e e p ,
muy buenas amigas"
buenas amigaso Pregntele amigas~ kyerekono~erlalhwant Quiere conocerla, Juan?
a Juan que si quiere con()ca
cerla.
, P
Juan, contstele que s, pero s~i perQaoranopw~~ st6y Juan: S, pero ahora no puedo.
que ahora no puede. Dgale tfl ,.. o
Estoy esperando a mi
que est esperando a su esperandQam~gordita~ gordita.
gordita"
, .
Jos, dgale a Juan que Ud. lo lsyentornch'' Jos: Lo siento mucho.
siente mucho.
. . ,
Juan, dgale que Ud., tambin. ~otambynf shlkwiaa42.l. Juan: Yo tarnbien" Shh......
Ahora dgale que shh que cuidadou.aqu viene ..
cuidado....que aqu viene ..
Carmen, dgale a Jos que no Carmen: No vay~ a meter la

vaya a meter la pata. pata, Jos ..
13.50 CINCUENTA

NARR4TIVE 3
, . , o
1 The lude fat gaPs name IS Luz. elnombreldlagrd1t~lezl~~ El nombre de la gordita es Luz.
, , o o, "0'.
2 Luz wants to know what Juan~ lUikyeresaberldekestan~blandol Luz qUIere saber de qu estn
J ose ~ and Carmen are talklllg , , hablando Juan r Jos y Carmen.
about. hwanlhoselkrmen+
,..
3 They're talking aboutoo. 1 he party ~ Esrn hablando de la fiesta,

says Juan. He thlllk]s H,'S very t ID , o dice Juan. Le parece que e
hwn~ lpare~elkstmuytont~ muy bomla.
, ,
4 And 1t'S really ten'1fi\,. *nrr~lidadtst~stpenda+ y en real~dad est estupenda.
, , . .
5 Juan wants to dance this one hwaijlkyrbylrestalkonli+ Juan quiere bailar sta con Luz.
wth Luz.
, .
6 They'll be back right away. nsgldabwlbn+ En seguida vuelven.

DIALOG 3
, , . ., ".,.
Luz, dgales 'hola' a ellos. Pregn- ola+ pweoo5aberldekestanp blandot Luz: Hola. Puedo saber de qu
teles si Ud. puede saber de qu estn hablando?
estn hablando.
, .. ,
Juan, contstele que estn hablando 5tmb~iblandodel lAfye5t~~ Juan: Estamos hablando de .la
de la fiesta. Dgale que est , , . fiesta. Est bonita, no te
bonita, que si no le parece. stbn1ta ntpAre~et parece?
, , ,
Luz, contstele que s, que en 511 nrr~alidaQle5t~5tpendA~ Luz: S, en realidad est estupenda.
realidad est estupenda.
Juan, pregntele si quiere bailar sta.

,. . "
kyerezbaylarestat
. Juan: Quieres bailar sta?
Luz, dgale que encantada. Luz: Encantada.
, , ..
Juan, dgales a Jos y a Carmen que kOmperm1S0+ n5eg1aabolb~mbs+ Juan: Con permiso. En seguida
con permiso. Que en seguida volvemos.
vuelven.
13.52 CINCUENTA Y DOS

SPOKEN SP AN,SH U]\TIT ) 4
14.1 BASIC SENTENCES. Colonel Harris talks about his family's arrival.
Colonel Harris is speaking to Molina and White after the introductions.
,
satisled, e ontented kntento'' contento
Wlute Wh"te
Are yon enjoymg lt here, (,Est .:ontento aqu, cOlond ?
Colonel? (1)
,
Hartis , Ha.,,s
Yes, very much so. S1+ muylkntnt.l. S, muy contento.
,
besldes dma"s.l. adems
, , " ,
BeSIdes, my family arr~yes dmast mQyanat~9amifm11y'' Adem&, maana llega mi
tomorrow. famll~a.
, ,
(they) come (to come) byenn.l. ben1r.l. Vienen (venir)
,
the boat l-bark.l. el barco
,
by boat m-barko'' en barco
Wh"te , .., . White

Are they coming by boat? byenenembarkot Vienen en barco?
UNO 14J

,
(they're) go(ing) to come ban.ahenr~ van a venir
,
the plane l-byoh~ el avin
,
by plane pr-byoh~ por aVin
Harris , , , Harris
No, they're coming by plane. n01 bn~bn1rlpratyon~ No, van a venr por avin.
,
the mother-in-law la-swegr-!. la suegra
to make dizzy marear

,
herself (she) gets seasick (to get seasick) s-mre~~ mrears~ se marea (marearse)
,. ,
My mother-in-Iaw gets seasick In a ship. miswegra Ismre~er.brko~ MI suegra se marea en barco.
Whae Whae
Oh, your ITlother - in -law's cOImng t:oo? Ah, viene su suegra tambin?
the wife la esposa
the chIld el lllo
Harris Harns
Yes, she's commg with my wlfe and S, viene con mi esposa y con
the children. (2) , los nios.
ikanlzn1QYos
the son el hijo
14.2 DOS

White , ., White
How many children do you have? kwanto~hosltyne~ Cuntos hijos tiene?
,
the male el-barn~ el varn
the (small) girl la nia
Harris , ,.,. .. Harris

Three, two boys and a girl. tres~ dozbaronesl*unan1Qy~ Tres. Dos varones y una nia.
Malina (3)
, ,.,. Malina
Do you have a house yet? ~atyenekasat Ya tiene casa?
Bellavista Bellavista
behind detrs
in back o, behind, beyond detrs de
the park el parque
Harris , ,., . Harris

Yes, in Be llavista, on the other side S 1~ mbeo~abls ta ld"etraZd"elprk~ S, en Bellavista detrs del parque.
of the park.
, ,
really (real) rr~almnte~ rr~l~ realmente (real)
(it) is worth (to be w<rth) vale (valer)
the sorrow, grief

,. . la pena
(it) is worthwhile bale-la-pna~ vale la pena

,
the section (of a town) l-barryo~ el barrio
TRES 14.3

Malina , . ,..,. . ,
Malina
lt's really worthwhile to live in r~almente'balelapenatblblrlenksebrry+ Realmente vale la pena vivir en
that section. ese barrio.
, , .
It's very quieto ezmuytraI)kl~ Es muy tranquilo.
,
above sobr+ sobre
above aH, especially sobre todo
Harris Harris
And it's an especially good place y sobre todo, bueno para los nios.
foc kids.
,
the sister l-rmana.J. la hermana
Molina Malina
A married sister of mine lives there. n~rmnmalks~~lbb~~M+ Una hermana ma casada vive all.
,
the airport l-?,erpwert+ el aeropuerto
(you're) go(ing) to go b-~-J.r.t. va a Ir
,. ". , ,
What time are you going to the k~orarba1rustecll~erpwerto+ A qu hora va a ir usted al
airport? aeropuerto?
Harris Harris
At one. A la una.
14.4 CUATRO
,
the order l-orden+
,
la orden
at your servce ~s-ortenl!s'' a sus rdenes
Molma , ,. . , Molina
Let me know if 1 can help you. stoyls~ordeneslpr~darl'' Estoy a sus rdenes para
ayudarle.
,
the car l-karr'' el carro
,
the dlsposition 1 -d i S po S i~ yoh'' la disposicin
,
at your dis posal ~-dispsi~ydn'' a su disposicin
, , .. ..
My car lS at your disposal. ~ikarrQlestasud~spos1~y6n Mi carro est a su disposicin.
look (to look) mire (mirar)
l1arris l1arris
Thanks, [:lolina Look, the girls Gracias, Molina, l\'lire, las mucha-
are waltmg for you alL , chas los estn esperando.
l~stn~sprand
,
(we're) go(ing) to talk b ms-~-ab laX' vamos a hablar
Molma , . , . Molma
So long. We 'll talk later. (4) stlweg'' bamos.ablardespws Hasta luegoo Vamos a hablar
despus.
CINCO 14.5

(1) The translation o /kan tn te/ contento in this sentence lS far from literal, but there is no very satlsfaetory literal translation
possible. It does not mean ~eontented' or 'satisfied' or even ~happy' in the sense that Enghsh speakers would mean in a sentence like Are f
you happy?", whieh implies something like 'Well, you were having problems; have things straightened out now?' The sentenee just means, Are
thmgs going smoothly, i5 life treating you right?'
(2) Note that English does not normally repeat the preposition before a double objeet; Spanish does: eL 'with my wife and the ehildren'
and con mi esposa y con los nios.
(3) Thp, word /y / ya has been seen in Spanish utteranees that have reeeived a variety of translations into English: 'already,'
'still', 'yet', 'right away', etc. A list of those equivalents that it is most likely to have may be useful:
'already' as n Ya est aqu. (He's already here'.
'yet' as in Ya est aqu? 'Is he here yet?'
'right away' as in Ya voy_ 'I'm eoming right away'.
'now' as in Ya estamos llegando. 'We're arriving now'.
'any longer' as in Ya noo 'Not any longer'.
(4) It shonld be noted that /bmos.ablr/ vamos a hablar eould mean 'Let's talk' instead of tWe'll talk.' That is, the form
/bmos. a---r/ vamos a -r is also used in the hortatory sense. It will be examined more closely and drilled in Unit 28.
14.6 SEIS

14.21.1 Present tense forms of the irregular verbs / ir, dr, br/
A. Presentation o pattern
lLLUSTRATIONS
,
1 mboylentn~s.l- Me voy, entonces.
, . . , .
Are you going to the party? 2 b aS.a1afye s t at Vas a la fIesta?
, .
3 komoleb "Cmo le va?
. .
Let's go that way. 4 bamospora~ Vamos por ah L
, .
Are they going downtown? 5 ban.al~entrot G Van al celltro?
, ,..
6 lrtoytrs uno~epropna Le doy tres, uno de propina.
, ..
How much are you giving him, then? 7 kwantoledslent6n~s~ Cunto le das> entonces?
. . ,
8 dalaka0\fet Qalptyo GDa a la calle. o al patio?
SIETE 14.7

, .
We'll give you (an) hola' and a hall. 9 l~amoslor~~m~y~ Le damos hora y media.
, .. . .
10 simdanJelapartamnt~ S me dan el apartamento.
, , ,. ,
It's just that 1 don't see too well. 11 eslknobeomuybyn Es que no veo muy bien.
" , .
12 S1bezldondebib~ As ves donde vivo.
, ,
13 akyembe~st4
Who do you see?
, ,. . ..,.
A quin ve usted?
14 p6rkenohemos l~unam1gomo~ Por qu no vemos a un amigo mo?

, ,..,.
Do you aH see that brunette? 15 ben/esamorenat Ven a esa morena?
EXTRAPOLA TION
ir dAr br
sg
1 b-6y d-6y b-o
2 fam b-s d-s b-s
2-3 b- d- b-
pI
1 b-mos d-mos b-mos
2-3 b-n d-n b-n
NOTES
a. These verbs are irregular in their 1 sg forms.

b. / ir! has a stem /b-/ appearing in the present tense.
c. The monosyllabic forros ar~ stressed on their endingso
14.8 OCHO

SPOKEN SPANISH
UNIT 14
14.21.11 Substltution drills - number substitution
,. . , .
damospropin.J.
1
2
,. . .
beolo~anniY~s.J.
doyprop1n~
,. ..
bemozlos~nn~yos~
, .... , . .. ..
3 bamoaalat1ntorer1~ boyalat1ntorer1a~
, ,. ..
4 doyd'emasyd'-l- damoz<temasylf~
,. . , .
5 benelpery6~ik~ belpery6~ik''
, . , . .
6 boyenwt+ bamos.en.wt~
1 Damos propina. Doy propina.
2 Veo los anuncIOs. Vemos los anuncios.
3 Vamos a la tintorera. Voy a la tintorera.
4 Doy demasIado. Damos demasiado.
5 Ven el peridico. Ve el peridico.
6 Voy en auto. Vamos en auto.
NUEVE
14.9

, . ,
7 damperms.t. dapermis.t.
, . . , . .
8 bemozlast~s.t. beolast~s''
, . .
9 balab6<.'t~ ban.alab6da
, ,
10 danchks dachks
, ,
11 bamprnt baprnt
7 Dan permiso. Da permiso.
S Vemos las tazas. Veo las tazas.
9 Va a la boda. Van a la boda.
10 Dan cheques. Da cheques.
11 Van pronto. Va pronto.
14.10 DIEZ

Person - number substitution
" ,. .
1 ~odoyllarropabyha~
mr~a.
, . '"
,. ,.
dalarropabyh~
, . , ,. . ,.
hwanJ.~ 0 '" damozlarropabyh~
, .
ste~ez '" danlarropabyh~
, , . ,.
tu '" dazlarropabyha~
, "..
2 hwanrnobeloaann~ys~
, . , ,
ste~ez ~ nobenlos~nn~ys'"
,
~o ~
, ,. ..
nobeolosAnn~ys~
1 Yo doy la ropa viejao
Mara _
Da la ropa vieja.
Juan y yo _ Damos la ropa vieja.
Uds. ____
Dan la ropa vieja.
T _
Das la ropa vieja.
2 Juan no ve los anuncios.
Uds. _
No ven los anuncios.
yo _
No veo los anuncios.
ONCE 14.11

, . , , ,
mr1~1karmen ~
, " ,
eQ}Joz ~
nobenlospnn~ys~
, . ,., .
3 nsotroz Ibamo~estan6ch~
, , .
eO~a '' baestanche~
,.
~o
,
''
.
boyestan6ch~
, . , ,. .
hwan~karmem~ ~ ban.estan6ch~
, , .
sted ~
ba~stan6ch''
Mara y Carmen No ven los anuncios.

Ellos No ven los anuncios.
a Nosotlos vamos esta noche.
Ella Va esta noche.

Yo Voy esta noche.
Juan y Carmen Van esta noche.
Ud, Va esta noche.
14.12 DOCE

,. ,..
4 e[yozldnmuchaspropinas+
,
sted' + , . .
dmuchaspropns~
". , , . .
mr1~1hwan-- + dnmuchaspropins
~o
,
+ , . .
d6ymuchaspropinas+
, , . .
eQ~a. ---+ dmuchaspropinas+
4 Ellos dan muchas propinas.
Ud. _ Da muchas propinas.

Mara y Juan _ Dan muchas propinas.
y0 _
Doy muchas propinas.
Ella _ Da muchas propinas.
TRECE 14.13

, ,
5 ~olbmuybyn.l-
, ,
ntonyo .1- bmuybyn.l-
, ,
tu .1- bzmuybyn.l-
, ,
sted*antonyo .1- bnmuyby~n.l-
, ,
nsotroz .1- bmzmuybyn.l-
5 Yo veo muy hien.
Antonio _ Ve muy hien.

T _ Ves muy hien.
Ud. y Antonio_o Ven muy hien.
Nosotros , Vemos muy hien.
14.14 CATORCE .

14.21 12 Response dnll
, ,. , . ,
1 ba~stedal~entrotQasuks~ b6yl~entr
,. ,. .., . . ,
2 benustedezllo~anun~yostolasf6ts+ bmzlasfots
" . . ,. , .
3 ban~O~os laoratQestanch+
, , . . ,.. . ,
4 beelllosperyod1kostolozlbrs blzll.brs~
, , , ,. . .
[ls.nun~ys ] 5 kebelJstd beolos.anniYs~
, .,. , .
6 kwandobanustds bamoz~
, , , , .. .
[lstkrtary] 7 kyembenO~s benalasekretry
,
[lskv~'atr6 ] balaskwtr.l-
1 Va Ud. al centro o a su casa? Voy al centro.

2 Ven Uds" los anuncios o las fotos? Vemos las fotos.
3 Van e lIos ahora o esta noche? Van ahora.
4 Ve l los peridIcos o los libros? Velos libros.
(los anuncios) 5 tQu ve Ud.? Veo los anllncios.

(ya) 6 Cundo van Uds.? Vamos ya.
(la secretaria) 7 (.A quin ven ellos? Ven a la secretaria.
(a las cuatro) 8 A qu hora va l? Va a las cuatro,
QUINCE 14.15

, " , ,
Lal)s4och6~ ] 9 ba~s ted Ialaznwebet no~ b6ylas.och~
, ,
[ l (S) S ~"ys ~ ] 1 O b~n.~s t;t1~s I~ l~s (~) ~I)kt no.t- bm6s.l(s) se"ys~
, , ~ . . ,. , ,
[16s.anun~ys~] 11 ben.eO}joz Ilasfotost n~ bnl~anun~ys~
,. ,. ,.,. , ,
12 danustedez Ilostrahezbyehost S i~ lzciams~
" " .
13 da~sted'laskamlsazbyehasf
" , . .,. , ,
14 dael/muchasprOplnast si.l- dmuchas~
15 d~n~O~~zll~rropabyehaf
(a las ocho) 9 Va Ud. a las nueve? No, voy a las ocho.

(a las seis) 10 Van Uds, a las ClOCO? No. vamos a las seis.
(los anuncios) 11 Ven ellos las fotos? No, ven los anuncios.
12 Dan Uds. los trajes viejos? S, los damos.

13 Da Ud. las camisas viejas? S, las doy.
14 Da l mllC has propinas? S, da muchas.
15 Dan ellos la ropa vieja? S, la dan.
14.16 DIECI5EI5

14.21.13 Translation driH
, . , .
1 I'm not going now.. !:Ionoboya6ra~ Yo no voy ahora.
, .,.
2 She's going to the wedding. ~abalab6d~ Ella va a la hoda.
3 They never give anything. Ellos nunca dan nada.

, .. .
4 Let's go right away. bamos.ensegit!~ Vamos en seguida.
5 Why aren't you (aH) going? Por qu no van Uds.?
6 I always look at the ads. Siempre veo los anuncios.
7 From.time to time I go to De vez en cuando voy a ese

that restaurant. restorn.
, . .
8 How many ladies are going? kwanta(s) seQyorazbn Cuntas seoras van?
9 I'm giving aH my old clothes. Yo doy toda mi ropa vieja.
~ " , . .
10 He doesn't give many tips. ellnodalmuchaspropins El no da muchas propinas.
, . ,..
11 We give too many tips, damozldmsya~aspropnas Damos demasiadas propinas.
DIECISIETE 14.17

UNIT 14 SPOKEN S1.1 A '\ISIJ
B DlScussion of pattero
The verb / r/ i~ 'rregular m having a spee lal stem /b-/ In the present tense Thi~ htf:;m .b Lm hu ;rre~u!ar in I hat ~t C on j'lgLd '::'
not like an /-r/ verbo but rather like a regular /-r/ verb except ror the added final /-y/ in /by/ "
The verb / d r/ is Irregular only in havIng a final /-y/ on the 1 sg form, / dy/ shares this irregularity with /by / .
/s6y~ J
Elnd est6y/
The verb /br/ has its regular stem /b-/ in aH forms except 1 sg where the stem /be-j occurs in /bo/
AH of these verbs have monosyllabic conjugated forms except in 1 pI /bmos/, /dmos/, and /bmos/, and il' 1 srr./;~eo/,
As monosyllahles thelf lexlcal stress appears on their endings rather than on a preceding syllable.
14.21.2 The periphrastIc ruture construction
A. Presentation or pattern
ILL USTRA T10NS
, ., . .,
1 boyaberls1e~ego~lgwa~ Voy a ver s Ilc~ el
agua.
I'm going to talk later, Voy a hablar despus.
, . ., ...,
3 ba&ab1b1rlenelotelt Vas a vz.vu en el hotel?
, ,. .
4 akyembas.a0~ ebr~ A quin vas a llevar?
, ,.
5 kWantobakobrrm~ Cunto va a cob,alme?
11.18 DIECIOCHO

6 Va a trabajar cqn nosotros.,
, ... , ,. , .
7 bamo~atenerlbo~aprontot Vamos a tener boda pronto?
8 Vamos a ver el peridico.
, .. " . .
9 banakambyarSe/deks Van a cambiarse de casa
10 nd b~n~b~n~rlp~r~by6n No, van a venir por avin.
EXTRAPOLA TION
r a I-Vrl
I
,
1
-r -2r -r
sg
1 by
2 fam bs
a abl-r kom-r bl.b-r
2 - 3 0
pI
1 bmos
2-3 bn
NOTES
a, :~>,e periphrastic future constructior. consists of ~ conju~ated form of the verb I r I plus the phrase relator I al plus the
infinitive forro oC the verbo
b Before an infinitve beginning with the vowel I al ' or after the form Ib/, the phrase relator I al regularly fails to
occur in actual pronunciation,
DIECINUEVE 14.19

14.2121 ~uhsl.itution drills - Person~number substitution
, , .
1 ~oboyatractu~ir''
, ,
sted ~ batradu~r~
, . , , . .
hwan.l.~O ~ bamos.atractui ir
,
eQ~oz banatrad'u~r~
,
karmem. batrad'u~ir~
2 n6s~tr;z Ihm6s~tr~b~h~r~i
, , .
eO~oz '' bntrbhara
,
~o ~
b6ytr~bharai
1 Yo voy a traducir.
Ud. _ Va a traducir.
Juan y yo _ _ . Vamos a trad uc ir.
Ellos'- _ Van a traducir.
Carmen _ Va a traducir.
2 Nosotros vamos a trabajar ah.
Ellos _ Van a trabajar ah.

y0 _
Voy a trabajar ah.
14.20 VEINTE

, .. , , .
lw1sa*antonyo ~ bn.atrbahara1~
,
tU. ~
, .
bs.atrabahara1.l.
,. ,.
3 eO~albkmer~espws~
,
~o + , .
b6ykmerdespws~
, .. , , .
lw~sa*antonyo + bnakamerdespws+
,
lW1s1~o
.,
+
, .
bmsAkbmerdespws+
stedez
, . +
, .
bnAkmerdespws+
Luisa y Antonio _ Van a trahajar ah.

T _
Vas a trahajar aho
3 Ella va a comer despus.
yo-- _
Voy a comer despus.
Luisa y Antonio _ Van a comer despus.
Luisa y yo --' Vamos a comer des pus.
Uds. - - - - _ Van a comer despus.
VEINTIUNO 14,21

Construction substitution
, . . , .
1 komobastnt~ b6ykomerbastnt~
, . bms~tmarbin
,
2 trnamoz"[)n~
". . , . .. .
3 suben len.elas(~)ens6r bnsblr len.elas(~)ens6r-l.
, . , .
4 baylai bbylarai
, . , .
5 blboemfrnt b6ybiblremfrnt~
,
,..
. . , .
6 mandanlostrhs bnmndarlostrhs
, . .
7 stdyamosenelkwrt bms~stdyarlenelkwrt6
1 Como I>Ets.Iailte. Voy a comer bastante.
2 Tomamos vino. Vamos a tomar vino.
3 Suben en el ascensor. Van a subir en el ascensor.
4 Baila ah. Va a bailar ah.
5 Vivo enfrente. Voy a vivir enfrente.
6 Mandan los trajes. Van a mandar los trajes.
7 Estudiamos en el cuarto. Vamos a estudiar en el cuarto.
14.22 VEINTIDOS

, . .., . . ,
b6y trabhaor.1-
~
1 ba~stedlatrabahartQa~studyr+
~. ,. o ., ,
2 ba~~ste6eS l~eskrlblrtQasalr+ bmsftas llor~
, , o.,
3 ba~~lalabart~abarrr+
, " ., ,
[eskriblr+
,.. ] 4 keban Ia:jerClMS+ bneskriblr+
, ,
, , , o
o
[a~s tbyaor+ ] 5 kebaierustd+ b6ysttldya r+
, " o ,
,
[bebeor+ ] 6 kebanlaierustdes+ bmos"abeber+
, " o o ,
, o , o
[ntrah+] 7 kebas lakomprart+ boyakompraruntrhe~
1 (, Va Ud. a trabajar o a estudiar? Voy a trabaJar.
2 Van Uds. a escribir o a salir? Vamos a salir.
3 Va ella a lavar o a barrer? Va a berrer.
(a escrib ir) 4 Qu van a hacer ellos? Van a escribir.
(a estudiar) 5 Qu va a hacer Ud.? Voy a estudiar.

(a beber) 6 Qu van a ~acer Uds.? Vamos a beber.
(un traje) 7 Qu vas a comprar tu? Voy a comprar un traje.
VEINTITRES 14023

UNIT )4 SPOKEN SPANISH
, , , .. ,. , .
[lscheks~] 8 kebanakambyarust~s~ bms~k~mbyarlloschks
, , , , ,
[aestdyr~J
lO
9 bs11relt no b~stetya'r
, ,. ,. , ,
[slir~J 10 bn~skrib1rustedest no Lms~s11r~
" . , . , ,. ,
11 bkmere0~a 'postret S1~ er''va Ibkmerp6stre~
, . ., , ,....,
12 bnk6merustedeslpastelt s11 bamos~komerpastl~
,
13 b~~b~r~st~~I~l~wt;t S1'~ LoyaQ~ebrl.t.
(los cheques) 8 Qu van a cambiar Uds.? Vamos a camh lar los cheques.
(a estudIar) 9 Va a salir l? No, va a estudIar.

(a salIr) 10 Van a escribir Uds.? No, vamos a salir.
11 Va a comer ella postre? S, ella va a comer postre.

12 Van a comer Uds. pastel? S, vamos a comer pasteL
13 Va a llevar Ud. el auto? S, voy a llevarlo.
14.24 VEINTICUATRO

,
1 "e're going to repeat that. b'm6srrept1rs6~ Vamos a repetir eso.
, ..
2 I'm going to shave boyafeytrm~ voy a afe.itarme.
, . , .
3 What're you going to do? keba~erustt!+ Qu va a hacer Ud.?
, . ,
4 Where are you going to work? dondebatrabahr+ Dnde va a trabajar?
,
5 I'm going to take a bath. b6ybQyarm v oy a baarme.
, "., ., , .
6 He's not going to stick his elfnobameterflapatwotrab~~ El no va a meter la pata otra
foot (in his mouth) again. vez.
, ,
7 They're going to practice banlprktikarms Van a practicar IlUs.
(s ome) more.
, ,
8 They're going to look for banlAbskarks.J. Van a buscar casa.
a house.
,. .,.
9 We're going to take (make) bamos'a~erumbyh~ Vamos a hacer un viaje.
a tripe
VEINTICINCO 14.25

B. Presentation of pattern
The penphrastic future construction has three component forms, (1) a conjugated form of the verb / r/ ~ (2) the phrase relator / al .
and (3) an infmitive. These elements are usually not separated by any other forms, though sometimes a pronoun subject will appear after
the form of I r l
As the name periphrastic indicates, this construction is a roundabout way of expressing future tIme. Spanish has a future tense which will
be presented in Unit 53, but the periphrastic future construction seems to occur more frequently than the future tense in most dialects. It is a
rather close equivalent of the 'to be going to.... ' construction in English.
This double English construction, combining both present progresslve and periphrastic future consJi"uctioDB,has no exact parallel in Spanish,
though its function is performed by the Spanish periphrastic future.
The periphrastic construction frequently brings into immediate sequence two and sometimes three / a/ phonemes. The normal phonetic
pallern of reduction to a single / a / in normal conversation may appear to be an omission of the relator /a/. Thus /b-a-kom~r/
becomes /bkomr/ and /b-a-ablr/becomes /bblr/ The relator becomes quickly evident again when /bn/ is suhstituted
for /b/~ /bn.akom~r / ' /b n.ab lr/, ShowIDg that the reduction is purely phonologicaL
The periphrastic future construction ID i15 1 pI form can express future time (or intention) as in /bmo s-a-e S tudy r 's ta-n che~ I
'We 're going to study tonight', or it can express what might be called a hortatory c onstruction, where the speaker exhorts others to accompany him
in an action. Thus /bmos-a-komr~/appearing in its affirmative form can mean 'We're going to eat' or 'Let's eat'.
14.21.3 Question lntonation patterns - Ves-no questions
ILLUSTRATIONS
, . 1 2 1 1~
y ou Hice tbe room. 1 lgust~elkwrto~ Le gusta el cuarto.
, . , . 1 2 2 2 t
lgust~elkwarto1 Le gust el cuarto?
VEINTISEIS

, 1 2 1 1
2 estalhsJ, Est lejos.
, , . 1 2 22t
Is it far?
~stalehost
Est lejos?
, 1 2 1 1 ~
3 '7muykr.J. Es Oluy caro.
, ,. 1 2 22 t
ls it very expensive? zmuykarot Es muy caro?
EXTRAPOLATION
..---------------.
Statement Ves-no question
/1211~/ I /1222t/
NOTES
a. One frequent Spanish yes-no question pattero is /1222 t / ,

similar lo a common English paUern, but not ending as high
as the English pattero does.
VEINTISIETE 14.27

14.21.31 Substitution drill- pattern substitution
Problem:
trbahanmch''
Answer~
, .
trbahanmuchot
, .. , .
1 lkl1an~lkwrt lkl1an.elkwartot
, . , . , .
2 lgustelpr~y lgust~elpre~yot
/1211+/ /1222 t /
Problem: 12 1 1''
Trabajan muc ho.
Answer: 1 2 2 2t
Trabajan mucho?
1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 t
1 Alquilan el cuarto. Alquilan el cuarto?
1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2t
2 Le gusta el prec io, Le gusta el precio?
14.28 VEINTIOCHO

3
..
,
sbl.mos,a6ra~
, .,.
sb~mos.aorat
.
, . , , .. .
4 stamwebl~~ stamwebladot
, . . , . ., .
5 kmpramos~lwto~ kmpramos,elawtot
, ,,
6 dselg~ dsealgot
, . . , .. , .
7 tmamos~ntksi~ tmamos.untaksl.t
, . ,. , .
8 lmramoshntsJ lmr~amoshuntost
1 2 11 1 2 22 t
3 Subimos ahora. Subimos ahora?
1 2 1 1~ 1 2 2 21
4 Est amueblado. Est amueblado?
1 2 lIt 1 2 2 21
5 Compramos el auto. Compramos el auto?
1 2 1 1~ 1 2 2 2t
6 Desea algo. Desea algo?
1 2 1 1~ 1 2 221
7 Tomamos un taxi. Tomamos un taxi?
1 2 1 1 ~ 1 2 2 21
8 Almorzamos juntos. Almorzamos juntos?
VEINTINUEVE 14.29

,
9 lpare~ekr~ lpare~ekarot
,
10 bskamos~tr~ bskamos~trot
, , ,
11 kmpramo(s) S bnas.t. kmpramo(s) sabanas t
1 2 1 1 ~ 1 2 22 t
9 Le pal'ece caroo Le parece caro?
1 2 1 1 ~ 1 2 2 2t
10 Buscamos otro. Buscamos otro?
1 2 1 1 ~ 1 2 2 2t
11 Compramos sbanaso Compramos sbanas?
Bo Presentation of pattern
The rnost cornmon llltonation partern that OCClItS with yes-no questions, particularly when the questioner does not anticipate whether
the answer will be 'yes or 'no. lS /1222 t /
f o
ThlS pattern will give English speakers relatively liule difflculty smce lt lS very similar to an English pattern with the same meaningo
The English pattern. however. ends somewhat higher, and this extra height might be lllterpreted as insistence or annoyance in Spanish.
2 2 22 2 2 23
Thus /n-tyne- trot / Don't you have another?' is normal and /n-tyne-6trot / could mean 'Don>t you have just one morer
14.30 TREINTA

14.22 Heplacement drills
, ., ..,
A stkontentQaklfkoronelt
, ., . ,. .
1 ________________seQyorest est~kntentoslakllseQyorest
, . . , . . ,.
2 _______aora -- t stQkntentos laoralseQyorest
, .. , .. ,.
3 ____6k~artos t stnhkpados laoralseQyorest
. . , .. , ... ,.
4 ______________seQyorltast stnhkpadaslaoralseQyorltas t
5 ____dskpadas t stndskp~d~s 1~~r~ls~Qy~r~t~st
. , , .". .,
hose t stdskupadQlaoralhoset
6
------------, . , .,. , .
stdsokpad~laoralkarment
7
----------"karmen t
A ;.Estci contento aqu, Coronel?
1 t. seores? Estn contentos aqu, seores?

2 , ahora, _ _? Estn contentos ahora, seores?
3 ___ocupados ? Estn ocupados ahora, seores?
4 t, seoritas? Estn ocupadas ahora, seoritas?
5 ~ desocupadas ? Estn desoc upadas ahora, seoritas?
6 t,---- Jos? Est desocupado ahora, Jos?
7 . Carmen? Est desocupada ahora, Carmen?
TREINTA Y UNO 14.31

, , . ,
B admast maQyanalmy9mifm~ly+
, , , . ,
1
--------------rn1.90 s + ~mast maQyanaIO~9nmisaml.gs~
, , o ,
2
------------ sus + demast maQyanalroyganssarnl.g6s+
, , . ,
3 __________bynn + admast maQyanalbynnsusm1gs+
, . ,
4
-----lhwebez + dmast lhwebezlbynensusml.gs~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _k~6s_-l-
, ,., . ,
5 demast elhwebezlbyenenlk~s~rn19s~
, , , . ,
6
------------_.....mrena+ demast lhwebez'byn~k~rnren~
,
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _sQYor-l-
, , . ,
7 admast elhwebezlbyn~klsQyor''
B Ade~s, maana llega mi familia.
1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ amigos. Adems, maana llegan mis amigos.

2 sus _ _ Adems, maana llegan sus amigos.
3 _ _ _ _vienen _ Adems, maana vienen sus amigos.
4 , el jueves _ Adems, el jueves vienen sus amigos.
5 _ _ _ _ _ _aque llos_o Adems, el jueves vienen aquellos amigos.
6 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ morena. Adems, el jueves viene aquella morena.
7 seor. Adems, el jueves viene aquel seor.
14.32 TREINTA Y DOS

, .
, .
e kwantos~hostyn~
, . ,
.,

1 nJ.Qyas_~ kwantazn1Qyastyne~
, ,
2 y'"

kwantaznJ.Qyas.Y~
, ,
3 tyemp2_~
,

kwantotyempQy~
, ,
4 kyrs~

kwantotyempokyrs~
",
, , .
5 agwa kwantagwakyres~
, , .
6 bt>s~ kwantagwabbs~
, . ,
,

7 tragoz_'" kwantostragozbbes~
C Cuntos hijos tiene?
1 .-
nlOas _ _.? Cuntas nias tiene?
2 hay? Cuntas nias hay?
3 tiempo_? Cunto tiempo hay?
4 quieres? Cuanto tiempo quieres?
5 agua ? Cunta agua quieres?
6 bebes? Cunta agua bebes?
7 tragos ? Cuntos tragos bebes?

, . ,. ,
D nrmanam~afksadalblb~aO~!
, . ,.,. ,., ..
1 __rmanaz ! nas.rmanazffi~asIkasadaz Iblben.aQ>J.J.
,.,. ,., ..
2 sU~as J nas.rmana(s) su~as Iks actaz Iblben.a~
, . ~ . , . , .
3 --lho .1- n.lhosu~o /ksad"o Iblb~aO).ji.1-
, . ,.,. ,.,.
4 sltero .1- ~hosu~o/slterolblb~a~.1-
5 trabaha --~ n;h~s~~~ Is61 t~r~ Itrab~h~0~~

, . , .,. , . , .
6 ffiJ.O .t. n.~homlo 1561tero ItrbahaC}j i

, . ,. , ..
7 __amJ.goz n6s.amlgozffilos Is61 teros /trbahanaQhli.J.
D Una hermana ma casada vive all.
1 hermanas ___ Unas hermanas mas casadas viven all.

2 suyas _ Unas hermanas suyas casadas viven all.
3 _ _ hijo _ Un hijo suyo casado vive alh.
4 soltero _ Un hjo suyo soltero vive all.
5 trabaja_. Un hijb suyo soltero trabaja alH.
6 mo _ Un hijo mo soltero trabaja all.
7 amigos _ Unos amigos mos solteros trabajan all.
TREINTA Y CUATRO

,, . , .
E k~oralba~ruste~falReropwrt~
, . " . ., ..
1 fysta~ ak~oralha1ruste~lalafy~sta~
. , ,. , .. , ., . . .
2 nosotros ~ k~orafbamosa~rnosotroslalafy~sta~
,
kI)kyem
, , .. , ., ...
3 ~ kOI)kyernlbarnosa1rnosotroslalafyst~
, , ,., , .
4 !:lO ~ ko~kyemlboya1r~oIRlafysta~
, , ,. , , .
5 prke ~ prkelboya~~ol~lafysta~
. , , ".., , .
6 ben~r ~ porkelboyaben1~ofRlafy~st~
,
~
, ,. .
" . ..
7 eOMos porkelbanaben1reOMoslalafyst~
E A qu hora va a ir usted al aeropuerto?
1 fiesta? A qu hora va a ir usted a la fiesta?

2 nosotros _ _? A qu hora vamos a ir nosotros a la fiesta?
3 Con quin ? Con quin vamos a ir nosotros a la fiesta?
4- yo ? C on quin voy a ir yo a la fiesta?
5 Por qu ? Por qu voy a ir yo a la fiesta?
6 venir ? Por qu voy a venir yo a la fiesta?
7 ellos ? Porqu van a venir e Hos a la fiesta?
TREINTA Y CINCO
14.35

, .
F stlweg~ bamos~blaraespws~
1
,
muybyn
, , .. ,
muybyn bamos~blaraespws~
. , , .. , .
a6r~ muybyn~ bamos~blara6r~
2
--------------
. . , . .
3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _estud"yar_~ muybyn~ bamos~estudyarara~
_________boy ~
, , , .
4 muytyr.~ boy~estudyarara~
, , ,..
5 adyds ~
aoyos+ Loyestudyarara~
/ ' ." -
6 _ _- __teI)gok~----_ _~ acyos+ teI)gokestudyara6ra~
_____ayke
,
-- ~
, , . . ,.
7 adyds+ aykestuayara6ra~
F Hasta luego, vamos a hablar despus.
1 Muy bien, _ Muy bIen, vamos a hablar despus.

2 - _ _ - - - - - - _.. ahora. Muy bien, vamos a hablar ahora.
3 _ _ _ _ _ estudiar _ _ Muy bien, vamos a estudiar ahora.
4 ,_voy _ Muy bien, voy a estudiar ahora.
5 Adis, _
Adis, voy a estudiar ahora.
6 - , tengo que _ Adis, tengo que estudiar ahora.
7 _ _, hay que _ Adis, hay que estudiar ahora.

14.23 Varation drills
, .. , .
A byenen~mbarkot Vienen en barco?
, . ., .
1 Are they coming by car? byenen.en.awtot Vienen en auto?
, . .. ,
2 Are they coming by plane? byenen.en.abyont Vienen en avin?
, .. . , .
3 Are they coming in the byenen.enlanoche t Vienen en la noche?
evening?
, ... ,.
Vienen en la maana?
4 Are they coming in the byenenenlamaQyanat
mocning?
, .. . , .
5 Are they coming in the byenen.enlatard"et Vienen en la tarde?
afternoon?
,. .,.
6 Are they coming right byenen.enSe9~dat Vienen en seguida?
away?
, . ,
7 Are they eoming some byenen.otrod'~at Vienen otro da?
other day?
TREINTA YSIETE 14.37

, , ,
B no~ bnben1rlp6rhyoh~ No, van a venir por avin.
, , ,
1 No, they're coming by boat. - no1 bnaben1rlprbark~ No, van a venir por barco.
2 No, they're coming by .car. No, van a venir por auto.
, , ,
3 No, they're coming in "~e no~ bnhen1rlprlanoch~ No, van a venir por la noche.
evening.
, , ,
4 No, they're coming in the no+ bnAben1rlprlamaQyana~ No, van a venir por la maana.
morning.
5 No, they're commg in the No, van a venir por la tarde.

afternoon.
6 Yes, they're coming foc you. S van a venir por usted.

9
, ,.
7 Yes, they're coming for meo 51+ bnbn1rlporm~ S, van a venir por m.

Tres. Dos varones y una nia.
, , . ,. ..
1 Four. Three boys and a girl. kwatr~ trezbaronesl~unanQy~ Cuatro. Tres varones y una nia.
, ~., ,.
2 Five. One hoy and {our girls. ~1~ko~ umbaronlikwatroniQyas~ Cinco. Un varn y cuatro nias.
, ",..
3 Three. The wife, the mother-in-law tres~ lsposallswegral*elniQY~ Tres. La esposa, la suegra y el
and the c hild. nio.
, '. ,
4 Six. The wife and five children. seys~ 1spoS~'2~lijkQfh6s~ Seis. La esposa y cinco hijos.
5 Two. Mr. and Mrs. Molina. Dos. El seor y la seora de

MolIna.
, , . .
6 Tvo. John and Joseph. dos~ hWan.1hos~ Dos. Juan y Jos.
, ,.,
7 Three. Mr. Molina, Joseph and tres~ elseQy6rm612naJhse*~6~ Tres. El seor Molina, Jos y yo.
rnyself.

"
O bllpena Ibibirn.sbrry~ Vale la pena vivir en ese barrio.
,
1 That 's a good building to live in. bllapena Ibib~r lnsedify~ Vale la pena vivir en ese edificio.
,
2 This is a good section to live in. bllapen Ibihr ln.stbrry~ Vale la pena vivir en este barrio.
,
3 This is a good restaurant to come bllpen /kmr ln.strrstrn+ Vale la pena comer en este
to for dinner. restorn.
,
4 It's worth while to study in this bllpen~ Iestd'yr rnst~skwla+ Vale la pena estudiar en esta
school. escuela.
5 It's worth while to work in that bllp~n Itrbhr Ins eskwlaJ Vale la pena trabajar en esa
schooL escuela.
, , . .
6 It's not worth the trouble to speak nobalelapn~ Iblrms~ No vale la pena hablar ms.
any more.
, , . .
7 It's not worth the trouble going nobalelapn~ I ir~+ No vale la pena ir all.
there.
14.40 CUARENTA

, .,.... Mi carro est a su disposici6n.

E mikarr~'estasu41spos1~y6n~
, . ,.. ..
1 You're welcome to my house. mikas~lestasud~spos~~y6n~ Mi casa est a su disposic In.
, .,....
2 You're welcome to my apartment. m*prtmentQlestasud~spos1~y6n~ Mi apartamento est a su dis-
posicin.
, .,....
3 You're welc ome to my room. mikwart2Iestasu~1spos1~y6n~ Mi cuarto est a su disposicin.
, . ,..
4 You're welcome to my planee m*byon'estasud1spos1~y6n~ Mi avin est a su disposicin.
, .,....
5 You're welc ome to use my s hower. miduch~lestasud~spos~~y6n~ MI ducha est a su disposic in.
, . ,..
6 You're welcome to use our nwstrk~~n~lestasud1spos1iy6n~ Nuestra cocina est a su dis-
kItchen. posicin.
7 You're welcome to use our Nuestra sala est a su disposicin.

living-room.
CUARENTA Y UNO
14.41

,. ,..
F lzmchachaz Ils.estan.espernd6~ Las muchachas los estn esperando.
, . ,..
1 The young lades are waiting l(~seQyr1tazllsstanesperndo~ Las seoritas los estn esperando.
for you.
, . ,..
2 The ladies are waiting far you. 1 (s) seQyoraz Ils.estan.espernd~ Las seoras los estn esperando.
,. ,..
3 The boys are waiting fOl' you. lzmchachozllo~estan~spernd~ Los muchachos los estn esperando.
, . ,..
4 The gentlemen are waiting Eor USe l~}seQyorez 'nsAstanesperndb~ Los seores nos estn esperando.
,. ,..
5" They're wating for uso ~ozlns~stan~spernd~ Ellos nos estn esperando.
, . ., .
6 Mary and J oseph are waitng mr1~1hoselmstanesperndo~ Mara y Jos me estn esperando.
for meo
, . ,..
7 The American girls are waiting l~amrikanazlmstan.espernd~ Las americanas me estn esperando.
fOl' me.
14.42 CUARENTA Y Dm

14.24 Revltw dnll - Theme cIass n l-dol forms oC vtrbs
1 I've talked and eaten a loto He hablado y comido mucho.
, , .
2 I've gone up and down a lot" hahadoJi5b~dOmcho~
,.. He bajado y subido mucho.
, ,. ,
3 rve studied and translated stdyadQlitradi~dolmuyp6ko~ He estudiado y traducido muy
very liule, poco.
, ,.,
4 rve danced and gone out bayladQlisal~dolmuyp6ko~ He bailado y salido muy poco.
very liule
, ,. .
5 I've studied and learned a Hule. 5tdyadOI*aprnd~dQlump6ko~ He estudiado y aprendido un poco"
, , .
6 I've washed and swept everything. labaaQlibarr~dot6db~ He lavado y barrido todo_
, , .
7 I've eaten and drunk too much ~lmbr~aQQlihb~dodemasydo~ He almorzado y bebido demasiado,
,,.
8 I've taken and brought back the ~~ebadQlitra~dQelwto~ He llevado y trado el auto.
CSf.
, ,.
9 I've arranged and swept the room. ~rre91adQlibarr1oQelkwrto~ He arreglado y barrido el cuarto,
, , .
10 I've bought and brought everythmg kmpradQ:itr10ot~ He comprado y trado todo.
, ,.
11 rve worked and lived there trbahaGQlibib1dQa~ He trabajado y vivido ah

NARRArlVE 1
,. ., , , .
1 Jose introduces Colonel Harris hselepresent~lelkr6nelharrlsf Jos le presenta el Coronel Harria
to his fiance. a su novia.
asun6by~
, ., ,.
2 The C olone 1 arrived Monday lkr6nel~e90t~J)lunez lt1ls El Coronel lleg el lunes de los
from the States. , . . Estados Unidos.
stadosJJnd:s~
, , , .
3 He 's going to be here a long ellb~strkllmuchotymp~ El va a estar aqu mucho tiempo.
time.
, . . .
4 He's going to work with the btrabharlkonl~embahd~ Va a trabajar con la Embajada.
Embassy.
DIALOG 1
, ,
Jos, dgale al Coronel que qUIere krnl~ kyr6prsentarl~lam1 Jos; Coronel, quiero presentarle
presentarle a SU novia, la seorita , . , . . a mi novia, la seorita
Del Valle. A Carmen dgale' nobya IlsQy6rl. tadelbQ~~ Del Valleo Carmen, el
Carmen, el Coronel Harris: , , Coronel Harris.
karmen~ lkrnelhrris~
, .
Coronel, dgale a la seorita que tanto9stlseQyrit~ Coronel: Tanto gusto, seorita.
tanto gusto.
CUARENTA Y CUATRO

,
Carmen, dgale al Coronel que eI)kntad+ Carmen~ Encantada.
encantada.
, , .
Jos, dgale a Carmen que el elkr6nelICC~1eg6~)lunez /dls Jos; El Coronel lleg el lunes
Coronel lleg el lunes de los , . . de los Estados Unidos.
Estados Unidos. stad'osunds+
, , , ,. , ~, . .
Carmen diga 6 ah 9 s?~ y pregn-
j als~t ba~starak~lmuchotyempot Carmen: Ah, s? Va a estar
tele al Coronel si va a estar aqu aqu mue ho tiempo?
mucho tiempo"
,. . ,
Coronel contstele que Ud. cree
j kreokes1+ b6yatrbharlkn Coronel: Creo que si. Voy a
que sL Que va a trabajar con , trabajar con la Embaja-
la Embajada" l~mbhad'~ da.
NARRAT/VE 2
, . " .
1 The ColonePs iamily is arriving lfm~lyal~lkrnell~e9a La famita del Coronel llega
tomocrow. maana.
, ''''" .
2 The airpoft, isn't it quite a l~rpwert+ no~stafmuylehost El aeropuertol) no est muy lejos?
distance?
, ,. .,
3 es haH an hour !rom here by est'~medy~orad'~ak~l~nwtol Est a media hora de aqu en auto,
car, more or less. ms o menos.
msmns+
, ". ,.,
4 But he doesn 9 t know how he 9 S prQellnosabelkomoba~r~ Pero l no sabe cmo va a hacer.
gong to (do) manage.

~ . ,. .
5 He's got so many things to do. tynltantaskosask~a~r+ Tiene tantas cosas que hacer.
6 J ose says his car is at the hs~d~i~lkeSk~rrQlstl J os dice que s u carro est a
Colonel's disposaL , .. . . la disposicin del coronel.
~ispsi~yonldelkoronl+
7 'Thanks a million', says the Un milln de gracias -dice el

ColoneL Coronel.
8 Jose isn't going to be at the Jos no va a estar en la Embajada

Embassy tomorrow. Tomorrow , maana. Maana es sbado.
is Saturday. mQyn mQyan~e(s) sbd+
, ,
9 But the Colonel can call him at prQlkrnellpw d"e0\lmarlQ Pero el Coronel puede llamarlo a
home . . la casa.
alaks+
, ,. , .
10 The C olone 1 says that if he needs lkrneld1~elksi16n~s1tal El Corone 1 dice que si lo necesita,
_ him, he'll call him. lo llamao
loQ~m+
DIALOG 2
, . , . ..., .
Clll'men} pre~ntele al Coronel si b1nQUste~lk0nSufcml1yat Carmen; Vino usted con su familla?
vino con su familIa,
, ,. .
Coronel, contstele que no Que su no mifmllya 1t"~e9amaQyn No Mi familia llega maana A pro~
familia lle~a maana Pregnte le , , . ,. o
posito, Jose. testamuy lejos el
a Jos, a proposito, SI el aeropuerto prpositlhs~ stamuylehosl aeropuerto?
esta muy lej05
el~eropwertot
14A6 CUARENTA Y SEIS

, , ,. ,.,
Jos'> contestele que no, que n01 medY20rad~ak~l~nwtl Jos. No, a media hora de aqui
a media hora de aqu en auto, en auto, ms o menos.
ms o menos. msl>mns
Coronel, dgale que Ud. no sabe ns~lk~m~h~Y~~r+ t6~glt~nt~s Coronel: No s cmo voy a hacer.
COi 10 va a hacer. Que tiene Tengo tantas cosas
tantas cosas que hacer maana, k~s~sk~~~rlmQYn+ que hacer mdana.
, ,
Jos, dgale que su carro est a mikarrQlsts~ispsi~yoh+ Jos: Mi carro est a su dispo-
la disposicin de l. sicin.
, ,. , ,
Coronel, dgale que un milln de nmi~ondegr~ys stedba Cc:onel: Un millin de gracias.
gracias. Pregntele si l va a , . ,. . .,. . Usted va a estar en
estar er.. la Embajada maana. ~starlenl~embahadalmaQyanat la Llnbajada maana?
, ,.
Jos, dgale que no, que maana no1 maQyane(~shd+ pr Jos: ~o, maana es sbado. Pero
es shad09 Pero puede llamarlo , . , puede llamarme a mi casa.
a su casa, dlgale. pwe4elroymrm~mikas+
, ,. .
Coronel, dgale que muy bien, que muybyn siln~s1tolloOOym+ Cc:onel: Muy bien. Si lo necesito,
si lo necesita lo llama. Y que , . lo llamo.. Muchas
muchas gracias. muchazgr~Ys+ gracas.

NARRAr/VE 3
,. ".
1 His wife, three e hildren and bynnsuseQyorattres1hosl VJenen su seora, tres hijos y su
hls mother-in-Iaw are
coming.
..
1suswgrA
suegra.
2 His whole family. todasufamly+ Toda su familia.
, , . .
3 He's going to have to rent a btnerlkelkilarunaksa Va a tener que alquilar una casa.
house.
"
, ",. "..
4 But he doesn 't know if it's prQellnosabelsibalelapn+ Pero l no sabe si vale la pena.
worth the trouble.
, . ., , .
5 They say that houses here d1~eDlkelAskasa~ak1Ikwestan Dicen que las casas aqu cuestan
cost a loL mucho"
mch
, .
,.. , .
6 But Carmen lives in the prkarmemlb1ben~lbarryo Pero Carmen vive en el barrio
Bellavista section, o Bellavista.
heC.).j ah 1s ta~
o, ,.
7 And the houses there are very ilskasas,aCDJl.lsonmuyhonl.tas y las casas all son muy honitas
nice and inexpensive o
. . y baratf\s
1harts
8 The Colonel is going to talk to El Coronel va a hablar con su

hls wife (about it) to see what , , esposa para ver qu dice ellao
she sayso parbr Iked1~O~a
14,48 CUARENTA Y OCHO
SPOKEN SPANISH U;\fIT lL
DIALOG 3
, . . . ,
Carmen, pregntele al Coronel byenetodasufam11yat Carmen~ Viene toda su familia?
si viene toda su familia"
, ,.,
Coronel, contstele que s, que s11 misQyor~11tresjh6s~ CoroneL S, mi seora y tres
su seora y tres hijos o Que
, ,.. hijos. Tambin viene
tambin viene su suegrao tmbyembyenem1swgr mi suegra.
, .
Carmen, dgale que entonces va nton~eztbtnrfk~alkilr Carmen~ Entonces va a tener que
a tener que alquilar una casa. alquilar una casan
,
'" .,..
Coronel, dgale que Udu no sabe nOSelSlbalelapn+
, d1ie~k~ak1/ Coronel: No s si vale la pena.
si vale la pena, Que dicen que . ,. , . Dicen que aqu las
aqu las casas cuestan muchoo laskasaskwestanmuch6+ casas cuestan mucho .
,. ,
Carmen, dgale que en el barrio n~lbrry6ba~b1sta/d6ndyo Carmen En e 1 barrio Be llavista,
BellavIsta, donde Ud, vive, donde yo VIVO, hay
hay casas muy baratas y bonitas b~bQtyksz /m~yb~r~t~s~b~nts+ casas muy baratas y
bonitas
,. , , . ,
Coronel, digale que Ud_ va a hablar boyablar/knm*sposa/parbr/ke CoroneL Voy a hablar con mi
con su esposa para ver qu ~ce esposa para ver qu
ella, dice ella
CUARENTA Y NUEVE 14..49

15.1 BASIC SENTENCES. Mrs. Harris goes through customs.
Mr. and Mrs. Harris and Molina are going to the customs office while the mother-in-law and children stay behiDd and wait for them.
ENGLI&.H SPELLING AID TO LISTENlNG SPANlSH SPELLING
rigorous, strict rrigr~s~ riguroso

,
the customs office l~-dwana~ la aduana
Mrs. Harris Sra. Harris

Are they very strict at the customs office here? Son muy rigurosos en la aduana aqu?
,
sure sgur~ seguro
Molina Molina
No, I'm sure that they won't bother you. n~1 est6ysg~r~ldek~~st~dln~1~b~n~ No. Estoy seguro de que a ust~d no la
van a molestar.
molestr~
,
the baRgage el-ekipahe~ el equipaje

Right here. My baggage is bere now. Aqu, seor. Ya est aqu mi equipaje.
,
which kwa'l~ cul
Clerk , Empleado
Which is it? kwals.!. Cul es?
,
{Veen bert1"e~ verde
UNO 15.1

the trunk el bal
Mrs. Harns ( ) Sra. Harris

It's these green suitcases and this small trunk. 1 Son estas maletas verdes y este bal
pequeo.
pekQY~
have (to have) tenga (tener)
the kindness, goodness la bondad

, . . .
be so kind as to, please teQga-la-bondd-de~ tenga la bondad de
Clerk Empleado
Please open the trunk first. Tenga la bondad de abrir el bal primero.
This thing - what is it? Esto, qu es?
the gift el regalo
to declare declarar
Mrs. Harns , ,.,.. Sra. Harris

It's sorne gifts. Everything's declared. s6~nzrrgals~ todQestadeklard~ Son unos regalos. Todo est declarado.
,
the list la-l1.st~ la lista
Clerk , " . Empleado

Oh, yeso Here it is on the listo alsi k1.~sta~nlalista Ah, s. AqU est en la lista.
the overnight case, handbag el maletn
15.2 nos

(for) me me
to examine, inspect revisar
Mrs. Harris (2) Sra. Hnrris

This handbag, aren't you going to check it? t.:ste maletn, no me lo va a revisar?
,
necessary neiesary~ necesario
Clerk Empleado
No ma'am, it's not necessary. No seora, no es necesario.
, ,
to you (it) lacks (to lack) le-falta~ fltar~ le falta (faltar)
Molina Molina
Are you missing anything, Mrs. Harris? No le falta nada, seora?
,
complete kmpleto~ completo

No, everything's here. No. Todo est completo.
(Later, in the lobby)
to take care of, assist atender

,
the immigration 1~-inmi9r~yoh~ la inmi~acin
Molina (3) Molina

Did they take good care of you in Immigration? La han atendido bien en Inmigracin?
TRES 15.3

, ,
to complain myseH (to complain kharm~ khars~~ quejarme (quejarse)
oneself)

1 can't complain. Yo no me puedo quejar.
,
kind, nice, courteous amable~ amable
Conmigo han sido muy amables.

They've been very nice to me.
,
for us ns~ nos
, ,
that (he) may carry (to carry) k-(l:~ebe~ 'l~ba'r~ que lleve (llevar)
Harris Harris
1'11 go look fOl' a taxi and someone to carry Voy a buscar un taxi y a alguien que
the suitcases fOl' uso nos lleve las maletas.
, ,
(I) said (to say) d lh~ d~ ir~ dije (decir)
last night annche

,
the car l--koch-!- el coche
to fit caber
Molina Molina
As 1 said last night, there's room in my car Como le dije anoche, en mi coche
fOl' all of us and the luggage. ". . .. cabemos todos y el equipaje.
kabmstodoS I*eleklphe~
, ,
great Oarge) 9ran~ Jrand~~ gran (grande)
,
the help l~-ayueta~ la ayuda
15.4 CUATRO

SPOKEN SPANISH IJNIT 15
,
to us nds~ nos
,
to lend, to provide prestar-l. prestar
Harris Harris
You're being a great help to uso Thanks a lot, no~est~9r~st~ndQlnaqr~n~~da-l. Nos est prestando una gran ayuda.
Molina. Muchas grac ias, Molina.
m~Ch~7.gr~yaz Imolna~
(1) It is perhaps worth calling to your attention the fact that in this Spanish utterance the nurnber of the verb (plural) rigorously agrees with the nurnber of the subject
(plural) even though the subject is positioned after the verbo In English the 'logical' subject is plural, but the grarnrnatical subject is it, which is singular and requires the
singular verb forrn is. The sarne situation occurs below, 'It's sorne gifts'.
(2) The occurrence of both direct and indirect clitics in the sarne phrase will be exarnined closely in Unit 20. In the rneanwhile aH that need be pointed out is that
the indirect clitic is the first of the two. Note, however, that no equivalent to the indirect /me / appears in the English translation.
(3) Notice that the Spanish present perfect construction / n-a tend id o/ is translated by the English past tense 'did they take good care of' in this sentence.
This is a not infrequent translation pattero.
15.21 Pattero drills
15.21.1 Indirect clitic pronouns - one object
A. Presentation of pattero
lLLUSTRAT10NS
, ,
1 S1~ mgust~ S, me gusta.
2 mkomby~n~m~s llprim~r~ Me conviene ms el primero.
, .
3 ketepsa~ Qu te pasa?
CINCO 15.5

What do yon need (1ack)?

, .
4 keteflt Qu te falta?
5 ls~st~~lkw~rtot Le gusta el cuarto?
6 k~m~l~b Cmo le va?
We like the room. 7 n6zq~st~~lkwrt6 Nos gusta el cuarto.
It looks smaH to uso 8 nspar~i~p~kQY Nos parece pequeo.
,. .
What do you aH think? 9 kelespari Qu les parece?
, . ,
Does it Iook aH right to you? 10 lspreiebyent Les parece bien?
EXTRAPOLA TlON
--
I sg pI
1 me nos
2 fam te
2-3 le les
NOTES
a. Indirect clitic pronouns inflect for person and

number, but not far gender.
15.6 SEIS

15.21.11 Suhstitution drill - Number substitutioD
, ,
1 mgustalaksa~ n6zgustalaks'a~
, . . . , . . .
2 nsfaltanlaskamsas mfaltanlaskamisas
, ,
3 lz9ust~ele~~fiiYO lgust~eled~fiYO
, , .
4 lfalt~und61ar lsfalt~und61ar~
, , . . .
5 nzgustanla71egmbrs mgustanla7.1egmbrs
, ,
6 leskmbyenemas~16tr lkmbyenema~e16tr
, , , ,
7 mbamuybyn~ n6zbamuybyn~
Me gusta la casa. Nos gusta la casa.

2 Nos faltan las camisas. Me faltan las camisas.
3 Les ~usta el edificio. Le gusta el edificio.
4 Le falta un dlar. Les falta un dlar.
5 Nos gustan las le~umbres. Me gustan las legumbres.
6 Les conviene ms el otro. Le conviene ms el otro.
7 Me va muy bien. Nos va muy bien.
SIETE 15.7

15.21.12 RespoDse drill
,.
,. . ,
1 legstala~rbe~atQelkuhalbre meqst~la~~r0e~~
, ,
2 lzsst~elpartament9tolaksa n79st~elprtment6
, . . . ,
3 lfltalasop~tol~ensal~a lfltalasopa
, . ,
4 lzbbyent oml l7bLye'n
, , .
[grande] 5 k~t~p~r~~~1~1~~r~pwrt6 mpare~e(rnd
,
[pkeQy6] 6 k~l~sp~r~~~I~l~~~f~Y nspr~~~p~kQY
,
[barat6s] 7 k~l~sp~r~~~n Il~strhs lespare~embarts~
, , .
[do~e.t.] 8 kw~nt~(s) s ~m~n~z Il~fl tan mfaltand~e~
--------------------------------------------------------------
1 Le gusta la cerveza o el cuba libre? Me gusta la cerveza.

2 Les gusta el apartamento o la casa? Nos gusta el apartamento.
3 Le falta la sopa o la ensalada? Le falta la sopa.
4 Les va bien o mal? Les va bien.
(grande) 5 Qu te parece el aereopuerto? Me parece grande.

(pequeo) 6 Qu les parece el edificio? Nos parece pequeo.
(baratos) 7 Qu les parecen los trajes? Les parecen baratos.
(doce) 8 Cuntas semanas le faltan? Me faltan doce.
15.8 OCHO

, ,
[muybyn~] 9 komolezb~ nozbmuybyn~
, , ,
[elabyoh~] 10 no-!- lezgstlabyo"n-!-
, , ., . , ,
[lakasa~] 11 legustelapartamentot nO"~ legstalakasa-!-
, , ,
[bwen-!-] 12 tepr;i~m~l~ll~l~b~nd~r~~t no'-!- mpar!iebwen-!-
, ,
13 le9~st~ll~skw~1~o~1~D9w~st sJ.~ megstamuch6~
,
14 lespr~i~by~nl~l~~)sy~t~t S1-!- n6spareiebyn~
, ,. , , ,
15 lbabyen.akJ.t sJ.~ ltmuybyn-!-
(muy bien) 9 Cmo les va? Nos va muy bien.
(el avin) 10 Les gust~~el barco? No, les gusta e 1 avin.

(la casa) 11 Le gusta el apartamento? No, le gusta la casa.
(buena) 12 Te parece mala la lavandera? No, me parece buena.
13 Le gusta la escuela de lenguas? S, me gusta mucho.

14 Les parece bien a las siete? S, nos parece bien.
15 Le va bien aqu? S, le va muy bien.
NUEVE 15.9

, . ,
1 The suils seem inexpensive to uso 16strahe7 Insp~r~mb~ratbs Los trajes nos parecen baratos.
2 He likes this suburb very mucho l9stm~chQlesttrrya Le gusta mucho este barrio.
3 1 don't like that name. No me gusta ese nombre.
, , .
4, Does she need (lack) anything. lfaltalgot Le falta algo?
, . , ,
5 Don't you like the house? no le(,us t. lakas at No le gusta la casa?
, ,
6 On the contrary, 1 like it very mucho alkantraryt mssttmucha+ Al contrario, me gusta mucho.
7 Besides, it seems inexpensive to uso Adems, nos parece barata.
,. ,.
8 We're thirteen dollars short. n6sfaltan Itre~e~61~rs+ Nos faltan trece dlares.
, .
9 How's it going with you all? komole ~L+ Cmo les \a?
10 What do they think of the laundry on the Qu les parece la lavandera de la

comer? esquina?
, ,
11 Does she bke the new building? lo( us t 9-9 12" 1 fl~ YOm'Jet ot Le gusta el edificio nuevo?
,
12 It doesn't sUlt me, lt'S too expensive. ~'YjUyi<..3:-6~ No me conviene, es muy caro.
, ,
13 Doeb the other one suit you? 1&k61~1)y 8nelotrot Le conviene el otro?
15.10 DIEZ

As stated in Unit 10, clitics are pronoun forms which occur with verbs. Clitics are of three kinds, direct (presented in Unit 10), indirect (presented here), and reflexive
(to be presented in Unit 24).
The selection of the clitic depends on the verb it accompanies. Sorne verbs may appear only with direct clitics, sorne only with indirect, sorne only with reflexive,
and sorne with various combinations. There is sorne overlap; sorne verbs may appear with direct or indirect ( /lo-aydo/vs/le-aydo/, /lo-espro/ vs
/le-espro/ ,/lo-(l)ymo/vs/le-(J)ymo/), and sorne verbs have a different semantic content when used withdirect or indirect clitics (/pselo/'Pass it'
vs /k -le-p sa t f'What's the matter with him').
The presentation in this section has been of constructions where a single clitic, an indirect, appears with a verbo The clitic will often be translated by 'to -'; for
example, /m/= 'to me', though sometimes the English sentence must be rearranged for this to be uue: /legst~elkwrtot/:'Does the room please you?' 01' 'Is
the room pleasing to you?' or more freely, 'Do you like the room?'
15.21.2 Indirect c litic pronouns - two objects (indirect clitic pronoun object and direct noun object)
ILLUSTRATIONS
Me dijeron que seran dos.
Will you lend me Y01r pencil? Me prestas tu lpiz?
Quin te limpia el apartamento?
Who sends you the newspapers? Quin te manda los peridicos?
Le doy tres, uno de propina.
,. .
What ha's Mario brought you? 6 kel~atraloomry Qu le ha trado Mario?
ONCE 15.11

Alguien que IWS lleve las maletas.
They told us it would be two. 8 Nos dijeron que serian dos.
Who cleans your apartment for you? 9 Quin les limpia el apartamento?
Someone to carry the suitcases fOl' them. 10 Alguien que les lleve las maletas.
EXTRAPOLA TION
sg pi
1 me nos
2 fam te
2-3 le les
NOTES
ti. This is a repetition of the forms presented in the preceding

drill point, appearing here in a different construction.
15.12 DOCE

15.21.21 Substitution drill- Item translation substitution
Problem:
~ ,...
hwanlmmandalospery6diks
(her)
Answer:
Problem:
Juan me manda los peridicos.
(her)
Answer:
Juan le manda los peridicos.
TRECE 15.13

/ ,.
1 elnostra~larr6p~
"
,
(him) ~ ~'letra~larr6pa~
, . ; .
(me) ~ elmetra~larr6pa~
, . , .
(her) ~ if'letrdelarr6pa~
,1
/
"
(them) ~ ~\lestra~larrpa+
, . " .
(you) ~ e~'letra~larr6p+
1 El nos trae la ropa.
(him) El le trae la ropa.

(me) F:I me trae la ropa.
(her) El le trae la ropa.
(them) F.l les trae la ropa.
(you) El le trae la ropa.
15.14 CATORCE

2 ~'i~~l~s.~skr~t Il;zn6mbrs~
(us)
------------~ ~\~~n;s,skr~bIl;7n6mbrs~
(him)
------------~ ~\Jaleskr~b~Il;7nmbrs~
(me)
------------~ ~r\~ ~m~s kr~t Il~zn6mbrs~
(you)
------------~ ~A~~1~skr~t~ll;zn6mbrs~
~ .,..
(them)
------------~ El'\J ales.es krlLe Ilozn6mbrs+
2 Ella les escribe los nombres.
(us) Ella nos escribe los nombres.

(him) Ella le escribe los nombres.
(me) Ella me escribe los nombres.
(you) Ella le escribe los nombres.
(them) Ella les escribe los nombres.
QUINCE 15.15

, . ., .
3 EfI~oz Iledamperms
(them)
--------- ~~~L Il~7d~rnp;rms..
(me)
--------- ~\;~z Im;ct~mp;rms
,. ., .
(her)
--------- eC\Joz Ilect amperms
-------- ~~~z ln~zet~mp~rms6
(yon pi)
---------
3 Ellos le dan permiso.
(tbem) Ellos les dan permiso.

(me) Ellos me dan permiso.
(her) Ellos le dan permiso.
(us) Ellos nos dan permiso.
(roo pi) Ellos les dan permiso.
15.16 DIECISEIS

(her) ------------~ l~nrrbis~d~ll~zm~ltas~
-----------~ n~nrrbis~d~ll~zm~lts~
(him)
-----------~ lE1nrrbis~d~ll~zlt1~ltas~
(them)
___________ t l~nrrebis~a~ll~zm~lts~
(you)
___________t ,11.
l~nrrbisaao Ilazmaltas~

4 Me han revisado las maletas.
(her) Le han revisado las maletas.

(us) Nos han revisado las maletas.
(him) Le han revisado las maletas.
(them) Les han revisado las maletas.
(you) Le han revisado las maletas.
DIECISIETE 15.17

(me) -----------
(bim) ----------
, . , .. .
----------- lW1sa/nzlabalaskamsas
,. ,...
(you) ----------- lW1sallelabalaskamsas
, . ,...
(tbem) ---------- lW1salle71abalaskamsas
5 Luisa les lava las camisas.
(me) Luisa me lava las camisas.

(Mm) Luisa le lava las camisas.
(us) Luisa nos lava las camisas.
(you) Luisa le lava las camisas.
(them) Luisa les lava las camisas.
15.18 DIECIOCHO

15.21.22 Translation drills Paired sentences
1 When do you send them the newspapers? Cundo les manda Ud. los peridicos?
When do you send the newspapers to

them?
2 What have you sent them? Qu les ha mandado Ud. a ellos?
What have you sent to them?
3 She never sends us anything. Ella nunca nos manda nada.
She never sends anything to us.
4 What has Jobn brought you aH? Qu les ha traido Juan a Uds.?
What has Jobo brought to you aIl?
5 My sister always brings me a Mi herma siempre me trae uaa camisa

Dew shirt. nueva.
My sister always brings a new shirt

to me.
, . , ..,
6 My mother-in-law always gives me wine. miswegrafsyempreme~abfn~ Mi sue8"a siempre me da vino.
My mother-in-law always gives wine

to me.
DIECINUEVE 15.19

7 I've given him my peno Yo le he dado mi pluma a l.
I've ~iven my pen to him.
8 The Molinas haven't rented him the Los Molina no le han alquilado el
The Molinas haven't rented the apartment

to him.
9 1 write her very liule. Yo le escribo muy poco a ella.
1 write very liule to her.
10 My girl friend writes me a loto Mi novia me escribe mucho.
My girl friend writes a lot to me.
11 When are you going to write him. Cundo le va a escribir Ud?
When are you going to write to him.
15.20 VEINTE

SeDteDce translations
1 Wben does be give us tbeir names? Cundo DOS da los Dombres de ellos?
2 Are you going to belp ber wOI'k? Ud. le va a ayudar a trabajar?
3 Is sbe going to rent you (aIl) tbe boose? Les va a alquilar la casa?
4 1 dont owe bim anytbing. Yo no le debo Dada.
,
5 How mucb do you owe me? kwantomedeb~ustd CuDto me debe Ud.?
,. , . ,...
6 The Harrises always speak to os in lbsharr1slsyemprelnb~ablanen~Qgl~s~ Los Harris siempre DOS hablaD en ingl~s.
Englisb.
,. , ,. ., .
7 The Garcas havent rented the lozgar1alnol~anplk11ad~lelapartamntb~ Los Garcia no le han alquilado el
apartment to him. apartamento.
8 Theyre going to write to me. Ellos me van a escribir.
Por qu~ no les escribe Ud.?

9 Why dont you write to them.
VEINTIUNO 15.21

10 The girl cleans the furniture fOl' them. La muchacha les limpia los muebles.
11 The chauffer always carries the suitcases El chofer siempre nos lleva las maletas.
for uso
12 My wife doesn't wash my (the) shirts Mi esposa no me lava las camisas.

for me.
~ . . , ... .
13 Nobody sweeps the apartment fOl' them. nactyelle7tarrelapartamnt6 Nadie les barre el apartamento.
14 Mr. Miranda has bou~ht the furniture El Sr. Miranda nos ha comprado los
from us. muebles.
15 I have bought the sofa bed from them. Yo les he comprado el sofcama.
16 A man has bought the house from them. Un seor les ha comprado la casa a ellos.
B. Discussion of paltero
In the earlier drill sections on indirect clitics, one indirect clitic appeared as the single pronoun object of the verbo In the present drill section, two objects appear.
They could both be clitics, but since complicating changes occur among the clitics when two appear together, a drill on such combined sequences is reserved for a later unit
(Unit 20). In this section one pronoun object (expressed by an indirect clitic) and one noun object appear, controlled by the same verbo
Notice that the indirect relationship of Spanish is expressed in English with object pronouns in two positions: alone after a verb: 'He writes us a letter every day';
or with the relater 'to': 'He sent the book to os'. Notice also that the indirect clitic construction in Spanish translates several English relators other than 'to'; they seem to
15.22 VEINTID OS

mean quite different things in English, though they are classified as similar by their common participation in the Spanish indirect clitic construction: /L1etrelos
11bros~/ 'He brings the books to me'; /me0'yba Ilamalta!He carries the suitcase for me'; /[(lekmpr~ elkl'ro+ / 'He's buyinp; the car from me'.
To, for, and from can aIl be translated by the Spanish indirect clitic.
15.21.3 Question intonation patterns - Yes questions
A. Presentation of pattero
ILLUSTRATIONS
, ,. 2 2 2t
1 tyen~unlapl~t Tiene un lpiz?
2 3 1 I
ty~n~~nlapi~ I Tiene un lpiz?
~. , . 1 2 2 2 t
2 pdemo7.Lerlot Podemos verlo?
1 2 3 11
port~m~7ber16 I Podemos verlo?
, , 1 2 22 t
3 e7muykarot Es muy caro?
1 2 3 1 I
e7muykar61 Es muy caro?
EXTRAPOLA TION
Yes-no question Yes question
/1222t/ /1231 1/
a. The /1231 / pattero signals, in appropriate contexts, a yes-no question in which a 'yes' answer is more or less expected. Note that it differs from the
emfhatic or contrasting statement pattero of units 12 and 13 ( /1231.1- /) only in the extent and abruptness of the final fade-out. This difference is transcribed by
/ ,/ vs /~/
VEINTITRES 15.23

15.21.31 Substitutioo drilI pattero aubatitutioo
Problem:
lpare~etaratot
Answer:
, . .
lpreiebarat I
, . ,
1 es talabwel tat st~l~bwel ta I
, . , . .
2 l9ustal~l~eat l9ustal~1.<t;al
, . . . , . , . . .
3 staoesokupaetot staaesokup~a61
, .
4 n~ es 1 talmwad" as t ne~es~talmwac!s
Problem: 1 2 2 2t
Le parece barato?
Answer: 1 2 31 I
Le parece barato?
1 2 2 2t 1 2 3 1 I
1 Est a la vuelta? Est a la vuelta?
1 2 22t 1 2 311
2 Le gusta la idea? j. Le
gusta la idea?
1 2 2 2t 1 2 3 11
3 Est desocupado? Est desocupado?
1 2 2 2t 1 2 3 1 I
4 Necesita almohadas? Necesita almohadas?
15.24 VEINTICUATaO

,. , . , .
5 t6ctao1ahuntost todab1ahuntos ,I
,. .
6 syempretrabahandot Sy~mpr~tr;b~hand61
, .,. ,
7 sta~nlakasat sta~nlakasl ,
, .
8 enl~mbhadamer1kanat enl~mbhada~er1kanal
, .
9 enltn1d anwebet enlbnd~nwebl
1 2 2 2 t 1 2 3 1 I
5 Todava juntos? Todava juntos?
2 2 2 t 2 3 1 I
6 Siempre trabajando? Siempre trabajando?
1 2 2 2t 1 2 3 1 I
7 Est en la casa? Est en la casa?
1 2 2 2t 1 2 3 1 I
8 En la Embajada Americana? En la Embajada Americana?
1 2 2 2 t 1 2 3 1 I
9 En la Avenida Nueve? En la Avenida Nueve?
VEINTICINCO 15.25

10
"
ityen~ambret
" . Jo.
l(.yen~am
" b re
. I
" . " "

ibeLebln
. I
11 ibebeblnot
1 2 2 2 t 1 2 3 1 I
10 Y tiene hambre? y tiene hambre?
1 2 22 t 1 2 31 I
11 Y bebe vino? Y bebe vino?
n. Discussion of pattero
A yes-no question, particularly in an informal situation, to which a 'yes' answer is more or less expected, is frequently uttered with the intonation pattern /1231 l.
231
Thestatementof 112311/onaquestionanticipatin~a'yes' answercanhaveadditionalmeaning. Forinstance Ityn~unlpl~ I/mayreallymean, 'Can
1 borrow a pencil' if uttered in an appropriate context, such as with the hand of the speaker extended toward the person addressed.
As a generalization, however, it is not inappropriate to say that 'yes' is the anticipated reply to such a question.
15.26 VEINTISEIS

15.22 Replacement drills
A s~nm~yrr~g~r~s;s I~nl~dw~n~t
" .. , .. ,.
1 esa __ t sonmuyrrlqurosos /enesadwanat
2 kasat snm~yrr~9~rs;sl~n~s~kasat
, ,., .. ,.
3 amaLles t sonmuyamableslenEsakasat
4 traI)kllos t s~nm~ytr~I)k~l;sI~n;s~k~s~t
5 ___ suiYoS t s~nm~ys~~y;s l~n;s~k~s~t
6 otelest s~nm~ys~~y;s I~n;s;s;t~l~st
7 akel t s~nm~ys~~y;s I~~k~l;t~lt
A Son muy rigurosos en la aduana?
1 esa _ _ ? Son muy rigurosos en esa aduana?

2 casa? Son muy rigurosos en esa casa?
3 _ _ _ amables ? Son muy amables en esa casa?
4 _ _ _ tranquilos ? Son muy tranquilos en esa casa?
5 _ _ _ sucios ? Son muy sucios en esa casa?
6 hoteles? Son muy sucios en esos hoteles?
7 aquel_ _ ? Son muy sucios en aquel hotel?
VEINTISIETE 15.27

B ~~~st~k~lm*ek1phe
1 bals ~~~st~n~k~lm~zh~les
2 aC~1 ~~~st~~~~ Im~7.b~les
3 su ~~~st~r~~ Is~b~l
4 k6sas~ ~~~st~nd:~~ Is~sk6sas.t.
5 t6<tat 1a tOd"ab~~ I~st~n.~)j~ Is~sk6sas
"
6 esas _ _ t6d"ab~~ I~st~n.~~~ I~s~sk6sas.t.
7 maletins~ t6dab~~I~st~n;C~~I~s~zm;1~tnes
B Ya est aqu mi equipaje.
1 bales. Ya estn aqu mis bales.

2 all Ya estn all mis bales.
3 su _ _
Ya est all su bal.
4 cosas. Ya estn all sus cOsas.
5 Todava Todava estn all sus cosas.
6 esas_ _ Todava estn all esas cosas.
7 maletines. Todava estn all esos maletines.
15.28 VEINTIOCHO

e s~nl~n~zmaletazLr~s~
, . ,
1 es ~ es lunamaletabrd~
2 baul ~ ~s l~mb~~lbrd"~
3 oekQy6 ~s l~mb~~lp~kQYO~
4 este ~ ~s l~st~b~~lp~kQy6~
5 mesas ~ s~nl~st~zm~s~sp~kQyas~
6 _otraz ~ s~nl~tr~7.m~S~sp~kQyas~
7 ay. ~ ~yl~tr~zm~s~sp~kQyas~
e Son unas maletas verdes.
1 Es Es una maleta verde.

2 bal Es un bal verde.
3 pequeo. Es un bal pequeo.
4 este Es este bal pequeo.
5 mesas _ _ _ Son estas mesas pequeas.
6 _otras Son otras mesas pequeas.
7 Hay Hay otras mesas pequeas.
VEINTINUEVE 15.29

,
O akl~stalalistc3
, .
1 esta_ ak~~st~l~st~lst
2 maletines k~~st~n I~st;zmaletnes
, , . ..
3 loz kl~stanlozmaletnes
4 _ay ak~~ylunozm~l~tins
5 k6ss k~~yl~n~sksas
, .
6 .___ otras ___ k~~yl;tr~sk6sas
7 6mbres k~~y I~tr~s6rnbres
----------------------------------_._------------ - --_.-----_._-. _-------._---
D Aqu est la lista.
1 esta_. Aqu est esta lista.

2 maletines. Aqu estn estos maletines.
3 los _ _ _ Aqu estn los maletines.
4 _ _ hay Aqu hay unos maletines.
5 cosas. Aqu hay unas cosas.
6 _ _otras Aqu hay otras cosas.
7 hombres. Aqu hay otros hombres.
15.30 TREINTA

, .
tOQestakompltb+
E
" "
1 desokupet+ todQesta6esokupdb~
2 l7mesas + lzm~s~s I~st~nd~s~k~pds+

" .
,
3 lst+ lmes~estalsta+
,
4 elsQyor + elseQyorestalstb+
. " .
5 kontnts+ l(~seQyores lestaDkontnts+
,
6 nsotros + ns~tr;s I~st~m;sk;ntntbs+
, , " .
7 _~stoy: + ~o~stoykontnt+
E Todo est completo.
1 desocupado. Todo est desocupado.

2 Las mesas Las mesas estn desocupadas.
3 lista. La mesa est lista.
4 El seor El seor est listo.
5 contentos. Los seores estn contentos.
6 Nosotros Nosotros estamos contentos.
7 _ _ estoy Yo estoy contento.
TREINTA Y UNO 15.31

F b~y~b~sk~r~ntksi~
_ _ traer ~ boyatraeruntksi~
1
, .
ltr6s~ boyatraerunozlibr6s~
2
. .,..
3 bamos ~ bamoslatraerunozlibrs~
, . .
4- _ _ komprar _ _ ~ bamoslakomprarunozl~br6s~
5 esoz __ ~ b~m~s I~k~mpr~rl~s~zlbrs+

,. .. ." ,.
6 ksas~ bamos lakomprarlesask6sAs~
7 tn~m~slk~ ~ ten~m~slk~k~mpr~rl~s~sksas+
F Voy a buscar un taxi.
1 _ _ traer Voy a traer un taxi.

2 libros. Voy a traer unos libros.
3 Vamos Vamos a traer unos libros.
4 _ _ comprar _ _ Vamos a comprar unos libros.
5 esos_. Vamos a comprar esos libros.
6 cosas. Vamos a comprar esas cosas.
7 Tenemos que Tenemos que comprar esas cosas.
15.32 TREINTA Y na;

Estoy seguro de que a usted 00 lo van a

molestar.
1 I'm sure they're nol going to send you. Estoy seguro de que a usted no lo van a
mandar.
2 ['m sure they're nol going to wait rOl' Estoy seguro de que a l no lo van a
lim. esperar.
3 I'm sure they're nol going to take her. Estoy seguro de que a ella no la van a
llevar.
4 He's S1B'e they're going to need me. Est seguro de que a mi me van a
necesitar.
5 Re's sure they're going to need them. Est seguro de que a ellos los van a
necesitar.
6 We're .S1B'e they're going to send Joho estm(~s9~r~z Idk~hw~nl*~h;s~ll;Zb~n Estamos seguros de que a Juan y a Jos
and Jose. los van a mandar.
amandr
7 We're sure they're going to send Mary stm(~sg~r~zldek~mr~~I*~k~rm~nll~z Estamos seguros de que a Maria y a
and Carmen. , . . Carmen las van a mandar.
ban.amandr~

" . .. ~ ,.. Tenga la bondad de abrir el bal primero.

B te~galabondadl~~br1relballprimr
1 Please open the green suitcase. Tenga la bondad de abrir la maleta verde.
2 Please dress right away. Tenga la bondad de vestirse en seguida.
3 Please wait a momento Tenga la bondad de esperar un momento.
, ..., , . .
4 Please wait around the cornero te~galabondadldsperaralabwltat Tenga la bondad de esperar a la vuelta.
5 Please speak English. Tenga la bondad de hablar ingls.
6 Please come alone. Tenga la bondad de venir solo.
7 Please come (pI.) together. Tengan la bondad de venir juntos.
, ,. .
e s6nnozrregalos todQesta~eklardO Son unos refljalos. Todo est declarado.
, , .,.
1 They're sorne books. Everything's s6niJno7.11brs tod~estakompr~o Son unos libros. Todo est comprado.
bought.
, , .
2 They're sorne shirts. Everything's snimskm1Ss tOdQestalabet Son unas camisas. Todo est lavado.
washed.

3 It's whisky. It's in the declaration. Es whiskey. Est declarado.
4 The shirt is washed. La camisa est lavada.
5 The car is fixed. El auto est arreglado.
6 The rooms are rented. Los cuartos estn alquilados.
7 The shirts are washed. Las camisas estn lavadas.
La han atendido bien en inmigracin?

o
1 Have they taken good care of you (f) La han atendido bien en el hotel?
in the hotel?
2 Have they included you (m) in the list? Lo han includo en la lista?
3 Have they seen much of Washington? Han conocido mucho en Washington?
4 Have you (pI) eaten in that restaurant? Han comido en ese restorn?
,. , . . ,
5 Have you (pI) learned much Spanish? nftprnd160lmuchQespaQyolt Han aprendido mucho espaol?

,. , , . .
6 Have you (sg) waited a long time? ~spraoolmuchotyempot Ha esperado mucho tiempo?
,. ., .
7 Have you (sg) spoken with them? blado Ikon.eO~ost Ha hablado con ellos?
, " .
E kbnm19Qtansoomuyambls Conmigo han sido muy amables.
1 They've been very nice to you (fam). Contigo han sido muy amables.
, " .
2 They've been very nice to you (form). konpstedtansidomuyambles+ Con usted han sido muy amables.
, , .
3 They've been very nice to him. kon~ltnsdmuyambles Con l han sido muy amables.
4 He's been very nice to her. Con ella ha sido muy amable.
5 He hasn't spoken with uso Con nosotros no ha hablado.
,. ,
6 He hasn't worked with uso k~nsotroztnQatrabahd Con nosotros no ha trabajado.
,. ,.
7 He hasn't been out with USe ko~n6sotroztnoasaldo
,.. Con nosotros no ha salido.

Nos est prestando una gran ayuda.
1 He's waiting for us in the rear of the Nos est esperando detrs del edificio.
building.
2 He's waiting for os in the park. Nos est esperando en el parque.
3 The lady is speaking to you (fam). Te est hablando la seora.
4 He's fixing the car for you (fam). Te est arreglando el auto.
,., .. ,. , ...
5 He's sending me two hundred dollars a mestamandandoldOs(~yentozdolareslalms~ Me est mandando doscientos d61ares al
month. mes.
6 He's giving me twenty dollara a week. Me est dando veinte dlares a la semana.
, .. , .
7 It's bothering me a loto mstamolestandomch6~ Me est molestando mucho.

15.24 Review drill - Possessive cODstructioDS
1 Juan's sister is here. La hermaDa de Juan est aqu.
2 Antonio's wife is here. La esposa de Antonio est aqu.
3 Carmen's mother-in-Iaw is here. La suegra de Carmen est aqu.
4 Antonio's son is here. El hijo de Antonio est aqu.
5 Carmen's cup is here. La taza de Carmen est aqu.
,. ,. ,
6 Antonio's girl is here. lan~QyaIQ~ntonyo I~stak~ La nia de Antonio est aqu.
7 Antonio's boy is here. El nio de Antonio est aqu.
8 Carmen's friend is here. La amiga de Carmen est aqu.
9 Carmen's things are here. Las cosas de Carmen estn aqu.
10 J08e's furniture is here. Los muebles de Jos estn aqu.
11 Juan's desk is here. El escritorio de Juan est aqu.

NARRAT/VE 1
1 The immigration people have taken good 16(~sQy;r~zld1inmi~r~~y~nt~nAtnd1do Los seores de la inmigracin han atendido
care of Colonel Harris' family. muy bien a la familia del coronel Harris.
m~ybYn lalafamlyaldelk6r6nlhrris~
2 They've been very nice to them. Han sido muy amables con ellos.
3 Mrs. Harris' name is Jean. El nombre de la seora Harris es Jean.
4 Jean has to go to customs now. Jean tiene que ir a la aduana ahora.
5 The colonel thinks that they are very El coronel cree que son muy rigurosos ah.
strict there.
, ".
6 But he isn't sure. per6n2estase9r6~ Pero no est seguro.
7 Jean has the list of all the things she's Jean tiene la lista de todas las cosas que
bringing. trae.
, , ,..
8 The colonel can't go in. elk6rnellnopweaepasr~ El coronel no puede pasar.
9 He'll wait for them here. ak11 os,e s p r Aqu los espera.

D/ALOG 1
Coronel, pregntele a lean si la han Cmonel: Te llan atendido bien en

atendido bien en inmigracin. inmigrac in, lean?
lean, contstele que s, que los seores s~ lo(s)sQy~r~s 1~~tnsetom~y~miJles I lean: S, los seores ah han sido muy
ah han sido muy amables con ustedes. amables con nosotros.
k(n) nos 6tros
Coronel, dgale que ahora tiene que ir a Coronel: Ahora tienes que ir a la aduana.
la aduana.
lean, dgale que s, y pregntele si son lean: S. Son muy rigurosos ah?
muy rigurosos ah.
,. . , .
Coronel, contstele qu~ Ud. cree que s, kreokes n6~stoyse~r6 Coronel: Creo que s, no estoy seguro.
que no est seguro. Pregntele si tiene Tienes la lista de todas las
la lista de todas las cosas que trae. ty~n~zl~1~st~la~t~6~sl~sk~s~slk~tr~~st cosas que traes?
" ,.,..
lean, contstele que s, que aqu est. si k1~st tooQ/estadeklard lean: S, aqu est. Todo est declarado.
Que todo est declarado. Pregntele No vienes con nosotros?
si no viene con Uds. noby~n~sk;~)n;s~tr;st
, , . . , . .
Coronel, contstele que no, que Ud. no noi ~onopwedopasr kllo~espr~ Cmon~l: No, yo no puedo pasar. Aqu
puede pasar. Que aqu los espera. los espero.
15.40 CUARENTA

NARRATWE 2
, ,
1 They're ready adw. ~a~stanlsts Ya estn listos.
2 Jean loob very hppy. Jean parece muy contenta.
, .
3 And why sLouldn't she? They didn't iprken6l nleDkbbraoonacal y por qu no? No le han cobrado nada.
charge her anything.
4 She doesn't know why. Ella no sabe por qu.
, . .
5 They didll't tell be!'. noleet~hrn No le dijeroll.
,. ,
6 And she isn't going lo ask tbem. ie0\ja Inobapreguntrlesl y ella no va a preguntarles.
7 The colonel (just) can't believe itf El coronel no puede creerlo!
8 He thought tbey were very strict bel'e. El cl'eia que eran muy riglH'08OS aqu.

DIALOC 2
Jean, dgale a su esposo que ya est'n ~~I~stmzl~sts~ Jean: Ya estamos listos.

listos ustedes.
Coronel, dgale que ella parece muy Coronel: Pareces muy contenta. Por
contenta. Que por qu. qu?
Jean, contstele que no le han cobrado Jean: No me han cobrado nada.

nada.
Coronel, dgale que no puede creerlo. Coronel: No puedo creerlo, por qu?
Que por qu.
Jean, contstele que Ud. no sabe pOI' qu. Jean: No s por qu. No me dijeron y
Que no le dijeron, y que Ud. no va a . .. yo no voy a preguntarles.
preguntarles. apre~untrles~
Coronel, dgale que estupendo. Y que Coronel: Estupendol Y yo crea que eran
Ud. crea que eran rigurosos aqu. rigurosos aqu.
NARRATlVE 3
1 A friend of the colonel's is going to Un amigo del coronel va a llevarlos en

take them in his caro 8U carro.
2 But with so much baggage there won't Pero con tanto equipaje no van a caber
be room for all. todos.

,
3 They'll make two trips, then. ~ndozbyhs lnt6n~s+ ~en dos viajes, entonces.
, .
4 But good gosh! lust a moment! pr6k~ramb~+ unmomntb+ Pero caramba!, un momento!
5 Something's wrong. Algo pasa.
6 lean's missing the suitcase with A lean le falta la maleta con los regalos.
the gifts.
7 She may have left it in the cusloms Puede haberla dejado en la aduana.
(office).
8 She's going lo go look for it there. Va a ir a buscarla ah.
DIALOG 3
Coronel, dgale a su esposa que listos, l~stbs lnt6n~s+ nm~s;m~;1 Coronel: Listos, entonces. Un amigo
entonces, y que un amigo suyo va a mo va a llevarnos en su
llevarlos a Uds. en su carro. b~~b~rn;s I~ns~krrb+ carro.
lean, dgale que con tanto equipaje no Jean: Con tanto equipaje no vamos a
van a caber todos. caber todos.

Coronel, dgale que hacen doe viaje., Coronel: Hacemoe dos viajes, entonces.
entonces.
, .
Jean, dgale que ay, caramba! que UD aylkramba~ unmomnt6~ Jeo: Ay, caramba! Un momento.
momento.
, .
Coronel, pregdntele que qu le pasa. ketepsa~ Coronel: Qu te pasa?
.lean, contstele que le falta la maleta Jean: Me falta la maleta con loe resalO8
con loe regaloe.
C.one}, dgale que debe haberla dejado Coronel: Debes haherla dejado en l.
en la aduana. aduana.
Jean, dgale que puede ser. Que Ud. v. JeaD: Puede ser. V oy a ir hacerla ahi.
a ir a buscarla ah.
15M CUARENTA Y CUATRO

SPOKEN SPANISH APPENDIX I
AI.l Vocabulary
Units 1-15
The fol1owing vocabulary list ineludes al1 words presented in Units 1-15. The entries are in a respel1ing which makes it possible to
find any item for which the pronunciation is known without being acquainted with the irregularities of the Spanish spelling system.
The first indentations under the main entry are constructions in which the entry item (or a variant form of the entry item) appears, which
are felt to be idiomatic from the point o view of English translation.
The second indentations under the maio entry consist of inflected forms which are irregular or which have not been treated yet in the
dril1s or discussion.
Main entries are alphabetized according to the English alphabet with the fol1owing modifications: /roy/ fol1ows /1 Y/, /QY /
fol1ows /ny/, and/~/ fol1ows/ S / The respelling used in the vocabulary is the same as that used in the extrapolations and dis-
cussions, technical1y referred to as a 'phonemic transcription.' This differs from the respel1ing in the 'aid to listening' column of the
basic sentences only in omitting certain details of ;>ronunciation which can also be determined by the position of the 'phoneme' in a
sequence of sounds (for example, the phoneme /d/ is [d ] initially in an utterance, or after /n/ or /1/ ; it is [d ] elsewhere;
both are listed /d/ in the vocabulary.)
Nouns are identified for gender class membership by their appearance with the appropriate form of the definite article. A few nouns
which ordinarily do not appear with artieles (as sorne names of persons and places, names of the months, and sorne indefinites) are
identified by empty parentheses instead of by artieles.
Adjectives are identified by one of two ways. Those which have two gender endings are listed in their masculine form, with the feminine
ending fol1owing: /byh O , -a/. Those which have a common gender (both masculine and feminine agreement by a single form) are
shown with a zero fol1owing: /grnde, ~ /.
Verbs can be identified by the /-Vr/ (i.e.j-r ,-r ,-ir/) ending and the English translation 'to .' Forms of irregular
verbs and unfamiliar forms are given (as described aboye) at the second indentation after the main entry. Second person verb forms are
formal unless marked (fam) for familiar. Command forms appear without an indicated subject. Verb forms which are so irregular as to
alphabetize differently from the main entry of the infinitive are cross-referenced.
Clitic pronouns are marked by a fol1owing dash, which indicates their dependence on accompanying verbs in an utterance: / le s-/ .
Other pronouns are not marked, but can be identified by their English translations.
UNO AI.l

VOCABULARY SPOKEN SPANISH
lal
The second column gives the traditional Spanish orthography of the main entries, in parentheses.
The third column gives the English translations of all the entry items.
The fourth (right hand) column gives the unit and section of the first appearance of each entry. Thus 10.1 indicates the item first appears
in the hasic dialogs of Unit 10; 10.2, in an illustration drill of the drills and grammar section in Unit 10.
In Unit 16 and after, new vocahulary also appears in the reading selections, so 16.4 would indicate that the first appearance was in the
readings section, and a second reference of 21.1 would indicate a suhsequent entry in the hasic dialogs. Two 'first' entries are necessary
hecause an 'active' knowledge is presumed for aH items presented in hasic sentences and drills, and only a 'passive' knowledge or rec-
ognition is presumed for items presented in readings. So, items presented in the readings are not used in drills until or unless they appear
later in has ic dialogs.
The following ahreviations are used:

(O feminine
(fam) familiar
(n) neuter
(pI) plural
~sg) singular
lal
a (a) to 1.1
at 2.1
a-k6mo-est-( el-kmbyo) what's the rate (o exchange) 3.1
al to the 1.1
a-la-bwlta around the e orner S.l
a l-i< on trryo on the contrary 8.1
al-( ms) per (month) 7.1
AI.2 DOS

SPOKEN SPANISH VOCABULARY
ladel
a-mendo often 13.1
a-prop6sJ.to by the way 4.1
a-su-dJ.sposJ.iyn at your disposal 14.1
a-sus-6rdenes at your service 14.1
(ah) oh 4.1
( see ab~r)
la abenda (avenida) avenue 3.1
ab~r (haber) there to be 1.1
to have 6.1
(you) have 9.2
n (you) have (pi) 9.2
s (you) have (fam) 9.2
y there is, there are 1.1
~ (1) have 6.1
mos (we) have 9.1
y-ke it's necessary to 3.1
n6-y-de-i<~ don't give it a thought 1.1
abJ.sr (avisar) to notify 5.1
la abJ.tay6n (habitacin) room 8.1
ablr (hablar) to speak, to talk 4.1
abrir (abrir) to open 8.2
el aby6n (avin) plane 14.1
p o:r--aby6n by plane 14.1
adelnte (adelante) straight ahead, forward; come 2.1
(on) in
pa s :r--ade ln te to come in 9.1
TRES Al.3

ladel adems (adems) besides 14.1

adm1n1stratf.bo, -a (administrat ivo) administrative 4.1
la adwna (aduana) customs office 15.1
ady6s (adis) goodbye 1.1
el aeropwrto
,... (aeropuerto) airport 14.1
afeytr (afeitar) to shave 12.1
afeytrse to shave oneself 12.1
las afwras (afueras) outskirts 7.1
agrade~r (agradecer) to be grateful 10.1
agrade~ id o, -a (agrade cido) grateful 10.1
my-agrade~f.do-por-t6do thanks a lot for everything 10.1
el gwa ( f) (agua) water 3.1
la ahniya (agencia) agency 7.1
el ahnte (agente) agent 7.1
af. (ah) there 2.1
por-a! that way 13.1
akl (aqul) that (over there) 7.2
ak0ya ( f) that (over there) 7.2
akC)yos, -as those 7.2
akf. (aqu) here 3.1
ak-tyne here you are 3.1
here is (are) 7.1
lgo (algo) anything, something 3.1
lgo-ms anything else 3.1
( ) lgyen (alguien) anyone 10.2
alk11r (alquilar) to rent 7.1
AI.4 CUATR

/as(~/
almor~r (almorzar) to lunch 5.1
la almwda (almohada) pillow 11.1
aC)y! (allO there (in that place) 6.1
amble, ~ (amable) kind, nice, courteous 15.1
el mbre ( f) (hambre) hunger 5.1
ten:r-mbre to be hungry 5.1
amerlkno, -a (americano) American 2.1
el amgo (amigo) friend 7.1
amwebldo, -a (amueblado) furnished 7.1
amweblr (amueblar) to furnish 7.1
n (see abr)
an6che (anoche) last night 15.1
ntes (antes) before 10.1
el ann~yo (anuncio) advertisement 7.1
a6ra (ahora) now 3.1
a6ra-msmo right now 3.1
por-a6ra right now 7.1
el apartamnto (apartamento) apartment 6.1
apnas (apenas) scarcely, barely 12.1
aprendr (aprender) to learn 4.1
arregldo, -a (arreglado) fixed, arranged 9.1
arreglr (arreglar) to fix, to arrange 9.1
s ( see abr)
as! (asO so 8.1
el as() ens6r (ascensor) elevator 3.1
CINCO AI.5

/ast/ 1.1
sta (hasta) until
sta-lwgo so long 1.1

sta-maQyna see you tomorrow 1.1
a~r (hacer) to do, to make 9.1
atendr (atender) to take care of, to assist 15.1
el wto (auto) car 7.1
,
ay (see ab~r)
ayr (ayer) yesterday 4.1
la ayda (ayuda) help 15.1
ayudr (ayudar) to help 6.1
/ b /
b (see r)
bahr (bajar) to go down 2.1
balr (valer) to he worth 14.1
balr-la-pna to he worthwhile 14.1
bmos (see r)
bn ( see r)
baQyr (haar) to hathe 12.1
baQyrse to hathe oneself 12.1
el bnyo (hao) hathroom 2.1
barto, -a (harato) cheap, inexpensive 5.1
el brko (harco) hoat 14.1
em-brko hy hoat 14.1
el bar6n (varn) male 14.1
barrr (harrer) to sweep 11.1
AI.6 SEIS

/ber/
el brryo (barrio) sectioD (of tOWD) 14.1
bs (see ir)
bastnte, -i?5 (bastante) enough, quite (a bit) 5.1
el bal (bal) trunk 15.1
byas (see ir)
baylr (bailar) to dance 13.1
b (see br)
bemos (see br)
bebr (beber) to drink 9.1
( ) beQ)yabis ta (Be llavista) Bellavista 14.1
bn (see benir, br)
benir (venir) to come 5.1
bn come (fam) 13.1
bno (you) carne 5.1
byne (she) comes 10.1
bynen (they) come 14.1
bynes (you) come (fam) 8.1
bo (see br)
br (ver) to see 6.1
b (you) see 14.2
bemos let's see 6.1
bn (you) see (pl) 14.2
bo (I) see 10.2
bs (you) see (fam) 14.2
brde, ~ (verde) green 15.1
SIETE AI.7

/bes/
b~s (see b'r)
best1r (vestir) to dress 12.1
best1rse to dress oneseH 12.1
la b~~ (vez) time 2.1
de-b~~-en-kw'ndo from time to time 13.1
6tra-b~~ again 2.1
el be~1no (vecino) neighhor 8.1
b~ynte, ~ (veinte) twenty 2.1
bJ.br (vivir) to live 6.1
el bJ.o.)y~te (billete) hill 3.1
bino (see benir)
el bno (vino) wine 6.1
la bista (vista) view 8.1
la b6da (boda) wedding 9.1
bolb~r (volver) to return 9.1
la bondd (bondad) kindness, goodness 15.1
tenr-la-bondd-de to he so kiBd as to, please 15.1
bonto, -a (bonito) pretty 8..1
by (see r)
la br6ma (broma) joke 12.1
k-br6ma what a fic 12.1
buskr (buscar) to look for 6.1
la bwlta (vuelta) turn 5.1
a-la-bwlta around the COl'Der 5.1
bw~no, -a (bueno) good 1.1
AI.8 OCHO

/chul/
OK 4.1
bwn good 5.1
bwnos-dlas good morning 1.1

bwnas--n6ches good evening 1.1
bwnas-trdes good afternoon 1.1
el byhe (viaje) trip 4.1
byahro, -a (viajero) traveler 3.1
byho, -a (vie jo) old 7.1
byn (bien) well, fine 1.1
est-byn that's O.K., OK 1.1
byne (see benir)
bynen (see ben1r)
bynes (see ben1r)
el byrnes (viernes) Friday 10.1
/ch/
el chke (che~) cReck 1.1

la ch1ka (chi<:a) girl 13.1
el chko (ckicg) boy 12.1
el chofr (chofer) chauffelif 4.1
la chulta (chuleta) chop 6.1
NUEVE AI.9

/dan/ /dl
d(n) ( see dr)
dr (dar) to give 2.1
d (it) gives 8.1
dn (they) give 10.1
ds (you) give (fam) 14.2
d give 2.1
d6y (1) give 4.1
d r-a-( 1a-k O)ye ) to Cace on (the street) 8.1
drse-prsa to hurry (oneself) 12.1
drse-una-dcha to take a shower 12.1
ds ( see dr)
de (de) oC, from 1.1
de-b~-en-kwndo from time to time 13.1
del oC the, from the 8.2
de-nda you're welcome 1.1
lo~e the matter oC, about 9.1
d (see dr)
debr (deber) to owe, must, ought 4.1
dbe(n)-sr must be, probably is (are) 8.1
dehr (dejar) to leave, to let 8.1
deklarr (declarar) to declare 15.1
demasydo, -a (demasiado) too much 7.1
demasydos, -as too many 7.1
la dercha (derecha) right 2.1
dsde (desde) since 4.1
dsde-kwndo since when (how long) 4.1
AI.lO DIEZ

/dl.s/
deser (desear) to wish 6.1
des okupdo, -a (desocupado) empty, unoccupied 6.1
desokupr (desocupar) to vacate, to empty 6.1
despws (despus) later 3.1
de~l.d1r (decidir) to decide 9.1
de~r (decir) to say, to tell 2.1

dga say 4.1
dgas tell (fam) 12.1
dhe (1) said 15.1
dl.hron (they) told 4.1
d~e (you) say 2.1
de~1rse to say itself, to be said 2.1
kerr-de~r to mean 2.1
detrs (detrs) behind 14.1
detrs-de in back o, behind, beyond 14.1
el da (da) day 1.1
bVJnos-das good morning 1.1
diga (see de~r)
dgas ( see der)
dhe (see de~r)
dl.hron (see de~r)
dl.spensgr (dispensar) to excuse 1.1
la dlSPOSl.~y6n (dis pos ic in) disposition 14.1
a-su-dlsposl.y6n at your disposal 14.1
ONCE AI.II

/dJ./
d!~e (see der)
el d6lar (dlar) dollar 3.1
el domingo (domingo) Sunday 10.1
d6n (don) mister 11.1
d6nde (dnde) where 2.1
el dormJ.t6ryo (dormitorio) bedroom 8.1
d6s, ~ (dos) two 2.1
d6~e, ~ (doce) twelve 2.1
d6y ( see dr)
la dcha (ducha) shower 12.1
drse-una-dcha to take a shower 12.1
el dynte (diente) tooth 12.1
lJ.rnpyrse-los-dyntes to brush one's teeth 12.1
dy, ~ (diez) ten 2.1
lel
(see abr)
el edJ.fi~yo (edificio) building 7.1
el ekJ.phe (equipaje) baggage 15.1
eks()elnte, ~ (excelente) excellent 4.1
el (el) the 1.1
la the (f) 1.1
los, las the (pI) 2.1
al to the 1.1
AI.12 DOCE

/erm/
l (l) he 4.2
(JJ)ya she 4.2
C])yos, (M)yas) they 4.2
la embahda (embajada) embassy 2.1
emfrnte (enfrente) in front (across the street) 10.1
mos (see abr)
emper (empezar) to begin 11.1
el empledo (empleado) clerk 15.1
en (en) in 2.1
on 3.1
at 4.1
em-brko by boat 14.1
en-rr~al~dd actually 8.1
en- s eg1da at once, right away 13.1
enkantdo, -a (encantado) enchanted 1.1
enkantdo-de-konoirla de lighted to meet you 1.1
enkantr (encantar) to enchant 1.1
enkontrr (enc ontrar) to find 6.1
la ensalda (ensalada) salad 6.1
ent6nies (entonces) then 3.1
la entrda (entrada) entrance 3.1
ran (see sr)
res (see sr)
la ermna (hermana) sister 14.1
TRECE AI.13

lesl
~s (see sr)
se, -a (ese) that 7.1
la eskina (esquina) corner 10.1
eskr~b1r (escribir) to write 8.2
el eskr~t6ryo (escritorio) desk 5.1
la eskw~la (escuela) school 4.1
so (n) (e'so) that 2.1
el espaQy6l (espaol) (the) Spanish (language) 2.1
esperr (esperar) to hope, expect, wait for 8.1
la esp6sa (esposa) wife 14.1
est (see estr)
el estdo (estado) state 4.1
los estdos-undos (Estados Unida;) United States 4.1
estn (see estr)
estr (estar) to be 1.1
est (you) are 1.1
estn (they) are 2.1
ests (you) are (fam) 4.2
est6y (1) am 1.1
est-byn that's O.K., O.K. 1.1
ests-en-tu-ksa make yourself at horne 9.1
ests (see estr)
ste, -a (este) this 3.1
sta--n6che tonight 8.1
sto (n) (esto) this 2.1
est6y (see estr)
AI.14 CATORCE

/gas/
estudyr (estudiar) to study 9.1

estup~ndo, -a (estupendo) terrific 13.1
/f/
el fab6r (favor) favor 2.1
por-fab6r please 2.1
faltr (faltar) to lack 15.1
la famlya (familia) family 5.1
f~11, ~ (fcil) easy 6.1
la f~cha (fecha) date 9.1
flhr (fijar) to fix 13.1
flhrse to pay attention 13.1
el fn (fin) end 10.1
em-fn so, then, well 10.1
por-f1n at last 12.1
f6to (foto) picture 9.1

la
la fnda (funda) the (pillow) case 11.1
la fysta (fiesta) party 11.1
/9/
las gfas (gafas) eye glasses 12.1

el gs (gas) gas 7.1
QUINCE AI.15

/gor/
g6rdo, -a (gordo) fat 12.1
gordito, -a a Hule fat 12.1
grnde, ~ (grande) big, great 7.1

grn great, large 15.1
gr~yas (gracias) thanks 1.1

rnchas-gr~yas thanks a lot 1.1
gustr {gustar} to please 3.1
el gsto (gusto) pleasure 1.1

rncho-gsto-(de-kono~rlo) glad to meet you 1.1
tnto-gsto-de-kono~rlo I'm very glad to know (meet)
you 4.1
/h/
el harn6n (jamn) ham 6.1

( ) hos (Jos) Joseph, Joe 4.1
hntos, -as (juntos) together 5.1
( ) hwn (Juan) John 4.1
el hwbes (jueves) Thursday 10.1
/1/
1 (y) and 1.1
iba ( see ir)
la lda (idea) idea 9.1
AI.16 DIECISEIS

/l.k/
J.gwl, ~ (igual) equal 1.1
l.gwl-a the same as 8.1
l.gwlmnte equally; same here 1.1
J.gwalfto, -a just the same 9.1
la ha (hija) daughter 13.1
el ho (hijo) son 14.1
la J.mforma~y6n (informacin) information 3.1
el J.ng ls (ingls) (the) English Oanguage) 2.1
J.nklwfr (incluir) lo include 7.1
la J.nmJ.gra~y6n (inmigracin) immigration 15.1
ir (ir) to go 1.1
b (it) goes 1.1
bmos lel's go, (we) go 5.1
bn (they) go 8.1
bs (you) go (fam) 6.1
byas go (fam) 13.1
b6y (1) go 12.1
iba (1) went, was goiDg 12.1
irse to leave 10.1
k6mo-le-b how are Yo8 gettillB aloug 1.1
la 1kyrda (bquierda) left 2.1
DIECISIETE AI.17

/kab/ /k/
kabr (caber) to fit 15.1

kda, ~ (cada) each 13.2
la kha (caja) box, cashier's desk 3.1
el kahro (cajero) cashicr 3.1
la kQ)ye (calle) street 8.1
la kma (cama) bed 8.1
kambyr (cambiar) to change, exchange 3.1
kambyrse to change (oneseIf) 8.1
kambyrse-( de-rr6pa} to change (clothes) 8.1
el kmbyo (cambio) change, exchange 3.1
la kamisa (camisa) shirt 10.1
el kmpo (campo) fie Id, country 7.1
la kant1dd (cantidad) amount, quantity 7.1
karmba (caramba) gosh 8.1
( ) krmen (Carmen) Carmen 13.1
kro, -a (caro) expensive 8.1
el krro (carro) car 14.1
la krta (carta) Ietter 12.2
la ksa (casa) house 8.1
el-seQy6r-de-la-ksa the owner of the house 13.1
ests-en-tu-ksa make yourse lf at home 9.1
kasdo, -a (casado) married 5.1
kasr (casar) to marry 5.1
ks1 (casi) aImost 4.1
AI.18 DIECIOCHO

/kJ..n/
kat6r~e, -9J (catorce) fourteen 2.1
ke (que) that 3.1
who 7.1
y-ke it's necessary to 3.1
lo-ke the that, that which, what 10.1
tenr-ke to have to 8.1
k, -1Z5 (qu) what 1.1

how 9.1
k-br6ma what a fix 12.1
k~le-par~e what do you say 6.1
k-6r a-s what time is it 5.1
k-tl how goes it 1.1
how 4.1
k-te-psa what's the matter 12.1
n6-y-de-k~ don't give it a thought 1.1
por-k why 7.1
kehr
kehrse (quejarse) to complain 15.1
kerr (querer) to want 1.1
kyre (it) wants 2.1
kyren (you) want (pI) 6.1
kyres (you) want (fam) 6.1
kyro (1) want 1.1
kerr-de~r to mean 2.1
kn~e, ~ (quince) fifteen 2.1
DIECINUEVE AI.19

/kla/
klro, -a (claro) clear 7.1
klro of course 7.1
kobrr (cobrar) to charge 11.1
el k6che (coche) car 15.1
( ) ko16n (Coln) Columbus 3.1
kombenir (convenir) to suit 7.1
komby~ne (it) suits 7.1
kom~r (comer) to eat 6.1
komfundr (confundir) to confuse 13.1
komfundrse to be confused 13.1
komo (como) like, as 9.1
k6mo (cmo) how 1.1
a-kmo-est-el-kmbyo what 's the rate of exchange 3.1
kmo-le-b how are you getting along 1.1
kmo-n certainly 1.1
k6modo, -a (cmodo) c omfortab le 8.1
kompl~to, -a (completo) complete 15.1
komprr (comprar) to buy 9.1
k6n (con) with 1.1
kom-permso excuse me 1.1
konmgo with me 12.2
kontgo with you (fam) 12.2
kon-tympo in time 11.1
kono~r (conocer) to meet, get acquainted,
to know 1.1
enkantdo-de-konoirla de lighted to meet you 1.1
AI.20 VEINTE

SPOKEN SPANISH VOCARULARY
/kwa/
mcho-gsto-de-konoirla glad to meet you 1.1
tnto-gsto-de-konoirlo I'm very glad to know you 4.1
konsulr, ~ (consular) consular 4.1
kontnto, -a (contento) satisfied, contented 14.1
el kontrryo (contrario) contrary 8.1
al-kontrryo on the c ontrary 8.1
la k6pa (copa) goblet 13.1
el koronl (coronel) colonel 13.1
la ksa (cosa) thing 4.1
kostr (costar) to cost 3.1
kwsta (it) costs 3.1
la kOilna (cocina) kitchen 8.1
krer (creer) to believe 6.1
krer-ke-s! to think so 6.1
el kba-l1bre (cuba libre) cuba libre 9.1
kwl, -95 (cul) which (one) 15.1
kwalkyra, ~ (cualquiera) whatever 5.1
kwalkyr whatever 5.1
kwndo (cuando) when 4.1
(cundo) when 4.1
de-bi-en-kwndo from time to time 13.1
dsde-kwndo since when (how long) 4.1
kwnto, -a (cunto) how much 2.1
kwntos, -as how many 3.1
el kwrto (cuarto) room 3.1
el kwrto (cuarto) quarter 5.1
VEINTIUNO AI.21

/kwa/
kwtro, ~ (cuatro) four 2.1
la kwnta (cuenta) check, bill 6.1
kwsta (see kostr)
el kw~ddo (cuidado) care 13.1
(be) careful 13.1
ky~n (quin) who 9.1
kyre (see kerr)
kyren (see kerr)
kyres (see kerr)
kyro (see kerr)
/1/
la(-) (see el, 10-)

la labandera (lavandera) laundry 10.1
labr (lavar) to wash 11.1
el lp~ (lpiz) pencil 2.1
le- (le) (to) you 1.1
(to) him 4.1
(to) her 10.1
la lechga (lechuga) lettuce 6.1

la legmbre (legumbre) vegetable 6.1
lhos (le jos) far 3.1
la lngwa (lengua) language, tongue 4.1
el libro (libro) book 2.1
AI.22 VEINTIDOS

Imall
l1mpyr (limpiar) to clean 10.1
llmpyrse to clean oneself 12.1
l1mpyrse-los-dyntes to hrush one 's teeth 12.1
la lsta (lista) list 15.1
lsto, -a (listo) ready 10.1
lo (n) (lo) the 9.1
lo-de the matter of, ah out 9.1
lo-ke the that, that which, what 10.1
10-, la- (lo, la) you 1.1
it 1.1
him (her) 4.1
105-,la5- them 10.1
los, las (see el)
el lnes (lunes) Monday 10.1
la l~ (luz) light 7.1
lwgo (luego) then, later 1.1
asta-1wgo so long 1.1
IQ)yl
la C)ybe (llave) key 7.1
Qlyamr (llamar) to call 12.1
C'yebr (llevar) to take, carry 2.1
el...yegar
' (llegar) to arrive 12.1
Iml
la malta (maleta) suitcase 10.1
el maletn (maletn) overnight case, handhag 15.1
VEINTITRES AI.23

/mal/
mlo, -a (malo) had 8.1
ml had 8.1
mandr (mandar) to send 10.1
la man~na (manzana) apple 6.1
maQyna (maana) tomorrow 1.1
asta-maQyna see you tomorrow 1.1
marer (marear) to make dizzy 14.1
marerse to get seasick 14.1
el mrtes (martes) Tuesday 10.1
ms (ms) more 3.1
lgo-ms anything e !se 3.1
me- (me) me 1.1
(to) me 2.1
myself 8.1
m~dyo, -a (medio) half 12.1
m~nos (menos) less 3.1
el men (men) menu 6.1
mendo (menudo)
a~endo often 13.1

el m~s (mes) month 7.1
al-m~s per month 7.1
la m~sa (mesa) tahle 2.1
el mes~ro (mesero) waiter 6.1
met~r (meter) to put in 13.1
metr-la-pta to put your fool in your mouth 13.1
AI.24 VEINTICUATRO

/much/
ml, ~ (mi) my 4.1
mi (m) me 6.1
konmigo with me 12.2
el mlQ)yn (milln) million 8.1
mlnerl, ~ (mineral) mineral 3.1

mo, -a (mo) mine (my) 4.1
ml, ~ my 4.1
ffilrr (mirar ) to look 13.1
mismo, -a (mismo) same 3.1
-self 10.1
a6ra~ismo right now 3.1
el moblmynto (movimiento) movement, activity 4.1
molestr (molestar) to bother 10.1
molestrse to bother 10.1
el momnto (momento) moment 12.1
un-momnto just a minute 12.1
la monda (moneda) con, change 3.1
el m6~o (mozo) porter 3.1
waiter 6.1
morno, -a (moreno) brunette 13.1
la muchcha (muchacha) girl 9.1
mcho, -a (mucho) much, a lot, lots 1.1
mchos, -as many 1.1
mchas-gr~yas thanks a lot 1.1
mcho-gsto-(de-kono~rlo) glad to meet you 1.1
VEINTICINCO AI.25

Imuchl
muchsl.mo, -a very much 5.1
mudr (mudar) to move 8.1
mudrse to change, to move 10.1
mudrse-de-ksa to move (one 's residence) 8.1
my (muy) very 1.1
el mw~ble (mueble) (piece o) furniture 7.1
sJ.n-mw~bles unfurnished 7.1
el myrkoles (mircoles) Wednesday 10.1
Inl
nda (nada) nothing 1.1
de-nda you're welcome 1.1
( ) ndye (nadie) no one 10.2
neiesryo, -a (necesario) necessary 15.1
ne~esJ.tr (neces itar) to need 3.1
nJ. (ni) nar, (or) 7.1
la nQya (nia) (small) girl 14.1
el nJ.QYo (nio) child 14.1
n6 (no) no, not 1.1
(no?) isn't it, didn't he, etc. 11.1
kmo-n certainly 1.1
n6-y-d e-k don 't give it a thought 1.1
la n6bya (novia) sweetheart, fiance 9.1
la n6che (noche) night, evening 1.1
AI.26 VEINTISEIS

/oni/
bwnas-n6ches good evening 1.1
sta-n6che tonight 8.1
el n6mbre (nombre) name 4.1
nos- (nos) us 2.1
ourselves 6.1
to us 15.1
nos6tros (nosotros) we, us 4.1
nos6tras we, us (f) 12.2
nnka (nunca) never 10.2
nwbe, ~ (nueve) nine 2.1
nwbo, -a (nuevo) new 11.1
nwstro, --a (nuestro) our(s) 9.2
/0/
O (o) or 2.1
6cho, ~ (ocho) eight 2.1
el Ofl~yl (oficial) officer 4.1
or (or) to listen 12.1
6ye listen (faro) 12.1
okupdo, -a (ocupado) busy 4.1
okupr (ocupar) to occupy 4.1
la (hola) heno, hi 1.1
el 6mbre (hombre) man 9.1
6n~e, ~ (once) eleven 2.1
VEINTISIETE AI.27

loral
la 6ra (hcra) hour 5.1
k-6ra-s what time is it 5.1
la 6rden (orden) order 14.1
a-sus-6rdenes at your service 14.1
el otl (hotel) hotel 2.1
6tro, -a (otro) another 2.1
6tra-b again 2.1
6ye (see or)
Ipl
pra (para) for 6.1
to, in order to 12.1
parer (parecer) to seem 5.1
k-letJar~e what do you say 6.1
letJar~e-byn OK with you 5.1
el prke (parque) park 14.1
la prte (parte) part 5.1
pasr (pasar) to pass, to hand 2.1

to come by 8.1
to come in 9.1
to happen 12.1
k-te-p s a what's the matter 12.1
pasr-adelnte to come in 9.1
el pastl (pastel) pie 6.1
la pta (pata) paw 13.1
AI.28 VEINTIOCHO

jporj
metr-la-pta to put your foot in yo1ll' mouth 13.1
el ptyo (patio) yard, court, patio 8.1
pekQYo, -a (pequeo) small 13.2
la pna (pena) s OITOW, grief 14.1
bal~r-la-p~na to he worthwhile 14.1
pensr (pensar) to think, plan 6.1
pynso (1) think 6.1
el perd6n (perdn) pardon; excuse me 2.1
el permiso (permiso) permission 1.1
kom-permso excuse me 1.1
pro (pero) hut 4.1
el pery6dJ.ko (peridico) newspaper 7.1
el pso (peso) peso 3.1
el piso (piso) floor 3.1
la plma (pluma) pen 2.1
podr (poder) to he able 3.1
pw~de (you) can 3.1
pwdo (1) can 6.1
p6ko, -a (poco) Hule 4.1
por (por) for, in exchange for 2.1
during 11.1
por-aby6n hy plane 14.1
por-ai that way 13.1
por-a6ra right now 7.1
por-fab6r please 2.1
VEINTINUEVE AI.29

/por/
por-fn at 1ast 12.1
por-k why 7.1
por-la-trde during the afternoon 11.1
el p6stre (postre) dessert 6.1
prakt1.kr (practicar) to practice 4.1
presentr (presentar) to present 1.1
prestr (prestar) to lend, to provide 15.1
el pr~yo (precio) price 8.1
prlmro, -a (primero) first 3.1
prlm~r first 3.1
,
la prlSa (prisa) haste 12.1
drse-prisa to hurry oneself 12.1
probr (probar) to try, to taste 6.1
pr6nto (pronto) soon 9.1
pronun!jyr (pronunc iar) to pronounce 4.1
la propna (propina) tip 4.1
el prop6s1to (propsito) purpose 4.1
a-prop6s1to by the way 4.1
pwde ( see podr)
pwden (see podr)
pwdo (see podr)
pynso (see pensr)
AI.3D TREINTA

/r/ /san/
la rra~6n (razn) reason 6.1

tenr-rra~6n to be right 6.1
rral, ~ (real) real 14.1
"
rrelmnte really 14.1
"
la rr~alldd (realidad) reality 8.1
en-rrealJ.dd actually 8.1
"
rrebJ.sr (revisar) to examine, inspect 15.1
el rreglo (regalo) gift 15.1
rrekordr (recordar) to remember 8.1
rrekwrdo (1) remember 8.1
rrepetr (repetir) to repeat 2.1
rrepfta repeat, say i t again 2.1
el rrestorn (restorn) restaurant 5.1
rrJ.gur6so, -a (riguroso) rigorous, strict 15.1
la rr6pa (ropa) clothes, clothing 8.1
/s/
el sbado (sbado) Saturday 10.1

la sbana (sbana) sheet 11.1
sabr (saber) to know 12.1
s~ (1) know 12.1
la sla (sala) living room 8.1
salr (salir) to leave, to go out 12.1
el snwJ.ch (sandwich) sandwich 6.1
AI.31
TREINTA Y UNO

/se/
se- (se) -se lf (3rd person, sg and pI) 2.1
s~ (see sabr)
segda
en-segda at once, right away 13.1
segro, -a (seguro) sure lS.l
la sekretrya (secretaria) secretary 9.1
la seky6n (seccin) section 4.1
la semna (semana) week 8.1
sentr (sentar) to seat 2.1
synta seat (fam) 9.1
synt seat 2.1
sentrse to sit down 2.1
sentr (sentir) to regret, to feel 1.1
synto (1) feel 1.1
sentrlo-mcho to be very sorry 1.1
el seQy6r (seor) sir, mister 1.1
el-seQy6r-de-la-ksa the owner o the house 13.1
la seQy6ra (seora) madam, Mrs. 1.1
la seQyorita (seorita) miSS 1.1
s6r (ser) to be 2.1
ran (they) were 13.1
res (you) are (fam) S.2
s (it) is 2.1
s6mos (we) are S.2
AI.32 TREINTA Y DOS

/sub/
s6n (they) are 4.1
s6y (1) am 5.1
dbe(n)-sr must be, probably is (are) 8.1
sys, ~ (se is) six 2.1
Sl. (si) if 6.1
s (s) yes 2.1
krer-ke-s
,.. to think so 6.1
la siQ)ya (silla) chair 2.1
sn (sin) without 7.1
sl.n-mwbles unfurnished 7.1
la sl.rbynta (sirvienta) maid H.l
s6bre (sobre) above 14.1
s6bre-t6do above aH, especially 14.1
la s6da (soda) soda 9.1
el sof (sof) sofa 8.1
el sof-kma (sof cama) sofa-bed 8.1
5610 (slo) only 7.1
soltro, -a (soltero) unmarried (bache la..} 5.1
s6mos (see sr)
s6n ( see sr)
la s6pa (sopa) soup 6.1
s6y ( see sr)
s, ~ (su) your (sg and pI) 5.1
his, their 11.2
subir (subir) to go up 2.1
TREINTA Y TRES AI.33

/SU~/
SiYo, -a (sucio) dirty 11.1
syo, -a (suyo) your(s) (sg and pI) 5.1
his, the ir(s ) 9.2
s, ~ your (sg and pI) 5.1
his, their 11.2
la swgra (suegra) mother-in-law 14.1
sympre (siempre) always 4.1
synta ( see sentr)
synte (see sentr)
synto ( see sentr)
syte, ~ (siete) seven 2.1
/~/
el ~enl~ro (cenicero) ashtray 2.1

el intro (centro) center (o town), downtown 2.1
la ierbia (cerveza) beer 6.1
el ~rdo (cerdo) pork, pig 6.1
i rka (cerca) near 3.1

~rka-de near to 3.1
~fnko, ~ (cinco) five 2.1
~ynto, ~ (ciento) hundred 7.1
~yntos, -as hundreds 7.1
AI.34 TREINTA Y CUATRO

/tl Itenl
el tksl. (taxi) taxi 3.1
tl, ~ (tal) such 1.1
k-tl how goes it 1.1
how 4.1
tambyn (tambin) also, too 5.1
tnto, -a (tanto) so much 4.1
tnto-gsto-de-konoirlo I'm very glad to know (meet) you 4.1
trde (tarde) late 10.1
la trde (tarde) afternoon 1.1
bwnas-trdes good afternoon 1.1
por-la-trde during the afternoon 11.1
te (te) you, (to) you (fam) 6.1
to you 9.1
yourself 9.1
tenr (tener) to have 2.1
tnga have 15.1
tngo (1) have 2.1
tyne (you) have 2.1
tynes (you) have (fam) 6.1
ak1-tyne here you are 3.1
here is (are) 7.1
tenr-mbre to be hungry 5.1
tenr-i<e to have to 8.1
ten r-la-bond d-de to be so kind as to, please 15.1
TREINTA Y CINCO AI.35

/ten/
tenr-rra~6n to be right 6.1
tnga (see tenr)

t~ngo (see tenr)
t (ti) you (fam) 8.1
kont1go with you 12.2
la tlntorera (tintorera) cleaner's shop 10.1
todaba (todava) yet, still 9.1
t6do, -a (todo) aH 9.1

every 10.1
s6bre-t6do above aH. especialIy 14.1
tomr (tomar) to take 3.1
el tomte (tomate) tomato 6.1
trabahr (trabajar) to work 4.1
tradu~1r (traducir) to translate 2.1
trad~ka translate 2.1
trar (traer) to bring 6.1
tryga bring 6.1
el trgo (trago) swallow, drink 10.1
el trhe (traje) suit 10.1
trank1lo, -a (tranquilo) quiet 13.1
tratr (tratar) to treat 6.1
tratrse-de to address as 6.1
tryga (see trar)
trs, ~ (tres) three 2.1
tr~~e, ~ (trece) thirteen 2.1
AI.36 TREINTA Y SEIS

jyoj
tu, ~ (tu) your (fam) 9.1
t (t) you (fam) 4.2
tyo, -a (tuyo) your(s) (fam) 9.1
tu, ~ your (fam) 9.1
el tympo (tiempo) time 11.1
kon--tympo in time 11.1
tyne (see ten~r)
tynes (see ten~r)
/u/
undo, -a (unido) united 4.1
unr (unir) to unite 4.1
no, -a (uno) one 2.1
a, an 2.3
un a, an 2.1
nos, -as sorne, a few 3.1
ustd (usted) you 1.1
/w/
el wskJ. (whiskey) whiskey 9.1
jyj
y (ya) already S.l
yet 14.1
now lS.l
,
yo (yo) I 4.2
TREINTA Y SIETE AI.37

SPOKEN SPANISH INDEX
AI.2 Index
ADJECTIVES 3.21.1 Possessives
10.21.3 full forms 9.21.2
13.21.3
Agreement of adjeetives 3.21.1B shortened forros 11.21.1
8.24
ARTICLES (see adjeetive)
12.24
CASE (see pronoun)
Gender forms of adjectives 3.21.1
CLAUSES (see relat<rs)
10.21.3
CLITICS (see pronouns)
Number 4.21.1
COMMAND FORMS (see verh forros)
Position 9.24 CONSONANTS (see pronunciation)
11.21.1B
CONTRACTIONS, ohligatory (see adjeetives-
definite artieles)
Artieles, definite
/el, la/ 3.21.1 DEFINITE ARTICLES (see adjeetives)
4.10(4)
DEMONSTRATIVES (see adjectives)
4.21.1
6.21.2B DIRECT CLITICS (see pronouns)
with titles 6.24
EXTRAPOLATION 2.31.11(1)
in ohligatory contractions 8.21.2
FAMILIAR (see verhs, pronouns)
Artieles, indefinite
FEMININE GENDER (see nouns, adjeetives,
/un, na/ 3.21.1
pronouns)
4.21.1
6.21.2B FORMAL (see verhs, pronouns)
GENDEJR (see nouns, adjeetives, pronouns)
Demonstratives 7.21.2B
/sto, so/ 2.31.1 HORTATORY (see verh construetions)
/ste, se, akl/ 7.21.2
INDEFINITE ARTICLES (see adjeetives)
/akl(l)yo/ 7.21.2B
UNO Al.39

INDEX SPOKEN SPANISH
INDIRECT CLITICS (see pronouns) Number 4.21.1

INFINITIVES (see verb forms) In phrases with personal lal 10.21.L\
INTONATION (see pronunciation) In possessive constructions 13.21.2
IRREGULAR (see verb forms)
NUMBER (see adjectives, nouns,
JUNCTURE 2.29 pronouns, verbs)
10.21.2B
OBJECTS (see clitic pronouns, phrase
12.21.4B
relator pronouns)
LATERAL (see pronunciation) PALATALS (see pronunciation)
MASCULINE GENDER (see nouns, PARTICLE 11.21.2
adjectives, pronouns) 13.24
NASALS (see pronunciation)
P AST I (see verb forms)
NEGATIVE (see particles)
PAST 11 (see verb forms)
NEUTER GENDER (see adjectives-
PERFECT (see verb constructions)
demonstratives, possessives)
PERIPHRASTIC FUTURE (see verb
NOMINALIZATION 7.21.2B e onstruction)
10.21.3B
PERSON (see pronouns, verbs)
12.21.2B
12.21.3B PERSONAL lal (see relators)
PHRASES (see also relators)
Nominalized possessive constructions 13.21.3
Components of phrases 12.21.3
NOUNS 3.21.1
4.21.1 Possessive construction
with Idel 13.21.2
Agreement of adjectives with nouns 3.21.1B Redundant construction 10.21.1A
8.24
PITCH (see pronunciation)
Gender class of nouns 3.21.1
AI.40 CUARENTA

PLURAL NUMBER (see nouns, pronouDS, Clities, reflexive 2.10(2)

adjeetives, verhs) 10.21.2B
12.10(1)
POSITION (see adjeetives)
15.21.1B
POSSESSIVES (see adjeetives, phrases)
Ohjeets of phrase relators 12.21.2
PREPOSITIONS (see relat<rs) 13.21.2B
12.21.3B
PRESENT (see verh forms)
PROGRESSIVE (see verh eonstructioos) PRONUNCIATION
PRONOUNS 4.21.2B
Aspiration 2.26
Person 4.21.2B Consonants -voieed stops 2.22
Person, familiar - formal 6.1.0(3) Ibl 2.22.2
Gender 10.21.2
Idl 2.22.1
12.21.1
Ig/ 2.22.3
Consonants -voieeless stops 2.26
Numher 4.21.2B
Case 4.21.2B Ipl 2.26.1
12.21.2B Itl 2.26.2
1k.1 2.26.3
Suhjeet pronouns 4.21.2B Consonants - voieeless spirants 2.27
12.21.1
Isl 2.27.1
Clitie pronouns 10.21.2B /hl 2.27.2
Clities, direet 10.21.2 Intonation 1.23
Clities, indireet 12.21.4B
Intonation patterns
s ingle objeet 15.21.1
Information questions 13.21.4
two objeets 15.21.2 Normal and eontrastive
statements 12.21.4
Yes-no questions 14.21.3
CUARENTA Y UNO AI.41

SPOKEN SPANISH
INDEX
Yes questions 15.21.3 Pronunciation errors from English

influence 2.21
Lateral 11/ 2.25
Weak stressed 1.21
Nasals 2.28
Inl 2.28.1 REDUNDANT CONSTRUCTIONS (see phrases)
Iqy/ 2.28.2
REFLEXIVE CLITICS (see pronouns)
Palatals 2.28
REGULAR (see verb forms)
I(l)yI 2.28.3
RELATORS
Iyl 2.28.4
Clause relators 12.21.3B .
Pitch 1.23
12.21.4B Phrase relators 12.21.3
13.21.2
Rhythm 1.22.4
10.10(5)
12.21.4B
Compound phrase relators 12.21.3B
Stress s ystem 1.22
Objects of phrase relators 12.21.3
Leve ls of stress 1.21.2
14.21.2
Strong stress 1.21.2
P ers onal / al 10.21.1
6.21.1B
7.21.1B RHYTHM (see pronunciation)
11.21.1B
SINGULAR NUMBER (see nouns, pronouns,
Weak stress 1.21.2 adje ctives, verbs)
Weak stressed vowels 1.21 STRESS (see pronunciation)
SyIlables 1.22 TENSE FORMS (see verb forms)
Tempo unit (see Pronunciation - THEME VOWEL (see verbs)
rhythm)
VERBS 4.21.2B
Vibrants Ir I and Irr I 2.23
Ending 6.21.1B
Vowels 2.24
Number 4.21.2
AI.42 CUARENTA Y DOS

Person 4.21.28 /sr/ vs /estr/ 5.21.1B

7.24
familiar'" formal 4.21.28
Nonconjugated 10.21.3B
Tense 6.21.18
/-ndo/ forms 9.21.1
Theme vowel 6.21.1B
functioning as
theme cIass 8.21.1B
modifiers 10.21.3
14.24
/-do/ forms 13.21.1
Stem 6.21.1B 10.21.3B
VERB FORMS
Infinitives 6.21.1B
Conjugated - regular 6.21.2B 14.21.2
Command forms 4.10(7) nominalized after relators 12.21.3B
10.21.2B
VERB CONSTRUCTIONS
Future tense forms 14.21.'2B Absolute 10.21.3B
Past 1 tense forms 4.10(1,6) Hortatory 14.21.2B
Past II tense forms 13.10(2) Periphrastic futlD'e 14.21.2
Present tense forms Present perfect 9.21.1
/-r/ 6.21.1 12.10(5)
/-r/ 7.21.1 Present progressive 13.21.1
/-r/ 8.21.1
VERB MODIFIERS 11.21.2A
Conjugated - irregular 6.21.1B 12.21.3B
13.21.1B
Present tense forms
5.21.1B
/abr/ 9.21.1
VOICED - VOJCELESS CONSONANTS
/br/ 14.21.1
(see pronur.ciation)
/dr/ 14.21.1
/estr/ 4.21.2 VOWELS (.~ ee pronunc iation)
13.21.1
6.21.2 WEAK STRESSED VOWELS (see pronunc iation)
/ estr/ vs /&y /
/r/ 14.21.1
/sr/ 5.21.1
CUARENTA Y TRES AI.43
Il' U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFlCE: 1961 0- 596435

Fsi SpanishBasicCourse Volume1 StudentText PDF

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Fsi SpanishBasicCourse Volume1 StudentText PDF

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

SPANISH

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

Drills and Grammar

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

2.1 Basie sentenees - Usefu1 phrases ................................................... 2.1

2.1 Basie sentenees - White's arrival in Surlandia ...................................... 3.1

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

4.23 Variation ~ills ...................................................

5.1 Basie sentenees - White' s first day at work ........................... 5.1

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

9.1 Basie sentenees - White goes to Molina's apartment ........................... 9.1

11.1 Basie sentenees - White interviews a maid................................ 11.1

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

12.22 Replaeement drills ......................................................... 12.33

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

1.1 BASIC SENTENCES. Useful phraaes.

ENGLISH SPELLING AID TO LISTENING SPANISH SPELLING

are (to be)

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

(it) goes (to gol va (ir)

to ron (it) goes le va

How are ron getting along?

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

I'm very sorry.

That's okay. Est bien.

there is, there are (there to be) hay (haber)

Don't give it a thought. (5)

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

Delighted to meet you. (6)

to meet you (m.) conocerlo

See you tomorrow. Has ta maana.

1.10 Notes on the basic sentences

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

1.2 DRILLS ON PRONUNCIATION

1.21 V'owel contrasts in weak-etressed syllables

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

1.21.1 Exerc~ses on m~n~mal vowel contrasts under weak stress

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

/a/ and /1/ 1n contrast under weak stress

/a/ and /0/ 1n contrast under weak stress

lal and lul 1n contrast under weak stress

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

/e/ and /1/ 1n contrast under weak stress

/e/ and /0/ 1n contrast under weak stress

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

lel and lul 1n contrast under weak st+ess

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

/J./ and /0/ J.n contrast under weak stress

lisa-r .. pisada .. posad -1-

/J./ and /u/ J.n contrast under weak stress

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

/0/ and /u/ J.n contrast under weak stress

Hosted for free on livelingua.com

1.21.2 Discussion of minimal vowel contrasts under weak stress

presl.dent precedent bottQ.ffi plot'~m ward~n pard2.n